Professional Documents
Culture Documents
D135/D136/D137/D138: Service Manual
D135/D136/D137/D138: Service Manual
SERVICE MANUAL
Revision 3
It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained
within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best
interest of Ricoh USA, Inc. and its member companies.
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 06/2013 Original Printing
Rev. 2 10/2016 Updated Manual with Corrections
Rev 3 10/2017 Updated Manual with Corrections
D135/D136/D137/D138
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SM i D135/D136/D137/D138
D137/D138 ........................................................................................... 2-3
D135/D136 ........................................................................................... 2-3
2.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 2-4
Input voltage level (D137/D138) ........................................................... 2-4
Input voltage level (D135/D136) ........................................................... 2-5
2.2 MAIN MACHINE INSTALLATION .............................................................. 2-6
2.2.1 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS ............................................. 2-6
D137/D138 ........................................................................................... 2-6
D135/D136 ........................................................................................... 2-7
2.2.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART........................................................ 2-8
2.2.3 ACCESSORY CHECK ...................................................................... 2-9
D137/D138 ........................................................................................... 2-9
D135/D136 ......................................................................................... 2-11
2.2.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D137/D138) ................................. 2-13
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K) ........... 2-15
Attaching the ITB Separation Lever.................................................... 2-22
Operation Panel Attachment .............................................................. 2-25
Operator Call Light Attachment .......................................................... 2-30
Attaching the Service Pocket ............................................................. 2-31
Storing the Supply Port Caps for the Developer................................. 2-33
Storing the Factory SP Sheet ............................................................. 2-33
Attaching the decals ........................................................................... 2-34
Machine Level Adjustment ................................................................. 2-35
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling Off
........................................................................................................... 2-37
How to Set the Toner Cartridge.......................................................... 2-37
Executing DEMS ................................................................................ 2-39
ACC (Automatic Color Calibration) Adjustment .................................. 2-39
Checking the copy image with color chart .......................................... 2-39
Paper Tray Settings............................................................................ 2-39
Paper Library Data Installation ........................................................... 2-39
2.2.5 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D135/D136) ................................. 2-43
D135/D136/D137/D138 ii SM
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K) ........... 2-45
Attaching the ITB Separation Lever.................................................... 2-52
Attaching the Service Pocket ............................................................. 2-56
Storing the Supply Port Cap of the Developer.................................... 2-57
Storing the Factory SP Sheet ............................................................. 2-57
Attaching the decals ........................................................................... 2-58
Machine Level Adjustment ................................................................. 2-59
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling Off
........................................................................................................... 2-61
How to Set the Toner Cartridge.......................................................... 2-61
ACC (Automatic Color Calibration) Adjustment .................................. 2-62
Checking the copy image with the color chart .................................... 2-62
Paper Tray Settings............................................................................ 2-63
2.2.6 SECURITY FUNCTION INSTALLATION ........................................ 2-63
2.2.7 MOVING THE MACHINE ................................................................ 2-70
D137/D138 ......................................................................................... 2-70
D135/D136 ......................................................................................... 2-72
2.3 FINISHER SR4090 (D703) /BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 (D704) ........ 2-74
2.3.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .................................................................... 2-74
2.3.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ...................................................... 2-75
Auxiliary Trays.................................................................................... 2-81
2.4 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT TYPE M2 (D705)............................................. 2-84
2.4.1 COMPONENT CHECK ................................................................... 2-84
2.4.2 INSTALLATION .............................................................................. 2-84
2.5 PUNCH UNIT PU3060 (D706) ................................................................. 2-89
2.5.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .................................................................... 2-89
2.5.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ...................................................... 2-90
2.6 FINISHER SR4110 (D707) .................................................................... 2-107
2.6.1 ACCESSORIES ............................................................................ 2-107
2.6.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .................................................... 2-108
Docking the Finisher D707 ............................................................... 2-110
Connecting the Finisher D707 .......................................................... 2-112
SM iii D135/D136/D137/D138
How to Use the Spacer to Correct Paper Skew ............................... 2-113
2.6.3 SP SETTING ................................................................................ 2-115
2.7 PUNCH UNIT PU5000 (B831) ............................................................... 2-116
2.7.1 COMPONENT CHECK ................................................................. 2-116
2.7.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .................................................... 2-117
2.8.1 INFORMATION FOR COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2 ................. 2-122
2.9 FINISHER PAPER COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2 (D770) .................. 2-123
2.9.1 COMPONENT CHECK ................................................................. 2-124
2.9.2 COMMON INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4090 /
BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 AND FINISHER SR4110 ...................... 2-126
2.9.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4090/ BOOKLET
FINISHER SR4100 ................................................................................ 2-134
2.9.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4110 ............ 2-142
2.9.5 INFORMATION FOR COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2 ................. 2-158
2.10 COPY TRAY TYPE M2 (D744) ........................................................ 2-159
2.10.1 COMPONENT CHECK ........................................................... 2-159
2.10.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-161
2.11 DECURL UNIT DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 ONLY) ....................... 2-175
2.11.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-175
2.11.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-176
Connect the Downstream Peripheral Device.................................... 2-182
Paper curl adjustment when Decurl Unit DU5020 connects with Finisher
SR4090 or Booklet Finisher SR4100................................................ 2-185
2.12 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 ONLY)........ 2-186
2.12.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-186
2.12.2 INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 2-186
#01: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the mainframe ...... 2-189
#02: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit DU5020
(D727) .............................................................................................. 2-193
Common Procedure ......................................................................... 2-198
2.13 MULTI-FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D615) .......................................... 2-202
2.13.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-202
D135/D136/D137/D138 iv SM
2.13.2 INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 2-203
Tapes ............................................................................................... 2-203
Paper Guide, Sponge Strip .............................................................. 2-204
Ground Plate .................................................................................... 2-205
Docking ............................................................................................ 2-205
Power Cord ...................................................................................... 2-207
Height Adjustment ............................................................................ 2-208
Removing Parts for the Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712) ........ 2-208
Proof Tray Auxiliary Plate ................................................................. 2-209
Detecting Paper Skew ...................................................................... 2-209
Correcting Skew ............................................................................... 2-211
Checking Side-to-Side Registration.................................................. 2-212
Correcting Side-to-Side Registration ................................................ 2-213
2.14 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 ONLY) .............................. 2-214
2.14.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-214
2.14.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-215
2.15 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4010 (D711) ................................. 2-219
2.15.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-219
2.15.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-220
2.16 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4020 (D712) ................................. 2-233
2.16.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-233
2.16.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-234
Setting up the Unit and Docking to the Copier ................................. 2-234
Docking the Next Peripheral Device ................................................. 2-236
Mounting the Tray Unit ..................................................................... 2-237
2.17 LCIT RT4020 (D709) ........................................................................ 2-240
2.17.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-240
2.17.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-240
2.17.3 ADJUSTMENT FOR THE RUBBER FOOT POSITIONS ON THE
RAIL ................................................................................................ 2-246
2.17.4 LCIT (D709) TRAY HEATER .................................................. 2-248
Accessories ...................................................................................... 2-248
SM v D135/D136/D137/D138
Installation ........................................................................................ 2-249
2.17.5 IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS: SIDE-TO-SIDE REGISTRATION ... 2-258
2.18 8 1/2" X 14" PAPER SIZE TRAY TYPE M2 (D745).......................... 2-259
2.18.1 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-259
2.18.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-260
2.19 LCIT RT4030 (D710) ........................................................................ 2-266
2.19.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-266
2.19.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-266
How to disconnect the LCIT from the main machine ........................ 2-274
2.19.3 LCIT (D710) TRAY HEATER .................................................. 2-276
Accessories ...................................................................................... 2-276
Installation ........................................................................................ 2-277
2.19.4 IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS: SIDE-TO-SIDE REGISTRATION ... 2-281
2.20 A3/11"X17" TRAY UNIT TYPE M2 (D749) ....................................... 2-282
2.20.1 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-282
2.20.2 INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 2-283
2.21 COPY CONNECTOR TYPE 3260 (B328) ........................................ 2-289
2.21.1 ACCESSORY CHECK ............................................................ 2-289
2.21.2 PREPARATION....................................................................... 2-290
2.21.3 INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 2-290
2.22 TAB SHEET HOLDER TYPE M2 (D750) ......................................... 2-295
2.22.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-295
2.22.2 INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 2-295
2.23 IEEE802.11A/G/N UNIT TYPE M2 (D164) ....................................... 2-298
2.23.1 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-298
2.23.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-299
2.23.3 USER TOOL SETTINGS FOR IEEE 802.11A/G/N ................. 2-301
2.23.4 SP MODE SETTINGS FOR IEEE 802.11 WIRELESS LAN .... 2-302
2.24 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT TYPE D (D566) ........................... 2-303
2.24.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-303
2.24.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-303
2.25 IEEE1284 INTERFACE BOARD TYPE A (B679) ............................. 2-304
D135/D136/D137/D138 vi SM
2.25.1 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-304
2.25.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-305
2.26 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER TYPE E (D377) ................................ 2-306
2.26.1 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-306
2.26.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-307
2.27 SD CARD FOR NETWARE PRINTING TYPE M2 (D719) ............... 2-308
2.27.1 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-308
2.27.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-309
2.28 OCR UNIT TYPE M2 (D166)............................................................ 2-310
2.28.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-310
2.28.2 DETAILS ABOUT SEARCHABLE PDF ................................... 2-310
2.28.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-311
2.28.4 RESTORATION PROCEDURE............................................... 2-313
2.29 POSTSCRIPT3 UNIT TYPE M2 (D719) ........................................... 2-314
2.29.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-314
2.29.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-314
2.30 IPDS UNIT TYPE M2 (D719) ........................................................... 2-316
2.30.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-316
2.30.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-316
2.31 BROWSER UNIT TYPE M2 (D719) ................................................. 2-318
2.31.1 ACCESSORIES ...................................................................... 2-318
2.31.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-318
Do the following steps if the customer is using the Ricoh JavaScript
connected to a Web application developed by Operius/RiDP. ......... 2-319
2.32 OPTIONAL COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT TYPE A (B870) ............ 2-320
2.32.1 COMPONENT CHECK ........................................................... 2-320
2.32.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-320
2.33 SMART CARD READER BUILT-IN UNIT TYPE M2 (D739) (D135/D136
ONLY) ......................................................................................................... 2-324
2.33.1 COMPONENT CHECK ........................................................... 2-324
2.33.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-324
SM vii D135/D136/D137/D138
2.34 DATAOVERWRITESECURITY UNIT TYPE H (B869) (D135/D136 ONLY)
2-331
2.34.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 2-331
2.34.2 COMPONENT LIST ................................................................ 2-331
2.34.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................... 2-332
2.35 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE G (D640) .............................. 2-333
2.35.1 COMPONENT CHECK LIST ................................................... 2-333
2.35.2 INSTALLATION ....................................................................... 2-333
User Tool Setting.............................................................................. 2-335
Check All Connections ..................................................................... 2-335
2.36 SD CARD APPLI MOVE .................................................................. 2-336
2.36.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 2-336
2.36.2 MOVE EXEC ........................................................................... 2-336
2.36.3 UNDO EXEC ........................................................................... 2-337
2.36.4 CAUTION ................................................................................ 2-338
D135/D136/D137/D138 viii SM
3.3 PAPER TRANSFER QUALITY STANDARDS ........................................... 3-9
3.3.1 REGISTRATION ............................................................................... 3-9
Exposure glass..................................................................................... 3-9
ADF ...................................................................................................... 3-9
3.3.2 SKEW ............................................................................................. 3-10
Exposure glass................................................................................... 3-10
ADF .................................................................................................... 3-10
3.4 PM PARTS SETTINGS ............................................................................ 3-12
3.4.1 PM PARTS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE .................................. 3-12
3.4.2 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK ........................... 3-14
3.4.3 OPERATION CHECK ..................................................................... 3-14
3.5 PM COUNTER DISPLAY ......................................................................... 3-15
3.5.1 NOTE CONCERNING RUNNING DISTANCE DATA ..................... 3-15
3.5.2 OPENING THE PM COUNTER ...................................................... 3-16
3.5.3 PM PARTS SCREEN DETAILS ...................................................... 3-17
All PM Parts list: Main Menu .............................................................. 3-17
Number Button Submenu ................................................................... 3-17
Parts List for PM Yield Indicator ......................................................... 3-18
Estimated Usage Rate/Estimated Remaining Days ........................... 3-19
Commissioning Status Report Print.................................................... 3-20
3.6 INITIAL ADJUSTMENT SP LISTS ........................................................... 3-21
3.6.1 D137/D138...................................................................................... 3-21
3.6.2 D135/D136...................................................................................... 3-25
3.7 CLEANING POINTS ................................................................................ 3-29
3.7.1 SCANNER ...................................................................................... 3-29
Exposure Glass, ADF Exposure Glass, Reflective Plate, 1st Mirror, 2nd
Mirror, 3rd Mirror, Original Size Sensors ............................................ 3-29
3.7.2 TONER SHIELD GLASS CLEANING ............................................. 3-31
3.7.3 DEVELOPER .................................................................................. 3-32
Development Unit ............................................................................... 3-32
3.7.4 TONER SUPPLY ............................................................................ 3-32
Toner Supply Unit............................................................................... 3-32
SM ix D135/D136/D137/D138
3.7.5 ITB UNIT ......................................................................................... 3-33
Rollers ................................................................................................ 3-33
ID Sensor ........................................................................................... 3-34
3.7.6 FUSING .......................................................................................... 3-34
Stripper Plate (Fusing / Pressure) ...................................................... 3-34
Fusing Entrance Guide....................................................................... 3-35
Thermistor (Fusing Belt) ..................................................................... 3-36
Thermistor (Hot Roller Shaft) (ProC5100S/5110S Only) .................... 3-36
Thermopile ......................................................................................... 3-37
3.7.7 OTHER ........................................................................................... 3-37
Development Intake Dust Filter .......................................................... 3-37
Pressure Roller Dust Filter (D137/D138 only) .................................... 3-38
3.7.8 PAPER FEED ................................................................................. 3-38
1st to 4th Transport Roller (Drive/Idle) ............................................... 3-38
Registration Roller (Drive/Idle) ........................................................... 3-40
Relay Roller (Drive/Idle) ..................................................................... 3-41
Bypass Relay Roller (Drive/Idle)......................................................... 3-41
Registration Sensor ............................................................................ 3-42
Relay Sensor...................................................................................... 3-43
Paper Dust Collection Unit ................................................................. 3-43
3.7.9 DUPLEX ......................................................................................... 3-45
Heat Pipe Roller ................................................................................. 3-45
Heat Pipe Drive Roller ........................................................................ 3-45
Paper Exit Roller (Drive/Idle) .............................................................. 3-46
Inverter Feed Out Roller (Drive/Idle) .................................................. 3-47
Inverter Exit Roller (Drive/Idle) ........................................................... 3-48
Paper Exit Relay Roller (Drive/Idle) .................................................... 3-49
Inverter Feed In Roller (Drive/Idle) ..................................................... 3-50
Exit Transport Guide Plate (Upper/Middle/Left) .................................. 3-51
Duplex Unit Roller 1st to 4th (Drive/Idle) ............................................ 3-53
Duplex Exit Roller (Drive/Idle) ............................................................ 3-54
Transport Guide Plate (Upper/Lower) ................................................ 3-55
D135/D136/D137/D138 x SM
Purge Guide Plate (Lower) ................................................................. 3-56
3.8 LUBRICATION POINTS........................................................................... 3-58
3.8.1 FUSING .......................................................................................... 3-58
Bearing (Hot Roller/Pressure Roller) Lubrication ............................... 3-58
Fusing Gear Lubrication ..................................................................... 3-58
SM xi D135/D136/D137/D138
Upper Front Cover (D135/D136) ........................................................ 4-21
Upper Rear Cover (Small) .................................................................. 4-22
Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover ................................................ 4-23
4.4 OPERATION PANEL (D137/D138).......................................................... 4-25
4.4.1 OPERATION PANEL ...................................................................... 4-25
4.4.2 LDCD BOARD ................................................................................ 4-26
4.4.3 OPU BOARD / OPR BOARD .......................................................... 4-27
4.4.4 LCD BOARD (TOUCH PANEL UNIT) ............................................. 4-28
4.5 OPERATION PANEL (D135/D136).......................................................... 4-30
4.5.1 OPERATION PANEL ...................................................................... 4-30
4.5.2 TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION ..................................................... 4-31
4.5.3 LDCD BOARD ................................................................................ 4-33
4.5.4 OPU BOARD / OPR BOARD .......................................................... 4-34
4.5.5 LCD BOARD (TOUCH PANEL UNIT) ............................................. 4-35
4.6 ADF .......................................................................................................... 4-36
4.6.1 ADF REMOVAL .............................................................................. 4-36
4.6.2 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACING THE ADF ............................. 4-37
CIS RGB Adjustment.......................................................................... 4-37
Checking the vertical registration ....................................................... 4-37
Checking the horizontal registration ................................................... 4-38
Checking the skew ............................................................................. 4-38
Checking the magnification ................................................................ 4-38
Platen Adjustment .............................................................................. 4-39
4.6.3 ADF COVER ................................................................................... 4-39
ADF Front Cover ................................................................................ 4-39
ADF Rear Cover ................................................................................. 4-40
Feed Cover ........................................................................................ 4-41
4.6.4 ORIGINAL FEED UNIT ................................................................... 4-43
4.6.5 PICK-UP ROLLER / TRANSPORT BELT ....................................... 4-43
4.6.6 ADF SEPARATION ROLLER ......................................................... 4-45
4.6.7 ORIGINAL REGISTRATION SENSOR ........................................... 4-46
4.6.8 ORIGINAL EXIT SENSOR .............................................................. 4-47
D135/D136/D137/D138 xii SM
4.6.9 ADF CONTROL BOARD ................................................................ 4-48
4.6.10 SEPARATION SENSOR / SKEW CORRECTION SENSOR .... 4-49
4.6.11 ORIGINAL WIDTH SENSOR / INTERVAL SENSOR ................ 4-50
4.6.12 B5 WIDTH SENSOR / A4 WIDTH SENSOR / LG WIDTH SENSOR
.................................................................................................. 4-51
4.6.13 APS FEELER ............................................................................ 4-52
4.6.14 ADF LIFT-UP INTERLOCK SW / LIFT-UP SENSOR ................ 4-52
4.6.15 ORIGINAL SET SENSOR ......................................................... 4-53
4.6.16 A4 LEF/LT LEF SENSOR ......................................................... 4-53
4.6.17 BOTTOM PLATE HP SENSOR................................................. 4-54
4.6.18 BOTTOM PLATE POSITION SENSOR .................................... 4-55
4.6.19 ADF FEED COVER INTERLOCK SW / PICK-UP ROLLER HP
SENSOR .................................................................................................. 4-55
4.6.20 ADF ENTRANCE MOTOR ........................................................ 4-56
4.6.21 ADF SCANNING MOTOR ......................................................... 4-58
4.6.22 ADF EXIT MOTOR .................................................................... 4-59
4.6.23 ADF BOTTOM PLATE LIFT MOTOR ........................................ 4-60
4.6.24 ADF PICK-UP ROLLER LIFT MOTOR / ADF TRANSPORT MOTOR
.................................................................................................. 4-60
4.6.25 ADF FEED MOTOR .................................................................. 4-62
4.6.26 CIS UNIT ................................................................................... 4-63
4.7 DRAWER UNIT........................................................................................ 4-65
4.7.1 LAYOUT (MOTORS) ...................................................................... 4-65
Drawer Unit (Front)............................................................................. 4-65
Drawer Unit (Rear) ............................................................................. 4-66
4.7.2 LAYOUT (BOARDS) ....................................................................... 4-67
4.7.3 DRAWER UNIT COVER ................................................................. 4-68
If the Drawer is Locked....................................................................... 4-69
4.7.4 DUB (DRAWER UNIT BOARD) ...................................................... 4-72
4.7.5 PAPER SEPARATION AC POWER PACK .................................... 4-73
4.7.6 FDB-D BOARD-DRAWER (D137/D138 ONLY) .............................. 4-74
4.7.7 CURLED CORD ............................................................................. 4-75
SM xiii D135/D136/D137/D138
4.7.8 DRAWER UNIT CONNECTOR ...................................................... 4-77
4.7.9 DRAWER UNIT SET SENSOR ...................................................... 4-78
4.7.10 DRAWER UNIT LOCK SENSOR .............................................. 4-79
4.7.11 DRAWER UNIT HANDLE SENSOR ......................................... 4-80
4.7.12 DRAWER UNIT LOCK MOTOR ................................................ 4-81
4.7.13 REGISTRATION MOTOR ......................................................... 4-83
4.7.14 EXIT MOTOR ............................................................................ 4-83
4.7.15 DUPLEX INVERTER ENTRANCE MOTOR .............................. 4-84
4.7.16 EXIT INVERTER MOTOR ......................................................... 4-84
4.7.17 DUPLEX TRANSPORT MOTOR............................................... 4-85
4.7.18 DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR............................................................. 4-86
4.7.19 CLEANING WEB MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY) ........................ 4-86
4.7.20 CLEANING WEB CONTACT MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY) ...... 4-87
4.7.21 FUSING HEAT PIPE COOLING FAN ....................................... 4-89
4.7.22 IH COIL COOLING FAN............................................................ 4-90
4.7.23 FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER INTAKE FAN (D137/D138 ONLY)...
.................................................................................................. 4-91
4.8 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ............................................................................ 4-93
4.8.1 TONER SUPPLY UNIT FRONT COVER ........................................ 4-93
4.8.2 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ................................................................... 4-94
4.8.3 ID CHIP CONNECTOR BOARD (KCMY) ....................................... 4-97
4.8.4 TONER SUPPLY UNIT INNER COVER ......................................... 4-98
4.8.5 SUB HOPPER UNIT (KCMY) ......................................................... 4-99
Adjustment after Sub Hopper Unit (KCMY) replacement ................. 4-100
4.8.6 TONER END SENSOR (KCMY) ................................................... 4-101
4.8.7 SUB HOPPER MOTOR (KCMY) .................................................. 4-101
4.8.8 TONER SUPPLY BOARD (TSB) .................................................. 4-101
4.8.9 TONER CARTRIDGE GUIDE ....................................................... 4-102
4.8.10 TONER SUPPLY MOTOR (KCMY)......................................... 4-104
4.9 SCANNER UNIT .................................................................................... 4-106
4.9.1 EXPOSURE GLASS ..................................................................... 4-106
4.9.2 ADF EXPOSURE GLASS / GAP SHEET (D135/D136) ................ 4-107
D135/D136/D137/D138 xiv SM
How to Remove the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet ..................... 4-107
How to Attach the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet ........................ 4-107
4.9.3 MODIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR ORIGINAL TRANSPORT .. 4-110
Replacing Parts of the ADF .............................................................. 4-110
Removing the Scanner Parts ........................................................... 4-111
4.9.4 LENS BLOCK / ORIGINAL SIZE SENSOR .................................. 4-112
Adjustment after Replacing the Lens Block ...................................... 4-113
4.9.5 EXPOSURE LAMP (LED) ............................................................. 4-113
4.9.6 SCANNER DRIVE MOTOR .......................................................... 4-115
4.9.7 SCANNER HP SENSOR .............................................................. 4-117
4.9.8 DF POSITION SENSOR ............................................................... 4-118
4.9.9 SIO BOARD .................................................................................. 4-119
4.9.10 SCANNER UNIT ..................................................................... 4-121
4.9.11 SCANNER WIRE .................................................................... 4-125
Preparation for Replacing a Scanner Wire ....................................... 4-125
Replacing the Scanner Wire............................................................. 4-125
Preparation for Reassembling the Scanner Wire ............................. 4-127
Reassembling the Scanner Wire ...................................................... 4-127
4.9.12 INSTALLING THE SCANNER HEATER ................................. 4-128
Accessories ...................................................................................... 4-128
Installation ........................................................................................ 4-129
4.9.13 MAGNIFICATION AND REGISTRATION ADJUSTMENT ...... 4-131
Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment ................................................. 4-131
Sub Scan Registration Adjustment ................................................... 4-131
Main Scan Registration Adjustment ................................................. 4-132
4.10 LASER UNIT .................................................................................... 4-133
4.10.1 BEFORE YOU BEGIN ............................................................. 4-133
Caution Decals ................................................................................. 4-133
4.10.2 LASER UNIT ........................................................................... 4-134
Before Replacement......................................................................... 4-134
Replacement .................................................................................... 4-134
How to Distinguish between the CK Laser Unit and YM Laser Unit . 4-136
SM xv D135/D136/D137/D138
Notes on Installation of a New Laser Unit ........................................ 4-136
Adjustment after Laser Unit Replacement ........................................ 4-137
4.10.3 LASER UNIT COOLING FAN (LEFT / RIGHT) ....................... 4-138
4.11 PCDU ............................................................................................... 4-140
4.11.1 FACEPLATE ........................................................................... 4-140
4.11.2 PCDU ...................................................................................... 4-141
4.11.3 CHARGE ROLLER UNIT ........................................................ 4-143
4.11.4 DRUM CLEANING UNIT REMOVAL ...................................... 4-143
Notes on Replacing the Drum Cleaning Unit and Drum Cleaning Blade ....
......................................................................................................... 4-146
4.11.5 OPC DRUM ............................................................................. 4-146
Attaching the New OPC Drum.......................................................... 4-147
4.11.6 DRUM CLEANING UNIT INTERNAL COMPONENTS............ 4-149
Separation of the Lubrication Unit and Cleaning Unit....................... 4-149
Lubrication Unit ................................................................................ 4-150
Cleaning Unit.................................................................................... 4-153
Assembling the Cleaning Unit and Lubrication Unit with New Seals 4-153
4.12 DEVELOPMENT UNIT ..................................................................... 4-156
4.12.1 DEVELOPMENT UNIT ............................................................ 4-156
4.12.2 DEVELOPMENT FILTER ........................................................ 4-158
4.12.3 REMOVING OLD DEVELOPER.............................................. 4-158
General ............................................................................................ 4-158
PART 1: Preparations for Developer Removal ................................. 4-159
PART 2: Developer Removal Procedure .......................................... 4-161
4.12.4 ADDING NEW DEVELOPER .................................................. 4-163
Adding New Developer (Summary) .................................................. 4-163
Adding New Developer and Adjustment ........................................... 4-163
4.13 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT ...................................................... 4-169
4.13.1 ITB UNIT REMOVAL ............................................................... 4-169
4.13.2 ITB REPLACEMENT ............................................................... 4-170
Lubrication after replacement ........................................................... 4-174
4.13.3 ID/MUSIC SENSORS .............................................................. 4-174
D135/D136/D137/D138 xvi SM
4.13.4 ITB HP SENSOR..................................................................... 4-175
4.13.5 PTR SEPARATION SENSOR ................................................. 4-176
4.13.6 ITB LIFT (YMC) SENSOR ....................................................... 4-177
4.13.7 IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER (K) ........................................... 4-178
4.13.8 IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER (YMC) ...................................... 4-179
4.13.9 ITB BIAS ROLLER .................................................................. 4-180
4.13.10 TRANSFER POWER PACK/SEPARATION POWER PACK 4-184
4.13.11 TDRB (TRANSFER DRIVE RELAY BOARD) ...................... 4-185
4.13.12 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER ....................................... 4-186
4.13.13 PTR SEPARATION MOTOR ............................................... 4-187
4.13.14 AC TRANSFER POWER PACK (D137/D138 ONLY) .......... 4-188
4.13.15 ITB MOTOR ......................................................................... 4-188
4.13.16 ITB DRIVE SHAFT GEAR / ENCODER SENSOR .............. 4-189
4.13.17 ITB DRIVEN SHAFT ENCODER SENSOR ......................... 4-191
4.14 ITB CLEANING UNIT ....................................................................... 4-192
4.14.1 ITB CLEANING UNIT .............................................................. 4-192
4.14.2 ITB CLEANING BLADE ........................................................... 4-193
4.14.3 ITB LUBRICANT BRUSH ........................................................ 4-194
4.14.4 ITB LUBRICANT BAR ............................................................. 4-195
4.14.5 ITB LUBRICANT BLADE ......................................................... 4-196
4.14.6 ITB CLEANING UNIT SET SENSOR ...................................... 4-196
4.14.7 ITB PAPER DUST CLEANING BRUSH ROLLER ................... 4-197
4.14.8 LUBRICATION AFTER REPLACEMENT ................................ 4-199
4.15 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT ................................................ 4-200
4.15.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT ....................................... 4-200
4.15.2 PAPER DISCHARGE PLATE ................................................. 4-202
4.15.3 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER ................................................ 4-202
4.16 FUSING UNIT .................................................................................. 4-204
4.16.1 SCREW LIST .......................................................................... 4-204
4.16.2 REMOVING THE FUSING UNIT ............................................. 4-207
4.16.3 FUSING HEAT PIPE ............................................................... 4-209
4.16.4 FUSING UNIT COVER............................................................ 4-209
SM xvii D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Front / Rear Cover ................................................................ 4-209
Entrance Drawer Cover .................................................................... 4-210
Exit Drawer Cover ............................................................................ 4-210
Fusing Upper Cover ......................................................................... 4-211
Separation Unit ................................................................................ 4-212
4.16.5 FUSING UNIT PLATE ............................................................. 4-214
4.16.6 IH COIL UNIT .......................................................................... 4-216
4.16.7 FUSING CLEANING WEB UNIT (D137/D138 ONLY) ............. 4-218
4.16.8 FUSING CLEANING WEB (D137/D138 ONLY) ...................... 4-219
4.16.9 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER (D137/D138 ONLY) .. 4-223
4.16.10 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER CONTACT SENSOR
(PRO C5100S/PRO C5110S) ................................................................ 4-224
4.16.11 SEPARATING THE FUSING UNIT...................................... 4-225
4.16.12 HEATING ROLLER, FUSING ROLLER, FUSING BELT ..... 4-227
4.16.13 PRESSURE ROLLER STRIPPER PLATE .......................... 4-232
4.16.14 FUSING LAMP .................................................................... 4-234
4.16.15 PRESSURE ROLLER .......................................................... 4-236
4.16.16 THERMISTOR (FUSING BELT) .......................................... 4-239
4.16.17 THERMISTOR (HOT ROLLER SHAFT) .............................. 4-240
4.16.18 HEATING ROLLER ROTATION SENSOR .......................... 4-241
4.16.19 PRESSURE ROLLER SENSOR (REAR) ............................ 4-242
4.16.20 PRESSURE ROLLER SENSOR (FRONT) .......................... 4-243
4.16.21 HOT ROLLER NC SENSOR ............................................... 4-244
4.16.22 THERMOPILE (PRESSURE ROLLER) ............................... 4-244
4.16.23 THERMOSTAT (PRESSURE ROLLER) .............................. 4-246
4.16.24 FUSING PAPER FEED SENSOR ....................................... 4-247
Adjustment after replacing the fusing paper feed sensor ................. 4-248
4.16.25 CLEANING WEB SET SENSOR ......................................... 4-248
4.16.26 CLEANING WEB END SENSOR......................................... 4-248
4.16.27 CLEANING WEB CONTACT SENSOR ............................... 4-249
4.17 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT UNIT ................................................... 4-250
4.17.1 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT UNIT .......................................... 4-250
D135/D136/D137/D138 xviii SM
4.17.2 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT ................................................... 4-251
4.17.3 PTB FANS ............................................................................... 4-251
4.17.4 PTB SENSOR ......................................................................... 4-252
4.17.5 PTB UNIT SET SENSOR ........................................................ 4-252
4.18 TANDEM TRAY................................................................................ 4-253
4.18.1 LEFT TANDEM TRAY / RIGHT TANDEM TRAY .................... 4-253
4.18.2 FEED ROLLER, PICK-UP ROLLER AND SEPARATION ROLLER ..
................................................................................................ 4-255
4.18.3 PAPER FEED UNIT FOR TRAY 1 .......................................... 4-256
4.18.4 REAR FENCE HOME POSITION SENSOR / LEFT TRAY PAPER
SENSOR ................................................................................................ 4-259
4.18.5 REAR FENCE RETURN SENSOR ......................................... 4-260
4.18.6 PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2, 3 / TRAY DOWN SENSOR /
RIGHT TRAY SET SENSOR ................................................................. 4-261
4.18.7 REAR END FENCE CLOSED SENSOR ................................. 4-263
4.18.8 END FENCE REAR SOLENOID ............................................. 4-266
4.18.9 LEFT TRAY LOCK SOLENOID ............................................... 4-267
4.18.10 REAR FENCE DRIVE MOTOR ........................................... 4-268
4.18.11 1ST TRAY LIFT MOTOR ..................................................... 4-268
4.19 PAPER FEED SECTION (TRAY 2-3 / VERTICAL TRANSPORT) ... 4-269
4.19.1 FPAPER TRAY ....................................................................... 4-269
4.19.2 FEED ROLLER, PICK-UP ROLLER AND SEPARATION ROLLER ..
................................................................................................ 4-270
4.19.3 PAPER FEED UNIT ................................................................ 4-271
4.19.4 PICK-UP SOLENOID .............................................................. 4-272
4.19.5 TRANSPORT SENSOR .......................................................... 4-272
4.19.6 PAPER FEED SENSOR ......................................................... 4-273
4.19.7 PAPER TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / PAPER END SENSOR ....
................................................................................................ 4-273
4.19.8 VERTICAL TRANSPORT LED ................................................ 4-274
4.19.9 PAPER SIZE SENSORS ......................................................... 4-275
4.19.10 PAPER TRAY SET SENSORS............................................ 4-276
SM xix D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.11 PAPER TRAY LIFT MOTOR ............................................... 4-277
4.19.12 TRAY HEATER.................................................................... 4-278
Upper Tray Heater............................................................................ 4-278
Lower Tray Heater............................................................................ 4-279
4.19.13 TRAY HEATER SETTING ................................................... 4-280
4.20 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT (D137/D138) ................................................ 4-281
4.20.1 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT REMOVAL .......................................... 4-281
By-pass Tray Unit Separation .......................................................... 4-282
4.20.2 BY-PASS PICK-UP ROLLER / BY-PASS FEED ROLLER / BY-PASS
SEPARATION ROLLER......................................................................... 4-283
4.20.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR ................................ 4-284
4.20.4 BY-PASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR ....................................... 4-285
4.20.5 BY-PASS PAPER LENGTH SENSOR .................................... 4-286
4.20.6 BY-PASS TRAY LOWER LIMIT SENSOR .............................. 4-286
4.20.7 BY-PASS TRAY LIFT MOTOR ............................................... 4-287
4.20.8 BY-PASS TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / BY-PASS PAPER FEED
SENSOR ................................................................................................ 4-289
4.20.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP SOLENOID .............................................. 4-291
4.20.10 BY-PASS TRAY SET SENSOR........................................... 4-291
4.20.11 BY-PASS TRAY LED CONNECTOR (RED) ........................ 4-292
4.21 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT (D135/D136) ................................................ 4-293
4.21.1 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT REMOVAL .......................................... 4-293
By-pass Tray Unit Separation .......................................................... 4-294
4.21.2 BY-PASS PICK-UP ROLLER / BY-PASS FEED ROLLER / BY-PASS
SEPARATION ROLLER......................................................................... 4-296
4.21.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR ................................ 4-297
4.21.4 BY-PASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR ....................................... 4-298
4.21.5 BY-PASS PAPER LENGTH SENSOR .................................... 4-299
4.21.6 BY-PASS PAPER FEED SENSOR ......................................... 4-300
4.21.7 BY-PASS PICK-UP SOLENOID .............................................. 4-302
4.21.8 BY-PASS TRAY LED CONNECTOR (RED) ........................... 4-303
4.22 PAPER RELAY AND REGISTRATION SECTION ........................... 4-304
D135/D136/D137/D138 xx SM
4.22.1 REGISTRATION UNIT ............................................................ 4-304
4.22.2 RELAY UNIT ........................................................................... 4-306
4.22.3 REGISTRATION SENSOR ..................................................... 4-308
4.22.4 PAPER TYPE SENSOR .......................................................... 4-309
4.22.5 RELAY SENSOR .................................................................... 4-309
4.22.6 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER TYPE SENSOR ............................... 4-310
4.23 PAPER EXIT AND DUPLEX UNIT ................................................... 4-312
4.23.1 PAPER EXIT UNIT .................................................................. 4-312
4.23.2 PAPER EXIT SENSOR ........................................................... 4-314
4.23.3 PAPER EXIT RELAY SENSOR .............................................. 4-315
4.23.4 INVERTER EXIT SENSOR ..................................................... 4-316
4.23.5 INVERTER FEED-IN SENSOR ............................................... 4-317
4.23.6 INVERTER FEED-OUT SENSOR ........................................... 4-320
4.23.7 INVERTER JUNCTION GATE HOME POSITION SENSOR .. 4-320
4.23.8 INVERTER JUNCTION GATE MOTOR .................................. 4-321
4.23.9 DUPLEX INVERTER SOLENOID ........................................... 4-322
4.23.10 PAPER EXIT LEFT GUIDE PLATE SENSOR ..................... 4-322
4.23.11 PAPER EXIT UPPER GUIDE PLATE SENSOR.................. 4-323
4.24 DUPLEX UNIT ................................................................................. 4-324
4.24.1 PURGE RELAY SENSOR / DUPLEX INVERT SENSOR ....... 4-324
4.24.2 DUPLEX INVERT SOLENOID ................................................ 4-325
4.24.3 DUPLEX UNIT ENTRANCE SENSOR .................................... 4-326
4.24.4 DUPLEX UNIT SENSOR 1 ..................................................... 4-326
4.24.5 DUPLEX UNIT SENSOR 2 ..................................................... 4-326
4.24.6 DUPLEX UNIT SENSOR 3 ..................................................... 4-327
4.24.7 DUPLEX UNIT SENSOR 4 ..................................................... 4-327
4.24.8 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR ......................................................... 4-327
4.24.9 HORIZONTAL FEED GUIDE PLATE OPEN SENSOR ........... 4-328
4.24.10 ROLLER HP SENSOR 1 ..................................................... 4-329
4.24.11 ROLLER HP SENSOR 2 ..................................................... 4-329
4.24.12 SENSOR SHIFT MOTOR .................................................... 4-330
4.24.13 EDGE DETECTION UNIT ................................................... 4-331
SM xxi D135/D136/D137/D138
4.24.14 EDGE DETECTION SENSOR ............................................. 4-332
4.24.15 SENSOR SHIFT HP SWITCH ............................................. 4-332
4.24.16 ROLLER SHIFT MOTOR 1 / ROLLER SHIFT MOTOR 2 .... 4-333
4.25 PAPER PURGE UNIT ...................................................................... 4-335
4.25.1 PAPER PURGE UNIT ............................................................. 4-335
4.25.2 PCB: LSB ................................................................................ 4-337
4.25.3 PUSH SWITCH ....................................................................... 4-338
4.25.4 DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR ................................................ 4-339
4.25.5 PURGED PAPER SENSOR .................................................... 4-340
4.25.6 LED: CONNECTER: RED ....................................................... 4-341
Upper guide plate LED / Purge door LED ........................................ 4-341
Lower guide plate LED ..................................................................... 4-341
4.26 MAIN BOARDS / HDD UNIT ............................................................ 4-343
4.26.1 LAYOUT .................................................................................. 4-343
4.26.2 CONTROLLER BOARD .......................................................... 4-345
When installing the New Controller Board ........................................ 4-345
4.26.3 HDD UNIT ............................................................................... 4-347
After Installing the New HDD Unit .................................................... 4-347
Disposal of HDD Unit ....................................................................... 4-348
Reinstallation.................................................................................... 4-348
4.26.4 BCU......................................................................................... 4-348
4.26.5 NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE ................................ 4-350
NVRAM on the Controller Board ...................................................... 4-350
NVRAM (EEPROM) on the BCU ...................................................... 4-353
4.26.6 IPU .......................................................................................... 4-354
4.26.7 IOB .......................................................................................... 4-355
When removing the motors that are behind the IOB ........................ 4-356
4.26.8 PFB ......................................................................................... 4-356
When removing the motors that are behind the PFB........................ 4-356
4.26.9 IH INVERTER ......................................................................... 4-357
4.26.10 AC DRIVE BOARD .............................................................. 4-357
Notes on Replacing the AC Drive Board .......................................... 4-357
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxii SM
4.26.11 PSU1 / PSU2 ....................................................................... 4-358
When removing the motors and sensors that are behind the PSU1/PSU2
......................................................................................................... 4-359
4.26.12 POTENTIAL SENSOR BOARD ........................................... 4-361
4.26.13 COMBINED HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
(CHARGE / DEVELOPMENT) (KCMY).................................................. 4-362
Combined High-Voltage Power Supply Board (KC) ......................... 4-362
Combined High-Voltage Power Supply Board (MY) ......................... 4-362
4.26.14 FDB-D BOARD (PCB21)-MAIN MACHINE (D137/D138 ONLY)4-
363
4.26.15 AC DRIVE BOARD RELAY (D137/D138 ONLY) ................. 4-363
4.27 MOTORS AND SENSORS .............................................................. 4-364
4.27.1 LAYOUT (MOTOR) ................................................................. 4-364
Rear of the Machine (Top) ............................................................... 4-364
Rear of the Machine (Middle) ........................................................... 4-365
Rear of the Machine (Bottom) .......................................................... 4-366
Drawer Unit (Front)........................................................................... 4-367
Drawer Unit (Rear) ........................................................................... 4-368
4.27.2 DRUM MOTOR (KCMY) / DRUM ENCODER SENSOR (KCMY) .....
................................................................................................ 4-369
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board .. 4-373
4.27.3 DRUM HP SENSOR (D137/D138 ONLY) ............................... 4-374
4.27.4 DRUM CLEANING MOTOR (KCMY) ...................................... 4-375
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board .. 4-376
4.27.5 DEVELOPMENT MOTOR (KCMY) ......................................... 4-377
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board .. 4-378
4.27.6 DEVELOPMENT ROLLER HP SENSOR (KCMY) .................. 4-379
4.27.7 BY-PASS FEED MOTOR/RELAY MOTOR ............................. 4-380
4.27.8 PTR MOTOR / PTR ENCODER SENSOR .............................. 4-381
4.27.9 PAPER FEED MOTOR/TRANSPORT MOTOR ...................... 4-383
1st Paper Feed Motor/1st Transport Motor ...................................... 4-383
Vertical Transport Motor ................................................................... 4-384
SM xxiii D135/D136/D137/D138
2nd Paper Feed Motor/2nd Transport Motor, 3rd Paper Feed Motor/3rd
Transport Motor................................................................................ 4-385
4.27.10 FUSING DRIVE MOTOR ..................................................... 4-387
4.27.11 WASTE TONER COLLECTION MOTOR ............................ 4-389
Removing the Waste Toner Collection Motor ................................... 4-389
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket
......................................................................................................... 4-391
4.27.12 WASTE TONER LOCK SENSOR........................................ 4-392
4.27.13 FUSING RELEASE MOTOR ............................................... 4-393
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket
......................................................................................................... 4-395
4.27.14 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER DRIVE MOTOR
(D137/D138 ONLY)................................................................................ 4-396
4.27.15 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER CONTACT MOTOR
(D137/D138 ONLY)................................................................................ 4-397
4.28 FANS AND FILTERS ....................................................................... 4-399
4.28.1 LAYOUT (FANS) ..................................................................... 4-399
Main Machine (Rear) ........................................................................ 4-399
Main Machine (Front) ....................................................................... 4-399
Drawer (Inside)................................................................................. 4-400
4.28.2 LAYOUT (FILTERS) ................................................................ 4-402
4.28.3 CONTROLLER EXHAUST FAN .............................................. 4-403
4.28.4 CONTROLLER INTAKE FAN .................................................. 4-404
4.28.5 DEVELOPMENT EXHAUST FANS (RIGHT / LEFT)............... 4-405
4.28.6 DEVELOPMENT INTAKE FANS (KCMY) ............................... 4-406
4.28.7 DRIVE EXHAUST FAN ........................................................... 4-407
4.28.8 FUSING EXIT EXHAUST FAN ................................................ 4-407
4.28.9 FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER EXHAUST FAN (D137/D138 ONLY)
................................................................................................ 4-408
4.28.10 HEAT PIPE PANEL EXHAUST FAN ................................... 4-410
4.28.11 HEAT PIPE PANEL INTAKE FAN ....................................... 4-411
4.28.12 PTR FUSING EXHAUST FAN ............................................. 4-412
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxiv SM
4.28.13 ITB MOTOR COOLING FAN ............................................... 4-413
4.28.14 OZONE EXHAUST FAN ...................................................... 4-414
4.28.15 DUPLEX EXHAUST FANS (FRONT / MIDDLE / REAR) ..... 4-415
4.28.16 IH COIL POWER COOLING FAN........................................ 4-416
4.28.17 ITB CLEANING INTAKE FAN .............................................. 4-417
4.28.18 ID SENSOR CLEANING FAN.............................................. 4-418
4.28.19 PSU FANS (RIGHT / LEFT) ................................................ 4-419
4.28.20 DEODORIZING FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL)...................... 4-420
4.28.21 DUST FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL) ..................................... 4-421
4.28.22 OZONE FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL) .................................. 4-422
4.29 WASTE TONER COLLECTION ....................................................... 4-423
4.29.1 WASTE TONER BOTTLE ....................................................... 4-423
4.29.2 WASTE TONER BOTTLE UNIT .............................................. 4-424
Installing the Relay Duct................................................................... 4-426
4.29.3 WASTE TONER BOTTLE MOTOR SENSOR ......................... 4-427
4.29.4 WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR ............................................ 4-427
4.29.5 WASTE TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR ............................... 4-428
4.29.6 WASTE TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR................................. 4-428
4.29.7 WASTE TONER UPPER TRANSPORT .................................. 4-429
4.29.8 WASTE TONER VERTICAL TRANSPORT ............................ 4-430
4.29.9 WASTE TONER LOWER TRANSPORT ................................. 4-431
4.30 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACEMENT ......................................... 4-432
5. TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................... 5-1
5.1 SERVICE CALL 101-195 ........................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 SC100 (ENGINE: SCANNING) ......................................................... 5-1
5.2 SERVICE CALL 202-286 ......................................................................... 5-12
5.2.1 SC200 (ENGINE: IMAGE WRITING) .............................................. 5-12
5.3 SERVICE CALL 300-398 ......................................................................... 5-22
5.3.1 SC300 (ENGINE: CHARGE, DEVELOPMENT) ............................. 5-22
5.3.2 SC300 (ENGINE: DEVELOPMENT) ............................................... 5-32
5.4 SERVICE CALL 400-498 ......................................................................... 5-45
SM xxv D135/D136/D137/D138
5.4.1 SC400 (ENGINE: AROUND THE DRUM) ...................................... 5-45
5.4.2 SC300/400 (ENGINE: TRANSFER/SEPARATION, CLEANING ETC.) ..
........................................................................................................ 5-51
5.5 SERVICE CALL 501-595 ......................................................................... 5-74
5.5.1 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 1: PAPER FEED, DUPLEX,
TRANSPORT).......................................................................................... 5-74
5.5.2 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 2: FUSING, ETC.) .......... 5-95
5.5.3 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 3: FEED, DUPLEX,
TRANSPORT, FUSING) ........................................................................ 5-114
5.5.4 SC500 (ENGINE: OTHERS) ......................................................... 5-119
5.6 SERVICE CALL 620-689 ....................................................................... 5-120
5.6.1 SC600 (ENGINE: COMMUNICATION AND OTHERS) ................ 5-120
5.6.2 SC600 (CONTROLLER) ............................................................... 5-138
5.7 SERVICE CALL 700-780 ....................................................................... 5-149
5.7.1 SC700 (ENGINE: PERIPHERALS) ............................................... 5-149
5.8 SERVICE CALL 816-899 ....................................................................... 5-192
5.8.1 SC800 (CONTROLLER) ............................................................... 5-192
5.9 SERVICE CALL 900-998 ....................................................................... 5-249
5.9.1 SC900 (ENGINE: OTHERS) ......................................................... 5-249
5.9.2 SC900 (CONTROLLER) ............................................................... 5-251
5.10 JAM DETECTION ............................................................................ 5-257
5.10.1 JAM DISPLAYS....................................................................... 5-257
5.10.2 REMOVING JAMMED PAPER ............................................... 5-258
5.10.3 PRINTER ENGINE JAM HISTORY ......................................... 5-258
How to check .................................................................................... 5-258
Display ............................................................................................. 5-258
5.10.4 JAM CODES AND POSITION CODES ................................... 5-258
ADF .................................................................................................. 5-259
Main Machine ................................................................................... 5-259
LCIT RT4020 (D709) ........................................................................ 5-262
LCIT RT4030 (D710) ........................................................................ 5-263
Finisher SR4090 (D703)................................................................... 5-263
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxvi SM
Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)...................................................... 5-265
Finisher SR4110 (D707)................................................................... 5-267
Multi Folding Unit FD4000 (D615): ................................................... 5-268
Mail Box CS4010 (D708).................................................................. 5-270
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) .............................................. 5-271
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712) .............................................. 5-272
Decurl Unit DU5020 ......................................................................... 5-273
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751).................................................. 5-274
Plockmatic Bookletmaker ................................................................. 5-275
GBC Stream Punch .......................................................................... 5-275
5.10.5 SENSOR LOCATIONS ........................................................... 5-276
5.10.6 PAPER SIZE CODES ............................................................. 5-277
5.11 FAN DEFECT DETECTION ............................................................. 5-278
5.11.1 FAN LOCATIONS AND FAN SC ............................................. 5-278
Main Machine (Rear) ........................................................................ 5-278
Main Machine (Front) ....................................................................... 5-278
5.12 ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................. 5-281
5.12.1 ADJUSTMENT 001: ACC (AUTOMATIC COLOR CALIBRATION) ...
................................................................................................ 5-281
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-281
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-281
5.12.2 ADJUSTMENT 002: MANUAL GAMMA ADJUSTMENT ......... 5-282
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-282
Printer Mode Adjustment .................................................................. 5-282
Copier Mode Adjustment .................................................................. 5-286
5.12.3 ADJUSTMENT 003: SCANNER REGISTRATION .................. 5-289
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-289
Adjustment Procedure ...................................................................... 5-289
5.12.4 ADJUSTMENT 004: ADF REGISTRATION ............................ 5-289
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-289
Adjustment Procedure ...................................................................... 5-289
5.12.5 ADJUSTMENT 005: REGISTRATION .................................... 5-289
SM xxvii D135/D136/D137/D138
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-289
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-290
Contents ........................................................................................... 5-290
5.12.6 ADJUSTMENT 006: FUSING NIP WIDTH ADJUSTMENT FOR
ENVELOPES ......................................................................................... 5-298
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-298
Adjustment Procedure ...................................................................... 5-298
5.12.7 ADJUSTMENT 007: ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVED
GLOSSINESS ........................................................................................ 5-299
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-299
Adjustments Required for Improved Glossiness (Pro C5110S /Pro
C5100S) ........................................................................................... 5-299
Adjustments Required for Improved Glossiness (MP C8002SP/MP
C6502SP)......................................................................................... 5-300
5.12.8 ADJUSTMENT 008: MARGIN ADJUSTMENT ........................ 5-300
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-300
Margin adjustment ............................................................................ 5-300
5.12.9 ADJUSTMENT 009: STAPLE MISALIGNMENT (3 MM OR MORE)
OCCURS ............................................................................................... 5-302
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-302
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-302
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-302
5.13 IMAGE QUALITY ............................................................................. 5-307
5.13.1 DEFINITIONS OF ABNORMAL IMAGES ................................ 5-307
Large classification: Points ............................................................... 5-307
Large classification: Lines ................................................................ 5-308
Large classification: Plane................................................................ 5-310
5.13.2 IMAGE QUALITY 001: SPOTS ............................................... 5-318
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-318
Troubleshooting for Color spots (189mm/40mm pitch)..................... 5-318
Troubleshooting for White Spots in Low-Temperature, Low-Humidity
Environment ..................................................................................... 5-319
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxviii SM
Troubleshooting for White spots Appear in Winter Environment (Pro
C5110S/Pro C5100S)....................................................................... 5-321
Troubleshooting for White spots....................................................... 5-322
Troubleshooting for White spots with toner cores ............................ 5-323
Troubleshooting for White, fish-shape stains ................................... 5-323
Troubleshooting for Small granular toner fixation (Pro C5110S /Pro
C5100S) ........................................................................................... 5-325
5.13.3 IMAGE QUALITY 002: STREAKS ........................................... 5-327
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-327
Troubleshooting for Vertical streaks caused by contact with the toner
adhering to the guide plate ............................................................... 5-327
Troubleshooting for Streaks made by Paper Edges ......................... 5-331
Troubleshooting for Horizontal White Streaks in Small Solid Black Areas .
......................................................................................................... 5-337
5.13.4 IMAGE QUALITY 003: BANDS ............................................... 5-339
Troubleshooting for Blurred Image in 189mm Pitch (OPC Drum
Circumference)................................................................................. 5-339
Troubleshooting fuzzy line in originating in cyan drum (Pro C5110S/Pro
C5100S) ........................................................................................... 5-339
Troubleshooting Roller marks .......................................................... 5-342
Troubleshooting for 2-3mm pitch banding ........................................ 5-346
Troubleshooting for Banding Caused by the PCDU (Pro C5110S/Pro
C5100S) ........................................................................................... 5-348
Troubleshooting for “shock-jitter” in B/W mode (Pro C5110S/Pro C5100S)
......................................................................................................... 5-352
5.13.5 IMAGE QUALITY 004: NON-REPRODUCTION ..................... 5-360
Troubleshooting for Halo image ....................................................... 5-360
5.13.6 IMAGE QUALITY 005: UNEVENNESS ................................... 5-360
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-360
Troubleshooting for Density Difference between Left and Right ...... 5-361
Troubleshooting for Vertical band of halftone images ...................... 5-364
SM xxix D135/D136/D137/D138
Troubleshooting for Uneven Density in the Area 85mm from the Trailing
Edge ................................................................................................. 5-366
Troubleshooting for Uneven density in the area 85mm from the trailing
edge in low-temperature, low-humidity environment ........................ 5-368
Troubleshooting for Grainy image .................................................... 5-369
Troubleshooting for Density unevenness and dust when using AC transfer
(Pro C5110S /Pro C5100S) .............................................................. 5-370
Troubleshooting for Uneven glossiness when feeding large size paper
after small size paper ....................................................................... 5-375
Troubleshooting blurred image on front and rear sides toward the Trailing
Edge ................................................................................................. 5-376
Troubleshooting for Random Pitch Banding Caused by Lubricant Falling
from the Drum Cleaning Unit ............................................................ 5-379
Troubleshooting for 3mm-Pitch Banding on Paper with Paper Thickness 6
(Pro C5110S/C5100S) ..................................................................... 5-379
5.13.7 IMAGE QUALITY 006: STAINS .............................................. 5-381
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-381
Troubleshooting for Stains in the area 76mm from the trailing edge 5-381
Troubleshooting for Stains on the side edges of paper .................... 5-382
5.13.8 IMAGE QUALITY 007: TONER FLAKING OFF ...................... 5-383
Troubleshooting for Blocking on the Paper Output Tray................... 5-383
5.14 PAPER TRANSPORT ...................................................................... 5-386
5.14.1 PAPER TRANSPORT 001: CURLS ........................................ 5-386
5.14.2 PAPER TRANSPORT 002: ENVELOPES .............................. 5-388
Troubleshooting for Envelopes Are Wrinkled ................................... 5-388
Troubleshooting for Feed Direction Limitations Applied on Certain Types of
Envelopes ........................................................................................ 5-389
5.14.3 PAPER TRANSPORT 003: TWINING JAMS .......................... 5-390
Troubleshooting for Twining Jams in the Lower Part of the Fusing Unit
Caused by Insufficient Margins ........................................................ 5-390
5.15 OTHER PROBLEMS ........................................................................ 5-392
5.15.1 OTHER 001: DRAWER UNIT ................................................. 5-392
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxx SM
Drawer Unit Lock Motor Emergency................................................. 5-392
Troubleshooting for Too Much Weight/Abnormal Noise on Pulling
Out/Pushing In the Drawer Unit........................................................ 5-394
5.15.2 OTHER 002: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR ADJUSTMENT
SETTINGS ............................................................................................. 5-396
Correspondence Table for Adjustment Settings for Operators and SP
Mode ................................................................................................ 5-396
Correspondance Table for Adjustment Setting and SP Mode (D137/D138
Only)................................................................................................. 5-398
5.15.3 OTHER 003: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR IMSS SETTINGS
................................................................................................ 5-401
Correspondence Table for IMSS Settings and SP Mode (D137/D138 Only)
......................................................................................................... 5-401
5.15.4 OTHER 004: SC ...................................................................... 5-406
Troubleshooting for SC516 after Repeated J097 ............................. 5-406
Troubleshooting SC 570-00 (fusing belt smoothing roller error) ....... 5-408
Troubleshooting SC515-01 .............................................................. 5-410
Troubleshooting SC515-02 .............................................................. 5-412
5.15.5 OTHER 005: HDD TROUBLESHOOTING .............................. 5-414
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-414
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-414
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-414
5.15.6 OTHER 006: ORIGINAL SIZE MISDETECTION ..................... 5-416
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-416
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-419
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-419
5.15.7 OTHER 007: IMPROPER MESSAGE WHEN SETTING THE
TANDEM TRAY ..................................................................................... 5-420
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-420
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-420
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-421
5.15.8 OTHER 008: SKEW IN SUB-SCAN DIRECTION.................... 5-422
SM xxxi D135/D136/D137/D138
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-422
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-422
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-422
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-423
5.16 PROBLEMS RELATED TO PERIPHERAL DEVICES...................... 5-425
5.16.1 PERIPHERALS 001: BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 ......... 5-425
Troubleshooting for Fan Noise Is Large ........................................... 5-425
5.16.2 PERIPHERALS 002: FINISHER SR4090/SR4100 .................. 5-426
Troubleshooting for Proof Tray Detected to Be Full Too Soon ......... 5-426
Troubleshooting for Envelopes Are Not Fed .................................... 5-426
Troubleshooting for toner rubbing off along the fold line .................. 5-428
Troubleshooting Creases and Jam in Stapler Unit (SR4100) ........... 5-428
Corner Stapling Failure/Stack Failure/Large Misalignment .............. 5-430
1st Sheet of Stapled Stack Misaligned ............................................. 5-434
Staple Misalignment Troubleshooting .............................................. 5-436
Shift Tray Stalls Causing Paper Jam ................................................ 5-439
Poor Stacking on Shift Tray.............................................................. 5-442
How to improve center-folding accuracy (SR4100) .......................... 5-446
SP Settings for adjusting Shift Tray Jogger/Corner Stapling/Booklet
Stapling ............................................................................................ 5-449
5.17 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS .......................................................... 5-452
5.17.1 IDB (D1365492) ...................................................................... 5-452
5.17.2 AC CONTROL BOARD (D0165460) ....................................... 5-453
5.17.3 PSU ......................................................................................... 5-455
PSU1 (AZ240226) ............................................................................ 5-455
PSU2 (AX240230) ............................................................................ 5-456
5.17.4 DUB (D1365121) ..................................................................... 5-457
5.17.5 POTENTIAL SENSOR BOARD (D1365450 [100V], D1365455
[200V]) ................................................................................................ 5-458
5.17.6 TSB (D1365425) ..................................................................... 5-459
5.17.7 IPU (D1365724) ...................................................................... 5-460
5.17.8 IOB (D1385110) ...................................................................... 5-461
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxxii SM
5.17.9 CONTROLLER (D1365700/D1365705) .................................. 5-464
5.17.10 OPERATION PANEL ........................................................... 5-465
Pro OP-R (D1387395) ...................................................................... 5-465
Office OP-L (D1491478)................................................................... 5-465
5.17.11 OPTION BOARD ................................................................. 5-467
IEEE1284 (B5955710) ..................................................................... 5-467
Copy connector (B5815710) ............................................................ 5-468
Wireless Lan: 11n (D1645230)......................................................... 5-469
Giga-Ethenet Board (D7306036)...................................................... 5-470
SM xxxiii D135/D136/D137/D138
READ THIS FIRST
Important Safety Notices
Prevention of Physical Injury
1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the
copier power cord is unplugged.
2. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible.
3. If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while
the main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven
components.
4. The copier drives some of its components when it completes the warm-up period. Be careful
to keep hands away from the mechanical and electrical components as the copier starts
operation.
5. The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the copier is
operating. Be careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.
Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an
explosion might occur.
The Controller board on this machine contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion
exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.
The optional fax and memory expansion units contain lithium batteries, which can
explode if replaced incorrectly. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Do not recharge or burn the batteries. Used
batteries must be handled in accordance with local regulations.
SM 1-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal
1. Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed
to an open flame.
2. Dispose of used toner, the maintenance unit which includes developer or the organic
photoconductor in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.)
3. Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations.
4. When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more than
100 batteries per sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart may lead to
chemical reactions and heat build-up.
Laser Safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based
optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a location
with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a qualified
Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field. Customer engineers are
therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or service depot when
replacement of the optical subsystem is required.
Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Optics
Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-2 SM
Warnings, Cautions, Notes
In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of
valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
SM 1-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks
This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and
abbreviations are as follows:
See or Refer to
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
E-ring
Trademarks
Microsoft®, Windows®, and MS-DOS® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-4 SM
PRODUCT INFORMATION
RE V IS ION H IST ORY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Up d ated / New
All Pages 11/1/2016 This section has been re-released with addtional information
Product Overview
1. PRODUCT INFORMATION
Information
Product
1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW
SM 1-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Product Overview
1. ADF Transport
2. Bypass Transport
3. LCIT Transport
4. Duplex Transport
5. Simplex Transport
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-2 SM
Product Overview
Information
1.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT
Product
Front View
SM 1-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Product Overview
Rear View
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-4 SM
Product Overview
Information
: Development Motor
Product
: Drum Motor
10. Image Transfer Roller Lift Motor 23. Transport Motor (For tray 1)
(Gear Box)
SM 1-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D703-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Finisher SR4090 [14]
D703-21(CHN)
D704-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Booklet Finisher SR4100 [12]
D704-21 (CHN)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-6 SM
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
Call
Item Machine Code
out
Information
Product
D709-17 (NA/TWN)
LCIT RT4020 [4]
D709-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
D751-17 (NA)
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 [8]
D751-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
D615-17 (NA/TWN)
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 [10]
D615-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
D859-01 (NA/EU/AP/CHN)
Waste Toner Bottle MP C8002 -
D859-17 (TWN)
D719-10 (NA)
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 D719-11 (EU) -
D719-12 (AP/CHN)
D719-15 (NA)
IPDS Unit Type M2 D719-16 (EU) -
D719-17 (AP/CHN)
SM 1-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D719-41 (NA)
Browser Unit Type M2 D719-42 (EU) -
D719-43 (AP/CHN)
D166-25 (NA)
OCR Unit Type M2 D166-26 (EU) -
D166-24 (AP/CHN)
D729-01(NA)
Color Controller E-22B -
D729-02 (EU/AP/CHN)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-8 SM
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
Information
1.2.2 D135/D136 (OFFICE MODELS)
Product
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D703-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Finisher SR4090 [13]
D703-21 (CHN)
D704-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Booklet Finisher SR4100 [11]
D704-21 (CHN)
D706-01 (EU/AP)
Punch Unit PU3060 EU -
D706-03 (CHN)
SM 1-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D709-17 (EU)
LCIT RT4020 [4]
D709-27 (NA/AP/CHN)
D615-17 (NA)
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 [8]
D615-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
D718-01 (NA)
D718-02 (EU)
Fax Option Type M2 -
D718-03 (AP)
D718-05 (CHN)
D718-11 (NA)
G3 Interface Unit Type M2 -
D718-12 (EU/AP)
D719-21 (NA)
Fax Connection Unit Type M2 D719-22 (EU) -
D719-23 (AP/CHN)
D166-25 (NA)
OCR Unit Type M2 D166-26 (EU) -
D166-24 (AP/CHN)
D719-10 (NA)
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 D719-11 (EU) -
D719-12 (AP)
D719-15 (NA)
IPDS Unit Type M2 D719-16 (EU) -
D719-17 (AP)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-10 SM
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
Call
Item Machine Code
out
Information
Product
Unicode Font Package for SAP® 1 License B869-01 -
D719-41 (NA)
Browser Unit Type M2 D719-42 (EU) -
D719-43 (AP/CHN)
D729-01(NA)
Color Controller E-22B -
D729-02 (EU/AP/CHN)
SM 1-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
Specifications
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS
See "Appendices" for the following information:
General Specifications
Supported Paper Sizes
Software Accessories
Optional Equipment
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-12 SM
Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products
Information
PREDECESSOR PRODUCTS
Product
1.4.1 NEW FEATURES OF D137/D138 AND D135/D136
SM 1-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-14 SM
Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products
Information
Developed Printing Quality of Textured Paper
Product
Items Description D137/D138 D135/D136
SM 1-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products
Controller features
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-16 SM
INSTALLATION
RE V IS ION H IST ORY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Up d ated / New
All Pages 11/1/2016 This section has been re-released with addtional information
Installation Requirements
2. INSTALLATION
2.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Installation
2.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
Ambient Illumination: Less than 1,500 lux (do not expose to direct sunlight.)
SM 2-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Installation Requirements
Installation space
The following space is required for the user to use the machine. If you cannot secure this space,
then you will not be able to ensure the machine’s usability. Make this space to avoid causing
damage.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-2 SM
Installation Requirements
2.1.3 DIMENSIONS
D137/D138
Installation
D135/D136
SM 2-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Installation Requirements
Make sure that the wall outlet is near the main machine and easily accessible. Make
sure the plug is firmly inserted in the outlet.
Avoid multi-wiring.
Be sure to ground the machine.
Never set anything on the power cord.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-4 SM
Installation Requirements
Installation
NA
D136 208 to 240V 12A
SM 2-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D137/D138
The following special tools should be prepared for maintenance of this model in the field:
Unique or Common:
U: Unique for this model
C: Common with listed
FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE:
3 VSSG9002 1 C (*2)
100G
Loop-back Connector –
6 G0219350 1 C (General)
Parallel
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-6 SM
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136
The following special tools should be prepared for maintenance of this model in the field:
Unique or Common:
U: Unique for this model
C: Common with listed
Installation
Item Part Number Description Q’ty Unique or Common
FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE :
3 VSSG9002 1 C (*2)
100G
OPTICS ADJUSTMENT
8 A1849501 2 C (*3)
TOOL
GREASE-BARRIERTA
10 A2579300 1 C (*4)
S552R
SM 2-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-8 SM
Main Machine Installation
D137/D138
Installation
Q’ty
No Description
D137 D138
1 PCU Pocket 1 1
2 Developer Funnel 1 1
8 Screw Cover 5 5
9 Tapping Screw - 3 x 6 24 24
10 Printing Sample 1 1
13 Leveling Shoes 4 4
15 Cloth Holder 1 1
17 Rivet - Dia5 2 2
18 Development Cap 1 1
SM 2-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
Q’ty
No Description
D137 D138
- Sheet - Pro 1 1
- CD-ROM-Driver 2 2
- Operation Instructions 4 4
- SMC Report 1 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-10 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
D135/D136
Q’ty
Description
D135 D136
1 PCU Pocket 1 1
2 Developer Funnel 1 1
7 Leveling Shoes 4 4
SM 2-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
Q’ty
Description
D135 D136
9 Cloth Holder 1 1
10 Development Cap 1 1
11 Rivet - Dia5 2 2
- SMC Report 1 1
- CD-ROM-Driver 2 2
- Operation Instructions 4 4
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-12 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
2.2.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D137/D138)
1. Unpack the machine and remove all the wrapping.
2. Place the machine at the installation site.
3. Remove all filament tape from the machine.
4. Open the tandem tray [A] and remove the filament tape at the duplex unit [B].
SM 2-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
6. Open the ADF [A] and release the lever to open the white board. Then remove the protection
sheet.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-14 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K)
The shipping retainers [A] must be removed from the charge roller units (C, M, K).
Shipping retainers [A] were added to both ends of the cyan, magenta, and black
charge roller units. This is to prevent any damage to the charge roller cleaning
roller during shipping due to high temperature/humidity conditions. (Such
damage can cause 5mm pitch banding in halftone areas).
A procedure for removing these at installation was added, called “Removing the
Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K)”.
SM 2-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
1. Pull out the drawer unit and remove its cover [A]. ( x7)
Make sure to hold down the lock lever ([A] in the photo below) when you pull out the
unit. (The unit is locked in place by this lever).
When you push the unit back in to the machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of
the paper exit and duplex unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-16 SM
Main Machine Installation
3. Remove the ITB cleaning intake fan [A] together with the duct ( x 1).
Installation
4. Open the front cover of the toner supply unit [A].
5. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3).
SM 2-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-18 SM
Main Machine Installation
11. Attach the handles and pull out the units slowly and evenly.
Installation
13. Remove all filament tapes [A] of Magenta and Cyan units.
SM 2-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
14. Unlock the lever [A] and pull out the PCDU [B] from the machine.
16. Remove the charge roller unit and place it on a clean, flat, and level surface with the roller
facing up ( x2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-20 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
18. Reattach the charger roller unit and PCDU, and then attach the face plate.
After attaching the face plate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking
through the holes as shown.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit into the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit into the hole in the machine frame.
SM 2-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
After removing the drawer unit cover, when the drawer unit is returned to the
machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper exit and duplex unit.
When the drawer unit is pushed back into the machine, it is locked in place by the
lock lever [A]. (Make sure to hold down this lever whenever pulling out the unit).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-22 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
4. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] along with the duct ( x 1*).
6. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3*).
SM 2-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
8. Attach the ITB separation lever [A] horizontally from the right side of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-24 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
9. Turn the ITB separation lever [A] clockwise until it is vertical.
10. Return the toner supply unit to the machine and secure it with the screws.
11. Attach the ITB cleaning intake fan and drawer unit cover
SM 2-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B], moving it downward
( x 1).
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
3. Attach the arm stay [A] for the operation panel ( x 5).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-26 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
4. Attach the operation panel arm ( x 5, x 3).
Position the hook of the operation panel arm [A] over the arm stay [B].
5. Open the by-pass tray unit and attach the arm cover [A] ( x 2).
SM 2-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
7. Attach the operation panel [A] to fit the hook of the operation panel arm [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-28 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
9. Attach the rear cover [A] ( x 3) and the screw cover [B].
10. Attach the arm upper cover [A] ( x 2) and the screw covers [B].
SM 2-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-30 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
When attaching the operator call light, be careful not to pinch the harness. Fix the
light after it was confirmed visually from the front and back.
SM 2-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-32 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
Not TCRU/ORU Contracts
Store the caps [A] (x 4) in the service pocket for the operating instructions. Use them during
maintenance if needed.
SM 2-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
3. Attach the ADF paper set decal [A] in the indentation in the ADF.
4. According to the paper that will be used by the customer, select and attach the following
decals to the 1st tray, 2nd tray and 3rd tray.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-34 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
Paper type, brand, etc can be written on the blank space.
If the machine is not leveled, the tilt of the machine reduces the accuracy in side-to-side
registration.
The front and rear side of the machine must be less than 5 mm (0.2") away from level.
1. Place the four shoes [A] below the bolts [B] under each corner of the machine.
2. Turn the nuts [B] to lower the bolt until the bolts reach the leveling shoes [A].
Example below: Front side
SM 2-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
4. Adjust the machine level until the machine is less than 5mm from level (measure from left-to-
right).
When the right side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the right side of the
machine (front and rear) to lift the right side of the machine.
When the left side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the left side of the machine
(front and rear) to lift the left side of the machine.
5. Open the ADF, and then place the level [A] along the side.
6. Adjust the machine level until the machine is less than 5mm from level (measure from front-
to-rear).
When the front side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the front side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the front of the machine.
When the rear side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the rear side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the rear of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-36 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling Off
1. Install the securing bracket [A] to prevent the power cord from falling off. ( x1)
Example below: D137/D138
Installation
D137/D138 machines have two power cords. Install a securing bracket for each
power cord.
Be careful when setting the toner cartridges because the toner cartridges have different
shapes, and the cartridge may be damaged if you try to force a cartridge into the wrong
place. The position of the toner cartridges is Y, M, C, K from the left.
SM 2-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
4. Set each color toner cartridge. Push the toner cartridge until it locks into place.
Make sure to remove the retainer before installing the K toner catridge.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-38 SM
Main Machine Installation
Executing DEMS
Execute DEMS (SP3-040-001) to correct uneven image density.
Installation
power cord into the power source.
2. Turn the main power switch ON.
3. Tap [User Tools].
4. To print a color pattern, select: Maintenance > Auto Color Calibration.
5. Tap [Start] for the Copier function.
6. Tap [Start Printing].
7. Put the color test pattern face-down with the arrow pointing to the rear left corner of the
exposure glass.
8. Tap [Start Scanning]. The machine scans the pattern once.
9. Do Steps 6-8 for the Printer function.
SM 2-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-40 SM
Main Machine Installation
Adjustment Setting
SP mode SD slot
for Skilled Operators
Installation
Slot on operation
Custom Back up Yes No
panel
paper
Library Slot on operation
Restore Yes No
panel
SM 2-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
How to back up and restore Custom paper library/Saved paper library in Adjustment
Settings for Skilled Operators
1. Insert the SD card into the SD card slot on the
operation panel.
5. Tap [Back Up Saved Paper Library], [Back Up Custom Paper Settings], or [Restore
Custom Paper Settings].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-42 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
4. Open the tandem tray [A] and remove the filament tape at the duplex unit [B].
SM 2-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
6. Open the ADF [A] and release the lever to open the white board. Then remove the protection
sheet.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-44 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K)
The shipping retainers [A] must be removed from the charge roller units (C, M, K).
Shipping retainers [A] were added to both ends of the cyan, magenta, and black
charge roller units. This is to prevent any damage to the charge roller cleaning
roller during shipping due to high temperature/humidity conditions. (Such
damage can cause 5mm pitch banding in halftone areas).
A procedure for removing these at installation was added, called “Removing the
Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K)”.
SM 2-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
1. Pull out the drawer unit and remove its cover [A] ( x7).
Make sure to hold down the lock lever ([A] in the photo below) when you pull out the
unit. (The unit is locked in place by this lever).
When you push the unit back in to the machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of
the paper exit and duplex unit.
3. Remove the ITB cleaning intake fan [A] together with the duct ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-46 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
4. Open the front cover of the toner supply unit [A].
5. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3).
SM 2-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
11. Attach the handles and pull out the units slowly and evenly.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-48 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
12. Hold the grips and remove the face plate.
13. Remove all filament tape [A] of Magenta and Cyan units.
14. Unlock the lever [A] and pull out the PCDU [B] from the machine.
SM 2-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
16. Remove the charge roller unit and place it on a clean, flat surface with the roller facing up
( x2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-50 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
18. Reattach the charger roller unit and PCDU, and then attach the face plate.
After attaching the face plate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking
through the holes as shown.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
SM 2-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
After removing the drawer unit cover, when the drawer unit is returned to the
machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper exit and duplex unit.
When the drawer unit is pushed back into the machine, it is locked in place by the
lock lever [A]. (Make sure to hold down this lever whenever pulling out the unit).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-52 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
4. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] along with the duct ( x 1).
6. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3).
SM 2-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
8. Attach the ITB separation lever [A] horizontally from the right side of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-54 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
9. Turn the ITB separation lever [A] clockwise until it is vertical.
10. Return the toner supply unit to the machine and secure it with the screws.
11. Attach the ITB cleaning intake fan and drawer unit cover
SM 2-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-56 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
Storing the Supply Port Cap of the Developer
Store the caps [A] (x 4) in the service pocket for the operating instructions. Use them during
maintenance if needed.
SM 2-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
3. Attach the ADF paper set decal [A] in the indentation in the ADF.
4. According to the paper set by customer, select and attach the following decals to the 1st tray,
2nd tray and 3rd tray.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-58 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
Paper brand can be written on the blank space.
If the machine is not leveled, the tilt of the machine reduces the accuracy in side-to-side
registration.
The front and rear side of the machine must be less than 5 mm (0.2") away from level.
1. Place the four shoes [A] below the bolts [B] under each corner of the machine.
2. Turn the nuts [B] to lower the bolt until the bolts reaches to the leveling shoes [A].
Example below: Front side
SM 2-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
4. Adjust the machine level until the machine is less than 5mm from level (measure from left-to-
right).
When the right side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the right side of the
machine (front and rear) to lift the right side of the machine.
When the left side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the left side of the machine
(front and rear) to lift the left side of the machine.
5. Open the ADF, and then place the level [A] along the side.
6. Adjust the machine level until the machine is less than 5mm from level (measure from front-
to-rear).
When the front side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the front side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the front of the machine.
When the rear side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the rear side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the rear of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-60 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling Off
1. Install the securing bracket [A] to prevent the power cord from falling off. ( x1)
Example below: D135/D136
Installation
D135/D136 machines have two power cords. Install a securing bracket for each
power cord.
Be careful when setting the toner cartridges because the toner cartridges have different
shapes, and the cartridge may be damaged if you try to force a cartridge into the wrong
place. The position of the toner cartridges is Y, M, C, K from the left.
SM 2-61 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
4. Set each color toner cartridge. Push the toner cartridge until it locks into place.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-62 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
2.2.6 SECURITY FUNCTION INSTALLATION
The machine contains the Security functions (Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit)
built into the controller board.
If you are installing a new machine, it is recommended to activate the Data Overwrite Security
and HDD Encryption unit by selecting "Format All Data" from “System Settings” on the operation
panel.
This method is recommended because there is no user data on the hard drive yet
(Address Book data, image data, etc.).
If the customer wishes to activate the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit on a
machine that is already running, it is recommended to activate the unit by selecting "All Data"
from “System Settings” on the operation panel.
Selecting "All Data" will preserve the data that has already been saved to the hard drive.
(If "Format All Data" is selected, all user data saved to the hard drive up to that point will
be erased).
Immediately after encryption is enabled, the encryption setting process will take several minutes
to complete before you can begin using the machine.
If encryption is enabled after data has been stored on the disk, or of the encryption key
is changed, this process can take up to three and a half hours or more.
The machine cannot be operated while data is being encrypted.
Once the encryption process begins, it cannot be stopped.
Make sure that the machine's main power is not turned off while the encryption process is in
progress.
If the machine's main power is turned off while the encryption process is in progress, the hard
disk will be damaged and all data on it will be unusable.
Print the encryption key and keep the encryption key (which is printed as a paper sheet).
Keep the encryption key in a safe place. If the encryption key is lost and is needed, the controller
board, hard disk and NVRAM must all be replaced at the same time.
SM 2-63 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-64 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
9. Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon appears.
10. Check the overwrite erase icon.
The icon [1] is lit when there is temporary data to be overwritten, and blinks during
overwriting.
The icon [2] is lit when there is no temporary data to be overwritten.
HDD Encryption
Before You Begin the Procedure:
1. Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at the factory default settings.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
(3) Administrator login password
These settings must be set up by the customer before the HDD Encryption unit can be
installed.
2. Confirm that "Admin. Authentication" is on: [User tools/Counter] key -> [System Settings]
-> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator Authentication Management] -> [Admin.
Authentication] -> [On]
If this setting is off, tell the customer that this setting must be on before you can do the
installation procedure.
3. Confirm that "Administrator Tools" is selected and enabled.
[User tools/Counter] key -> [System Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator
Authentication Management] -> [Available Settings]
"Available Settings" is not displayed until step 2 is done.
If this setting is not selected, tell the customer that this setting must be selected before
you can do the installation procedure.
Installation Procedure:
1. Turn on the main power switch, and then enter the SP mode.
2. Select SP5878-002, and then press "Execute" on the LCD.
3. Exit the SP mode after "Completed" is displayed on the LCD.
4. Turn off the main power switch.
Enable Encryption Setting:
1. Press the [User tools/Counter] key.
2. Press [System Settings].
3. Press [Administrator Tools].
4. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].If this item is not visible, press [Next] to
display more settings.
5. Press [Encrypt].
SM 2-65 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
6. Select the data to be carried over to the hard disk and not be reset.
To carry all of the data over to the hard disk, select [All Data].
To carry over only the machine settings data, select [File System Data Only].
To reset all of the data, select [Format All Data].
7. The following message will be displayed. Press the [Start] key to print the encryption key
for safe keeping.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-66 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
9. Press [Exit] again.
10. Press the [User Tools/Counter] key.
After step 10, the initial operation display appears as below. However, HDD
data encryption has not been completed at this moment. Step 11 and step 12
should be performed in order to encrypt the HDD data.
13. Then initial operation display appears again. After this step, HDD data encryption has
already been completed.
SM 2-67 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
5. Please confirm whether the encryption has been completed or not on this display.
Print the encryption key
Use the following procedure to print the key again if it has been lost or misplaced.
1. Press the [User tools/Counter] key.
2. Press [System Settings].
3. Press [Administrator Tools].
4. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-68 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
The encryption key is printed out as a sheet of paper like the example shown above.
Please instruct the customer to keep it in a safe place.
SM 2-69 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D137/D138
1. Turn off the main power switch, and then unplug the power cable from the main machine.
2. Close all the doors and trays that are openable and closable, and then secure them in place
with shipping tape.
3. Make sure to follow all the precautions listed below when moving the machine. This is to
prevent the machine from being damaged and the drawer unit from coming out.
Do not put a load on the ADF
When moving the machine, push the machine instead of pulling the machine. Pulling the
machine may cause damage to the covers.
When pushing the machine, push the upper side of the machine in the areas marked
with red rectangles below. If you move the machine over an uneven surface, insert your
hands under the machine at the places marked with red rectangles below, and then lift
the machine slightly to get over the uneven surface.
When you move the machine, face the left or right side of the machine toward the
direction of movement. Then, push the machine forward at a slow walking speed. Go
slower if there are any uneven areas on the floor.
However, if you cannot face the left or right side forward, move the machine with the
front side facing forward (in the direction you are moving).
Do not face the rear side of machine toward the direction of movement. This is because
if the floor is inclined upward, the trays and drawer unit may come out.
Do not push or lift the locations marked with red rectangles below. You may
damage the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-70 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
SM 2-71 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Machine Installation
D135/D136
1. Turn off the main power switch, and then unplug the power cable from the main machine.
2. Close all the doors and trays that are openable and closable, and then secure them in place
with shipping tape.
3. Make sure to follow all the precautions listed below when moving the machine. This is to
prevent the machine from being damaged and the drawer unit from coming out.
Do not put a load on the ADF
When moving the machine, push the machine instead of pulling the machine. Pulling the
machine may cause damage of the covers.
When pushing the machine, push the upper side of the machine in the areas marked
with red rectangles below. If you move the machine over an uneven surface, insert your
hands under the machine at the places marked with red rectangles below, and then lift
the machine slightly to get over the uneven surface.
When you move the machine, face the left or right side of the machine toward the
direction of movement. Then, push the machine forward at a slow walking speed. Go
slower if there are any uneven areas on the floor.
However, if you cannot face the left or right side forward, move the machine with the
front side facing forward (in the direction you are moving).
Do not face the rear side of machine toward the direction of movement. This is because
if the floor is inclined upward, the trays and drawer unit may come out.
Do not push or lift the location marked with red rectangles below. You may
damage the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-72 SM
Main Machine Installation
Installation
SM 2-73 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
Q’ty
No Description
SR4090 SR4100
5 Docking Bracket 1 1
7 Tapping screws – M3 x 6 6 6
8 Screw (Plastic) 2 2
9 Screws– M4 x 20 4 4
10 Tapping screws – M3 x 8 1 1
11 Grounding Plate 1 1
12 Joint Bracket 1 1
15 Tray Holder - 1
17 Seal: Coupling 1 1
18 Holder: Stand 4 4
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-74 SM
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
Installation
2.3.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and packing materials from the finisher.
2. Open the front door [A], and then remove all tapes and packing materials from the inside of
the finisher.
3. Pull out the jogger unit [B], and then remove all tapes and retainers.
4. Remove the upper bracket with the red tag attached [A] ( x 2).
SM 2-75 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
5. Remove the lower bracket with the red tag attached [A] ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-76 SM
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
Installation
If the Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) is to be installed, DO NOT attach the
Cover: Right Upper.
8. Install the ground plate [B] on the finisher. ( x 2; M3 x 6 )
Make sure that the cushion is placed within 0 to 1 mm from the edge of the cover.
10. Secure the docking bracket [A] with the screws in the center of each elliptical screw hole (
x 4; M4x20).
SM 2-77 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
11. Attach the Seal Coupling [A] to the left side of the copier.
12. Remove the connector cover [A] from the main machine.
13. Open the front door [A] of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [B]. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-78 SM
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
Installation
14. Slowly push the finisher against the left side of the machine, keeping its front door open until
the brackets go into their slots.
15. Push the lock lever [A], and then secure it ( x 1).
SM 2-79 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
19. Only for D704, install the lower output tray [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-80 SM
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
Installation
[A]: Scale marks for DLT
[B]: Scale marks for A3
[C]: 7 scale marks in 2mm intervals
[D]: Center mark
24. Print out some sheets with center-folding and make sure that the folding line is not
misaligned or shifted.
If the folding line is misaligned or shifted, see the Troubleshooting section and make
adjustments. (See page 5-446 "How to improve center-folding accuracy (SR4100)")
Auxiliary Trays
Make sure that the customer understands the following points about these auxiliary trays:
The trailing edges of excessively curled or Z-folded paper can activate the tray full sensors
before the tray is actually full.
Once the "Exit Tray Full" message displays, the job cannot continue until some sheets are
removed from the tray which is only partially full. The trays are designed to prevent this
problem.
Shift Auxiliary Tray
Install the shift auxiliary tray [A] ONLY when the “Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)” is
included in the configuration. Note that the Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] may generate unexpected
side effects, for example, paper jams caused by displaced paper height detection feeler [B].
SM 2-81 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-82 SM
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
Installation
SM 2-83 D135/D136/D137/D138
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)
No Description Qty
1 Jogger Unit 1
2 Tapping Screws M3 x 6 2
2.4.2 INSTALLATION
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Disconnect the finisher from the main frame.
2. Remove the cover plate [A]. ( x 2). Keep the screws.
3. Use the flat head of a screwdriver to remove the left upper cover [A]. (hook x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-84 SM
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)
Installation
4. Rear cover [A] ( x 2)
6. Connect the connector to the upper left cover and close the clamp..
SM 2-85 D135/D136/D137/D138
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-86 SM
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)
Installation
When you install the jogger unit, put the hooks of the frame of the jogger unit into
the holes in the left and right sides of the finisher frame.
9. Fasten the connector [A] of the jogger unit to the socket. ( x 1)
10. Reattach the jogger unit cover [A] to the jogger unit ( x 2).
SM 2-87 D135/D136/D137/D138
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-88 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
No Description Qty
2 Hopper Bracket 1
6 Punch Unit 1
11 E-ring 1
SM 2-89 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. If the finisher is connected to the machine, disconnect it.
2. If the finisher is installed on the machine, remove it.
3. Remove the rear upper cover [A] of the finisher. ( x 2 )
5. Open the front door [A], and then remove the punch hopper bracket [B]. ( x2)
6. Pull out the stapling unit [A]. (Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704) only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-90 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
7. Remove the inner upper cover [A] from the front side of the finisher. ( x 2)
Disconnect the harness from the back side of the inner upper cover when you
remove the inner upper cover.
8. Remove screw [A] of the transport guide plate from the rear side of the finisher. ( x1)
SM 2-91 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
10. Install the punch unit slide stay [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
11. Fasten the punch unit slide stay. (Front side [A]: x 2, Rear side [B]: x 2)
Front side:
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-92 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Rear side:
Installation
12. Insert the paper chip guide [A] into the finisher as shown below.
13. Install the paper chip guide. (Front side [A]: hook x 2, Rear side [B]: hook x 2, snap ring x 1)
Hook the paper chip guide onto the front side of the finisher first, and then hook it
onto the rear side of the finisher.
Front side:
SM 2-93 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Rear side:
14. Fasten the paper chip guide with an E-ring from the rear side of the finisher. (snap ring x 1)
When fastening the paper chip guide with the snap ring, make sure the front side of
the paper chip guide is hooked onto the small-diameter slot [A].
15. Insert the hopper bracket [A] into the finisher as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-94 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
16. Hook the hopper bracket onto the frame [A] [B] of the finisher.
Make sure the hooks [A] and [B] of the hopper bracket are also hooked onto the
finisher.
SM 2-95 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
18. Route the harness of the hopper bracket [A] inside the finisher as shown.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-96 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
19. Route the harness of the hopper bracket to the rear side of the finisher. (locking edge saddle
x 1, x 3)
20. Insert the registration guide plate [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
Hook [A] and [B] of the registration guide plate onto the slotted holes of the finisher.
SM 2-97 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
21. Fasten the registration guide plate. (front side: x 1, rear side: x 1)
Front side:
Rear side:
22. Inert the registration sensor bracket from the rear side of the finisher.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-98 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
Hook [A] of the registration sensor bracket into the slotted holes of the finisher.
24. Inert the punch unit [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
SM 2-99 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Make sure the shaft [A] on the finisher is inserted into the punch unit [B].
When inserting the punch unit, make sure the bracket [A] of the punch unit is in the
right position as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-100 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
Make sure the bracket of the punch unit fits the embossed parts [A] on the finisher.
26. Install the stepper motor bracket [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
Insert the hole [A] of the stepper motor bracket into the shaft [B] on the rear side of
the finisher.
SM 2-101 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Make sure the rack [A] of the punch unit is engaging with the pinion [B] of the
stepper motor bracket when you insert the stepper motor bracket.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-102 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
28. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor bracket to the harness [B] from the hopper
bracket. ( x 1)
Installation
29. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor bracket to the harness [B] from the punch
unit. ( x 1)
30. Connect the harness connector cable provided with the punch unit to the main board [A] of
the finisher. ( x 2)
The end that is split into two connectors must be connected to the main board.
31. Route the harness connector cable as shown below. ( x 6)
SM 2-103 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Route the harness inside the I/F bracket [A] as shown below.
32. Connect the harness connector cable to the PCB [A] on the punch unit. ( x 3)
33. Connect the harness [A] of the stepper motor bracket to the PCB [B] in the punch unit. ( x
3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-104 SM
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Installation
34. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor bracket to the PCB [B] in the punch unit.
( x 1)
35. Gather the harnesses of steps 32-34 [A] with your hands, and then fasten them with the
clamps as shown below. ( x 6)
When you clamp the harness in clamp [A], clamp the harness between the two
binds [B].
SM 2-105 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
Route the harness [A] of the punch unit over the PCB as shown below.
36. Slide the punch waste hopper [A] into the finisher from the rear.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-106 SM
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
2.6.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.
Installation
Description Q'ty
1. Side Tray 1
2. Sponge Strip 1
3. Ground Plate 1
5. Joint Bracket 1
6. Shift Tray 4
7. Support Plate 1
9. Tapping Screws – M3 x 6 2
12. Screws – M4 x 14 4
13. Screws – M4 x 20 4
SM 2-107 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
Spacer
A spacer for correcting paper skew is attached to the bottom right of the finisher.
Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do this
procedure.
1. Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
2. Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and shipping retainers.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-108 SM
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
Installation
3. Open the front door and remove the shipping retainers.
4. Remove the brackets, tags, and wires in this order: [A]> [B]> [C] ( x 2 each).
5. Be sure to remove the two sheets of paper [D].
SM 2-109 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
10. Insert the shift tray [A] into the grooves and fasten it. ( x 4; M3 x 8)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-110 SM
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
Installation
Finisher D707 to Main Machine or Other Upstream Unit
1. Remove the connector cover [A].
2. Fasten the joint bracket [B] to the Copier.
SM 2-111 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-112 SM
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
Installation
[A] Spacer for skew correction and side-to-side registration adjustment
1. Check to see if the paper is skewed when it is exited from the machine.
2. If skew correction is required, dock the finisher to the copier using the M4x20 screws
included with the finisher.
This is because the M4x14 screws will not be long enough when the spacer(s) are
attached.
SM 2-113 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-114 SM
Finisher SR4110 (D707)
This is because without the spacer, the M4x20 screws are too long and the bracket
cannot be fastened in place.
Installation
[A]: Folding Unit
[B]: Joint Bracket
[C]: Screw (M4 x 20)
[D}: Screw is too long and cannot be fully inserted
2.6.3 SP SETTING
1. Enter the SP mode.
2. Do SP5841-11 and enter the name of the staples used for corner stapling.
This is the name that shows when the user prints the Inquiry List.
To print this list push User Tools> [Inquiry]> [Print Inquiry List]> [Start].
SM 2-115 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
1. Punch Unit 1
3. Spacer (2 mm) 1
4. Spacer (1 mm) 2
5. Knob 1
6. Step Screw 1
9. Spring 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-116 SM
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure.
Installation
1. If the finisher is connected to the main machine, disconnect it.
2. Open the front door and remove the rear cover ( x 2).
3. Unpack the punch unit and remove the step screw from the lower section of the unit.
SM 2-117 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
13. Position the 2 mm spacer [A] and attach the punch unit [B] ( x 2, M3 x 10).
14. Use one of the screws removed from the motor protector plate to fasten the remaining two
spacers to the frame as shown.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-118 SM
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
These extra spacers can be used to adjust the position of the punch holes (front to
rear, across the page).
Installation
15. At the front, fasten the punch unit knob [A] ( x 1, M4 x 6).
16. Remove the harness cover [A] ( x 2) and middle cover [B] ( x 2).
17. Install the sensor arm [A] ( x 1, small step screw (M3 x 4). Make sure that the sensor arm
swings freely on the step screw.
18. Attach the spring [B].
SM 2-119 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
19. Connect the PCB harness connector [A] to CN135 of the finisher PCB and to CN600 of the
punch unit PCB.
20. Connect the harness [B] to CN136 of the finisher PCB.
21. Connect the single end of the hopper full sensor connector cable [C] to the hopper full
sensor on the arm ( x 1, x 2).
No special DIP switch settings are required for this punch unit. A signal from the
punch identifies itself by sending a signal to the copier.
22. Reattach the harness cover [A] ( x 2) and middle cover [B] ( x 2).
23. Slide the punch waste collection hopper [A] into the finisher.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-120 SM
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
Installation
24. Reattach the inner cover and rear cover.
25. Close the front door and re-connect the finisher to the machine.
SM 2-121 D135/D136/D137/D138
2.8
ON Active Inactive
Always keep the main power switch of the Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 ON, because
the power is supplied from mainframe.
Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 does not activate even with the mainframe power
switched ON, if the printer is in ready status. Cooling Fan is activated only while
print/copy operations.
Instruction for Customer
How to adjust the fan power
Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 is equipped with an fan power adjustment switch [B]. Fan power
can be set to either maximum or minimum. If poor stacking is confirmed as a result of excess
air volume, set this switch to minimum.
If the air volume needs to be fine adjusted, rotate the knob screw [C], which will change the
position of the air shield [D] inside the unit. Air shield can be fixed at the desired position by
tightening the knob screw. (Air shield [D] is located inside the meshed cover.)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-122 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
This option is to be installed to Finisher SR4090 (D703) or Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
or Finisher SR4110 (D707).
Installation
When installing this option to the Finisher SR4090 (D703) or Booklet Finisher SR4100
(D704), install it after installing the "Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)".
This purpose of this option is to cool down the sheets delivered to the Finisher Shift Tray.
Fan units produced before the cut-in S/N of G284C600001 cannot be installed on the MP
C6502/8002 (D135/D136). Therefore, acessories #13 and #14 shown below are not
included. If you need to install a fan unit produced before this cut-in S/N, use the
following two parts instead:
11028122 CONNECTOR:2-292246-2
14 11028122 CONNECTOR:2-292246-2 1
SM 2-123 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
2 Interface Unit 1
3 Tapping Screw M3 X 16 1
6 Harness: Fan 1
7 Tapping Screw M3 x 6 3
9 PCB: OKB 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-124 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Installation
2
7 8
3 6
4
10
12
9
11
SM 2-125 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Always switch the machine OFF and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Remove the Left Middle Cover [A] ( x 2) and Rear Middle Cover [B] ( x 4).
[A]
[B]
2. Attach the PCB: OKB [B] to bracket [A] (M3X6 tapping x 1/ accessory #7).
[B]
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-126 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
3. Attach the Wire Saddle: LWSM-0511A [B] (accessory #8) to the bracket [A].
[A]
Installation
[B]
4. Connect the s [A] and [B] of the Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) to [C] and [D] on
the PCB:OKB.
[C]
[B]
[A]
[D]
SM 2-127 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
5. Lock harness [A] Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) with harness clamps ( x 1 – 5).
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-128 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
6. Connect the harness [A] Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) clamped in step 5 to the
[B] of Harness: Fan (accessory #6)" .
[A]
Installation
[B]
7. Disconnect the [A], then connect [A] to the [B] of the Harness: Fan (accessory #6)
connected in step 6.
[A]
[B]
SM 2-129 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
8. Connect the remaining [A] of the Harness: Fan (accessory #6)" to [B].
[A]
[B]
9. Lock the Harness: Fan (accessory #6) with the [A] as shown.
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-130 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Installation
When disconnecting the white relay [B], make sure it remains connected to the connector
attached to the purple harness [C]. If it remains connected to the connector attached to
[A] [B]
the red, white and black harnesses, harnesses could be connected incorrectly in the
following steps.
11. Connect the remaining s [A] and [B] of the Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) to
s [C] and [D] disconnected in step 10.
[A]
[C]
[B] [D]
Harnesses [A] and [C] should be purple.
Harnesses [B] and [D] should be different colors.
SM 2-131 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
13. Attach the Left Middle Cover ( x 2) and Rear Middle Cover ( x 4).
[A]
14. Peel off the tapes from the Velcro [B] attached to the Interface Unit [A] (accessory #2).
[A]
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-132 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
15. Align the screw hole [A] against the surface of the cover [C], and attach the Interface Unit [B]
with its Velcro against the surface of the cover [D].
[C]
Installation
[D] [A]
16. Attach the interface unit [A] to the Lower Left Cover with M3X16 (accessory #3).
[B]
[A]
17. Connect [A] to the copier.
[A]
SM 2-133 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
[A]
19-1. Remove the cover [A] from the Cooling Fan Assembly ( x 4).
1
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-134 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
19-2 Remove the cover [A] and take out the Cooling Fan Unit [B] ( x 4).
Installation
4 1
[B]
[A]
SM 2-135 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
20. Route the ends of the harness [B] through the hole [A] on the Fan Unit Bracket. [A]
[B]
21. Attach the bracket [A] by fastening the (M3X6; x1) to the hole [B]. Then, fix the ground wire
[C] to the hole [D] with (M3X6; x1).
[D] [A]
[C]
f
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-136 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
22. Mount the fan unit [A] on the Output Jogger Unit Type M2 [B] ( x 4).
#1 and #3 will fasten the Fan Unit, Output Jogger Unit and copier.
#2 and #4 will fasten the Fan Unit and Output Jogger Unit.
[A] [B]
Installation
3
4 1
#3
#1
#4
#2
SM 2-137 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
23. Attach the cover [A] removed in step 19-2 ( x 4; [B], [C], [D] and [E]).
[A]
[D]
[B]
[C] [E]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-138 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
24. Connect the harness of the fan unit [A]. Clamp the harness with the [B].
Installation
[B]
[A]
25. Attach the cover of the Cooling Fan Unit ( x 2).
Make sure the tabs on both sides of the cover [B] (colored in grey) lap over the plate (colored
in green).
1
2
[A]
[B]
SM 2-139 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
26. Insert the 4 tabs [B] to the Upper Cover to attach the cover [A].
[B]
[B]
[B]
[B]
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-140 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
27. Bind the Interface Unit Harness [A] and clamp it with the Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 [B]
(accessory #4) as shown.
Depending on the number of options installed between the copier and Finisher
SR4090/SR4100, 3 pcs of Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 might be needed to clamp the
harness.
Installation
[B]
[A]
SM 2-141 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Installation Procedure for Finisher SR4090 /Booklet Finisher SR4100 starts from step No.18.
28. Remove the Upper Cover [A] from the Cooling Fan Assembly ( x 2).
[A]
29. Remove the Lower Cover [A] from the Cooling Fan Assembly ( x 2).
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-142 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
30. Place the Fan Assembly [A] on a table with the Upper and Lower Covers removed.
[A]
Installation
31. Release ( x 3) [A] attached to the Cooling Fan Assembly.
[A]
SM 2-143 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-144 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
34. Remove the Rocker Switches [A] and [B] from the bracket removed in step 33 ( [D], [E]
and [F]).
[B]
[D] [C]
[F]
Installation
[E]
[A]
35. Remove the Fan Motor [A] from the bracket [B] ( x 4, x 1).
[B]
[A]
SM 2-145 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
36. Remove the spring plate [A] ( x 1) and the resistor [B] from the bracket [C].
[C]
[A]
[B]
37. Assemble the Fan Motor [A] and bracket [B] (for SR4110) (accessory #10) ( x 4).
[B]
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-146 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
37. Remove the knob [A] and [B] from the Upper Cover [C] removed from the Cooling Fan
Unit in step 28.
[C]
Installation
[B]
38. Remove the Air Shield [A] from the Upper Cover [B]. [A]
[B]
[A]
SM 2-147 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
39. Remove the bracket [A] from the Air Shield [B] ( x 2).
[B]
[A]
40. Assemble the Air Shield [A] and Upper Cover (for SR4110) [B] (accessory #12) with the
[C] and knob [D] removed in step 37.
[C]
[B]
[A]
[D]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-148 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
41. Attach the Spring Plate [A] removed in step 36 to the Lower Cover (for SR4110) (accessory
#11) [B] ( x 1; [C]).
[B]
Installation
[A]
[C]
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
SM 2-149 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
43. Route the harnesses through the openings [C] and attach the Rocker Switches [A] and [B] to
the Lower Cover of SR4110 [D].
[D]
[E]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-150 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
44. Insert the resistor harness [A] into the Spring Plate [B].
[B]
[A]
Installation
45. Connect the [A] and [B].
[A]
[B]
[B]
SM 2-151 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
47. Remove the [A] from the bracket [B] removed in step 34. Then attach the [A] to the
hole [C] on the lower cover of SR4110.
[B]
[A]
[C]
48. Remove the Jogger Unit Cover [A] from Finisher SR4110 ( x 2).
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-152 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
49. Mount the Fan Motor Unit [A] on Finisher SR4110 by aligning the hooks [B] and [C] with the
cutouts [D] and [E] ( x 2).
[A]
[C]
[B]
Installation
[D] [E]
SM 2-153 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
50. Attach the Lower Cover [A] assembled in step 47 by inserting the tabs [B] and [C] to the
grooves [D] and [E] located under the cooling fan unit ( x 2).
Grooves [D] and [E] refer to the wider groove (toward the upstream of the unit).
[A]
[C]
[F]
[E]
[D]
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-154 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Installation
[B]
[A]
52. Fix the harness [A] from the Interface Unit mounted on the copier in step 15 ( x 1 for ground
wire [B], x 1 for bracket [C], x 1 [D]).
[D]
[C]
[A] [B]
[A]
SM 2-155 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
54. Mount the Upper Cover [A] assembled in step 40 on the Cooling Fan Unit ( x 5).
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-156 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
55. Bind the harness of the Interface Unit [A] and clamp it with Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 [B]
(accessory #4).
Installation
Depending on the number of options installed between the copier and Finisher SR4110,
3 pcs of Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 might be needed to clamp the harness.
[B]
[A]
SM 2-157 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
1. Always keep the Main Power Switch of the Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 ON, because the
power is supplied from mainframe.
2. Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 does not activate even with the Mainframe Power switched
ON, if the printer is in ready status. Cooling Fan is activated only during print/copy
operations.
(2) Instruction for Customer
How to adjust the fan power
Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 is equipped with an fan power adjustment switch [B]. Fan power
can be set to either maximum or minimum. If poor stacking is confirmed as a result of
excess air volume, set this switch to minimum.
If the air volume needs to be fine adjusted, rotate the knob screw [C], which will change the
position of the air shield [D] inside the unit. Air shield can be fixed at the desired position by
tightening the knob screw. (Air shield [D] is located inside the meshed cover.)
[C]
[D]
[A] [B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-158 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
Installation
No. Description Q'ty
1. COPY TRAY:EXIT:ASS'Y 1
2. BRACKET:COOLING UNIT:ASS'Y 1
3. COOLING UNIT:ASS'Y 1
4. CLAMP:LWC-3A 1
5. TAPPING SCREW:4X8 2
7. SCREW:M4X20 4
8. LEVER 1
11. PHOTOINTERRUPTOR:GP1A173LCS2F 1
12. CLAMPS:WES-0507 1
14. DECAL:CAUTION:EXIT 1
18. CLAMP:LWSM-0511A 1
19. PCB:OKB 1
SM 2-159 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-160 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do this
procedure.
Installation
1. Remove the rear middle cover. ( x 4)
2. Remove the left middle cover [A]. ( x 2)
4. Attach the sheet [A] to the left side of the drawer unit.
SM 2-161 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
5. Attach the two sheets indexed #22 to the paper exit unit by aligning the corners W/Z and
edges X/Y.
* Tolerance: 0~0.5mm
Attach the guide [#23] and sheet [#24] in the following 2 steps.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-162 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
6. With the drawer unit pulled out, attach the guide [#23] to the non-operator side of the paper
exit unit by aligning the edge H with edge X.
* Tolerance: 0~0.5mm
Installation
7. Attach the sheet [#24] to the exit of the mainframe by aligning the corner X with edge Y.
* Tolerance: 0~0.5mm
SM 2-163 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
8. Attach the paper height sensor [A] and harness clamp [B] to the sensor bracket [C].
9. Attach the actuator [F] to the actuator arm bracket [D].
10. Attach the actuator bracket [D] to the sensor bracket [C]. ( x 1; M3 x 6)
11. Connect the sensor harness [E] to the sensor bracket [A]. ( x 1, x 1)
12. Attach the sensor bracket [C] to the main machine. ( x 2; M4 x 8)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-164 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
Installation
16. Attach the CLAMP:LWSM-0511A.
SM 2-165 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
19. D135/D136 only: Connect the harness tied with a bind to the rear side of “CONNECTOR:2-
292246-2”.
If you leave this harness unconnected or connect it to the front side, SC534-02
(Duplex Exhaust Fan/Rear Lock) will occur.
D137/D138: Connect the harness tied with a bind to the peripheral interface port as
shown in the following steps.
Disconnect the harnesses from the peripheral interface port.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-166 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
Connect the harness tied with a bind to the rear side of the peripheral interface
port.
Installation
Reconnect the front side of the harness disconnected in the first step to the
peripheral interface port.
SM 2-167 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
In this step, make sure to connect the purple harnesses to each other, and the
black/white harnesses to each other. DO NOT connect harnesses of a different
color. If the colors are different, SC534-02 (Duplex Exhaust Fan/Rear Lock) will
occur.
[A]: Correct
[B]: Incorrect
1 (OK):Purple harnesses connected to each other
2 (OK): Black/white harnesses connected to each other
3 (NG): Black/white harness connected to purple harness
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-168 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
22. Bind the harnesses that you connected in Step 18, so that they run between the two clamps
( x 2).
Installation
If the harnesses are not connected and routed correctly this will cause a short
between the mainframe and inner cover on the Duplex Exit Fan (24v) harness. This
will trigger an SC547-02 (Zero Cross Error)
(See Photo Below)
SM 2-169 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
23. Pierce the perforated screw holes [A] on the left cover with a screwdriver.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-170 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
Remove the packing material from the copy tray before attaching the tray.
Installation
28. Install the cooling unit [A] on the cooling unit bracket [B]. (hook x2)
29. Fasten the cooling unit to the cooling unit bracket. ( x2; M3 x 6)
SM 2-171 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
30. Install the cooling unit bracket [A] on the left side of the main machine. ( x4; M4 x 20)
31. Attach the cable clamp [A] provided with the copy tray to the main machine. Then route the
harness as shown below. ( x 1)
32. D135/D136 only: Connect the interface cable of the cooling unit to the interface [A] whose
cover you removed in Step 23.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-172 SM
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
Installation
The default setting of this SP is “0: OFF”. It must be set to “1: ON” in order for tray
full detection to work.
35. Attach the decal [A] to the left side of the main machine.
Align the lower side of the decal with the marker [A] on the main machine when you
attach the decal to the main machine.
SM 2-173 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
36. Turn the power switch [A] of the cooling fan ON.
Always keep the power switch of the cooling fan ON. This is because the fan is installed
prevent paper from sticking together and jamming during duplex printing due to undried
toner. (The fan stops when the print/copy job is complete).
If the sound of the fan is unacceptable to the customer, or the air from the fan pushes
thin paper off the exit tray, advise the customer to power off the fan as necessary.
If jams still occur while the fan is ON, tilt the fan 90 degrees, as described in page 5-383
"Troubleshooting for Blocking on the Paper Output Tray".
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-174 SM
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
The decurl unit is top heavy and has an extremely narrow base. It can fall over easily.
Work carefully to avoid knocking it over.
Do not set this unit upright until you are ready to install it and connect it to the side of the
main machine.
Installation
Never leave this unit standing upright and unattended in the work area during
installation.
2.11.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration
and list.
1. Screws M3x6 3
2. Screws M4x8 1
3. Screws M4x16 4
4. Screws M4x8 4
5. Leveling Shoes 3
6. Joint Bracket – L 1
7. Joint Bracket – R 1
8. Small Bracket 1
9. Sponge Strip 1
12 Mylar – Transparent 1
SM 2-175 D135/D136/D137/D138
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is disconnected
before doing the following procedure.
1. Remove the retainers [A]. ( x 4)
Keep the screws. They will be needed to reinstall the retainers after connecting the
decurl unit with the main unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-176 SM
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
3. Install the retainers on the decurl unit. ( x 4)
Install the retainers [A] alternately on both sides of the decurl unit as shown below.
Left side of the decurl unit
SM 2-177 D135/D136/D137/D138
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-178 SM
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
[C]: 0 to 1 mm
9. Assemble the paper guide. ( x2)
10. Peel the tape from the sponge strip [A] and attach it to the top right edge of the unit.
11. Attach the paper guide [B]. ( x2; M3x6)
SM 2-179 D135/D136/D137/D138
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
13. Remove the interface connector cover [A] from the main machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-180 SM
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
18. Push in the lock bar [A] and fasten it with the screw removed in step 15. ( x 1)
20. Connect the I/F cable [A] of the decurl unit to the main machine.
SM 2-181 D135/D136/D137/D138
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
22. Adjust the height of the unit and make sure that it is level.
[C]: 0 to 1 mm
[D]: 0 to 1 mm
If the downstream peripheral device is Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751), don’t
attach the black mylar. The mylar for the decurl unit is provided with the buffer pass
unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-182 SM
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
If the downstream peripheral device is Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) or Cover
Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
1. Install the small bracket [A] on the cover interposer tray [B]. ( x1)
2. Remove the rear lower cover [A] of the decurl unit. ( x2)
SM 2-183 D135/D136/D137/D138
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
When you remove the decurl unit, hold it in the lower half, lower than the middle.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-184 SM
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
Paper curl adjustment when Decurl Unit DU5020 connects with Finisher
SR4090 or Booklet Finisher SR4100
1. Print out 10 sheets of A4/LT in stapling mode, LEF.
2. Check the paper curl.
3. Adjust the paper curl in [System setting] - [Paper curl Correction level].
Installation
SM 2-185 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
1. Screws (M4 x 8) 2
3. Leveling Shoes 4
8. Sponge Strip 1
9. Power Cord 1
2.12.2 INSTALLATION
The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily
accessible.
Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is disconnected
before doing the following procedure.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-186 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
The buffer pass unit is unstable and can fall over easily. To avoid personal injury or
damage to the unit, use caution when you pull out the buffer pass unit drawer until the
unit has been docked to the main machine.
The power cord that comes with the buffer pass unit is for use with this equipment only.
Do not use it with other appliances. Doing so could result in fire or electric shock.
Rated Voltage of Output Connector [A] for Accessories: Max. DC 24 V.
Installation
Fuse Rating (DC5V, DC24V Fuse)
PCB: CTB
SM 2-187 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
2. Open the front door [A] and remove all visible tapes.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-188 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
#01: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the mainframe
If the Buffer Pass Unit is to be connected to the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727), go to "#02:
When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727)".
This section describes the procedure for attaching the Wide Mylar to the entrance guide that was
removed in step 5.
2. Attach the Wide Mylar to the Upper entrance guide by aligning the edge [D] of the Mylar
with the edge (1) of the guide plate, and edge [E] of the double stick tape with the edge
(2) of the guide plate.
3. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Upper entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
3. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Lower entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-190 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
1. Attach the entrance guide to the buffer pass unit. ( x 2)
2. Attach the right cover of the buffer pass unit. ( x 6)
3. Attach the sponge strip [A] (accessories item #8) to the Buffer Pass Unit as shown in the
illustration below.
4. Attach the docking bracket Right [A] (accessories item #5) and docking bracket Left [B]
(accessories item #4) to the main frame. ( x 2 each)
SM 2-191 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
6. Open the front door, then pull out the locking lever [A]. ( x 1)
7. Push the buffer pass unit against the mainframe to dock the units.
8. Push the lock lever [A] and fasten it with the screw removed in step 6. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-192 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
9. Connect the I/F cable of the buffer pass unit to the socket [A] on the mainframe.
#02: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit DU5020
(D727)
This section describes the procedure for attaching the Wide Mylar to the entrance guide that was
removed in step 5.
SM 2-193 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Alignment position of edge [E] is different from when connecting the buffer pass
unit to the mainframe.
3. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Upper entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-194 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
Attaching the Wide Mylar to the Lower entrance guide
1. Peel off the sheet from the double stick tape [C] on the Wide Mylar.
2. Attach the Wide Mylar to the Lower entrance guide by aligning the edge [D] of the Mylar
with the edge (1) of the guide plate, and edge [E] of the double stick tape with the edge
(2) of the guide plate.
3. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Lower entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
SM 2-195 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-196 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
6. Attach the docking bracket Right [A] (accessories item #5) and docking bracket Left [B]
(accessories item #4) to the paper exit side of the Decurl Unit. ( x2 each)
7. Connect the I/F cable of the Decurl Unit to the socket [A] of the mainframe. Then connect the
Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit similarly to steps 4 through 6 of page 2-189 "#01: When
connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the mainframe".
SM 2-197 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Common Procedure
1. Set the leveling shoes [A] and adjust the height of the unit.
2. Remove the 2 screws [A] on the front side of clamping bracket [D].
3. Turn the Kc5 lever [B] counter clockwise and pull out the buffer pass unit drawer [C].
4. Remove the clamping bracket [D]. ( x 2)
5. Remove the 4 shipping brackets [E]. ( x 1 each)
6. Slide in the buffer pass unit drawer [C].
7. Close the front door [F].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-198 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
8. Attach the docking bracket [A] of the downstream unit to the left side of the buffer pass unit.
(Illustration below is an example showing the bracket for SR4110.)
9. Attach the Narrow Mylar [A] (35.5mm, accessories item #7) to the entrance guide of the
downstream unit (for example, the SR4110) by referring to the procedure described on the
following page.
SM 2-199 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
3. Confirm the Narrow Mylar is attached correctly to the Upper entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
3. Confirm the Narrow Mylar is attached correctly to the Lower entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-200 SM
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Installation
3. Connect the buffer pass unit power cord to the wall socket, and then connect the mainframe
power cord to the wall socket.
Make sure the power cords are plugged to the wall socket in the above order.
Otherwise, the buffer pass unit will not be recognized by the mainframe when
turning on the power in the following step, and cause a paper jam in the buffer pass
unit.
4. Turn ON the main power switch on the mainframe.
5. Confirm proper function of the buffer pass unit to complete the procedure.
SM 2-201 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
2.13.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration
and list.
1. Joint Bracket 1
5. Ground Plate 1
6. Screws 3x6 2
7. Screws M3x6 2
8. Screws M4x20 4
*1: When using this unit in China, do not use this power cord provided with this unit. Contact your
supervisor and use the power cord specified for use in China.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-202 SM
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
2.13.2 INSTALLATION
The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily
accessible.
Installation
Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is disconnected
before doing the following procedure.
Tapes
1. Remove all tape and packing material from the front, left, rear, and right sides.
SM 2-203 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
2. Fasten the joint bracket provided with the downstream device to the left side of the multi-
folding unit, if a downstream device is going to be installed. ( x4; M4x14)
If the upstream peripheral device is the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727), attach the black
mylar provided with the cover interposer tray or decurl unit to this paper guide.
4. Attach the long paper guide [A] to the left side of the multi-folding unit. ( x2; M3x6)
5. Peel the tape from the sponge strip [B] and attach the strip to the top right edge of the multi-
folding unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-204 SM
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Installation
Ground Plate
1. Attach the ground plate [A] to the lower right edge of the unit. ( x2; M3x6)
Docking
Do the step 8 to 12, only if the upstream unit is the Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712).
1. Open the front door [A].
2. At the front right corner, remove the screw of the lock bar [B] ( x1 M3x6). Keep this screw.
3. Push in the lock bar.
4. Slowly push the unit [C] against the left side of the upstream unit (or main machine) so that
the lock bar is directly and squarely under the arms of the joint bracket.
5. Pull out the lock bar so it slides up into the notches in the arms on both ends of the joint
bracket [D].
6. Fasten the lock bar by re-attaching the screw removed in Step 2 ( x1).
7. Connect the I/F cable [E] to the upstream unit (or main machine).
If you are connecting to the main machine, you must first remove the plastic cap on
the I/F cable connection point.
SM 2-205 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
8. Remove:
[A] Rear upper cover ( x4)
[B] Rear lower cover ( x3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-206 SM
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Power Cord
1. Insert the power cord socket [A] into the power connection point.
In China, do not use this power cord provided with this unit. Contact your supervisor
and use the power cord specified for use in China.
Installation
2. Plug in the power cord for the Multi-Folding Unit into an AC wall outlet.
3. Disconnect the power cord from the copier, and then press the main power switch.
This releases the charge remaining inside the machine. If you do not do this step,
the copier will not recognize the Multi-Folding Unit and paper jams will occur.
(See page 4-1 "Notes on the Main Power Switch".)
4. Plug in the power cord for the copier into an AC wall outlet.
5. Turn on the main power switch.
If the copier main power turns on automatically when you plug in the cord, wait until
the machine finishes warming up. Then, turn the main power OFF and ON again.
6. Make sure that the Multi-Folding Unit operates correctly.
SM 2-207 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Height Adjustment
Adjust the height of the unit and make sure that it is level.
1. Turn the lower nut to lower the bolt.
2. Set the leveling shoes [A] below the bolt.
The following parts require removal only if the upstream unit is the Cover Interposer
Tray CI4020 (D712).
These parts must be removed so that the tray unit of the Cover Interposer Tray will
fit on top of the Multi Folding Unit.
2. Remove:
[A] Bracket ( x1)
[B] Cross-piece ( x2)
[C] Metal plate from the door ( x2)
3. After removing [B] and [C], reattach [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-208 SM
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Installation
inner cover.
The plate should be used when Z-folded paper (all sizes) is output to the proof tray.
If the plate is not used with Z-folded output, the pages could mix and overlap.
SM 2-209 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Trailing edge skew to the front, total skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment
[B]
required.
Trailing edge skew to the rear, total skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment
[C]
required.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-210 SM
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Correcting Skew
1. Disconnect the multi folding unit from the upstream unit.
2. Remove the spacers from the multi folding unit.
Installation
3. Loosen the screws ( x4) of the joint bracket attached to the upstream unit.
4. Insert a spacer and tighten the screws.
If the trailing edge of the paper is skewing toward the front of the machine, insert a spacer
[A] under the rear end of the bracket and tighten the screws.
-or-
If the trailing edge is skewing toward the rear of the machine, insert a spacer [B] under the
front end of the bracket and tighten the screws.
5. Do another run to check the adjustment. If skew is still present, insert another spacer.
Each spacer is 2 mm thick.
Only two spacers are provided, so the maximum adjustment is 4 mm (using two
spacers).
SM 2-211 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
If the edge of the paper is on the scale at the center [A], no adjustment is required.
-or-
If the edge of the paper is ±2 mm off the center line on the scale, adjustment is required. Do
the procedure in the next section.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-212 SM
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Installation
2. On the joint bracket attached to the upstream unit, loosen screws , , , and .
3. Remove bracket [A] ( x1), rotate it 90 degrees, and re-fasten the screw. Changing the
position of this bracket aligns the oval cut-out horizontally and frees the joint bracket so it can
slide from side to side.
4. Look at the scale [B].
5. Slide the bracket to the left or right and tighten the screw.
6. If the deviation from center was toward the front, slide the bracket to the rear and tighten the
screw .
-or-
If the deviation from center was toward the rear, side the bracket to the front and tighten the
screw .
7. Tighten screws , , and .
8. Do another test run, so that you can check the results of the adjustment.
SM 2-213 D135/D136/D137/D138
Mail Box CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 Only)
2.14.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.
1. Trays 9
2. Guide plate 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-214 SM
Mail Box CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 Only)
Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you start this
procedure.
Installation
1. Remove the filament tape [A].
Move the mailbox carefully. It is easy to cause damage to the corner leaf plate [B].
2. If the Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 is installed on the Finisher SR4090 or Booklet Finisher
SR4100, remove it.
The cover interposer tray and mailbox cannot be installed on the finisher at the
same time.
3. Remove the finisher from the main machine.
Disconnect the finisher connector [A] to the machine.
SM 2-215 D135/D136/D137/D138
Mail Box CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 Only)
Open the front door [A] of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [B]. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-216 SM
Mail Box CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 Only)
Installation
Push the lock lever [A], and then secure it ( x 1).
6. Attach the guide plate [A] to the top of the finisher ( x 2, M3 x 8).
SM 2-217 D135/D136/D137/D138
Mail Box CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 Only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-218 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
2.15.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.
12 Label 1
13 Gasket Seals 2
14 Screws– M4 x 14 4
15 Shoulder screw 2
16 Tapping screws – M3 x 6 6
17 Tapping screws – M4 x 16 3
18 Tapping screws – 3 x 6 2
19 GUIDE PLATE:CONNECTING:LOWER 1
SM 2-219 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Remove all tape and retainers from the cover interposer tray.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-220 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
Installation
Open the front door [A] of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [B]. ( x 1)
3. Remove the front joint bracket [A] and rear joint bracket [B]. ( x 4)
SM 2-221 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-222 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
Installation
6. If the "Decurler Unit DU5020 (D727)" or "Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751)" is included in
the configuration, the original guide plate [A] must be replaced with "GUIDE PLATE:
CONNECTING: LOWER" (item#19 of accessories).
With the original guide plate installed, lever [A] will catch the optional device if
released for jam recovery.
1) Release the lever [A].
SM 2-223 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
The original guide plate will no longer be used and does not have to be stored.
3) Attach the new guide plate [A] (item#19 of accessories) to the frame of the cover
interposer ( x 2).
8. Install the shoulder screws from inside the finisher. ( x 2; shoulder screws)
Front side [A]: ( x 1)
Rear side [B]: ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-224 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
Installation
9. Open the finisher front door, and then install the cover interposer tray [A] on the finisher.
Make sure the cover interposer tray is set on the shoulder screws installed in step 7.
SM 2-225 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
12. Install the bottom front cover extension [A] on the front door. ( x 2; screws installed in step
10)
13. Install the top front cover extension [A] on the front door. ( x 2; screws installed in step 10)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-226 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
Installation
14. Install the rear cover extension [A] on the right side of the finisher. ( x 2; M3 x 6)
16. Install the ground plate [A] provided with the cover interposer tray. ( x 2; M3 x 6)
SM 2-227 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
17. Install the ground plate [A] removed in step 14. ( x 2; screws removed in step 15)
19. Temporary tighten the screw [A] at the front side of the finisher. ( x 1; M4 x 16)
20. Install the right front corner plate [A], and fasten the screw installed in step 18. ( x 1; M4 x
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-228 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
16)
Installation
21. Temporary tighten the two screws [A] at the rear side of the finisher. ( x 2; M4 x 16)
22. Install the right rear cover plate [A], and fasten the screws installed in step 20. ( x 2; M4 x
16)
SM 2-229 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
24. Open the front door of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [A]. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-230 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
Installation
28. Slowly push the finisher with cover interposer tray against the left side of the machine,
keeping its front door open until the brackets go into their slots.
29. Push the lock lever [A], and then secure it. ( x 1; screw removed in step 23).
SM 2-231 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-232 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
2.16.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
2. Rear Cover 1
3. Spacer 1
6. Sponge Strip 1
7. Leveling Shoes 4
SM 2-233 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-234 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
Installation
4. Remove the interface connector cover [A].
5. Attach the rear docking bracket [B] ( x2; M4x14).
6. Attach the front docking bracket [C] ( x2; M4x14).
7. Peel the tape from the back of the sponge strip [A] and attach it as shown.
8. Attach the relay guide plate [B] ( x2; M3x6).
9. Remove the ground plate [C] from the bottom cross-piece ( x2).
10. Turn the ground plate over.
11. Reattach the ground plate with the same screws as shown ( x2).
19. Push the runners [A] and [B] in and re-fasten them again with the screws.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-236 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
Never attempt to mount the cover interposer tray unit until the next device in line has
been docked to the transport unit (base) of the cover interposer tray.
To prevent bending the frame of the tray unit and damaging its alignment, always
remove the tray unit from the cover interposer tray transport unit: (1) Before
Installation
disconnecting either the cover interposer tray or the next peripheral device to the left, or
(2) Before doing any maintenance on either the cover interposer tray or the next
peripheral device to the left.
SM 2-237 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-238 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
15. Attach the spacer [A] to the rear of the transport unit ( x2; M4x12).
Installation
16. Set the leveling shoes [A] (x4) under the feet.
17. Turn the nuts to adjust the height of the cover interposer until it is level.
SM 2-239 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
2.17.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
No Description Q'ty
1 Stay 1
2 Rail 1
3 Tapping screws – M3 x 6 2
4 Tapping screws – M4 x 14 2
5 Shoulder screws 2
7 Decal: LED 1
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Remove all tape and retainers from the LCT.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-240 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
2. Remove the paper entrance cover [A] from the main machine. ( x 2)
5. Install the rail [A] on the right side of the main machine. (M4 x 14; x 2)
The rail must be standing on the floor. If the screw holes on the LCT are too high or
too low, and do not overlap the vertical screw slots in the rail, the rubber feet of the
rail must be adjusted. ( page 2-246 "Adjustment for the Rubber Foot Positions on
the Rail")
6. Set the LCT [A] on the rail [B], and then slide it towards the main machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-242 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
8. Open the top right cover [A].
SM 2-243 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
When you fasten the rail to the LCT, the screw holes [B] of the rail need to be in the
same position as the screw holes [A] of the LCT.
11. Reattach the right cover, and then connect the plug [A] of the LCT power connector to the
side of the machine.
12. Prepare the Decal: caution chart: paper set direction [A].
13. Open the top right cover and attach the decal as shown below.
Select one of the decals according to the paper that will be used by the customer.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-244 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
Paper type, brand, etc can be written on the blank space.
14. Attach a decal to the front.
To move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press
the bottom plate operation button [A].
SM 2-245 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
2. The slotted screw holes in the rail for attaching the rail to the LCT have a tolerance for the
height (-/+ 2 mm). If you can install the rail within -/+ 2 mm in height, you do not need to do
the following steps.
3. If you cannot install the rail within -/+ 2 mm in height, change the rubber foot position to
adjust the height of the rail.
If the screw holes of the main machine are above the slotted holes of the rail, change
the rubber foot position as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-246 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
If the screw holes of the main machine are below the slotted holes of the rail, change the
rubber foot position as shown below.
Installation
When changing the rubber foot position, remove the rail bracket [A]. ( x 4). After
changing the rubber foot position, reinstall the rail bracket.
SM 2-247 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Accessories
Check the accessories against the list below.
No Description Q'ty
1 Heater: 15W 1
2 Heater Harness 1
3 Harness clamp 4
4 Harness clamp 1
5 Tapping Screw:4x6 2
6 Tapping Screw:4x8 2
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-248 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
1. Open the top right cover [A].
Installation
2. To move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press the
bottom plate operation button [A].
SM 2-249 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
4. Close the top right cover to move the paper tray upward. (The paper tray stops in about 30
seconds.)
5. Switch the machine off and unplug the machine.
6. Disconnect the LCT power connector from the machine.
7. Open the top right cover [A].
10. Slide the LCT [A] against the main machine, and then remove it from the rail [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-250 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
11. Top right cover [A] ( x1)
SM 2-251 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-252 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
18. Attach the clamp [A] on the undersurface of the LCT. ( x 1)
19. Attach the three clamps [A] on the front side of the LCT. ( x 3)
SM 2-253 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
21. Route the heater harness to the right side of the LCT as shown below. ( x 1)
22. Clamp the harness routed from the left side of the LCT. ( x 1)
24. Connect the heater bracket [A] and heater harness [B]. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-254 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
25. Route the heater harness and heater bracket [A] as shown below. ( x 3)
Installation
26. Attach the ground wire [A] to the LCT. (M4 x 8; x 1)
27. Remove the heater harness cover [A] from the rear cover ( x 2).
SM 2-255 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
31. Attach the heater harness [A] and ground wire [B]. ( x 1, x 1)
To attach the ground wire, remove the screw and replace it with the polished round screw
M3.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-256 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
35. Open the top right cover, and then fasten the rail to the LCT. (shoulder screws; x 2)
When you fasten the rail to the LCT, the screw holes [B] of the rail needs to be in the
same position as the screw holes [A] of the LCT.
SM 2-257 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-258 SM
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
Installation
No. Description Q'ty
1 Cover 1
2 B4/LG frame 1
4 Rear bracket 1
5 Front bracket 1
6 Harness clamp 1
SM 2-259 D135/D136/D137/D138
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
2. Move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press the bottom
plate operation button [A].
3. Move the front side fence [A] and rear side fence [B] to the B4 or LG position.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-260 SM
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
4. Close the upper right cover [A] to move the paper tray up. (The paper tray stops in about 30
seconds.)
5. Switch the machine off and unplug the machine.
6. Disconnect the LCT power connector from the machine.
7. Remove the right cover of the LCT. ( page 2-240 "LCIT RT4020 (D709)")
8. Release the LCT from the main machine. ( x 2)
Installation
9. Slide the LCT [A] against the main machine, and then remove it from the rail [B].
10. Remove the following covers. ( page 2-240 "LCIT RT4020 (D709)")
Upper right cover
Upper left cover
Rear left cover
Rear cover
Left cover
11. Remove the lower limit sensor bracket [A]. ( x 1, x 1)
SM 2-261 D135/D136/D137/D138
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
13. Pull the sensor connector wire removed in step 11 through the hole [A] from the left side of
the LCT.
14. Release the sensor connector wire from the clamp [B].
15. Put the sensor connector wire to the right side of the LCT through the hole [A].
16. Connect the sensor connector wire to the upper limit sensor [A]. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-262 SM
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
Installation
17. Attach the harness clamp to the rear of the plate [A]. Use this clamp to hold the sensor
connector wire.
SM 2-263 D135/D136/D137/D138
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
21. Attach the front bracket [A] with the beveled corner down. ( x 2)
If the brackets are not easy to install, lift the bottom plate with your hand.
22. Attach the rear bracket [B] with the beveled corner down. ( x 2)
23. Attach the bottom plate extension [C] with the hex screws. ( x 4)
24. Attach the B4/LG frame [C] with the hex screws. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-264 SM
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
Installation
25. Attach the right cover [B]. ( x 2)
26. Attach the upper right cover [A] provided with the 8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2. ( x
1)
27. Install the LCT on the main machine. ( page 2-240 "LCIT RT4020 (D709)")
28. Plug in the machine and turn it on.
29. Go into the SP mode and do 5-959-003.
30. Input "5" for B4 SEF or "6" for 8.5" x 14" SEF.
SM 2-265 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
No Description Q'ty
1 Shoes 4
4 Tapping screws – M4 x 8 4
5 Stay 1
7 Decal: LED 1
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Remove all tape and retainers from the LCT.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-266 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
2. Open the front door [A] and paper tray unit [B], and remove all tape and retainers from the
LCT.
3. Remove the paper entrance cover [A] from the main machine. ( x 2)
Set the embossed side of the stay against the main machine.
SM 2-267 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
5. Remove the connector cover [A] and LCT connecting cover [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-268 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
7. Install the lower joint brackets [A].
9. Change the orientation of the ground plate, and then install it as shown below. ( x 2)
SM 2-269 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-270 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
14. Set the leveling shoes [A]. (front left, front right, rear left, rear right side of the LCT)
Installation
15. Connect the LCIT I/F cable [A] to the main machine.
Push down the lever [A] when opening the by-pass unit.
17. Prepare the caution decal [A] provided with the LCT.
SM 2-271 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
18. Attach the caution decal to [A] on the by-pass tray unit.
[B]: 2mm
[C]: 2mm
19. Prepare the sponge decal [A] provided with the LCT.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-272 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
Attach the sponge decal [A] on the corner of the exit cover.
[B]: 50 mm
[C]: 65 mm
21. Prepare the Decal: caution chart: paper set direction [A].
22. Draw out the paper tray and attach the decal [A] on the top of the front door.
Select one of the decals according to the paper that will be used by the customer.
SM 2-273 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-274 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
2. Disconnect the LCIT from the main machine while pressing the lock bracket [D] in the
direction indicated with the arrow.
Lock bracket [D] is located at the rear side of the LCIT frame [E].
SM 2-275 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Accessories
Check the accessories against the list below.
No Description Q'ty
1 Heater: 15W 1
2 Heater Harness 1
3 Intermediate Harness 1
4 Harness Clamp 1
5 Tapping Screw:4x8 3
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-276 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
When installing the tray heater, make sure the LCT is installed in the main machine.
Installation
1. Right cover [A] ( x4)
SM 2-277 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
4. Connect the heater [A], intermediate harness [B], heater harness [C]. ( x 3)
5. Pull out the paper tray, and then install the heater [A]. ( x 3)
6. Route the harness with the clamp [A] as shown below, and then attach it to the rear side of
the LCT. ( x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-278 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
8. Clamp the heater harness. ( x 1)
SM 2-279 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
15. Attach the heater harness [A] and ground wire [B]. ( x 1, x 1)
To attach the ground wire, remove the screw and replace it with the polished round screw
M3.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-280 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
4. Enter the value in SP1-003-007 to adjust the blank margin [A] to 2 mm.
The default value is 0mm. Press [+] to broaden the margin, and press [-] to narrow it. You
can adjust the value in 0.1mm intervals.
SM 2-281 D135/D136/D137/D138
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
1. Screw – M3 x 4 4
3. Screw – M3 x 6 1
4. Pin Bracket 1
5. Harness 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-282 SM
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
2.20.2 INSTALLATION
The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily
accessible.
Installation
Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is disconnected
before doing the following procedures.
1. Remove the stay [A] ( x2).
2. Remove the retainers [B] [C] and the shipping material [D] ( x1).
3. Check the position of the front and back side fences and make sure that they are set for DLT
or A3.
4. If you need to adjust the positions of the side fences for the paper to be loaded in the tray,
remove the front panel [A] ( x10).
SM 2-283 D135/D136/D137/D138
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
5. Remove the fences and adjust their positions for the paper to be loaded:
[F] Side fence ( x1)
[G] Back fence ( x1)
[H] End fence ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-284 SM
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
Installation
9. Remove the factory SP sheet [A] and SD card holder [B].
10. Push the right tandem tray [A] into the machine.
11. Remove the left tandem tray [A] (left rail: x 2 (M3 x 8), right rail: x 3 (M3 x 10)).
SM 2-285 D135/D136/D137/D138
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
12. From the left tandem tray, remove the front cover [A] ( x 2).
13. Pull out the right tandem tray [A] then remove it ( x2).
14. Insert the short connector [A] into the socket inside the machine [B]. ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-286 SM
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
Installation
15. Using the screw provided in the accessories, attach the pin bracket [A] to the center rail. (
x2)
16. Using the screws provided in the accessories for the right rail and left rail, install the tray [B]
on the right rail [C], center rail [D], and left rail [E]. ( x4)
Make sure that the pin on the pin bracket passes through the hole in the tray bottom
plate.
Make sure that bosses [A] (two each on the left/right rails) pass through the holes in
the tray. If you close the tray without doing this, it will be impossible to open the tray.
SM 2-287 D135/D136/D137/D138
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
17. Return the factory SP sheet and SD card holder that you removed in Step 9.
18. Re-install the front cover [A] ( x2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-288 SM
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
Installation
No. Description Q’ty
3. Ferrite Core 2
SM 2-289 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
2.21.2 PREPARATION
Before you begin the installation procedure:
Measure the distance between the machines to be connected.
Determine the number of cables and repeater hubs that are necessary based on the
distance measured between the machines.
Power Repeater
Distance Interface Cables Required
Hubs Required
2.21.3 INSTALLATION
Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Remove the rear middle cover. ( x4)
Check the positions of the bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-290 SM
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
Installation
2. Remove the controller box cover. ( x 4)
4. Install the Copier Connection Kit Board B328 [A] in Slot A and fasten it. ( x 2)
SM 2-291 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
5. Connect the power repeater cable [A] to CN525 [B] on the controller board.
6. Connect the other end of the power repeater cable [A] to CN4 [C] on the copy connector
board.
Pass the power repeater cable [A] under the harness [D] on the controller board
when you connect it to the copy connector board.
7. Connect the end of the interface cable [B] to the copy connector board [A].
8. Attach the ferrite core [A] to the end of the interface cable [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-292 SM
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
Installation
Attach the ferrite core 30 mm [A] from the end of the interface cable.
9. Connect the other end of the interface cable [A] and repeater hub [B].
10. Repeat Steps 1 to 9 to install the connector kit on the second machine.
11. Connect the interface cable [A] from the second machine to the repeater hub [B].
SM 2-293 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-294 SM
Tab Sheet Holder Type M2 (D750)
2.22.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
Installation
No. Description Q'ty
2 Decal 1
2.22.2 INSTALLATION
1. Attach the decal [B] to the tab sheet holder [A].
2. Check that the paper tray is not being used, and then pull the tray carefully out until it stops.
SM 2-295 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tab Sheet Holder Type M2 (D750)
3. Install the tab sheet holder on the end fence of the paper tray.
When the tab sheet holder is installed correctly, you can hear a clicking noise.
Load tab stock so that the side with the tab faces the tab sheet holder.
5. Adjust the end fence position so that the tab sheet holder will fit the tab stock.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-296 SM
Tab Sheet Holder Type M2 (D750)
When removing the tab stock holder, spread the hook [A] of the tab sheet holder and
then remove it as shown below.
Installation
SM 2-297 D135/D136/D137/D138
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 (D164)
No Description Q'ty
1 IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit 1
2 Velcro Fasteners 2
3 Clamps 8
Don’t disassemble the IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit. When you need to replace the
IEEE802.11a/g/n board, replace the entire IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit.
Provide the caution chart to the customer.
It is prohibited by law to disassemble and modify this product. If illegal modifications are
added to this product for its use, we shall not assume any responsibility.
Depending on the environment where you use this product or the access point you
select, restrictions may be imposed on the use of some usable channels. If wireless LAN
communications are not possible, check the environment or access point.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-298 SM
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 (D164)
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
Installation
To prevent damage to the controller box, always work carefully. Never put your hand or a
tool into the box when you remove the controller box or install an option.
To prevent damage to the circuits on the boards, always touch a metal surface to
remove static charge from your hands before you handle a board.
The usable frequency range of this product may be used by products (industrial,
scientific, or medical devices) of other companies. Also, outdoor use of wireless devices
may be restricted. Pay attention to where you use this product.
1. Remove the slot cover [A] from the board slot B. ( x 2)
2. Insert the wireless LAN board into the I/F slot and fasten it with the screws. ( x 2)
Confirm that the interface board is firmly connected to the controller board.
3. Look at the markings on the antenna bracket.
4. Look at the ferrite core of the antenna cable.
ANT1. Antenna 1 [A] transmits and receives. It must be installed on the rear middle side
of the main machine. (The core on the Antenna 1 cable is black.)
ANT2. Antenna 2 [B] only receives. It is installed on the rear right corner of the machine.
(The core on the Antenna 2 cable is white.)
5. Peel off the double-sided tapes on the Velcro fasteners, and then attach them at the rear
middle [B] and rear right [A] of the machine.
SM 2-299 D135/D136/D137/D138
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 (D164)
6. Attach Antenna 1 [A] (having a black ferrite core) to the rear middle of the machine.
7. Attach Antenna 2 [B] (having a white ferrite core) to the rear right of the machine.
8. Attach the eight clamps as shown above.
9. Set the cables of Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 in the clamps and close them. ( x 8)
Make sure that the cables are not slack. Keep them wired tightly along the covers.
10. Turn on the main machine.
11. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.: User Tools > Printer Features >
List/Test Print > Configuration Page
You may have to move the machine if the reception is not clear.
Make sure that the machine is not located near an appliance or any type of equipment that
generates strong magnetic fields.
Put the machine as close as possible to the access point.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-300 SM
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 (D164)
Installation
You cannot use IEEE 802.11a/g/n if you use Ethernet.
1. Press the “User Tools” key.
2. On the touch panel, touch “System Settings”.
Select “Interface Settings”> “Network” > “LAN Type”. The “LAN Type” (default:
Ethernet) must be set for either Ethernet or wireless LAN.
3. Select “Interface Settings”> “Wireless LAN”. Only the wireless LAN options show.
4. Set the “Communication Mode“.
5. Enter the “SSID setting”. (The setting is case sensitive.)
6. Set the “Ad-hoc Channel”. You need this setting when Ad Hoc Mode is selected. The allowed
range for the channel settings may vary for different countries.
Region A (mainly Europe and Asia)
2412 - 2462 MHz (1 - 11 channels)
5180 - 5240 MHz (36, 40, 44 and 48 channels)
(default: 11)
In some countries, only the following channels are available: 2412 - 2462 MHz
(1 - 11 channels)
Region B (mainly North America)
2412 - 2462 MHz (1 - 11 channels)
5180 - 5240 MHz (36, 40, 44 and 48 channels)
(default: 11)
7. Set the “Security Method” to specify the encryption of the Wireless LAN.
The “WEP” (Wired Equivalent Privacy) setting is designed to protect wireless data
transmission. The same WEP key is required on the receiving side in order to unlock
encoded data. There are 64 bit and 128 bit WEP keys.
Range of Allowed Settings:
64 bit: 10 characters
128 bit: 26 characters
Specify “WPA2” when “Communication Mode” is set to “Infrastructure Mode”. Set the
“WPA2 Authent. Method”.
WPA2 Authent. Method:
Select either “WPA2-PSK” or “WPA2”.
If you select “WPA2-PSK”, enter the pre-shared key (PSK) of 8-63 characters in
ASCII code.
When “WPA2” is selected, authentication settings and certificate installation settings
are required.
8. Press “Wireless LAN Signal” to check the machine's radio wave status using the operation
panel.
Press “Restore Factory Defaults” to initialize the wireless LAN settings.
SM 2-301 D135/D136/D137/D138
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 (D164)
5840 Sets the maximum range of the channel settings for the
Channel MAX
006 country.
5840 Sets the minimum range of the channels settings allowed for
Channel MIN
007 your country.
5840
WEP Key Select Used to select the WEP key (Default: 00).
011
Name Function
WPA2 Authent. Used to confirm the current WPA authentication setting and
Method preshared key.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-302 SM
Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D (D566)
2.24.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
Installation
No Description Q'ty
1 Bluetooth Module 1
2 CD-ROM 1
Turn off the power of the main unit when connecting the Bluetooth unit. Do not attach or
remove the Bluetooth unit while the power of the main unit is turned on.
To prevent damage to the controller box, always work carefully. Never put your hand or a
tool into the box when you remove the controller box or install an option.
To prevent damage to the circuits on the boards, always touch a metal surface to
remove static charge from your hands before you handle a board.
1. Insert the Bluetooth unit into the USB Host Interface [A].
2. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.: User Tools > Printer Features >
List/Test Print > Configuration Page
SM 2-303 D135/D136/D137/D138
IEEE1284 Interface Board Type A (B679)
No Description Q'ty
1 PCB Unit 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-304 SM
IEEE1284 Interface Board Type A (B679)
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
Installation
To prevent damage to the controller box, always work carefully. Never put your hand or a
tool into the box when you remove the controller box or install an option.
To prevent damage to the circuits on the boards, always touch a metal surface to
remove static charge from your hands before you handle a board.
1. Remove the slot cover [A] from the board slot B. ( x 2)
2. Insert the IEEE1284 interface board into the I/F slot and fasten it with the screws. ( x 2)
3. Turn on the main machine.
4. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.: User Tools > Printer Features >
List/Test Print > Configuration Page
SM 2-305 D135/D136/D137/D138
File Format Converter Type E (D377)
No Description Q'ty
1 PCB Unit 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-306 SM
File Format Converter Type E (D377)
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
Installation
To prevent damage to the controller box, always work carefully. Never put your hand or a
tool into the box when you remove the controller box or install an option.
To prevent damage to the circuits on the boards, always touch a metal surface to
remove static charge from your hands before you handle a board.
1. Remove the slot cover [A] from the board slot B. ( x 2)
2. Insert the file format converter into the I/F slot and fasten it with the screws. ( x 2)
3. Turn on the main machine.
SM 2-307 D135/D136/D137/D138
SD card for NetWare printing Type M2 (D719)
1 SD Card 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-308 SM
SD card for NetWare printing Type M2 (D719)
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
1. Remove the SD-card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x 1)
Installation
2. Insert the SD card (SD card for NetWare printing) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face
towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a
click.
3. Perform the SD Card Appli Move. ( page 2-336 "SD Card Appli Move")
SM 2-309 D135/D136/D137/D138
OCR Unit Type M2 (D166)
2.28.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
1. SD Card 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-310 SM
OCR Unit Type M2 (D166)
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
1. Remove the SD-card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x 1)
Installation
2. Insert the SD card (OCR Unit) in SD card slot 1 (upper) [A] or SD slot 2 (lower) [B] with its
label face towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into the SD slot until you
hear a click.
If the execution failed, the display tells you that the execution failed.
If the execution failed, do the following.
Check if the SD card is already used.
Turn off the main power switch, and do steps 1 to 5 again.
6. Turn the main power switch off and on.
7. Go to SP 5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR) and press [EXECUTE].
The OCR dictionary is copied to the HDD from the SD card.
SP 5-878-004 links the SD card and the machine in the first execution, and then
copies the OCR dictionary to the HDD in the second execution.
8. Turn off the main power switch, and then remove the SD card form the SD card slot.
SM 2-311 D135/D136/D137/D138
OCR Unit Type M2 (D166)
Keep the SD card in the SD card storage location. You need the original SD card if
the HDD is broken.
9. Re-attach the SD card slot cover.
10. Turn on the main power switch.
11. Press [Send File Type / Name] on the [Scanner] screen.
12. Check if [OCR Settings] is displayed on the [Send File Type / Name] screen.
You can switch the searchable PDF function on and off in the [OCR Settings] screen
after installing the OCR unit.
If you want to use the searchable PDF function, select [On] for [OCR Settings]. (Default:
[Off])
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-312 SM
OCR Unit Type M2 (D166)
Installation
When the original SD card exists
When you replace the HDD
Re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD card.
When you replace the NVRAM
If you upload / download the NVRAM data, re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the
original SD card.
If you don’t upload / download the NVRAM data, order a new SD card (service part) of
the OCR Unit Type M2. Then re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the new SD card.
When you replace the HDD and NVRAM at the same time
Re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD card.
When the original SD card is lost
Order a new SD card (service part) of the OCR Unit Type M2, and then re-install from the
new SD card.
When you re-install the OCR Unit Type M2, do the same procedure as the original
installation procedure. ( page 2-311 "Installation Procedure")
SM 2-313 D135/D136/D137/D138
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 (D719)
2.29.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
2 Decal 1
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
1. Remove the SD-card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x 1)
2. Insert the SD card (PostScript3 Unit) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face towards the
front of the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a click.
3. Perform the SD Card Appli Move. ( page 2-336 "SD Card Appli Move")
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-314 SM
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 (D719)
Installation
SM 2-315 D135/D136/D137/D138
IPDS Unit Type M2 (D719)
2.30.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
No Description Q'ty
2 Decal 1
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
1. Remove the SD-card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x 1)
2. Insert the SD card (IPDS Unit) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face towards the front of
the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a click.
3. Perform the SD Card Appli Move. ( page 2-336 "SD Card Appli Move")
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-316 SM
IPDS Unit Type M2 (D719)
Installation
SM 2-317 D135/D136/D137/D138
Browser Unit Type M2 (D719)
2.31.1 ACCESSORIES
1 SD Card 1
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
1. Turn the main switch OFF.
2. Remove the SD-card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-318 SM
Browser Unit Type M2 (D719)
Installation
4. Turn the main switch ON.
5. D135/D136: Press the “User Tools/Counter” key.
D137/D138: Press the “User Tools” key.
6. On the touch panel, touch “Extended Feature settings”.
7. Touch “Extended Feature settings” in the Extended Feature Settings Menu.
8. Make sure that “Extended JS” application was automatically installed in the Startup Settings
tab.
9. Turn the main switch OFF/ON.
10. Perform the SD Card Appli Move. ( page 2-336 "SD Card Appli Move")
SM 2-319 D135/D136/D137/D138
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)
2 Harness 1
3 Tapping Screw: M3 x 6 4
4 Stud Stay 4
5 Harness Clamp 1
6 Band 1
Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1. Remove the rear middle cover. ( page 4-6 "Outer Covers")
2. Remove the controller box cover [A]. ( x 4)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-320 SM
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)
Installation
3. Install the four stud stays on the controller box.
4. Install the optional counter interface board [A] on the four stud stays.
5. Release the extension harness (13-pin) [B] from the clamps [A] in the controller box. ( x2)
6. Connect the harness [A] to CN3 [B] on the optional counter interface board. ( x 1)
SM 2-321 D135/D136/D137/D138
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)
7. Route the harness [A] inside the controller box as shown below. ( x 3)
8. Remove the part [A] of the rear middle cover with a flathead screwdriver.
9. Connect the harness from the optional counter device to CN4 [A] on the optional counter
interface board through the cut off part of the right rear cover. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-322 SM
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)
Installation
10. Reassemble the machine.
SM 2-323 D135/D136/D137/D138
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
2 IC Card Cover 1
3 Sponge 2
4 Cable Clamp 3
5 Harness Clamp 3
Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1. Remove the following covers. ( page 4-6 "Outer Covers")
Upper front cover
Upper rear cover
Upper right cover
Right middle upper cover
2. Remove the screws and connectors of the operation panel [A]. ( x 2, x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-324 SM
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
Installation
3. Pull the operation panel [A] and lower cover [B] forward to remove it.
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
4. Remove the IC card cover [A] from the operation panel lower cover.
SM 2-325 D135/D136/D137/D138
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
5. Attach the IC card R/W you want to install [A] on the operation panel lower cover.
6. Pass the USB cable through hole [A] from the back side of the operation panel lower cover,
and then connect the USB cable [B] to the IC card R/W.
7. Route the USB cable [A] along the back side of the operation panel lower cover. (hook x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-326 SM
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
8. Keep the USB cable routed [A] on the back side of the operation panel lower cover, and then
re-attach the operation panel lower cover.
Installation
9. Install the IC card upper cover [B] on the IC card cover [A].
10. Install the IC card cover [A] on the operation panel lower cover.
11. Route the USB cable [A] inside the right middle upper cover. ( x 3)
12. Route the USB cable [A] under the upper rear cover, and then pull it out to the rear side of
the machine.
SM 2-327 D135/D136/D137/D138
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
14. Route the USB cable [A] along the rear side of the machine as shown below. (hook x 3)
15. Attach the cable clamp [A] to the side surface of the controller box.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-328 SM
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
Installation
17. Reattach the rear middle cover.
When your reattach the rear middle cover [B], pull out the USB cable [A] to the
outside as shown below.
18. Connect the USB cable [A] to the USB host interface. ( x 1)
19. Attach the cable clamps to the rear middle cover, and then route the USB cable. ( x3)
SM 2-329 D135/D136/D137/D138
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-330 SM
DataOverwriteSecurity Unit Type H (B869) (D135/D136 Only)
2.34.1 OVERVIEW
This option should be installed only for the customer who requires the CC certified Data
Installation
Overwrite Security function.
This option is for D135/D136 copiers (Office version) ONLY.
The function of this option is completely the same as the Data Overwrite Security in Security
Functions, which is standard on this machine. ( page 2-63 "Security Function Installation")
1. SD Card 1
SM 2-331 D135/D136/D137/D138
DataOverwriteSecurity Unit Type H (B869) (D135/D136 Only)
2. Insert the SD card (DataOverwriteSecurity Unit) in SD slot 1 (upper) [A] with its label face
towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 1 (upper) until you hear a
click.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-332 SM
Copy Data Security Unit Type G (D640)
Installation
No. Description Q’ty
2 Screws 2
2.35.2 INSTALLATION
Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
1. Controller box cover ( page 4-345 "Controller Board")
2. Connect the connector [A] on the copy data security unit board to the CN581 [B] on the IPU
board of the copier.
SM 2-333 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Data Security Unit Type G (D640)
3. Attach the copy data security unit board [A] to the IPU board bracket ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-334 SM
Copy Data Security Unit Type G (D640)
Installation
4. Check the operation.
The machine will issue an SC165-00 error if the machine is powered on with the
Copy Data Security Unit Board removed and the "Data Security for Copying" feature
set to "ON".
The machine will issue an uncertain SC165-00 error if the machine is powered on
with a defective Copy Data Security Unit Board and the "Data Security for Copying"
feature set to "OFF".
When you remove this option from the machine, first set the setting to "OFF" with
the user tool before removing this board. If you forget to do this, the "Data Security
for Copying" feature cannot appear in the user tool settings. And then SC165-00 will
appear every time the machine is switched on, and the machine cannot be used.
Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see "Check All Connections" at the end of
this section).
SM 2-335 D135/D136/D137/D138
SD Card Appli Move
2.36.1 OVERVIEW
The service program "SD Card Appli Move" (SP5-873) lets you move application programs from
one SD card to another SD card.
Be very careful when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:
The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from an SD
card to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after you move the
application program from one card to another card.
Do not use the SD card if it has been used before for other purposes. Normal operation is
not guaranteed when such an SD card is used.
Open the tandem tray [A] and remove the paper cassette decal [B]. Keep the SD card inside
after you move the application program from one card to another card. This is done for the
following reasons:
The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application
program.
You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on
the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44)
occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge.
1. Turn the main switch off.
2. Make sure that a target SD card is in SD Card Slot 1 [A]. The application program is moved
to this SD card.
3. Insert the source SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 2 [B].The application
program is copied from this source SD card.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-336 SM
SD Card Appli Move
Installation
4. Turn the main switch on.
5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5-873-001 "Move Exec".
7. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
8. Turn the main switch off.
9. Remove the source SD card from SD Card Slot 2 [B].
10. Turn the main switch on.
11. Check that the application programs run normally.
Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card on
the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44)
occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge.
1. Turn the main switch off.
2. Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 2 [B]. The application program is copied back into
this card.
3. Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 1 [A].The application
program is copied back from this SD card.
2.36.4 CAUTION
If the customer uses the SD card on a PC, operation cannot be guaranteed.
The SD card from which you moved an application cannot be used again.
The SD card itself is the proof of purchase. Therefore, the application must be purchased
again if the card is lost.
Follow the procedure below to store the SD card from which you moved an application in the
machine.
If the SD card is lost, it will be impossible to determine which application has been
installed in the case of a machine failure.
Also, the empty SD card will required when moving back an application.
1. Pull out the tandem tray [A] and remove the paper cassette decal [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-338 SM
SD Card Appli Move
Installation
4. Set the SD card in the SD card holder.
SM 2-339 D135/D136/D137/D138
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
RE V IS ION H IST ORY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Up d ated / New
All Pages 11/1/2016 This section has been re-released with addtional information
Preventive Maintenance Tables
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
3.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES
See "Appendices" for the following information:
Preventive Maintenance Items
Other Yield Parts
Maintenance
Preventive
SM 3-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality Standards
3.2.1 RESOLUTION
Copy Ave 5.0 lines/mm or Book: S-5 Copy onto plain paper
(100%/Enlargement), more (revised) using Auto Image
Black and White (1C) Min 4.5lines/mm or Density/5 notches and
more then determine resolution.
Engine, Main Scan, 0.75% or less Mono_CCD Copy the scale and
Black and White compare it with the scale
(1C) at 100 mm to see if it is
within specification.
Engine, Sub Scan, 0.50% or less Scale chart
Leave the sheet for 3
Black and White
minutes or more after it
(1C)
has been output before
Copy (100%), Main 0.75% or less measuring.
Scan, Black and
White (1C)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-2 SM
Image Quality Standards
Maintenance
Preventive
Scan/Sub Scan, are excluded.
Black and White First side of the sheet
(1C) only.
Copy (100% / 1.00% or less Scale chart Leave the sheet for 3
Enlargement / minutes or more after it
Reduction), Black has been output before
and White (1C) measuring.
SM 3-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality Standards
3.2.6 PERPENDICULARITY
3.2.7 LINEARITY
Scale chart
3.2.8 PARALLELISM
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-4 SM
Image Quality Standards
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
3: 5.0±1.5mm Since there is a variability
Paper thickness 4 to of about 1 mm in the sizes
Engine (leading of sheets of paper, correct
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm
Maintenance
edge), Black and the size of the sheet before
Preventive
[Coated paper]
White(1C) measuring.
Paper thickness 1 to
4: 5.0±1.5mm
Paper thickness 5 to
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm
Engine (left/right),
2.0±1.5mm Trim
Black and White(1C)
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
4: 5.0±2.0mm 1. Paper feed direction
Paper thickness 5 to 52gsm short grain, leading
Engine (trailing
8: 4.0±2.0mm edge: 5±1.5mm
edge), Black and
[Coated paper] First side, trailing edge:0.5
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to to 7.0mm
6: 5.0±2.0mm (for reference only)
Paper thickness 7 to
8: 4.0±2.0mm
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
3: 5.0±1.5mm
Paper thickness 4 to
Copy (leading Since there is a variability
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm
edge), Black and of about 1 mm in the sizes
[Coated paper] Exposure
White(1C) of sheets of paper, correct
Paper thickness 1 to glass open
4: 5.0±1.5mm the size of the sheet before
Paper thickness 5 to measuring.
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm
Copy (left/right),
2.0±1.5mm
Black and White(1C)
SM 3-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality Standards
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
4: 5.0±2.0mm
Paper thickness 5 to
Copy (trailing edge), 8: 4.0±2.0mm
Black and White(1C) [Coated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
1. Paper feed direction
6: 5.0±2.0mm
52gsm short grain, leading
Paper thickness 7 to
edge: 5±1.5mm
8: 4.0±2.0mm
First side, trailing edge:0.5
to 7.0mm
(for reference only)
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
3: 5.0±1.5mm
Paper thickness 4 to
Engine (leading Since there is a variability
8: 4.0±1.5mm
edge), Black and of about 1 mm in the sizes
[Coated paper]
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to Trim of sheets of paper, correct
4: 5.0±1.5mm the size of the sheet before
Paper thickness 5 to measuring.
8: 4.0±1.5mm
Engine (left/right),
2.0±1.5mm
Black and White(1C)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-6 SM
Image Quality Standards
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
4: 5.0±2.0mm
Paper thickness 4 to
Engine (trailing
8: 4.0±2.0mm
edge), Black and
[Coated paper]
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to
1. Paper feed direction
Maintenance
6: 5.0±2.0mm
Preventive
52gsm short grain, leading
Paper thickness 7 to
edge: 5±1.5mm
8: 4.0±2.0mm
First side, trailing edge:0.5
to 7.0mm
(for reference only)
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
3: 5.0±1.5mm Since there is a variability
Paper thickness 4 to of about 1 mm in the sizes
Copy (leading of sheets of paper, correct
8: 4.0±1.5mm
edge), Black and the size of the sheet before
[Coated paper]
White(1C) measuring.
Paper thickness 1 to
4: 5.0±1.5mm
Paper thickness 5 to
8: 4.0±1.5mm
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
4: 5.0±2.0mm 1. Paper feed direction
Paper thickness 5 to 52gsm short grain, leading
Copy (trailing edge), 8: 4.0±2.0mm
edge: 5±1.5mm
Black and White(1C) [Coated paper] First side, trailing edge:0.5
Paper thickness 1 to to 7.0mm
6: 5.0±2.0mm (for reference only)
Paper thickness 7 to
8: 4.0±2.0mm
SM 3-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality Standards
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-8 SM
Paper Transfer Quality Standards
3.3.1 REGISTRATION
Exposure glass
Maintenance
Preventive
Simplex (1st print side), 0±2mm × M mm (Vertically
M: Magnification ratio
enlargement and horizontally)
ADF
SM 3-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transfer Quality Standards
3.3.2 SKEW
Exposure glass
ADF
Main Scan:
3.5mm/200mm or
1st side, A3 to less
B5 SEF or smaller
B5/A6 LEF Sub Scan:
3.0mm/200mm or
less
Main Scan:
±2.5mm/200mm or
1st side, A3 to less
A3/DLT to A4/LT
B5/A6 LEF Sub Scan:
2.0mm/200mm or
less
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-10 SM
Paper Transfer Quality Standards
Maintenance
Preventive
SM 3-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
PM Parts Settings
If the counter for the Lubricant Bar is reset in SP7622-XX, make sure to set the flag
in SP3701-XXX. Otherwise, the lubricant end detection (SP3810-XXX) will not be
reset and the banner message indicating near-end will remain on the operation
panel.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-12 SM
PM Parts Settings
Maintenance
Preventive
Make sure to open either the bypass tray or vertical transport door before
turning on the main power. Otherwise, troubles could occur as a result of
unneeded initialization processes.
5. Enter the SP mode and push the PM parts counter reset button in the PM Parts display.
( page 3-15 "PM Counter Display")
Pressing the reset button in PM Counter Display does not reset the PM counter.
The PM counter is reset after closing the door in step 6.
6. Close the bypass tray door (or the vertical transport door). The machine will reset the
PM counters automatically followed by an initialization process. ( page 3-21 "Initial
Adjustment SP Lists")
7. Check the Initial Adjustment SP Lists and execute initialization in the SP mode, if
required. ( page 3-21 "Initial Adjustment SP Lists")
8. Enter SP5-990-004 and check the counter values in the SMC logging data.
Make sure that the PM counters for the replaced units are "0" in the PM parts display.
If a PM counter for a unit that had been replaced does not display “0,” reset that counter
in the procedure described above.
9. Exit the SP mode.
Machine operation will automatically stop when the PM counters for the fusing
cleaning web and drum lubricant bar reach their yield.
Counter clearance is not required when replacing the developer, as this counter is
cleared by SP3-024 (Developer Fill: Execute).
Counter clearance triggers the initialization of the parts described in this section.
When initialization is required for these parts, open the front door and clear the
counter.
SM 3-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
PM Parts Settings
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-14 SM
PM Counter Display
Maintenance
Preventive
3.5.1 NOTE CONCERNING RUNNING DISTANCE DATA
Since the PM parts yield is based on set conditions (for example, CH-C1 Pro: A4LEF, 26P/J,
FC70%, etc), if a machine is used in an unexpected manner, parts could reach their life before
the prescribed yield (EM), or could exceed the prescribed yield.
However, if the machine uses the running distance of the parts (which is a calculation based on
the total number of revolutions made by the parts), PM can be carried out at more precise times,
because the running distance reflects the actual status of the machine.
SM 3-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
PM Counter Display
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-16 SM
PM Counter Display
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Number buttons. Pressing a number button opens a submenu.
[B]: Descriptions. The # mark denotes a "unit" (not an individual item).
[C]: PM yield buttons. Function is the same as the "PM yield indicator settings" button.
[D]: Current PM counter value.
[E]: Target PM interval. This can be changed by pressing a number button [A].
[F]: PM counter clear button. Function is the same as the [Clear current counter] button.
The fusing belt smoothing roller and fusing cleaning web unit are prescribed as PM parts
only for D137/D138. These parts do not appear in the "All PM Parts list" because the PM
counter of these parts is not based on page count. To check if PM is needed or not for
these parts, check the "Remaining Days" on the "Estimated Usage Rate/Estimated
Remaining Days" screen. ( page 3-19 "Estimated Usage Rate/Estimated Remaining
Days") Make sure to clear the counter with the [Clear] button after replacing these parts.
SM 3-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
PM Counter Display
[A]: Clear current counter. Press to reset the selected PM counter (in this example 001
#Development Unit) to "0". You can also clear the settings by pressing the [Clear] button on the
right side of the PM Counter Main Menu ([F] in the previous section).
[B]: Change target yield. Press the change the target PM yield. To change the setting:
Press [Change target yield]
Enter the number for the new target with the 10-key pad.
Press [#] on the operation panel.
[C]: PM yield indicator settings. [Yes] is the default. Press [No] to remove the current item from
the "Parts list for PM yield indicator".
When set to "Yes", items marked with the # mark (# = a unit) will not have their individual
items displayed automatically in the "Parts list for PM yield indicator list".
When set to "No", items marked with the # mark (# = a unit) only the individual components
will appear in the list (the units will not appear).
[D]: PM counter history. This is a summary of the most recent counts
Latest 1. The latest PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
Latest 2. The previous PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
Latest 3. The previous but one PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-18 SM
PM Counter Display
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Number buttons. Pressing a number button opens a submenu.
[B]: Descriptions. The # mark denotes a “unit” (not an individual item)
[C]: Displays the estimated usage rate (0 to 100%)
[D]: Displays the estimated remaining days (255 to 0 days)
[E]: Clear button
Calculation of Estimated remaining days (255 to 0 days) and Estimated usage rate (0 to
100%)
Calculation of estimated remaining days (255 to 0 days)
Displays either the page counter (SP7-951-XXX) or the running distance (SP7952-XXX),
whichever is smaller. Note that parts such as rollers always show the page counter value,
because running distance is not counted.
Remaining days by page counter (SP7-951-XXX) = (A – B) / C
A: Standard end value as pages (SP7623-xxx)
B: PM page counter (SP7621-xxx)
C: Average PM page counter per day = PM page counter (SP7621-xxx)/Number of days
since last replacement
Remaining days by running distance (SP7952-XXX) = (A – B) / C
A: Standard end value as distance (SP7940-xxx)
B: PM distance counter (SP7944-xxx)
C: Average distance per day = PM distance counter (SP7944-xxx) /Number of days since
last replacement
Calculation of estimated usage rate (0 to 100%)
Displays either the page counter (SP7-954-xxx) and running distance (SP7-942-xxx),
whichever is larger. Note that parts such as rollers always show the page counter value,
because running distance is not counted.
Estimated usage rate % (by Page counter) is calculated as follows.
Current page counter value <SP7-621-xxx> / Standard page end value <SP7-623-xxx> x 100
Estimated usage rate % (by Running distance) is calculated as follows.
Current distance <SP7-944-xxx> / Standard distance end value <SP7-940-xxx> x 100
SM 3-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
PM Counter Display
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-20 SM
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Parts of the automatic adjustment items that are described in this section are
automatically executed as a trigger counter is cleared. Therefore, press the counter
clear button for the corresponding parts and turn the power off and on for automatic
execution
Initial adjustment for "Force Apply Lubricant Execute" is done manually. This is because
Maintenance
it is necessary to perform this after separating the ITB cleaning blade from the ITB. For
Preventive
more information, check the replacement and adjustment procedures for each part..
3.6.1 D137/D138
Manual Auto/ SP
Parts list Adjustment SP SP time
SP Manual description
Initial TD
SP3-030- Initial setting
Auto Sensor 50s
001 to 006 of TD sensor
Execute
Developer No Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
DEMS
Development SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Yes Manual Control (Pro
Filter 001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
SM 3-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/ SP
Parts list Adjustment SP SP time
SP Manual description
DEMS
Lubrication SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Yes Manual Control (Pro
Roller 001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
Lubricant SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Yes Manual Control (Pro
Bar 001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
Lubricant SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Yes Manual Control (Pro
Blade 001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Joint Yes Manual Control (Pro
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Gears Yes Manual Control (Pro
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Charge Adjustment
Yes
Roller Unit
DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Charge Adjustment
Yes
Roller
DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
Cleaner: DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Charge Yes Manual Control (Pro
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Roller Only)
Gear: DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Charge Yes Manual Control (Pro
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Roller Only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-22 SM
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/ SP
Parts list Adjustment SP SP time
SP Manual description
Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
DEMS
SP3-040- DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
Maintenance
Preventive
001 to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Manual
Image
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer Belt Yes Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Unit
Adjustment
Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer Belt Yes Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
Image ITB+MUSIC
Transfer No Manual
Roller SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
SM 3-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/ SP
Parts list Adjustment SP SP time
SP Manual description
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
ITB Bias
No Manual
Roller
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
ITB drive SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Yes Manual control of
shaft gear 004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB Cleaning ITB+MUSIC
Yes
Unit Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB Cleaning ITB+MUSIC
Yes
Blade Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
ITB
Lubricant No - - - - -
Brush
Manual
Paper
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer No Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Roller Unit
Adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-24 SM
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/ SP
Parts list Adjustment SP SP time
SP Manual description
Paper
Discharge No - - - - -
Plate
Manual
Paper
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer No Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Roller
Adjustment
Maintenance
Preventive
3.6.2 D135/D136
Manual Auto/
Parts list Adjustment SP Parts list SP time
SP Manual
Initial TD
SP3-030- Initial setting
Auto Sensor 50s
001 to 006 of TD sensor
Execute
Developer No Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
Development
No - - - - -
Filter
Cleaning
No - - - - -
Blade
No - - - - -
Lubrication
No - - - - -
Roller
Lubricant Bar No - - - - -
SM 3-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/
Parts list Adjustment SP Parts list SP time
SP Manual
Lubricant
No - - - - -
Blade
Manual
Charge Roller SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
No Auto Pro Con
Unit 002 Density 85s
Adjustment
Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Charge Roller No Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
No - - - - -
Cleaner:
No - - - - -
Charge Roller
Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
OPC Drum No Adjustment
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Manual
Image
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer Belt Yes Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Unit
Adjustment
Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Transfer Belt Yes Manual
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-26 SM
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/
Parts list Adjustment SP Parts list SP time
SP Manual
Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
Image ITB+MUSIC
Transfer No Manual
Roller SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Maintenance
Preventive
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
ITB Bias
No Manual
Roller
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
ITB drive shaft SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Yes Manual control of
gear 004 Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB Cleaning ITB+MUSIC
Yes
Unit Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
speed
SP2-924- Dancing 45 to
Auto control of
004 Control Belt 60s
ITB Cleaning ITB+MUSIC
Yes
Blade Force Apply
SP2-696-
Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
001
Execute
ITB Lubricant
No - - - - -
Brush
Force Apply
ITB Lubricant SP2-696-
Yes Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Bar 001
Execute
SM 3-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
Manual Auto/
Parts list Adjustment SP Parts list SP time
SP Manual
Force Apply
ITB Lubricant SP2-696-
Yes Manual Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Blade 001
Execute
Manual
Paper
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer No Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Roller Unit
Adjustment
Paper
Discharge No - - - - -
Plate
Manual
Paper
SP3-011- ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer No Auto Pro Con
002 Density 85s
Roller
Adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-28 SM
Cleaning Points
3.7.1 SCANNER
Exposure Glass, ADF Exposure Glass, Reflective Plate, 1st Mirror, 2nd
Mirror, 3rd Mirror, Original Size Sensors
1. Exposure glass ( page 4-106)
2. Clean the front and back of the exposure glass with a glass cleaner.
3. Move the non-adhesive surface (left), then clean the front and back of the ADF exposure
glass [A] with a glass cleaner.
Maintenance
Preventive
4. First, turn the gear [A] and move the 1st scanner carriage [B] to the center.
Do not touch the mirror, reflector, or light guide plate in the scanner carriage.
5. Clean the reflective plate [A] with a dry optical cloth.
SM 3-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
6. Clean the 1st mirror [A], 2nd mirror [B] and 3rd mirror [C] with a dry optical cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-30 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
2. Toner supply unit. ( page 4-94)
3. Insert the Toner Shield Glass Cleaning Tool [A] to the slot [B], and slide it back-and-forth
about 5 times to clean the toner shield glass on the laser units. Do this procedure for all 4
colors.
SM 3-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3.7.3 DEVELOPER
Development Unit
Do the following cleaning at 300k.
1. Development unit ( page 4-156)
2. Wipe off the toner at the toner receptacle [A] with a dry cloth.
3. Clean off the toner adhering around the unit with a dry cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-32 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
In order to prevent the scattering of toner, do not use a blower brush to clean.
1. ID Sensor
2. ITB Drive Roller
3. Pre-Transfer Roller
4. ITB Cleaning Blade Counter Roller
5. ITB Lubricant Blade Counter Roller
6. Back-up Roller
7. ITB Driven Roller
Rollers
Rollers need cleaning every 900k prints
1. Transfer Belt (page 4-170 "ITB Replacement")
2. With a dry cloth, wipe each roller.
SM 3-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
ID Sensor
Clean the ID sensor every 600k prints.
1. Bracket with the ID sensor
2. With a damp cloth, wipe the ID sensor (three areas indicated below).
3.7.6 FUSING
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-34 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
Do not wipe too strongly.
SM 3-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-36 SM
Cleaning Points
Thermopile
1. Access the thermopile. (page 4-244 "Thermopile (Pressure Roller)")
2. With a dry cloth, wipe the surface of the lens.
Maintenance
Preventive
Do not wipe too strongly.
3.7.7 OTHER
SM 3-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
2. Wipe the 1st to 4th feed roller (drive) with damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-38 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: 1st feed roller (drive)
[B]: 2nd feed roller (drive)
[C]: 3rd feed roller (drive)
[D]: 4th feed roller (drive)
3. Wipe the 1st to 4th feed roller (idle) with damp cloth.
SM 3-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
2. Open the registration section and wipe the registration roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-40 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
4. Remove the relay sensor. ( page 4-309)
5. Wipe the relay roller (idle) [A] with a damp cloth.
2. Wipe the by-pass relay roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth while rotating the joint [A].
SM 3-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Registration Sensor
1. Pull out the drawer unit [A].
2. Open the registration section and clean the registration sensor [A] with a blower brush.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-42 SM
Cleaning Points
Relay Sensor
1. Open the drawer unit cover [A].
Maintenance
Preventive
2. Clean the relay sensor [A] with a blower brush
2. Remove the upper cover [A] of the paper dust collection unit. ( x2)
SM 3-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3. Remove the paper dust, and then wipe the dust collection unit [A] with a dry cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-44 SM
Cleaning Points
3.7.9 DUPLEX
Maintenance
Preventive
Heat Pipe Drive Roller
1. Remove the fusing unit. ( page 4-207)
2. Wipe the heat pipe drive roller [A] with a damp cloth.
SM 3-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
2. Wipe the paper exit roller (drive) [A] with a damp cloth.
4. Wipe the paper exit roller (idle) [A] with a damp cloth
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-46 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
Inverter Feed Out Roller (Drive/Idle)
1. Pull out the drawer unit [A].
3. Wipe the inverter feed out roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
SM 3-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-48 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Inverter exit roller (Drive)
[B]: Inverter exit roller (Idle)
3. Wipe the paper exit relay roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
SM 3-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-50 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Inverter feed roller (Drive)
[B]: Inverter feed roller (Idle)
SM 3-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
6. Wipe the paper exit feed guide plate (upper/middle) with a dry cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-52 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
2. Push down the guide plate [A].
3. Wipe the duplex feed roller 1st to 4th (drive) and duplex feed roller 2nd to 4th (idle) with a
damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-54 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Duplex exit roller (Drive)
[B]: Duplex exit roller (Idle)
SM 3-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
2. Move the purge guide plate (lower) [A] to the upright position.
3. Wipe the area [A] under the transport guide plate (lower) with a damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-56 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
SM 3-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
Lubrication Points
3.8.1 FUSING
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-58 SM
Lubrication Points
The max. and min. amount of grease you should use is shown below.
[A]: Min. Amount
[B]: Max. Amount
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Min. Amount
[B]: Max. Amount
SM 3-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
RE V IS ION H IST ORY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Up d ated / New
All Pages 11/1/2016 This section has been re-released with addtional information
Notes on the Main Power Switch
and Adjustment
Replacement
board and the operation unit in this state, not only these boards, it will damage other
electrical components.
So, when performing maintenance work such as replacing parts, in addition to turning off the
main power with the push switch, always unplug the AC power cord.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine there is
still residual charge.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine for a while
there is still residual charge. Therefore, if you remove boards in this state, it can cause a
blown fuse or memory failure.
How to remove the residual charge inside the machine
After you unplug the power cord from the AC wall outlet, in order to remove the residual
charge from inside the machine, be sure to press the main power switch. Thus, the
charge remaining in the machine is released, and it is possible to remove boards.
When you reconnect the AC power cord into an AC wall outlet, the machine will start
automatically.
In order to remove the residual charge, push the main power switch while you disconnect the
AC power cord. At that time, the power ON flag inside the machine is set. Therefore, after
you finish work on the machine and reconnect the power cord to the AC, even if you do not
press the main power switch, the machine will start automatically and the moving parts will
begin to move. When working on moving parts, be careful that fingers or clothes do not
get caught.
Automatic restart deals with cases when you accidentally unplugged the AC power
cord or unexpected power outages. By keeping the power flag ON, after the
resumption of power, the machine will start up automatically.
In rare cases, when you reconnect the AC power cord to a power outlet, the machine does
not start automatically. In this case, the machine has not failed. The cause is due to the
timing of releasing the residual charge. If you press the main power switch while the residual
charge was already released, the power ON flag will not be set. At this time, start the
machine manually by pressing the main power switch.
SM 4-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Notes on the Main Power Switch
If an option that is powered independently from a different power source, i.e. the Multi-
Folding Unit FD4000 (for D135/D136/D137/D138) or the Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (for
D137/D138), is included in the configuration, always follow the procedure below when
reconnecting the AC power cord into an AC wall outlet after disconnecting it and
pressing the main power switch to release the charge. If you do not follow the procedure
below, the option that is powered independently will not be recognized by the copier and
paper jams will occur.
1. Connect the AC power cord of the option into an AC wall outlet, and then connect
the AC power cord of the copier into an AC wall outlet.
2. After the copier starts up automatically, press the main power switch of the copier
again to power off and on the machine, and then run a copy job to check the
operation.
Shutdown Method
1. Press the main power switch [A] on the left side of the machine.
2. Take out the power cord
3. Wait 3 minutes (this is the time required if you will remove the rear cover and access the
interior of the machine, to take out the controller board for example).
Note: If some LEDs on any of the boards are blinking or lit, current is still flowing.
After the shutdown process, the main power is turned off automatically.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-2 SM
Notes on the Main Power Switch
Forced Shutdown
In case normal shutdown does not complete for some reason, the machine has a forced
shutdown function.
To make a forced shutdown, press and hold the main power switch for 6 seconds.
In general, do not use the forced shutdown.
Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory, and can cause damage to the
machine. Use a forced shutdown only if it is unavoidable.
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Special Tools and Lubricants
4.2.1 D137/D138
The following special tools should be prepared for maintenance of this model in the field:
Unique or Common:
U: Unique for this model
C: Common with listed
FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE:
3 VSSG9002 1 C (*2)
100G
Loop-back Connector –
6 G0219350 1 C (General)
Parallel
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-4 SM
Special Tools and Lubricants
4.2.2 D135/D136
The following special tools should be prepared for maintenance of this model in the field:
Unique or Common:
U: Unique for this model
C: Common with listed
FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE :
3 VSSG9002 1 C (*2)
100G
and Adjustment
Replacement
4 B6455020 SD Card 1 C(General)
OPTICS ADJUSTMENT
8 A1849501 2 C (*3)
TOOL
SM 4-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
2. Screw covers [B] on the arm cover [A] of the operation panel
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-6 SM
Outer Covers
5. Open the toner supply unit front cover [A] and by-pass tray unit [C]. Slide the right middle
front cover [B] to the left.
and Adjustment
Replacement
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
SM 4-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
2. Remove the fixing screws of the right middle front cover [A] ( x 2)
3. Open the toner supply unit front cover [A] and by-pass tray unit [C]. Slide the right middle
front cover [B] to the left.
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-8 SM
Outer Covers
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B], moving it downward
( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
SM 4-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B], moving it downward
( x 1).
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-10 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Slide the right middle rear cover [A] to the left ( x 2)
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
SM 4-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-12 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Remove the fixing screws of the right lower cover ( x 4).
4. Open the vertical tranport door [A]. Remove the hooks (x 2) located on the upper side of the
right lower cover [B], then remove by sliding downward.
SM 4-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-14 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Remove the fixing screws of the left middle cover( x 2).
SM 4-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-16 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. While holding the right side of the left lower cover [A], remove it in a downward direction.
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
SM 4-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-18 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Rear Lower Cover
Replacement
1. Rear middle cover ( page 4-18)
2. Rear Lower Cover [A] ( x 4).
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
SM 4-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-20 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Disconnect the left hook of the upper front cover [A].
SM 4-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-22 SM
Outer Covers
and Adjustment
Replacement
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
Upper left cover
SM 4-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-24 SM
Operation Panel (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Screw cover [A] and the rear cover [B] ( x 3)
3. Operation panel ( x 4, x 3)
SM 4-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
Operation Panel (D137/D138)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-26 SM
Operation Panel (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Bracket [A] ( x 15, flat cable x 2)
3. OPU board ( x 4)
4. OPR board ( x 7)
SM 4-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
Operation Panel (D137/D138)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-28 SM
Operation Panel (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
Operation Panel (D135/D136)
3. Slide the operation panel [A] and lower cover [B] forward.
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
4. Remove the operation panel [B] from the lower cover [A] ( x 5).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-30 SM
Operation Panel (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.5.2 TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION
1. Operation Panel ( page 4-30)
2. Turn the operation panel (including the lower cover) [A] and remove the fixing screws ( x
2,).
4. Lift the lower cover [B] to pivot the hooks [A] on the front side. Then align the cover [B] with
the ribs [C].
SM 4-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
Operation Panel (D135/D136)
1. Fix the ribs and lower cover with the screws you removed in step 2 ( x 2,).
e.g.: right side
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-32 SM
Operation Panel (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Bracket [A] ( x 5, x 1)
SM 4-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
Operation Panel (D135/D136)
2. OPU board ( x 1)
3. OPR board ( x 6)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-34 SM
Operation Panel (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6 ADF
3. Disconnect the interface cable [A] ( x 1, x 1) and CIS unit cable [B] ( x 1, x 1, x
4) from the rear of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-36 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. While holding the left and right sides of the ADF, lift up to remove it.
SM 4-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-38 SM
ADF
Platen Adjustment
1. Open the ADF and remove the white cover (magic tape x 10).
2. Put the white cover [A] in the correct position on the exposure glass, aligning it with the glass
cover [B] and the rear scale [C].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Close the ADF [A] slowly and paste the ADF and the white cover [B] with the magic tapes.
SM 4-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
2. Slide the ADF front cover [A] to the left ( x 2, hook x 4).
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-40 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
Feed Cover
1. ADF front cover ( “ADF Front Cover” in page 4-39 "ADF Cover")
2. ADF rear cover ( “ADF Rear Cover” in page 4-39 "ADF Cover")
3. Feed cover [A] ( x 3, x 1)
SM 4-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-42 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Original feed unit [A] (Pull the original feed unit, remove the back side of the shaft. Then,
remove the bushing in the foreground.)
At re-assembly, make sure that the tab on the front guide plate [A] is above the pick-
up roller [B].
SM 4-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
3. Pick-up roller cover [A] and pick-up roller [B] (snap-fit x 2, bushing x 2, one-way clutch x 1)
4. Lift the left and right sides of the feed belt holder [A], then remove it.
5. Remove the feed belt [B] from the feed belt holder [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-44 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. ADF separation roller [A] and torque limiter clutch [B] (snap-fit x 1)
SM 4-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-46 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Scanning guide plate [A] (hook x 1).
4. Remove the original exit sensor [B], which is mounted on the upper guide [A] ( x 6).
SM 4-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
5. Remove the original exit sensor [B] from the upper guide [A] ( x 1, x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-48 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Separation Sensor [A] and Skew Correction Sensor [B] ( x 1 each)
SM 4-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4. Remove the original width sensor guide plate [A] ( x 2), then remove the original width
sensors (x 5) [B] ( x 1 each).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-50 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. B5 Width Sensor [A] ( x 1)
3. A4 Width Sensor [B] ( x 1)
4. LG Width Sensor[C] ( x 1)
SM 4-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-52 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Original set sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-54 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.6.19 ADF FEED COVER INTERLOCK SW / PICK-UP ROLLER HP
SENSOR
1. ADF rear cover ( “ADF Rear Cover” in page 4-39 "ADF Cover")
2. Remove the ADF feed cover interlock SW [A] from the retaining bracket (snap-fit x 1, spring
x 1, pin x 1).
SM 4-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-56 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-58 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. ADF exit motor [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-60 SM
ADF
4. ADF transport motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. ADF transport motor [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-61 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
3. ADF entrance motor along with the frame ( page 4-56 "ADF Entrance Motor")
4. ADF feed motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, spring x 1, timing belt x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-62 SM
ADF
and Adjustment
3. ADF front cover ( “ADF Front Cover” in page 4-39 "ADF Cover")
Replacement
4. Guide plate (large) [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-63 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
• To prevent scratches on the surface of the CIS glass, removal of the CIS unit must
be done with the white cover [A] open.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-64 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
SM 4-65 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-66 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
SM 4-67 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
• After removing the drawer unit cover, when the drawer unit is returned to the
machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper exit and duplex unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-68 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Open the paper feed tray, then remove the fixing screw on the bottom of the drawer unit
cover [A].
5. Insert the driver from the flapper handle [A], and remove the bracket screw [B].
SM 4-69 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
6. Put a hand in the flapper handle [A] and pull the drawer unit cover [B] to the front. Then hold
the guide plate [C] of the paper exit and duplex unit, and remove the drawer unit cover [A] in
an upward direction.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-70 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
10. Turn the paper transfer roller shaft [A] clockwise by using the link [B] to separate the paper
transfer roller unit from the ITB. You can pull the drawer unit out.
SM 4-71 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
When mounting the motor block, screw the motor in first. Then, assemble links [A],
[B] and [C] as shown below. There is also a diagram embossed on the motor cover
to help you to install the links correctly.
Lock shaft (Cut surface to the upper left) [A]
Link (Long hole to the right) [B]
Paper transfer roller shaft (Cut surface to the lower side) [C]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-72 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
3. Paper separation AC power pack [A] ( x 5, all s)
Replacement
SM 4-73 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-74 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
• When mounting the curled cord, fit the fixing material in the hole on the rear of
the machine.
6. Remove the left and right clamps fixing the curled cord [A].
SM 4-75 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
8. Curled cord ( x 2, x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-76 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. In a low-temperature environment (below 15°C), the tension of the curled cord may
be reduced. So, do not pull the drawer unit out for a long time, or the curled cord will
be deformed and will not curl up again when you try to slide the drawer unit back in.
As a guide, every 30 minutes, push the drawer unit back to the half-way position.
There is no decrease in tension of the curled cord with a low-temperature
environment if the drawer unit is open half-way.
2. Drawer unit connector bracket [A] ( x 4)
3. Remove the drawer unit connector [A] (x 2) by pressing the ends ( x 2 each).
SM 4-77 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-78 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. In a low-temperature environment (below 15°C), the tension of the curled cord may
be reduced. So, do not pull the drawer unit out for a long time, or the curled cord will
be deformed and will not curl up again when you try to slide the drawer unit back in.
As a guide, every 30 minutes, push the drawer unit back to the half-way position.
There is no decrease in tension of the curled cord with a low-temperature
environment if the drawer unit is open half-way.
2. Drawer Unit Lock Sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1)
SM 4-79 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
3. Middle cover ( x 5)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-80 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Drawer unit lock motor block [A] ( x 1, snap-fit x 1, x 3, x1)
When mounting the motor block, screw the motor in first. Then, assemble links [A],
[B] and [C] as shown below. There is also a diagram embossed on the motor cover
to help you to install the links correctly.
Lock shaft (Cut surface to the upper left) [A]
Link (Long hole to the right) [B]
Paper transfer roller shaft (Cut surface to the lower side) [C]
SM 4-81 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
5. Take off the gears, and remove the drawer unit lock motor [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-82 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.7.14 EXIT MOTOR
1. Drawer unit cover ( page 4-68)
2. Exit motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-83 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
1. In a low-temperature environment (below 15°C), the tension of the curled cord may
be reduced. So, do not pull the drawer unit out for a long time, or the curled cord will
be deformed and will not curl up again when you try to slide the drawer unit back in.
As a guide, every 30 minutes, push the drawer unit back to the half-way position.
There is no decrease in tension of the curled cord with a low-temperature
environment if the drawer unit is open half-way.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-84 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
4.7.17 DUPLEX TRANSPORT MOTOR
Replacement
Drawer unit cover ( page 4-68)
Duplex transport motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-85 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-86 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.7.20 CLEANING WEB CONTACT MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY)
1. In order to facilitate the work, pull the drawer unit out half way, then press the release levers
(one on the left side and one on the right side, shown by the red arrows) and pull the drawer
unit [A] out fully.
In a low-temperature environment (below 15°C), the tension of the curled cord may
be reduced. So, do not pull the drawer unit out for a long time, or the curled cord will
be deformed and will not curl up again when you try to slide the drawer unit back in.
As a guide, every 30 minutes, push the drawer unit back to the half-way position.
There is no decrease in tension of the curled cord with a low-temperature
environment if the drawer unit is open half-way.
2. Exit inverter motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1)
SM 4-87 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-88 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Fusing heat pipe cooling fan [A] along with the duct ( x 3, x 3, hook x 2)
SM 4-89 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-90 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Disconnect the connector, clamp, etc., of the duct [A] for the fusing heat pipe cooling fan and
IH coil cooling fan.
5. Duct [A] for the fusing heat pipe cooling fan and IH coil cooling fan ( x 2, x 3, hook x 4
(On the left side, there is a hook on the top and bottom.))
SM 4-91 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-92 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Remove the toner supply unit front cover [A] by sliding it to the left, fastener x 1).
SM 4-93 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
4. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3*).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-94 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
* D137/D138 use TCRU/ORU screws
5. Slide the toner supply unit [A] to the front.
6. Pull out the toner supply unit [A], and remove it from the slide rail with the handles on the left
and right ( x 2*).
SM 4-95 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
When attaching the toner supply unit to the machine, the hooks of the toner supply
unit should be fit into the holes in the slide rails.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-96 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
3. ID chip connector board [A] ( x 2, x 1).
Replacement
SM 4-97 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-98 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
3. K: Disconnect all the connectors and clamps connected to the sub hopper unit [A] and toner
Replacement
supply board (TSB) [B] ( x 2).
When installing the sub hopper unit, take care not to tuck the toner fall prevention sheet
[A] attached to the toner supply unit.
[B]: Normal state
[C]: Toner fall prevention sheet is tucked
SM 4-99 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
Enter SP mode and close the by-pass tray unit or vertical transport door.
Execute SP3-011-002 (Manual ProCon:Exe > Density Adjustment).
Confirm that SP3-012-001 (ProCon OK? > History:Latest) shows “11111111”.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-100 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.8.7 SUB HOPPER MOTOR (KCMY)
1. Sub Hopper Unit ( page 4-99)
2. Sub hopper motor [A] ( x 2 each, x 1 each)
SM 4-101 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-102 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. When installing, tighten the screws on the bottom while holding from the top as
shown below.
SM 4-103 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
It will be easier to access the clamp shown below if you remove the development
intake fan. ( page 4-406 "Development Intake Fans (KCMY)")
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-104 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-105 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. When attaching the glass cover, ensure that the glass cover is not riding on the
upper front cover or the upper rear small cover.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-106 SM
Scanner Unit
1. The document transport system of the ADF is different between D135/D136 and
D137/D138. D135/D136 uses a new non-contact transport system, so the glass
replacement procedure is changed accordingly.
and Adjustment
Replacement
How to Attach the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet
Clean the place to attach the exposure glass seal on the exposure glass bracket with
alcohol.
Attach the exposure glass seal* [C] along the marking [B] on the exposure glass bracket [A].
SM 4-107 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. Attach the ADF exposure glass, so that the marking [A] is on the upper left.
Attach in the order of exposure glass, glass cover and rear scale.
Clean the ADF exposure glass with a dry cloth.
Peel off the release paper of the gap sheet.
Fit the gap sheet* [C] to the convex portion [A] on the glass cover.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-108 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
*The tip of the seal is cut at an angle. Its tip faces the front [B].
When replacing an ADF exposure glass, replace with a new exposure glass seal
and a gap sheet as well.
ADF Exposure Glass (D137/D138): Same as for D135/D136, except there is no gap
sheet.
SM 4-109 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
Entrance lower guide unit for non-contact transport: the following areas are black
[A].
Entrance lower guide unit for contact transport (part number: D6833401): the
following areas are clear and colorless [B].
1. Scanning guide plate for non-contact transport: the following areas are black [A].
2. Scanning guide plate for contact transport (part number: D6833350): the following
areas are white [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-110 SM
Scanner Unit
Attach the scanning guide plate for contact transport [A] (hook x 1).
Attach the entrance lower guide unit for contact transport [B] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
Enter the SP mode, set "98" at SP4-688-002 (Scan Image Density Adjustment 1-pass).
SM 4-111 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
IDB [A] ( x 2, x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-112 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
"Magnification and Registration Adjustment")
SP4-011-001: Main Scan Reg ( ”Main Scan Registration Adjustment” in page 4-131
"Magnification and Registration Adjustment")
Do not touch the mirror, reflector, or light guide plate in the scanner carriage.
4. Exposure lamp (LED) [A] ( x 2, x 1)
SM 4-113 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. When attaching the exposure lamp, put the harness in the hook.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-114 SM
Scanner Unit
In the case of D135/D136, also remove the operation panel. ( page 4-30
"Operation Panel")
Pull out the toner supply unit. ( page 4-94)
Right side stay [A] ( x 5)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Iin the case of D135/D136, remove the operation panel bracket [A] ( x 7).
Scanner drive motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1, spring x 1, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-115 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. When attaching the motor, make sure that the timing belt does not come off. Slide
the motor a few times. Screw the motor into place while the spring is pulled.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-116 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the center. Peel off the shielding plate [B], Then remove
the scanner HP sensor ( x 1).
SM 4-117 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. The operatior call light is not attached to D135/D136, so this step is not required.
4. Upper rear cover [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-118 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Upper rear small cover [A] ( x 2)
Remove the fixing screws on the right side of the rear middle cover [A] ( x 2).
SM 4-119 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
Open the by-pass tray unit, then remove the right middle cover [A] ( x 1).
The 5 screws for the SIO board are accessed from holes in the right frame of the
machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-120 SM
Scanner Unit
In the case of D135/D136, also remove the operation panel. ( page 4-30
"Operation Panel")
Rear middle cover [A] ( x 4)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Slide the controller box cover [A] to the right ( x 4).
Disconnect the interface cable [A] from the rear of the machine ( x 1, x 1, x 2, bind x
1).
SM 4-121 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. When connecting the scanner cable, do not forget to attach the bind. As shown in
the pictures below, the binding position should be in the middle of the cable.
Remove the interface cable [A] through the right side [B] of the machine ( x 3).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-122 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Fixing screws on the right side stay [A] ( x 3)
For steps 7-8 in the procedure described above, in the case of D135/D136, remove
the operation panel bracket [A] ( x 7).
SM 4-123 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
Hold the handles at the left and right, and remove the scanner unit [A] from the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-124 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Front frame [A] ( x 7)
2. Remove the springs of the tension brackets (rear: [A] / front: [B]).
SM 4-125 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
3. Loosen the fixing screws of the tension brackets (rear: [A] / front: [B]).
4. Remove the retaining brackets (rear: [A] / front [B]) from the wire ( x 1 each).
5. Remove the tip and the rear end of the wire (rear / front).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-126 SM
Scanner Unit
6. Unscrew the wire pulleys (rear: [A] / front [B]) and drive pulley [C]. Remove the wire pulleys
from the shaft.
and Adjustment
Replacement
7. Remove the rear and front wires.
If the scanner does not move smoothly, and it is possible to set positioning pins, re-
adjust using the above procedure.
9. Set the 1st scanner carriage with the positioning pins. Attach the retaining bracket. Then fix
the wire and the carriage.
SM 4-127 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
1. If replacing anything other than the wire, adjust SP4-010-001 (Sub Scan
Registration Adj).
Accessories
Check the accessories against the list below.
No Description Q'ty
1 Heater 1
The part number for the scanner heater is the same across all models except the D135-
17. See the table below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-128 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Installation
Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
Do the following procedure not to damage any harnesses.
Check that all harnesses are not damaged nor pinched after installation.
1. Exposure Glass ( page 4-106)
2. Left middle cover ( page 4-15)
3. First, turn the gear [A] and move the 1st scanner carriage [B] to the position of the lens cover
[C].
4. Pass the scanner heater [A] under the 2nd carriage [B]. Then put the connector [C] from the
left side of the scanner unit [D].
SM 4-129 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
The screw on the left side of the scanner heater is accessed from the scanner
frame.
6. Connect the connector [A] of the scanner heater to the machine ( x 1, x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-130 SM
Scanner Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Adjustment Procedure
Enter SP mode.
Select SP4-008.
If you decrease the adjustment value, this will increase the scanner speed, and the output
image is compressed in the feed direction.
If you increase the adjustment value, this will decrease the scanner speed, and the output
image is extended in the feed direction.
SM 4-131 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-132 SM
Laser Unit
This laser unit employs 80 laser beams produced by a Class III LD with a wavelength of
772 to 792 nm and intensity of 1.4 mW (40 beams). Direct exposure to the eyes could
cause permanent blindness.
Before adjusting or replacing the laser unit, push the main power switch to power the
machine off then unplug the machine from the power source. Allow the machine to cool
for a few minutes. The polygon motor continues to rotate for approximately one to three
minutes after the machine is switched off.
Do not turn on the power when the laser unit and the polygon cover are not installed.
Ensure that after assembly, the polygon cover is completely closed.
Do not turn on the power when the synchronization detectors are disconnected. Ensure
and Adjustment
that after assembly, the synchronization detectors are set correctly.
Replacement
Caution Decals
D137/D138, D135/D136
D135/D136 only
SM 4-133 D135/D136/D137/D138
Laser Unit
Before Replacement
Plug in the power cord, and then turn ON the main power switch.
Reset the motors for skew adjustment to the zero point with the following SPs:.
SP2-104-002: set to "0"
SP2-104-003: set to "0"
1. SP2-104-004: set to "0"
If you do not do the above adjustment, MUSIC may not work. This is because one or
more of the motors may be at or near the upper or lower limit (± 50). In such a case, if
you do not zero the motor positions before MUSIC is done, the range that the motor can
move will be restricted and the adjustment may not be done correctly.
Replacement
1. Scanner unit ( page 4-121)
2. Spring plates [A] ( x 4)
3. For the Laser unit (CK) [A], remove the stay [B] first. ( x 1)
4. Remove the connectors from the laser unit [A]. ( x 4; includes a USB connector)
e.g.: CK
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-134 SM
Laser Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Grasp the handles on the left and right, and lift out the laser unit.
SM 4-135 D135/D136/D137/D138
Laser Unit
YM Laser Unit
Bar code label [A]: Black characters on white background
Center bottom [B]: A pentagonal protrusion is screwed in
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-136 SM
Laser Unit
2. Turn over the polygon cover [A], remove the fall prevention materials [B] and the red tag [C].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Attach the polygon cover to the laser unit ( x 4).
1. During the download of the correction values, you can turn off the power, or open
the door.
2. If an SC or a display of "failure" occurs, you can run the download again after
turning the power OFF and ON.
Correct the color registration with the User Tools.
[User Tools/Counter/Inquiry]-[Management]-[Color Registration]-[OK]
If necessary, adjust the registration, skew, and magnification. For information about how to
adjust, refer to Adjustment in Troubleshooting. ( page 5-281 "Adjustment")
SM 4-137 D135/D136/D137/D138
Laser Unit
Remove the laser unit cooling fan (left) after removing the laser unit (YM).
Remove the laser unit cooling fan (right) after removing the laser unit (CK).
For the laser unit cooling fan (left), first, remove the cover [A] ( x 2), and then remove the
clamp of the cooling fan cord.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-138 SM
Laser Unit
1. It is also possible to leave the bracket on the machine side, and remove the laser
unit cooling fan [A] only.
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-139 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
4.11 PCDU
4.11.1 FACEPLATE
1. Toner supply unit ( page 4-94)
2. Turn the transfer belt release lever counterclockwise and remove the fixing screws of the
faceplate ( x 6*).
4. Pull out the units using the handles in the circled areas as shown below. Pull out little by little
over the entire surface uniformly throughout.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-140 SM
PCDU
Do not close the drawer unit with the faceplate removed, because there is a risk of
damage to the paper transfer roller unit.
4.11.2 PCDU
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Faceplate ( page 4-140)
2. Unlock the lever [A] and pull out the PCDU [B] from the machine.
3. Place the PCDU [A] on the cradle [B] that was laid down on paper in advance.
SM 4-141 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
When installing the PCDU, ensure that the locking lever is fit in the hole of the
machine frame.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
After installing the faceplate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking
through the holes as shown below. The levers should be straight, as shown above
[A], and not at an angle [B]. However, some force is required to attach the faceplate,
and this could knock the levers out of their horizontal alignment.
D137/D138: After you take the PCDU out of the machine and put it back, or replace
it with a new one, carry out SP3-040-001 to SP3-040-005 (DEMS: Execute).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-142 SM
PCDU
and Adjustment
Replacement
* D137/D138 use TCRU/ORU screws
1. After removing the charge roller unit, place it on a clean, flat surface with the roller
facing up.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-144 SM
PCDU
1. When installing the drum cleaning unit, ensure that it (the front side) is fit into the
grooves of the development unit.
2. After removing the cleaning unit, lubricant and toner streaks [B] remain on the
surface of the OPC drum [A]. This will cause stains on the charge roller. Therefore,
rotate the OPC drum in the direction of the arrow [C] before you install the new drum
and Adjustment
Replacement
cleaning unit.
3. After replacing the cleaning unit, attach the special tools [A] to the OPC drum (these
are shipped with the cleaning unit). With the flange [C], rotate 1-2 times in the
direction of the arrow [D].
SM 4-145 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
Notes on Replacing the Drum Cleaning Unit and Drum Cleaning Blade
Do not replace the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade at the same time as the
following parts.
ITB
ITB Cleaning Unit
ITB Cleaning Blade
ITB Lubricant Bar
ITB Lubricant Blade
After replacing the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade, cleaning initial setting is
performed automatically. On the other hand, after replacing the above five parts, you need to run
SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute) manually before cleaning initial setting runs.
( page 4-174 "Lubrication after replacement"). This is because, if cleaning initial setting runs
automatically before running SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute) manually, the ITB
cleaning blade will be turned up
If you need to replace the above five parts at the same time as replacing the drum cleaning unit
or the drum cleaning blade, use the following procedure.
Clear the counter of the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade.
Replace the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade. (The cleaning initial setting
automatically runs)
Clear the counters of the above five parts
Replace the above five parts
Run SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute) manually
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-146 SM
PCDU
and Adjustment
Replacement
Use the blower brush (D0747690) when applying lubricant powder (zinc stearate) to
the OPC drum.
2. Lay the protective sheet (black) [B] that had been wrapped around the new OPC drum on
the development unit [A].
3. Attach the new OPC drum [A] and remove the protective sheet (black) [B] from the bottom.
SM 4-147 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
1. The surface of a newly replaced drum needs to be lubricated. In the lubrication process
where the drum is manually rotated, the two tools [A] function to fix the shaft so that the
drum rotates precisely on its axis.
2. Attach the tools [A] to the front and rear sides of the drum [B].
3. Make sure the tools are inserted all the way in. Hold the flange [C] and rotate the drum
in the direction toward the development unit [D].
4. The two tools [A] are accessory parts of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-148 SM
PCDU
and Adjustment
Replacement
Remove the following five gears (gear [A]: x 1).
Remove the fixing screw on the rear side and separate into cleaning unit [A] and lubrication
unit [B].
SM 4-149 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
When installing the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit, ensure that the shaft of the
cleaning unit is fit into the hole in the vibration plate [A].
Lubrication Unit
1. Separation of the lubrication unit and cleaning Unit ( page 4-149 "Drum Cleaning Unit
Internal Components")
2. Lubricant blade [A] ( x 2)
When assembling, position the lubricant blade on the earth plate [A] of the
lubrication unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-150 SM
PCDU
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Cover [A] ( x 2)
6. Bearing with the side seal (front) [A], bearing with the side seal (rear) [B] and lubrication
roller [C]
SM 4-151 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
1. When installing a new lubricant bar, a new lubrication roller must be installed.
2. When installing the lubrication roller, ensure that the roller is fit into the groove of the
lubrication unit
7. Remove the side seal (front) [A] and the side seal (rear) [B] from the bearings.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-152 SM
PCDU
Cleaning Unit
Separate the lubrication unit and cleaning unit ( page 4-149 "Drum Cleaning Unit Internal
Components")
Drum cleaning blade [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Remove the side seal (rear) [A] and the side seal (front) [B] from the cleaning unit.
Assembling the Cleaning Unit and Lubrication Unit with New Seals
Replace the cleaning blade, lubrication blade and side seals as a set.
1. Assemble the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit. ( page 4-149 "Drum Cleaning Unit
Internal Components")
2. Clean the area [A] of the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit where the side seals were
attached with alcohol and a cloth.
e.g.: cleaning unit
SM 4-153 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
3. Attach new side seals [A] to both sides of the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit.
Align the edges of the side seal with the edges of the unit and attach them.
Ensure there is no gap between the side seals and the blade [B].
e.g.: cleaning unit
4. After attaching the side seals (x 2 each) on the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit, apply
the lubricant powder (D0159501) (zinc stearate) with a brush on the side seals [A].
e.g. (enlarged): cleaning unit
5. Apply the lubricant powder (D0159501) (zinc stearate) and yellow toner (D0159500) at the
lubrication roller [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-154 SM
PCDU
Use the blower brush (D0747690) when applying lubricant powder (zinc stearate) and
yellow toner in Step 4 and 5.
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-155 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
1. D137/D138: After you take this part out of the machine and put it back, or replace it
with a new one, carry out SP3-040-001 to SP3-040-005 (DEMS: Execute).
Since the development unit and face plates (front [A], rear [B]) are integrated, do not
remove the following screws.
When carrying the developing unit, do not hold the frame [A]. The frame may
become bent or broken if load is applied to it.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-156 SM
Development Unit
When installing the new development unit, attach the color identification seals [A]
that come with the unit to the supply port.
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-157 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
General
Replacing the developer without completely removing old developer causes the machine to
operate in a condition in which the applied toner density value is lower than the actual value. This
happens because the toner density sensor (TD sensor) initialization process (SP3-030-001 to
006), which is performed when replacing the developer, always sets back the toner density
readings to the prescribed standard value 7.0% regardless of the actual toner density, e.g. actual
toner density could be 8% after replacing with fresh developer but the TD sensor is calibrated to
read this as 7%.
Continuous machine operation in this condition and incomplete developer replacement will
eventually cause the actual toner density to become too high and result in toner scattering.
This bulletin announces the procedures on how to remove old developer to prevent toner
scattering, in two parts.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-158 SM
Development Unit
SP No. Color
SP 3-200-001 K
SP 3-200-002 C
SP 3-200-003 M
and Adjustment
Replacement
SP 3-200-004 Y
If the toner density is 7%±0.5, skip the following procedures and go to PART 2.
If the toner density is not 7%±0.5 (7.5% or higher), continue this procedure.
Refer to the table below and determine the print volume according to the toner density
confirmed in the previous step. The actual printing will be done in step 5.
Table2 Print volume based toner density and paper size
12% 110 55
11% 90 45
10% 70 35
9% 45 23
8% 20 10
7.5% 10 5
7% 0 0
Refer to the tables below and change the SP values for toner supply mode and supply rate
to “0” for the dev unit(s) requiring the developer replacement.
Table 3-1 Toner Supply Mode
SP 3-400-001 K 4 0
SM 4-159 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
SP 3-400-002 C 4 0
SP 3-400-003 M 4 0
SP 3-400-004 Y 4 0
The default value “4” supplies toner in DANC (Divided Image Active Noise Control)
mode.
Changed value “0” supplies toner in constant supply mode.
Table 3-2 Toner Supply Rate
SP 3-440-001 K 5 0
SP 3-440-002 C 5 0
SP 3-440-003 M 5 0
SP 3-440-004 Y 5 0
Select test pattern “26” from SP2-109-003 and specify the color in SP2-109-005.
Table 4 Test Pattern Settings
SP No. Settings
SP 2-109-003 26 Solid
Print the test pattern on A4/LT or A3/DLT for the volume determined in step 2.
Check the latest toner density in SP3-200-001 to 004. (Table 1)
Repeat steps 1 to 5 until you achieve the standard toner density 7%±0.5.
Set the SP settings for toner supply mode and supply rate (changed in step 3) back to the
default values; “4” for toner supply mode and “5%” for supply rate.
Make sure to set the toner supply mode and supply rate carry back to default.
Otherwise, image density will appear light.
Continue with the procedures described in “Part 2”.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-160 SM
Development Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
When carrying the developing unit, do not hold the frame. It may become bent or
broken if load is applied to the frame.
Remove the old developer while turning the screw [B] clockwise, using the special tool [A].
When the developer is no longer ejected from the supply port, rotate the development roller
[A] counterclockwise
SM 4-161 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
Repeat until the developer does not come out of the supply port
Tilt the development unit towards the development roller. The developer in the unit is
gathered at the development roller side.
Once again, dump the developer until there is no adhesion around the development roller
[A].
Turn the development roller clockwise, and make sure that there is no adhesion of the roller
around the roller.
If you are in an environment that can use a vacuum cleaner, remove the
development guide plate [A] ( x 2) and remove the developer attached to the roller
with the vacuum cleaner.
If you are in an environment where use of a vacuum cleaner is not possible, make
sure that all old developer is removed from the center of the development roller until
about 1cm from the edge [A]. After filling with new developer and there is more old
developer than this remaining, a development motor lock may occur.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-162 SM
Development Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-163 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
Attach the funnel [A] to the the supply port [B] of the development unit.
Protrusion [A] at the bottom of the funnel is the stopper. Make sure that the
protrusion is inserted securely into the slot at the back side of the supply port [B] of
the development unit.
Enter SP mode and execute SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill). See the table below.
Filling Developer SP
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-164 SM
Development Unit
SP Description
and Adjustment
3-024-008 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: Chosen Color
Replacement
Fill the developer [A] while tapping the funnel. It should finish within 60 seconds. Make sure
that the error message "Failed" does not appear.
Execution time for filling developer is 60 seconds as the default. The time interval for
execution can be adjusted. If more time is needed to empty the developer pack,
increase the time interval with SP3-024-11 (Developer Fill: Exe Drive Time Upper
Limit).
If the filling is not completed in time, see the result code table below.
After the filling completion message is displayed on the touch panel display, enter SP3-025-
001 (Dev Fill OK? From Left:YMCK) to confirm that developer installation succeeded.
You will see a 4-digit number: 1111. Reading from left-to-right each number is a result code
for the Y, M, C, K developer execution with SP3-024-00. Refer to the result code table below.
Result code table for filling developer
SM 4-165 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
0 No execution - - -
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-166 SM
Development Unit
After
execution, When the
TD sensor time expires
No
output was the rest of the Enter SP mode and execute
3 developer
below 1.0V developer is SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
entered
(no less than
and Adjustment
Replacement
developer 150g
present).
If the waste
The used
toner bottle is 1. Replace the waste toner bottle.
Used toner toner bottle
4 full when 2. Enter SP mode and execute
bottle full was
filling the SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
detected full.
developer
If the
development
The
motor is
development Clear the SC325 to SC328.
Development locked
5 motor was Enter SP mode and execute
motor lock (SC325 to
not SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
SC328) when
operating.
filling the
developer
One or both
One or both
motors
motors
locked: Used
locked:
Used toner Toner Clear the SC 486/SC488.
Used Toner
6 transport Transport Enter SP mode and execute
Transport
lock Motor, Used SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
Motor, Used
Toner Bottle
Toner Bottle
Motor. (SC
Motor.
486/SC488)
SM 4-167 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
By-pass tray
cover
opened,
waste toner
When the
front cover Deal with this in the following order.
situation on
opened, the 1. Enter SP mode and execute
the left
9 Forced abort machine SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
happend
was 2. If the result code is not "1",
when filling
powered off, replace the developer.
the developer
or some
other event
interrupted
execution.
After turning on the main power switch, initialization for the TD sensor and process
control automatically starts.
Confirm the initialization results for the TD sensor (SP3-031-00x (Init TD Sensor: Exe
Execute)). If the initialization is successful, the result shows “1111”.
If "1111" is not displayed, solve along the steps that are described in the
troubleshooting.
Confirm the initialization results for the process control (SP3-012-001 (ProCon OK?
History:Latest)). If the initialization is successful, the result shows “11111111”.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-168 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Pull the drawer unit. Then pull the ITB Unit [A] out to detach it.
Make sure that the image transfer rollers do not contact the transfer belt when you
remove the ITB unit. You can check it with the lever shown in the picture below. The
lever indicates either “HP” or “O” depending on the state of the image transfer
rollers.
HP: Image transfer rollers contact the ITB.
O: Imager transfer rollers do not contact the ITB.
SM 4-169 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
1. When you remove or install the ITB unit, be sure not to let the transfer belt touch the
drawer unit.
2. Be sure to place the ITB unit on a flat surface.
3. Execute SP2924-004 after you remove and re-install the ITB unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-170 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Stay [A] on the right side. ( x3)
SM 4-171 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
9. Hold the frames [A] of the encoder roller and pull them towards you.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-172 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Be sure to install the new transfer belt with the number at the rear of the machine
(the lower side in the picture below).
2. Be sure to attach the new transfer belt without slackness.
After the replacement, some procedures need to be done. See “Lubrication after
replacement” described below.
SM 4-173 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
1.
The automatic adjustment will not be performed when the machine is turned ON,
since the drawer unit is pulled out/opened.
9. Enter the SP mode and choose SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute).
10. Push [Execute] on the operation panel and then push the drawer unit into the
machine.
When the drawer unit is pushed into the machine, lubrication starts automatically.
This operation takes about 3 minutes to complete.
11. Turn the machine off when the lubrication finishes (the machine’s activity stops).
12. Withdraw the drawer unit and rotate the blade release lever in order to make the
cleaning blade contact the ITB.
13. Re-install the belt cleaning fan. ( x1)
14. Push the drawer unit into the machine.
15. Turn the machine on.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-174 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-175 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
3. Detach the PTR separation sensor [A] from the bracket [A]. (Hook, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-176 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Be sure to re-rotate the cam and drop the image transfer roller down after the
replacement.
3. ITB Lift (YMC) Sensor ( x1, Hook)
SM 4-177 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
1. Be sure to re-rotate the cam and drop the image transfer roller down after the
replacement.
3. “ x1” that fixes the image transfer roller (K) [A]
4. Slide the image transfer roller (K) [A] towards you and remove it.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-178 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Be sure to re-rotate the cam and drop the image transfer roller down after the
replacement.
3. “ x1” that fixes the image transfer roller (C) [A]
4. Slide the image transfer roller (C) [A] to the rear side and remove it.
SM 4-179 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
5. Remove the image transfer roller (M), (Y) as in the previous step.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-180 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
Harness Guide [A] and Bracket [B] ( x5, Grounding Plate x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Re-attach the drawer bracket [A] ( x3)
Be sure not to pinch the harness when you re-attach the drawer bracket.
Loosen the motor bracket [A] ( x2, Spring x1). Then remove the belt [B].
SM 4-181 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
Drop the ITB bias roller [A] down and remove the parallel pin [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-182 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
Pull the ITB bias roller [A] upward and release its lower end to remove it.
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Each side cam of the ITB bias roller must be attached in the correct direction. Re-
attach these cams, directing each cam’s widest part inward.
SM 4-183 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-184 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. TDRB [A] ( x4, all)
SM 4-185 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
Disconnect the white connector and push the red connector into the back of the ITB
frame.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-186 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Separate the bracket [A] and the PTR separation motor [B] ( x2, x1)
SM 4-187 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-188 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Housing [A] ( x4)
Do not remove only the housing [A]. Remove it [A] with the gear.
4. Detach the ITB drive shaft gear [A] from the housing
SM 4-189 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit
1. Be sure to handle the gear carefully not to break the encoder [A].
2. To prevent breaking the encoder [A] when you install the ITB drive shaft gear,
remove the ITB drive shaft encoder sensor from the housing first. Then install the
ITB drive shaft gear.
5. Disconnect the harness from the housing to detach the ITB drive shaft encoder
sensor [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-190 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-191 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-192 SM
ITB Cleaning Unit
ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant brush and ITB lubricant bar must be replaced together
as a set.
1. ITB Cleaning Unit (page 4-192 "ITB Cleaning Unit")
2. ITB Cleaning Blade [A] ( x2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Be sure to use a brush to apply yellow toner (D0149500) evenly on the lined faces
of the new ITB blade before the installment as shown below.
2. Use the blower brush (D0747690) when applying yellow toner to the new ITB blade.
SM 4-193 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant brush and ITB lubricant bar must be replaced together
as a set.
1. ITB Cleaning Unit (page 4-192 "ITB Cleaning Unit")
2. Rotate the lock lever [A] in the arrowed direction as shown below.
4. Snap ring [A] x1, Gear x1 [B], Belt x1 [C], Bearing [D]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-194 SM
ITB Cleaning Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.14.4 ITB LUBRICANT BAR
1. ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant brush and ITB lubricant bar must be replaced together
as a set.
ITB Lubricant Brush (page 4-194 "ITB Lubricant Brush")
Detach the ITB lubricant bar [A] from the ITB cleaning unit.
SM 4-195 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-196 SM
ITB Cleaning Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Lock lever [A] ( x1)
4. Snap ring [A] x2, Gear x2 [B], Belt x1 [C], [D] x1, Gear [E] x1, Bearing [F] x1
SM 4-197 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
8. Install the new cleaning brush roller and then use a brush to apply zinc stearate
(D0149501) and yellow toner (D0149500) in a 40 ~ 50 mm area (shown below) of the
installed cleaning brush roller.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-198 SM
ITB Cleaning Unit
1. Use the blower brush (D0747690) when applying zinc stearate and yellow toner to
and Adjustment
Replacement
the cleaning brush roller.
SM 4-199 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-200 SM
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
When mounting the motor block, screw the motor in first. Then, assemble links [A],
[B] and [C] as shown below. There is also a diagram embossed on the motor cover
to help you to install the links correctly.
Lock shaft (Cut surface to the upper left) [A]
Link (Long hole to the right) [B]
and Adjustment
Paper transfer roller shaft (Cut surface to the lower side) [C]
Replacement
7. “Shoulder x2” on both sides of the paper transfer unit [A]
SM 4-201 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-202 SM
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-203 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
B : HEXAGONAL
A : SCREW:M3X6
BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-204 SM
Fusing Unit
E : HEXAGONAL BOLT:DOUBLE
F : STEPPED SCREW:DIA5:M3X3.8
SCREW:M3X10
and Adjustment
Replacement
I : TAPPING SCREW:3X10 J : SCREW:GUIDE PLATE:ADF
SM 4-205 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
K : SCREW:M3X4 L : SCREW:CLAMP:FRONT
M : TCRU/ORU SCREW M3
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-206 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Open the inner cover [A] (D x1)
SM 4-207 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Raise the lever [A] to lift the inner guide plate [B] up.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-208 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.16.4 FUSING UNIT COVER
2. Fusing Rear Inner Cover [B] and Fusing Rear Cover [A]. (B x4)
SM 4-209 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-210 SM
Fusing Unit
1. Two types of screws are used to fasten the fusing upper cover. Refer to the diagram
below to check each screw location.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. In the diagram below, [A]:G ( EXAGON HEAD BOLT WITH WASHER:M3X6),
[B]:C (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8)
SM 4-211 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Separation Unit
Fusing Unit (page 4-207 "Removing the Fusing Unit")
Stoppers [B], [C] on Fusing Upper Cover [A] (M ×2)
Separation Unit [A] (slide pins [B] [C] on both sides as shown below)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-212 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-213 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
In Pro C5100S/Pro C5110, you also need to remove “A x1” shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-214 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Only [A] is B (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8). The others are A
(SCREW:M3X6) in the picture below.
In Pro C5100S/Pro C5110, you also need to remove “A x2” and the couplings [A], [B] shown
below.
1. When re-attaching the harness cover, hook one of the harnesses on the tab (circled
SM 4-215 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
A x2
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-216 SM
Fusing Unit
F x2
and Adjustment
Replacement
Disconnect the drawer connector [A] and [B].
SM 4-217 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Raise the fusing cleaning web unit [A] as shown below to make it upright, and then
remove it.
The frame on the right side of the fusing cleaning web unit has a C-cut hole as
shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-218 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.16.8 FUSING CLEANING WEB (D137/D138 ONLY)
1. Fusing Cleaning Web Unit (page 4-218 "Fusing Cleaning Web Unit (D137/D138 Only)")
2. Cover [A] (B x1, C x1)
See the picture below to make sure which screw is used in which location.
[A]: C (STEPPED SCREW:M3), [B]: B (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8)
7. Bearing [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-220 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
9. Gear [A] (loosen Hexagonal Socket x1)
SM 4-221 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-222 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Raise the finger grips of the fusing belt smoothing roller [A] to hold them, and then
slide and remove the fusing belt smoothing roller [A].
Do not touch the side cams [B] [C] of the fusing belt smoothing roller [A]. The rim of
the cams is greased.
SM 4-223 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-224 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. “H x1”, “I x2”, Bracket [A] on the rear side, and Connector [B]
4. Separate the fusing unit into the upper part and the lower part.
SM 4-225 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-226 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Gear [A]
SM 4-227 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-228 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Bracket [A] on the front side, and Grounding Plate [B] (A x2, K x1)
1. See the picture below to make sure which screw is used in which location.
2. [A]:K (SCREW:M3X4), Others: A (SCREW:M3X6)
Bracket [A], [B] (L [C] x1, J [D] x1 , A x3, C-ring [E] x1)
SM 4-229 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Detach the fusing belt unit from both side-frames. (Bearings [A], [B])
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-230 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Detach the hot roller [A] and the heating roller [B] from the fusing belt [C].
1. When you detach the rollers and the belt from the frame, hold the ends of the hot
roller shaft to lift it. Then move it above the heating roller to detach the whole thing
(hot/heating rollers and fusing belt).
SM 4-231 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
1. See the picture below to make sure which screw is used in which location.
2. [A]:B (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8), Others: C (STEPPED
SCREW:M3)
3. Release the springs on both sides of the pressure roller stripper plate [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-232 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Raise and make the pressure roller stripper plate [A] upright to remove it.
1. The frame of the pressure roller stripper plate has C-cut holes.
SM 4-233 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
1. In the procedure pictures below, the fusing unit is separated. But you need only to
remove the fusing unit plate to remove or install the fusing lamp.
1. Fusing Front Cover (page 4-209 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Harness Guide [A] (B x1)
4. [A] x1
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-234 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-235 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Detach the pressure roller fixing plates [A], [B] from the lower part. (A x3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-236 SM
Fusing Unit
Pressure Roller Fixing Plates [A], [B] (C-ring [C] x1, Bearing [D] x2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. When re-installing the bearings on the pressure roller, pay attention to the direction
of the bearings [A] (the brimmed part comes to the outside) as shown below
(Diagram 1).
2. When re-installing the pressure roller on the fusing unit frame, be sure to make the
brimmed parts [A] of the bearings come to the outside of the frame [B] as shown
below (Diagram 2).
Diagram 1
SM 4-237 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Diagram 2
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-238 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Thermistor (Fusing Belt) [A] (E x1, x1)
SM 4-239 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-240 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Heating Roller Rotation Sensor [A] (Hook, x1)
SM 4-241 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4. Detach the fusing pressure roller sensor (rear) [A] from the bracket. (Hook, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-242 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
3. Bracket [A] with Pressure Roller Sensor (Front) (A x1)
Replacement
4. Detach the pressure roller sensor (front) from the bracket. (Hook, x1)
SM 4-243 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-244 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Bracket [A] (A x6)
SM 4-245 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
1. The left side screw is G ( HEXAGON HEAD BOLT WITH WASHER:M3X6), the
right side screw is C ( STEPPED SCREW:M3) in the picture above.
4. Themostat (Pressure Roller) [A] (B x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-246 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
3. Detach the fusing paper feed sensor [A] from the bracket [B]. ( x1)
Replacement
SM 4-247 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-248 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-249 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transport Belt Unit
2. Remove the springs and connector from the paper transport belt unit [A] (spring x 2, x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-250 SM
Paper Transport Belt Unit
and Adjustment
4.17.3 PTB FANS
Replacement
1. Paper transport belt unit ( page 4-250)
2. Disconnect the connectors of the PTB fans ( x 1 each).
3. After sliding the paper transport belts [A] to the left or right, remove the PTB fans [B] ( x2
each).
SM 4-251 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transport Belt Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-252 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Push the right tandem tray [A] into the machine.
3. Remove the left tandem tray [A] (M3 x 8; x 2 on the left side, M3 x 10; x 3 on the right
side).
SM 4-253 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
4. Remove the front cover [A] from the left tandem tray ( x 2).
5. Pull out the right tandem tray [A] and remove the screws (TCRU/ORU x2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-254 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Right side of the tray [A] (TCRU/ORU x 2)
4. Open the door of the vertical feed path and remove the separation roller [A] ( x 1).
SM 4-255 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-256 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
8. Relay cover [A] ( x 2, x1)
SM 4-257 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
10. Pull out the left side of the paper feed unit for tray 1 [A], and then remove it. ( x 2, x1)
(Remove the bracket [B] in order to remove the paper feed unit for tray 1 easily ( x 2))
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-258 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Side fence [A] ( x 1)
3. Cover [A] ( x 1)
4. Rear Fence Home Position Sensor [A] / Left Tray Paper Sensor [B] ( x 1 each, x1
each)
SM 4-259 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
Turn the bracket and remove the rear fence return sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-260 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Vertical transport unit [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-261 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
10. 5 sensors [A] along with the bracket, located inside the rear face of the machine ( x 3, x
1 each (front x 4, back x 1), x 2 each).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-262 SM
Tandem Tray
11. Paper height sensors 1, 2, 3 [A], tray down sensor [B] and right tray set sensor [C]
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.18.7 REAR END FENCE CLOSED SENSOR
1. Right lower cover of the machine exterior ( page 4-13)
2. Pull out paper trays 1 and 2.
3. Right side of paper tray 1 [A] (TCRU/ORU x 2)
SM 4-263 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-264 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
10. Rear End Fence Closed Sensor [A], located inside of the rear face of the machine ( x 1)
SM 4-265 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-266 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Left tray lock solenoid [A] ( x 2, spring x 1)
SM 4-267 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-268 SM
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-269 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-270 SM
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Paper guide plate [A] (snap-fit x 1)
SM 4-271 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-272 SM
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.19.7 PAPER TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / PAPER END
SENSOR
1. Paper feed unit ( page 4-271)
2. Paper tray upper limit sensor [A] and paper end sensor [B] ( x 1 each, x 1 each)
1. When removing the paper end sensor, remove the hook from the opposite side of
the photo above.
SM 4-273 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-274 SM
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Pull out the paper trays from the front side of the machine and remove the two paper size
sensors [A].
SM 4-275 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
3. Pull out the paper trays from the front side of the machine and remove the two paper tray set
sensors [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-276 SM
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. This work must be done while the paper tray is pulled out.
5. Paper tray lift motor [A] ( x 3, x 1 each)
e.g.: for paper tray 2
SM 4-277 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
3. Remove the fixing screws of the bracket for the upper tray heater [A] ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-278 SM
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Connector cover [A] ( x 1)
Lower tray heater [B] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 4).
SM 4-279 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-280 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B] downward ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. LCT cover [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-281 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
2. Remove the right arm [A] and separate the paper feed unit and bottom plate of the by-pass
tray unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-282 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. By-pass pick-up roller [A] (hook x 1)
3. Open the by-pass tray unit [A] and remove the paper feed unit cover [B] ( x 1).
SM 4-283 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
5. By-pass separation roller [A] from the back of the by-pass tray unit ( x 1)
3. By-pass tray paper end sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-284 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. By-pass paper width sensor [A] (hook x 3, x 1)
SM 4-285 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-286 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
3. Fixing screws of the by-pass tray lift motor block [A] ( x 3)
Replacement
4. Stay [A] (including the shaft) for lifting the bottom plate ( x 1, x 2)
SM 4-287 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
1. When reinstalling the motor, press the spring [B] to rotate the gear. It is easy to
insert the shaft [A] for lifting the bottom plate.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-288 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Remove the fixing screws (x 7) and joints (x 2) of the by-pass paper feed unit [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-289 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-290 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.20.10 BY-PASS TRAY SET SENSOR
1. Separate the paper feed unit and bottom plate of the by-pass tray unit. ( page 4-281 "By-
pass Tray Unit Removal")
2. By-pass tray set sensor [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-291 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-292 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B] downward ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
LCT cover [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-293 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
2. Remove the left arm [A] and right arm [B], and then separate the paper feed unit and bottom
plate of the by-pass tray unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-294 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Turn over the by-pass tray [A], then disconnect the connectors and clamps of the by-pass
paper width sensor [B] / by-pass paper length sensor [C].
SM 4-295 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
Open the by-pass tray unit [A] and remove the paper feed unit cover [B] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-296 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
By-pass separation roller [A] from the back of the by-pass tray unit ( x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.21.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR
Open the by-pass tray [A].
Open the by-pass tray unit [A] and remove the paper feed unit cover [B] ( x 1)
SM 4-297 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
2. Remove the bottom plate [A] of the by-pass tray and turn it over ( x 5).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-298 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
2. Remove the bottom plate [A] of the by-pass tray and turn it over ( x 5).
Replacement
3. By-pass paper length sensor [A] ( x 1, hooks)
SM 4-299 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
3. Remove the connectors and clamps, then take out the paper feed unit [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-300 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Bracket [A] for the by-pass paper feed unit (by-pass pick-up roller, by-pass feed roller, spring
x 1)
SM 4-301 D135/D136/D137/D138
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-302 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D135/D136)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-303 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Relay and Registration Section
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-304 SM
Paper Relay and Registration Section
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. When installing the motor, attach the timing belt.
SM 4-305 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Relay and Registration Section
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-306 SM
Paper Relay and Registration Section
1. When installing, the positioning pin [A] must be within the hole in the relay unit.
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Remove the relay unit [A] by sliding it to the left ( x 1, x 1).
SM 4-307 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Relay and Registration Section
3. Bracket [A] ( x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-308 SM
Paper Relay and Registration Section
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Paper type sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
SM 4-309 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Relay and Registration Section
2. Cover [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-310 SM
Paper Relay and Registration Section
3. Bracket [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Turn over the bracket and remove the by-pass tray paper type sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1).
SM 4-311 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
4. Cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
8. Motor assembly [A] along with the bracket ( x 4, x 3, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-313 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-314 SM
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-315 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-316 SM
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Roller [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-317 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-318 SM
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-319 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-320 SM
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Inverter junction gate motor [A] along with the bracket (gear x 2, x 3)
SM 4-321 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-322 SM
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-323 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-324 SM
Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.24.2 DUPLEX INVERT SOLENOID
Paper purge unit ( page 4-335)
Remove the springs of the duplex invert solenoid [A] (spring x 2).
Make sure to use M3x4 screws to fasten the duplex inverter solenoid [A]. If longer
screws are used, they may touch and damage the solenoid.
SM 4-325 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-326 SM
Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Duplex unit sensor 4 [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-327 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
4. Open the horizontal feed guide plate [A] and remove the cover [B] ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-328 SM
Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.24.11 ROLLER HP SENSOR 2
1. Paper transport belt unit ( page 4-250)
2. Paper transfer roller unit ( page 4-200)
3. Roller HP sensor 2 [A] ( x 1, x 1)
1. Roller HP sensor 2 and sensor shift HP switch are in close proximity. When you connect
a harness to the roller HP sensor 2 or sensor shift HP switch after the replacement, be
careful not to connect the harness to an incorrect sensor. If you connect the harness to
an incorrect sensor, SC515-02 occurs when duplex copying. The SC does not occur
when turning on the machine or when making one-sided copies.
SM 4-329 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
1. When installing the motor, attach the timing belt at the edge detection unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-330 SM
Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Edge detection unit [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-331 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
Roller HP sensor 2 and sensor shift HP switch are in close proximity. When you connect
a harness to the roller HP sensor 2 or sensor shift HP switch after the replacement, be
careful not to connect the harness to an incorrect sensor. If you connect the harness to
an incorrect sensor, SC515-02 occurs when duplex copying. The SC does not occur
when turning on the machine or when making one-sided copies.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-332 SM
Duplex Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Disconnect the connectors and clamps at the roller shift motor 1 [A] / roller shift motor 2 [B].
Open the horizontal feed guide plate [A] and remove the cover [B] ( x 2).
Roller shift motor 1 [A] / Roller shift motor 2 [B] ( x 2 each, timing belt x 1 each)
SM 4-333 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-334 SM
Paper Purge Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Open the guide plate [A] and remove it upward ( x 1).
Remove the fixing screw of the paper purge unit [A] ( x 1).
SM 4-335 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-336 SM
Paper Purge Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Remove the fixing screws of the upper inner cover [A] ( x 3).
Pull out the drawer unit [A] and remove the upper inner cover [B] (hook x 1).
SM 4-337 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-338 SM
Paper Purge Unit
3. Pull out the drawer unit and remove the duplex inverter motor unit [A] ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Duplex inverter motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, belt x 1).
SM 4-339 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
Turn the bracket and remove the purged paper sensor [A] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-340 SM
Paper Purge Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Lower guide plate LED
Purge door [A] (pin x 2)
SM 4-341 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-342 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
4.26.1 LAYOUT
To replace the electrical components on the back of the machine, first remove the outer cover.
and Adjustment
Replacement
( page 4-18 "Rear Cover")
SM 4-343 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-344 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Controller board [A] ( x 7, x 4)
There are two types of controller boards, one for D138/D136 and one for
D137/D135. Because there are different part numbers on these two controller
boards, when replacing, check the parts catalog to make sure that you install the
correct type. If you install the wrong board, the machine will not work.
occurs.
Install NVRAM (2M-1) in the socket that has "FRAM-1" [C] printed next to it on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [E] on NVRAM (2M-1) is facing the direction of the arrow
[G] that is printed on the controller board.
Install NVRAM (2M-2) in the socket that has "FRAM-2" [D] printed next to it on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [F] on NVRAM (2M-2) is facing the direction of the arrow
[H] that is printed on the controller board.
Note that if you install incorrectly, both the controller board and NVRAMs will be damaged.
When replacing the controller board, first, check which ESA applications have been installed.
After replacing the controller board, re-install the ESA applications by following the
installation instructions for each application.
After reinstalling the ESA applications, print the SMC (SP-5-990-024/025 (SMC:
SDK/Application Info)). Then open the tandem tray [A] and remove the paper cassette decal
[B]. Store the SMC sheet [C] and the SD card(s) [D] that was used to install the ESA
application(s).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-346 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
1. Never remove an HDD unit from the work site without the consent of the client.
2. The two disks are always replaced together as a unit. Never attempt to replace a single
disk.
Controller box cover [A] ( x 4)
and Adjustment
Replacement
HDD unit ( x 3, x 3)
Make sure the cables are correctly connected on the controller board.
Red cable: Upper socket
Black cable: Lower socket
If the connections are reversed, the machine will issue an error at startup. If it
occurs just reconnect the HDD correctly and start again. The HDD will not be
damaged by such an incorrect startup.
SM 4-347 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
Reinstallation
Explain to the customer that the following information stored on the HDD is lost when the
HDD isreplaced: document server documents, fixed stamps, document server address book
The address book and document server documents (if needed) must be input again.
If the customer is using the Data Overwrite Security, the Data Encryption feature or OCR
Scanned PDF, these applicationsmust be installed again.
4.26.4 BCU
Controller box cover [A] ( x 4)
BCU [A] ( x 2)
BCU procured as a service part does not contain the NVRAM (EEPROM) [A].
When installing a new BCU procured as a service part, make sure to remove the
NVRAM from the old BCU and install it on the new BCU.
Install so that the indentation [B] on the NVRAM corresponds with the mark [C]
printed on the BCU. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the BCU
and NVRAM.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-348 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
If you forget to install the NVRAM on the new BCU, the machine will not activate
and remain in "Please wait" status even with the main power switch turned on.
Turn on the main power switch and register the machine serial number onto the new BCU by
entering the machine serial number in SP5-811-004 (Machine Serial / Set: BCU).
and Adjustment
Inputting a wrong serial number will cause the machine to display SC995-001 (CPM
Replacement
set error).
Select the paper size system in SP5-131-001.
0: DOM (Japan)
1: NA
2: EU
Specify the area code in SP5-807-001.
1: DOM (Japan)
2: NA
3: EU
4: TWN
5: AA
6: CHN
Setting the wrong area code will cause the machine to display SC995-04 (CPM set
error).
SM 4-349 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
1. Make sure to note the following SP settings as they will not be automatically
uploaded to the SD card. These settings will be input manually in Step 16.
SP5-193-001 (External Controller Info. Setting)
0: No external controller, 1: EFI controller
SP5-895-001 (Application invalidation / Printer )
0: valid, 1: invalid
SP5-895-002 (Application invalidation / Scanner )
0: valid, 1: invalid
SP5-985-001 (Device Setting / On Board NIC )
0: invalid, 1: valid
SP5-985-002 (Device Setting / On Board USB )
0: invalid, 1:valid
Turn off the main power switch, and then unplug the AC power cord.
Remove the SD card containing the NVRAM data from slot #2.
Insert another blank SD card into slot #2, plug the AC power cord, and then turn on the main
power switch.
Upload the Address Book Data to the blank SD card in SP5-846-051 (UCS Setting / Back Up
All Addr Book).
Procedure for D135/D136 (Office model) only
If the Fax Option is installed on the machine, do the following:
Print out the "Box Setting List". (User Tools -> Facsimile Features -> General Settings ->
Box Setting: Print List)
Print out the "Program Special Sender List". (User Tools -> Facsimile Features ->
Reception Settings -> Program Special Sender: Print List)
Take note of the settings in "User Tools -> Facsimile Features -> Reception Settings".
Take note of the settings in "User Tools -> Facsimile Features -> Send Settings".
Turn off the main power switch, and then unplug the AC power cord.
Remove the SD card containing the Address Book Data from slot #2.
Replace the two NVRAMs on the Controller Board with the new ones.
There are two NVRAMs on the controller board as mentioned in page 4-345. Make sure
to replace the two NVRAMs as a set.
NVRAMs [A] and [B] installed on the Controller Board at the factory are labeled "2M-1"
and "2M-2" respectively. NVRAMs procured as service parts are labeled
"FRAM1/D138E" and "FRAM2/D138E".
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-350 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
Install NVRAM "FRAM1/D138E" in the socket printed "FRAM-1" [C] on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [E] on the NVRAM faces toward the direction
indicated with the arrow [G] printed on the controller board.
Install NVRAM "FRAM2/D138E" in the socket printed "FRAM-2" [D] on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [E] on the NVRAM faces toward the direction
indicated with the arrow [H] printed on the controller board.
Work carefully to avoid mistake when installing the NVRAM. Incorrect installation will
and Adjustment
damage both the NVRAM and controller board.
Replacement
Plug in the AC power cord, and then turn ON the main power switch.
1. DO NOT insert the SD card containing the NVRAM data that you removed in Step 7
before turning on the main switch.
2. SC995-02 (Defective NVRAM) will appear when powering on the main power
switch, but ignore this SC. DO NOT turn off the main power switch. Continue with
this procedure.
Re-insert the SD card containing the NVRAM data that you removed in Step 7 back into slot
#2.
Download the old NVRAM data from the SD card onto the new NVRAM in SP5-825-001
(NVRAM Data Download).
SM 4-351 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
1. After the download completes, message "Completed. You have to reboot." will
appear, but ignore this message and press the “Exit” button. DO NOT reboot at this
moment.
2. SC870-11 (Address Book Data Error) will appear in the banner, but DO NOT turn off
the main power switch. Continue with this procedure.
Input the following SP settings according to the notes took in Step 5.
1. SP5-193-001 (External Controller Info. Setting)
2. SP5-895-001 (Application invalidation / Printer)
3. SP5-895-002 (Application invalidation / Scanner)
4. SP5-985-001 (Device Setting / On Board NIC)
5. SP5-985-002 (Device Setting / On Board USB)
Message "Completed. You have to reboot." will appear after inputting each of the above SP
settings, but ignore this message and press the “Exit” button. DO NOT reboot at this
moment.
Turn off the main power switch. This will take about 3 minutes. Wait until the machine power
is turned off completely, and then remove the SD card from slot #2.
Turn on the main power switch.
Insert the SD card containing the Address Book Data removed in Step 11 into slot #2.
Execute SP5-846-052 (UCS Setting / Restore All Addr Book) to download the Address Book
Data on to the new NVRAM.
1. The total counter value is reset to “0” when the NVRAM is replaced.
Do the self-check Process Control.
Do ACC for the copier application program.
Do ACC for the printer application program.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-352 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
1: NA
2: EU
9. Specify the area code in SP5-807-001.
1: DOM (JAPAN)
2: NA
3: EU
4: TWN
5: AA
6: CHN
Setting the wrong area code will cause the system to display SC995-04(CPM Set Error).
10. Input the machine serial number according to the procedure instructed by your supervisor.
1. Inputting an incorrect serial number will cause the system to display SC195-00
(Serial Number Set Error).
11. Turn the main power switch off and on.
12. Copy the data from the SD card to the NVRAM (SP5-825-001).
13. Turn off the main power switch, and then remove the SD card from SD card slot #2.
14. Turn on the main power switch.
15. Specify the SP and UP mode settings, if necessary.
16. Do the self-check Process Control.
17. Do ACC for the copier application program.
18. Do ACC for the printer application program.
1. If the message “SD card for restoration is required.” appears after the NVRAM
replacement, restore the encryption key.
SM 4-353 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
4.26.6 IPU
1. Controller box cover [A] ( x 4)
2. IPU_Sub [A] ( x 3)
3. IPU_Main [A] ( x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-354 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
4.26.7 IOB
1. Remove the retaining bracket [A] of the controller box which is located at the rear of the
machine ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. IOB [A] ( x 2, all s)
SM 4-355 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
4.26.8 PFB
1. PFB [A] ( x 6, all s)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-356 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
4.26.9 IH INVERTER
1. IH inverter [A] ( x 9, all s)
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. AC drive board [A] ( x 8, all s)
SM 4-357 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
2. Install the jumper harness and the connector on the new AC drive board.
D135 for EU/AP/CHN
Remove the the jumper harness [B] at CN405 on the old AC drive board [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-358 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
When removing the motors and sensors that are behind the PSU1/PSU2
Disconnect all connectors on the PSU1/PSU2.
Remove the upper stays (right and left) [A] ( x 4).
Remove the fixing screws of the PTR fusing exhaust fan [A] ( x 3).
SM 4-359 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
Remove the PSU1/PSU2 [A] along with the bracket (upper side: x 2, lower side: x 7).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-360 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Harness guide [A] and the connectors of the potential sensor board ( x 2, x 3).
SM 4-361 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit
2. Remove the combined high-voltage power supply board (MY) [A] by sliding it upwards ( x
5, x 3).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-362 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.26.15 AC DRIVE BOARD RELAY (D137/D138 ONLY)
AC drive board relay [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-363 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-364 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
9 1st Paper Feed Motor page 4-383 Located behind the IOB
SM 4-365 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
3 2nd Paper Feed Motor page 4-385 Located behind the PFB
4 3rd Paper Feed Motor page 4-385 Located behind the PFB
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-366 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
SM 4-367 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-368 SM
Motors and Sensors
1. Insert a sheet of paper as shown below when removing the drum motor in Step 6.
and Adjustment
2. This will prevent the grease coated to the tip of the drum shaft from contacting the ITB
Replacement
unit.
SM 4-369 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Remove the retaining bracket [A] of the controller box which is located at the rear of the
machine ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-370 SM
Motors and Sensors
1. The following four screws located on the outside of the bracket were positioned on
the bracket with a special jig. Do not loosen or remove these screws. If their position
is shifted, the drum shaft will become eccentric, and this may cause abnormal
images.
and Adjustment
Replacement
Drum motor [A] ( x 1).
SM 4-371 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
In the Pro version, there is a HP sensor and feeler mechanism on the drum motor. If
you forget the feeler, the machine does not work, an SC (SC421-01(K) / SC421-
02(C) / SC421-03(M) / SC421-04(Y)) occurs.
Drum encoder sensor [A] ( x 1, rivet x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-372 SM
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board
Slide the drive exhaust fan [A] upward along with the duct ( x 3, x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
Potential sensor board along with the bracket ( x 4)
SM 4-373 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-374 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
Vertical transport LED [B] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1).
e.g.: K
SM 4-375 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board
Slide the drive exhaust fan [A] upward along with the duct ( x 3, x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-376 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
Development motor [A] ( x 4, x 1).
e.g.: K
1. Do not loosen or remove screws [A], [B] and [C] in the photograph below. These
screws are positioned with a special jig. Loosening the screws will affect the driving
of the development unit and leads to the occurrence of an abnormal image.
SM 4-377 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board
Slide the drive exhaust fan [A] upward along with the duct ( x 3, x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-378 SM
Motors and Sensors
1. Access to the development motor (M) [A] and development motor (Y) [B] is possible.
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.27.6 DEVELOPMENT ROLLER HP SENSOR (KCMY)
Drum motor ( page 4-369)
Development Roller HP Sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-379 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-380 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
IOB along with the bracket, located on the back side of the machine ( page 4-356 "When
Replacement
removing the motors that are behind the IOB")
PTR motor [A] ( x4, x 1, x 1)
SM 4-381 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
1. When installing the PTR encoder sensor, put the sensor [A] on the cover [B] and
fasten the sensor with rivets.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-382 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
1st paper feed motor [A] and 1st transport motor [B] ( x 2 each)
SM 4-383 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-384 SM
Motors and Sensors
2nd Paper Feed Motor/2nd Transport Motor, 3rd Paper Feed Motor/3rd
Transport Motor
1. PFB along with the bracket, located on the back side of the machine ( page 4-356 "When
removing the motors that are behind the PFB")
2nd paper feed motor/2nd transport motor [A] and 3rd paper feed motor/3rd transport motor
[B] are attached to one bracket.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Paper feed motors and transport motors (x 4) [A] along with the bracket ( x 4, x 1 each)
3. 2nd transport motor [A], 2nd paper feed motor [B], 3rd transport motor [C] and 3rd paper
feed motor [D] ( x 2 each)
SM 4-385 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-386 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Open the controller box [A] ( x 2).
3. PTR fusing exhaust fan and the grounding plate [A] along with the duct
D137/D138: x 6, x 2, x6
SM 4-387 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136: x 6, x 1, x5
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-388 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. PTR fusing exhaust fan and the grounding plate [A] along with the duct
D137/D138: x 6, x 2, x6
D135/D136: x 6, x 1, x5
SM 4-389 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
1. For D137/D138, in order to remove the fusing drive motor along with the bracket,
you must remove the bracket of the fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor. (
page 4-391 "Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the
Bracket")
5. Waste toner collection motor [A] ( x 3, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-390 SM
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor [A] ( x 4, x 1)
2. The bracket [A] of the fusing belt release roller drive motor ( x 3).
SM 4-391 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-392 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
PTR fusing exhaust fan and the grounding plate [A] along with the duct
D137/D138: x 6, x 2, x6
D135/D136: x 6, x 1, x5
SM 4-393 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
1. For D137/D138, in order to remove the fusing release motor, you must remove the
bracket of the fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor. ( page 4-395 "Removing
the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket")
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-394 SM
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket
1. Fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor [A] ( x 4, x 1)
2. The bracket [A] of the fusing belt release roller drive motor ( x 3).
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Access to the fusing release motor is possible.
SM 4-395 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
3. PTR fusing exhaust fan and the grounding plate [A] along with the duct ( x 6, x 2, x
6)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-396 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Fusing belt release roller contact motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 5, x 1)
SM 4-397 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-398 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
Main Machine (Front)
SM 4-399 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
Drawer (Inside)
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-400 SM
Fans and Filters
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
and Adjustment
Replacement
21 ITB Cleaning Intake Fan page 4-417
SM 4-401 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-402 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-403 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-404 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Disconnect the left clamp to remove the development exhaust fan (right) [A] ( x 1).
4. Development exhaust fans (Right / Left) [A] along with the duct ( x 2 each)
e.g.: Development exhaust fan (right)
SM 4-405 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
5. Remove the hooks and take out the development exhaust fans (right / left) [A]
e.g.: Development exhaust fan (right)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-406 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.28.7 DRIVE EXHAUST FAN
1. Rear middle cover ( page 4-18)
2. Drive exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
SM 4-407 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
5. Remove the PTR fusing exhaust fan [A] and the grounding plate along with the duct ( x 6,
x 2, x 6).
6. Fusing pressure roller exhaust fan [A] along with the duct ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-408 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-409 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
5. Remove the hooks and take out the heat pipe panel exhaust fan [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-410 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Stay [A] ( x 1)
6. Heat pipe panel intake fan [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1)
SM 4-411 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-412 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
3. Open the controller box [A] ( x 2).
Replacement
4. ITB motor cooling fan [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1)
SM 4-413 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-414 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
3. Duplex exhaust fans [A] ( x 2)
Replacement
SM 4-415 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-416 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
SM 4-417 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-418 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. PSU fan (right) [A] and PSU fan (left) [B] ( x 2 each)
SM 4-419 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-420 SM
Fans and Filters
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Dust filter (small) [A]
SM 4-421 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-422 SM
Waste Toner Collection
• Make sure to replace the waste toner bottle with the machine power turned OFF. If the
near full/full banner message remains displayed on the operation panel even after
replacing the bottle, pull out and insert the bottle with the machine power turned ON.
and Adjustment
Replacement
To prevent the waste toner from spilling from the rear side [A], do not incline the
bottle to the rear direction when replacing the waste toner bottle.
SM 4-423 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection
Open the drawer unit [A] and remove the duplex inverter motor unit [B].
Pull out the relay duct [A] with swinging plate [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-424 SM
Waste Toner Collection
and Adjustment
Replacement
IH inverter [A] and AC drive board [B] along with the bracket ( x 8, all s, all s)
Bracket [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-425 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection
Attach the relay duct [A] to the waste toner bottle unit and drop the swinging plate [B] in the
unit.
Clean the attachment surface with alcohol and attach a seal [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-426 SM
Waste Toner Collection
and Adjustment
Replacement
Waste toner bottle motor sensor [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-427 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-428 SM
Waste Toner Collection
and Adjustment
Replacement
Remove the hooks of K [B], M, C and Y in that order, then remove the waste toner upper
transport [A].
SM 4-429 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection
Duct [A]
Because of the cam [B] at the bottom, remove the waste toner vertical transport [A] in the
upper-left direction.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-430 SM
Waste Toner Collection
and Adjustment
Replacement
Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
When installing, first install the waste toner lower transport, then install the relay
duct with swinging plate. ( page 4-426 "Installing the Relay Duct")
SM 4-431 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment after Replacement
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-432 SM
Adjustment after Replacement
Image Transfer Belt Force Apply Lubricant Execute (SP2- page 4-174
Unit 696-001) "Lubrication after
Transfer Belt replacement"
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-433 D135/D136/D137/D138
TROUBLESHOOTING
RE V IS ION H IST ORY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Up d ated / New
All Pages 11/1/2016 This section has been re-released with addtional information
Service Call 101-195
5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 SERVICE CALL 101-195
The white level peak did not reach the prescribed threshold
when the white plate was scanned.
LED defective
IDB (LED driver) defective
SBU defective
IPU defective
Power/signal harness defective
Condensation in scanner unit
Mirrors or lenses dirty or positioned incorrectly
Troubleshooting
SC101-01 D White plate dirty or installed incorrectly
SM 5-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 101-195
LED defective
IDB (LED driver) defective
Power/signal harness defective
SC101-02 D
Cycle the machine off/on.
Reconnect the power/signal harness.
Replace the LED board.
Replace the IDB board.
Replace the SIO board.
Replace the power/signal harness.
LED defective
IDB (LED driver) defective
SBU defective
SC102-00 D IPU defective
Power/signal harness defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-2 SM
Service Call 101-195
Troubleshooting
Scanner motor driver defective
Scanner motor defective
Scanner HP sensor defective
Harness defective
Timing belt, pulley, wire, or carriage not installed correctly
SM 5-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 101-195
The black level cannot be adjusted within the target during auto
gain control.
SBU defective
IPU defective
SC141-00 D Power/signal harness defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-4 SM
Service Call 101-195
SBU defective
LED defective
IDB (LED driver) defective
IPU defective
Power/signal harness defective
Scanner drive error
Condensation in scanner unit
SC142-00 D Mirrors or lenses dirty or positioned incorrectly
White plate dirty or installed incorrectly
Troubleshooting
Reattach/clean the mirrors/lenses.
Reattach/clean the white plate.
Replace the SBU board.
Replace the LED board.
Replace the IDB board.
Replace the IPU board.
Replace the SIO board.
Replace the power/signal harness.
SBU defective
The other side of the communication (BCU, IPU etc.)
defective
Power/signal harness defective
SM 5-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 101-195
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-6 SM
Service Call 101-195
Troubleshooting
SM 5-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 101-195
The data read from the ASIC register on the CIS were not as
expected.
Details:
Occurs when a serial communication error between the CIS
board and the DF board is detected. Occurs also when an
error is detected during initialization of the ASIC on the CIS.
This can happen during initialization and feeding. The first
and second consecutive occurrences of each constitute
SC185-00 D jams. The third occurrence constitutes an SC.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-8 SM
Service Call 101-195
During initialization:
The ratio between the average values of leading-edge area
and rear-edge area is out of specification.
Shading data peak value is below specification.
During scanning:
Shading data peak value is below specification.
Details:
During initialization:
Occurs when one out of two CIS LEDs is malfunctioning,
causing the difference between the average values of
leading-edge area and rear-edge area to be large (CIS LED
error detection).
Occurs when both of the CIS LEDs are malfunctioning
(unlit), causing the shading data peak value to be extremely
low (CIS white level adjustment).
Troubleshooting
During scanning:
Occurs when both of the CIS LEDs are malfunctioning
(unlit), causing the shading data peak value to be extremely
low (CIS scan control, gray balance
adjustment/confirmation).
The first and second consecutive occurrences of each
constitute initial/feed jams. The third occurrence constitutes
an SC.
During initialization:
One or two out of two CIS LEDs are defective
During scanning:
Both of the CIS LEDs are defective.
SM 5-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 101-195
CIS defective
The shading data peak value read out from the CIS is
abnormal.
The shading data peak value is not within the specified
range from the target value. (The target value is set with
SP4-784-001/SP4-785-001/SP4-786-001.)
Details:
Occurs when abnormality is detected in the process of CIS
SC188-00 D shading data peak detection.
The first and second consecutive occurrences constitute
initial jams. The third occurrence constitutes an SC.
CIS defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-10 SM
Service Call 101-195
CIS defective
Troubleshooting
Machine serial number error
SM 5-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 202-286
After the polygon motor turned on, or within 10 sec. after the
rpm’s changed, the motor did not enter READY status.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-12 SM
Service Call 202-286
Troubleshooting
Replace the laser unit.
Replace the polygon harness.
SM 5-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 202-286
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-14 SM
Service Call 202-286
Troubleshooting
30.
The FGATE signal did not turn ON within 200 msec after the
writing process of the corresponding color started.
Details:
The PFGATE register of PATMOS not asserted within 200 msec
after the writing process started.
PATMOS defective
Image processing ASIC defective
BCU, controller board not connected correctly or defective
Harness between IPU and LDB defective
SM 5-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 202-286
The FGATE signal did not turn OFF within 200 msec after the
writing process of the corresponding color ended. The FGATE
signal did not turn OFF when the next job of the corresponding
color started.
Details:
The PFGATE register of PATMOS not negated within 200
msec after the writing process ended.
The PFGATE register of PATMOS still asserted from the
previous job when the next writing process started.
PATMOS defective
Image processing ASIC defective
SC240-01 D LD error: Bk
SC240-03 D LD error: Ma
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-16 SM
Service Call 202-286
Troubleshooting
The reading of the thermistor in the laser unit was less than
10 °C (50 °F), indicating that the thermistor has
disconnected.
The reading of the thermistor in the CK or YM laser unit
was more than 80 °C (176 °F), indicating that the thermistor
has shorted out.
Details:
When the thermistor voltage is out of range (-10 to 80 °C) after
the machine was turned on.
Thermistor defective
Harness defective
BCU defective
SM 5-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 202-286
On startup: Written to and read the same register but the values
were different.
VTEC: Monitored the parity and retried three times.
Details:
On startup: Data 0x5A5A and 0xA5A5 are written to a
predetermined register. Then the register is read and the
read data is compared to the are compared
VTEC: Monitors parity during communication. If it does not
match, retries up to three times. The second retry
constitutes an SC.
VTEC defective
HORUS defective
BCU defective
IPU defective
Harness defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-18 SM
Service Call 202-286
On startup: “Door open” status was cleared but did not change
to “Door closed” status.
Details:
On startup: After clearing PATMOS “Door open” status, checks
the status of the door after “Door open” determination period.
Failure to detect “Door closed” status constitutes an SC.
PATMOS defective
SC270-10 D HORUS defective
BCU defective
IPU defective
Harness defective
Interlock defective
Troubleshooting
Replace the LDB harness.
IPU defective
Harness defective
LDB defective
GAVD defective
SM 5-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 202-286
LDB defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-20 SM
Service Call 202-286
Troubleshooting
Sensor defective
Links broken
SM 5-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
The interrupt that checks the status of the PCU power pack
every 10 ms detected SC signals 15 times consecutively.
Details:
In case of an overcurrent, the Charge Roller Power Pack
outputs SC signals. The machine monitors it, and issues an SC
when an error occurs.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-22 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
PWM: Check the signal of the corresponding color.
If the signal is fixed to HIGH during photocopying process,
replace the harness or the IOB.
Check the output of the development power pack of the
corresponding color.
If the output is fixed to HIGH during photocopying process,
replace the power pack.
If the output is normal during photocopying process, test the
resistance between the highvoltage cable and the ground. If
resistance is “0” or nearly “0”, replace the high-voltage harness
or PCU.
SM 5-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-24 SM
Service Call 300-398
Motor defective
Troubleshooting
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
SM 5-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-26 SM
Service Call 300-398
Motor defective
Troubleshooting
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
SM 5-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-28 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
Check the developer.
SM 5-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
K:
Amount of toner on the ID sensor pattern printed and read
between sheets (SP3-300-001) is less than the lower threshold
(SP3-301-023) and accumulated toner clutch ON time (SP3-
301-041) is greater than the upper threshold (SP3-301-031).
CMY:
Amount of toner on the ID sensor pattern printed and read
between sheets (SP3-300-002 to 004) is less than the lower
threshold (SP3-301-024) and accumulated toner clutch ON time
(SP3-301-042 to 044) is greater than the upper threshold (SP3-
301-031).
Details:
This SC is issued when the toner end sensor continues
detecting the presence of toner falsely.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-30 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
Check the sensor for smudges. Blow it with air and check
again.
SM 5-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
TD sensor defective
Loose connection
Harness broken
Developer is not new
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-32 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
SC362-02 D TD sensor output error: Lower limit (C)
SM 5-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
The voltage reading during process control for Vsg_reg was not
within the correct range (4.0 ± 0.5 V).
Details:
Vsg_reg is the voltage reading of the light reflected directly from
the bare surface of the ITB. ID sensor calibration adjusts the
LED current so that Vsg_reg becomes 4.0 ± 0.5 V.
Adjustment flow:
Vsg_reg confirmation
If Vsg_reg is smaller than 0.5V, SC371-0X is issued and
process control ends.
ID sensor calibration
Fluctuates the LED current and measures Vsg_reg.
LED current upper limit check
OK: Proceeds to Vsg upper/lower limit check
NG: SC372-0X is issued; proceeds to Vsg upper/lower limit
check
Vsg upper/lower limit check
OK: Process control continued
NG: SC370-0X is issued and process control ends.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-34 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
SC372-01 C ID sensor LED current upper limit error (F)
ID sensor smudged
ID sensor deteriorated
ITB deteriorated (smudges, filming)
SM 5-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
K:
The density of the Black reading in the ID sensor patterns
created between pages (SP3-300-001) is greater than the
threshold value set by SP3-301-021.
CMY:
The density of the Cyan/Magenta/Yellow reading in the ID
sensor patterns created between pages (SP3-300-002 to o004)
is greater than the threshold value set by SP3-301-022.
K:
The density of the Black reading in the ID sensor patterns
created between pages (SP3-300-001) was less than the
threshold value set by SP3-301-023 three times consecutively.
CMY:
The density of the Cyan reading in the ID sensor patterns
created between pages (SP3-300-002 to 004) is less than the
threshold value set by SP3301-24 three times consecutively.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-36 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
Disconnect and reconnect the potential sensor probe
connector, then check the sensor again.
Disconnect and reconnect the harness connecting the
potential sensor board and potential sensor probe, then
check the sensor again.
If this does not solve the problem, replace the potential
sensor probe.
SM 5-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-38 SM
Service Call 300-398
Troubleshooting
SC397-01 D Drum motor (M) Lock: Encoder 1 error
SM 5-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
Target value:
If the default motor speed was adjusted using the SP, the
adjusted value is used as the target value.
Specification:
When the motor is on, each lock signal is checked every
100 milliseconds. If the High status is detected 20 times
consecutively, the machine determines that the motor is not
running correctly. The machine issues an SC and stops the
motor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-40 SM
Service Call 300-398
0x55_0x08_0x01
0x55_0x08_0x02
SC395-01
0x55_0x08_0x03
0x55_0x08_0x04
0x55_0x08_0x05
0x55_0x08_0x0a
SC395-02
0x55_0x08_0x0f
0x55_0x08_0x14
0x55_0x08_0x06
0x55_0x08_0x07
0x55_0x08_0x08
0x55_0x08_0x09
0x55_0x08_0x0b
0x55_0x08_0x0c
0x55_0x08_0x0d
0x55_0x08_0x0e
SC395-03
0x55_0x08_0x10
Troubleshooting
0x55_0x08_0x11
0x55_0x08_0x12
0x55_0x08_0x13
0x55_0x08_0x15
0x55_0x08_0x16
0x55_0x08_0x17
0x55_0x08_0x18
0x55_0x02_0x29
0x55_0x02_0x2a
SC395-04
0x55_0x02_0x2b
0x55_0x02_0x2c
SC395-05 0x55_0x02_0x34
0x55_0x02_0x01
0x55_0x02_0x02
SC396-01
0x55_0x02_0x03
0x55_0x02_0x04
0x55_0x02_0x05
0x55_0x02_0x0a
SC396-02
0x55_0x02_0x0f
0x55_0x02_0x14
SM 5-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
0x55_0x02_0x06
0x55_0x02_0x07
0x55_0x02_0x08
0x55_0x02_0x09
0x55_0x02_0x0b
0x55_0x02_0x0c
0x55_0x02_0x0d
0x55_0x02_0x0e
SC396-03
0x55_0x02_0x10
0x55_0x02_0x11
0x55_0x02_0x12
0x55_0x02_0x13
0x55_0x02_0x15
0x55_0x02_0x16
0x55_0x02_0x17
0x55_0x02_0x18
0x55_0x02_0x29
0x55_0x02_0x2a
SC396-04
0x55_0x02_0x2b
0x55_0x02_0x2c
SC396-05 0x55_0x02_0x34
0x55_0x04_0x01
0x55_0x04_0x02
SC397-01
0x55_0x04_0x03
0x55_0x04_0x04
0x55_0x04_0x05
0x55_0x04_0x0a
SC397-02
0x55_0x04_0x0f
0x55_0x04_0x14
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-42 SM
Service Call 300-398
0x55_0x04_0x06
0x55_0x04_0x07
0x55_0x04_0x08
0x55_0x04_0x09
0x55_0x04_0x0b
0x55_0x04_0x0c
0x55_0x04_0x0d
0x55_0x04_0x0e
SC397-03
0x55_0x04_0x10
0x55_0x04_0x11
0x55_0x04_0x12
0x55_0x04_0x13
0x55_0x04_0x15
0x55_0x04_0x16
0x55_0x04_0x17
0x55_0x04_0x18
0x55_0x04_0x29
0x55_0x04_0x2a
SC397-04
Troubleshooting
0x55_0x04_0x2b
0x55_0x04_0x2c
SC397-05 0x55_0x04_0x34
0x55_0x01_0x01
0x55_0x01_0x02
SC398-01
0x55_0x01_0x03
0x55_0x01_0x04
0x55_0x01_0x05
0x55_0x01_0x0a
SC398-02
0x55_0x01_0x0f
0x55_0x01_0x14
SM 5-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 300-398
0x55_0x01_0x06
0x55_0x01_0x07
0x55_0x01_0x08
0x55_0x01_0x09
0x55_0x01_0x0b
0x55_0x01_0x0c
0x55_0x01_0x0d
0x55_0x01_0x0e
SC398-03
0x55_0x01_0x10
0x55_0x01_0x11
0x55_0x01_0x12
0x55_0x01_0x13
0x55_0x01_0x15
0x55_0x01_0x16
0x55_0x01_0x17
0x55_0x01_0x18
0x55_0x01_0x29
0x55_0x01_0x2a
SC398-04
0x55_0x01_0x2b
0x55_0x01_0x2c
SC398-05 0x55_0x01_0x34
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-44 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
Replace the developer.
If condensation has formed, wait a while and repeat
process control.
SM 5-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-46 SM
Service Call 400-498
LD unlit
Troubleshooting
SM 5-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-48 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
process control.
SM 5-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-50 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
Replace the black drum drive unit.
Replace the black drum motor.
Reconnect the connector or replace the harness.
SM 5-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-52 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
Remove the high voltage cable from the output terminal of the
image transfer power pack and check the following items.
PWM signal check
If signal is fixed during image transfer, replace the cable or
the IOB.
Image transfer power pack output check
If output is fixed during image transfer, replace the power
pack.
If output is normal during image transfer, replace the high
voltage cable, ITB or the transfer roller.
SM 5-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
Even though the ITB lift motor rotates, the ITB lift sensor failed
to detect the specified sensor feeler status within specified time.
Details:
During home-positioning (operation for fixing the separated
status) (separation movement)
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
present” to “feeler absent” (separation movement) within
2000 msec from the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
During normal contact/separation movement
(printing/process control/MUSIC/forced toner consumption)
Contact movement:
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
absent” to “feeler present” (contact) within 2000 msec from
the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
Separation movement:
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
present” to “feeler absent” (separation) within 2000 msec
from the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-54 SM
Service Call 400-498
Sensor smudged
Motor/sensor defective
Harness broken or problem with connection (such as a
disconnected connector)
If smudged: cleaning
If defective or broken: replacement
Problem with connection: reconnection
Troubleshooting
SC443-01 C Image transfer roller end-of-life (K)
SM 5-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-56 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
ITB motor defective
ITB unit set error
Connector disconnected or harness broken
Driven shaft encoder sensor defective
Driven shaft encoder smudged or damaged
Drive shaft encoder sensor defective
Drive shaft encoder smudged or damaged
SM 5-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-58 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
0x55_0x40_0x01
0x55_0x40_0x02
SC446-01
0x55_0x40_0x03
0x55_0x40_0x04
0x55_0x40_0x05
0x55_0x40_0x0a
SC446-02
0x55_0x40_0x0f
0x55_0x40_0x14
0x55_0x40_0x06
0x55_0x40_0x07
0x55_0x40_0x08
0x55_0x40_0x09
0x55_0x40_0x0b
0x55_0x40_0x0c
0x55_0x40_0x0d
0x55_0x40_0x0e
SC446-03
0x55_0x40_0x10
0x55_0x40_0x11
0x55_0x40_0x12
0x55_0x40_0x13
0x55_0x40_0x15
0x55_0x40_0x16
0x55_0x40_0x17
0x55_0x40_0x18
SM 5-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
0x55_0x40_0x29
0x55_0x40_0x2a
SC446-04
0x55_0x40_0x2b
0x55_0x40_0x2c
SC446-05 0x55_0x40_0x34
Remove the high voltage cable from the output terminal of the
ITB power pack and check the following items.
1. PWM signal check
If signal is fixed during image transfer, replace the cable or
the IOB.
2. ITB power pack output check
If output is fixed during image transfer, replace the power
pack.
If output is normal during image transfer, replace the high
voltage cable, ITB or the transfer roller.
The ITB roller resistance level was "R-3" (detected voltage was
lower than 0.1kV).
SC450-11 D
ITB power pack defective
Problem with input harness to the ITB power pack (loose
connection, harness broken, or connector disconnected).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-60 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
SM 5-61 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
Even though the PTR lift motor rotates, the PTR lift sensor
failed to detect the specified sensor feeler status within
specified time.
Details:
During home-positioning (operation for fixing the separated
status) (separation movement)
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
present” to “feeler absent” (separation) within 2000 msec
from the start of PTR lift motor rotation.
During normal contact/separation movement
(printing/process control/MUSIC/forced toner consumption)
Contact movement:
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
absent” to “feeler present” (contact) within 2000 msec from
the start of PTR lift motor rotation.
Separation movement:
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
present” to “feeler absent” (separation) within 2000 msec
from the start of PTR lift motor rotation.
Sensor smudged
Motor/sensor defective
Harness broken or problem with connection (such as a
disconnected connector)
If smudged: cleaning
If defective or broken: replacement
Problem with connection: reconnection
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-62 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
SM 5-63 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-64 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
Drum motor
High if the motor speed is not within the range of target
value ± 6.25%.
Low if the motor speed is within the range of target value ±
6.25%.
ITB drive motor, PTR Motor
High if the motor speed is not within the range of target
value ± 6.25%.
Low if the motor speed is within the range of target value ±
6.25%.
Target value:
If the default motor speed was adjusted using the SP, the
adjusted value is used as the target value.
Specification:
When the motor is on, each lock signal is checked every 100
milliseconds. If the High status is detected 20 times
consecutively, the machine determines that the motor is not
running correctly. The machine issues an SC and stops the
motor.
SM 5-65 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
0x55_0x80_0x01
0x55_0x80_0x02
SC465-01
0x55_0x80_0x03
0x55_0x80_0x04
0x55_0x80_0x05
0x55_0x80_0x0a
SC465-02
0x55_0x80_0x0f
0x55_0x80_0x14
0x55_0x80_0x06
0x55_0x80_0x07
0x55_0x80_0x08
0x55_0x80_0x09
0x55_0x80_0x0b
0x55_0x80_0x0c
0x55_0x80_0x0d
0x55_0x80_0x0e
SC465-03
0x55_0x80_0x10
0x55_0x80_0x11
0x55_0x80_0x12
0x55_0x80_0x13
0x55_0x80_0x15
0x55_0x80_0x16
0x55_0x80_0x17
0x55_0x80_0x18
0x55_0x80_0x29
0x55_0x80_0x2a
SC446-04
0x55_0x80_0x2b
0x55_0x80_0x2c
SC446-05 0x55_0x80_0x34
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-66 SM
Service Call 400-498
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
Troubleshooting
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
SM 5-67 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-68 SM
Service Call 400-498
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
Troubleshooting
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
SM 5-69 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
Signals sent from the bottle waste toner motor lock sensor were
either ON or OFF 50 times consecutively.
The intervals of signals sent from the machine waste toner lock
sensor (normally 64.68msec) became either less than 30msec
or more than 81msec.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-70 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
Cycle the machine off/on.
Replace the TM sensor.
Replace the ITB.
Process control
Cleaning
SM 5-71 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 400-498
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-72 SM
Service Call 400-498
Troubleshooting
Connector disconnected or harness broken
Sensor defective
SM 5-73 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-74 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
Load paper again.
Check the harness of the tray lift sensor,/reconnect the
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the
sensor/replace the 1st tray.
Check the harness of the paper end sensor/reconnect the
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the sensor.
Replace the 1st tray lift motor/reconnect the
connector/replace the harness/replace the PFB/Replace
the right tray (of the tandem tray)/replace the driven unit.
SM 5-75 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-76 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
Load paper again.
Check the harness of the tray lift sensor,/reconnect the
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the
sensor/replace the 1st tray.
Check the harness of the paper end sensor/reconnect the
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the sensor.
Replace the 1st tray lift motor/reconnect the
connector/replace the harness/replace the PFB/Replace
the right tray (of the tandem tray)/replace the driven unit.
SM 5-77 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-78 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
Paper set incorrectly.
SM 5-79 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-80 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
3rd tray lift motor disconnected/harness broken/defective
SC503-01 B 3rd tray lift sensor disconnected/defective/smudged
Paper overloaded
Foreign object (such as a piece of paper) is stuck between
the paper tray and the tray lift motor.
Paper set incorrectly.
SM 5-81 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-82 SM
Service Call 501-595
During Tray initialization, the tray bottom plate was lifted but the
upper limit sensor did not detect it after a specified time (30
seconds).
Troubleshooting
LCT Tray Error (Lowering Timeout): D709
SM 5-83 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
During tray initialization, the upper limit sensor and the lower
limit sensor were both on for 5 times consecutively.
Paper overloaded.
Upper limit sensor defective/connecter disconnected
Lower limit sensor defective/connecter disconnected
SC505-04 B Related harness broken
PCB defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-84 SM
Service Call 501-595
During Tray initialization, the tray bottom plate was lifted but the
upper limit sensor did not detect it after a specified time (27
seconds).
Troubleshooting
LCT Tray Error (front blower fan error): D710
Started LD signal check one second after LCT front blower fan
became on and detected H level (abnormal) for 700 ms
consecutively.
SM 5-85 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Started LD signal check one second after LCT rear blower fan
became on and detected H level (abnormal) for 700 ms
consecutively.
The bottom plate started CW but the tray upper limit sensor did
not become blocked within 3 seconds.
If detected for the first or second time: User is instructed to set
paper again.
If detected for the third time: SC displayed
The count of detections is reset when successful operation is
detected and at power off/on.
Bypass tray bottom plate lift motor and bypass tray bottom
plate upper limit sensor
check/cleaning/replacement/harness reconnection/harness
replacement
Check or replace the circuit board (PFB).
Check and/or replace the bypass tray bottom plate and
bottom plate lift drive unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-86 SM
Service Call 501-595
The bottom plate started CCW but the tray upper limit sensor
did not become non-blocked within 1.5 seconds.
If detected for the first or second time: User is instructed to set
paper again.
If detected for the third time: SC displayed
The count of detections is reset when successful operation is
detected and at power off/on.
Bypass tray bottom plate lift motor and bypass tray bottom
Troubleshooting
plate upper limit sensor
check/cleaning/replacement/harness reconnection/harness
replacement
Check or replace the circuit board (PFB).
Check and/or replace the bypass tray bottom plate and
bottom plate lift drive unit.
SM 5-87 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
The bottom plate started CCW but the tray lower limit sensor
did not become blocked within 3 seconds.
If detected for the first or second time: User is instructed to set
paper again.
If detected for the third time: SC displayed
The count of detections is reset when successful operation is
detected and at power off/on.
Bypass tray bottom plate lift motor and bypass tray bottom
plate lower limit sensor
check/cleaning/replacement/harness reconnection/harness
replacement
Check or replace the circuit board (PFB).
Check and/or replace the bypass tray bottom plate and
bottom plate lift drive unit.
Both the upper limit sensor and the lower limit sensor were on
when the machine attempted to adjust the bottom plate position
before starting paper feed (at Job-In).
SC509-04 B If detected for the first to fourth time: User is instructed to set
paper again.
If detected for the fifth time: SC displayed (only the
corresponding tray)
The count of detections is reset when successful operation is
detected and at power off/on.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-88 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
ms intervals. When a register indicates an error five times
consecutively, the motor is assumed to be malfunctioning.
SM 5-89 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-90 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
Sensor signal did not change for 3000 msec while the drawer
lock motor was running.
SM 5-91 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Motor defective
Harness broken
Circuit board defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-92 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
SC531-01 D Development Intake Fan/Y Lock
SM 5-93 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-94 SM
Service Call 501-595
The IOB detects the fusing motor lock error (rotation speed out
of specification).
Vodka assignment: GPIO29DATA[7]
Details:
When the motor is on, each lock signal is checked every 100
milliseconds. If the High status is detected 20 times
consecutively, the machine determines that the motor is not
running correctly. The machine issues an SC and stops the
motor.
Motor defective
SC540-00 A Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
Troubleshooting
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
Executed "Middle-Low Speed" mode of SP5805/5806
(Output Check) on D135/D137/D138 machines.
SM 5-95 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Thermopile disconnection
Connecter contact failure
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-96 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
IH malfunctioning
Overheating prevention device worked.
SM 5-97 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Triac shorted.
IOB board defective.
IOB defective
Fuser control software running out of control
SC544-00 A Heating roller center thermopile defective
IH inverter supplied continuously (software error or
temperature sensor malfunctioning
When this error occurs, machine stops with fusing relay off and
displays the SC.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-98 SM
Service Call 501-595
When this error occurs, the fusing heater trigger turns off and
then, after a specified time, machine stops with fusing relay off
and displays the SC.
Troubleshooting
Zero Cross Error (low frequency error)
When this error occurs, the fusing heater trigger turns off and
then, after a specified time, machine stops with fusing relay off
and displays the SC.
SM 5-99 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
The IOB detects the fusing motor lock error (rotation speed out
of specification).
Vodka assignment: GPIO28DATA[7]
Details:
When the motor is on, each lock signal is checked every 100
milliseconds. If the High status is detected 20 times
consecutively, the machine determines that the motor is not
running correctly. The machine issues an SC and stops the
motor.
SC550-01 D Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken
IOB defective
Unit torque increased.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-100 SM
Service Call 501-595
Thermopile disconnection
Connecter contact failure
Troubleshooting
Replace the thermopile.
Reconnect the connector.
Replace the connector.
Replace the connector.
SM 5-101 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-102 SM
Service Call 501-595
Triac shorted.
IOB board defective.
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
IOB defective
SC554-00 A Fuser control software running out of control
Triac damaged (shorted).
Pressure roller center thermopile defective
SM 5-103 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-104 SM
Service Call 501-595
-
Details:
SC557-00 C The SC code is logged and the operation of the machine is not
affected.
No action required.
Fusing jam (fusing exit sensor late jam) was detected 3 times
consecutively.
Troubleshooting
Details:
This SC can be set ON/OFF. The factory setting is OFF; set it
ON when requested by the customer.
SP1-142-001:
0: OFF (factory setting)
SC559-00 A 1: ON (set by service personnel at the request of customer)
This prevents collateral problems (such as thermistor floating)
that may be caused by repeated jams in the fusing unit.
The jam counter is not reset by power off/on.
When paper is output successfully, the jam counter is reset.
SM 5-105 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Thermistor disconnection
Connecter contact failure
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-106 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
Replace the thermopile.
Use with supported input voltage
Replace the IH coil/IH inverter.
Replace the unit.
IH malfunctioning
Overheating prevention device worked.
SM 5-107 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Triac shorted.
IOB board defective.
IOB defective
Fuser control software running out of control
SC564-00 A Heating roller front thermistor defective
IH inverter supplied continuously (software error or
temperature sensor malfunctioning
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-108 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-109 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-110 SM
Service Call 501-595
Thermopile disconnection
Connecter contact failure
Troubleshooting
Replace the NC sensor.
Reconnect the connector.
Replace the connector.
Replace the unit.
Triac shorted.
IOB board defective.
SM 5-111 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
Thermistor disconnection
Connecter contact failure
IH malfunctioning
Overheating prevention device worked.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-112 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-113 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-114 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
Inverter junction gate home position sensor
defective/connector disconnected/harness broken
Circuit board (PFB, DUB) defective
Junction gate/junction gate drive unit does not move e.g.
because physical obstacle (piece of paper, etc.) is blocking
operation.
SM 5-115 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-116 SM
Service Call 501-595
Troubleshooting
or defective
Sensor shift motor does not move because of overload
SC516-01 B which may be due to foreign objects, etc.
Sensor shift home position sensor deformed, damaged or
connected incorrectly
Clean the sensor shift home position sensor and check its
harness.
Reconnect the connectors of sensor shift motor and sensor
shift home position sensor.
Check and, if necessary, replace: sensor shift motor,
sensor shift home position sensor, harness, circuit board
(PFB, DUB), unit, driven unit.
SM 5-117 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 501-595
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-118 SM
Service Call 501-595
Turn the machine off and plug in the secondary power cord
again.
Replace the harness.
Replace the AC drive/IOB.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-119 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-120 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
Communication error between main machine and paper
bank/LCT.
IOB defective
SM 5-121 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
DUB defective
PFB defective
Harness between DUB and PFB broken
Connecter between DUB and PFB disconnected
Unintended electrical noise
TSB defective
IOB defective
Harness between TSB and IOB broken
Connecter between TSB and IOB disconnected
Unintended electrical noise
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-122 SM
Service Call 620-689
SC664-01 D
SC664-03 D
VODKA1
SC664-01: VODKA SRAM access permission error (Write
permission denied)
SC664-02: VODKA SRAM write error (write result abnormal)
SC664-03: VODKA program startup error
Troubleshooting
IOB replacement, harness check
SC664-11 D
SC664-13 D
VODKA2
SC664-11: VODKA SRAM access permission error (Write
permission denied)
SC664-12: VODKA SRAM write error (write result abnormal)
SC664-13: VODKA program startup error
SM 5-123 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
SC664-21 D
SC664-23 D
VODKA3
SC664-21: VODKA SRAM access permission error (Write
permission denied)
SC664-22: VODKA SRAM write error (write result abnormal)
SC664-23: VODKA program startup error
SC664-31 D
SC664-33 D
VODKA4
SC664-31: VODKA SRAM access permission error (Write
permission denied)
SC664-32: VODKA SRAM write error (write result abnormal)
SC664-33: VODKA program startup error
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-124 SM
Service Call 620-689
SC664-41 D
SC664-43 D
VODKA5
SC664-41: VODKA SRAM access permission error (Write
permission denied)
SC664-42: VODKA SRAM write error (write result abnormal)
SC664-33: VODKA program startup error
Troubleshooting
FFC set detection (Error between IPU and BCU)
SM 5-125 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-126 SM
Service Call 620-689
The IOB_WAKE signal of the IOB and the PFB is not "WAKE".
(Occurs when either 2 Vodkas in the IOB or 3 Vodkas in the
PFB are in the reset status.
Details:
Detected when IOB_WAKE signal from the 2 Vodkas on the
IOB (PIB function, FSB function) and 3 Vodkas on the FSB
stay in the WAKE status.
IOB_WAKE signal is output from 5 Vodkas as explained
above and if at least one of them is "WAKE", IOB_WAKE is
Troubleshooting
not canceled.
SC665-04 D IOB damaged
PFB damaged
BCU defective
Harness between BCU and IOB: Ground fault
Harness between IOB and PFB: Ground fault
PSU5V not output
SM 5-127 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-128 SM
Service Call 620-689
Electrical noise
Troubleshooting
EEPROM not connected fully
EEPROM not installed
EEPROM damaged
BCU damaged
SM 5-129 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-130 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
SC681 -29 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Device stopped
logically stopped))
SC681 -36 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_No error code)
SC681 -37 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_No error code)
SC681 -38 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_No error code)
SC681 -39 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_No error code)
SM 5-131 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-132 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Device Error (No ID
SC682-09 D
chip))
SM 5-133 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-134 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
SC684-05 D Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Communication timeout)
SM 5-135 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
PSU malfunctioning
IOB malfunctioning
Connecter disconnected
Harness broken or ground fault
Load fault
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-136 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
IOB defective
Remove the cause of the SC and then turn off/on the power
or main power.
Replace the harness/IH inverter/IOB as required.
SM 5-137 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-138 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
machine.
The SD card or the file of the expanded authentication
module is broken.
There is no DESS module in the machine.
SM 5-139 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-140 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
communicate three times.
SM 5-141 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-142 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
Check again if the modem driver configurations (SP5-816-
160, SP5-816-165 to 171, SP5-816-165 to 171) are correct.
If the problem is not solved, replace the modem.
SM 5-143 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
Software bug
Logging only.
Software bug
Logging only.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-144 SM
Service Call 620-689
Troubleshooting
Case 1
/ENGRDY signal was not asserted when the machine
was turned on or returned from energy saver mode.
/IPURDY signal was not asserted when the machine
was turned on or returned from energy saver mode.
EC response was not received within specified time
from power on.
PC response was not received within specified time
from power on.
SC670-00 D SC response was not received within specified time
from power on.
Writing to Rapi driver failed (the other party not found
through PCI).
Case 2
Unexpected down status was detected after /ENGRDY
assertion.
Case 1
Engine board does not start up.
Case 2
Engine board reset unexpectedly.
SM 5-145 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
Controller stalled
Board installed incorrectly
SC672-10 D Controller board defective
Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
Controller late
Controller stalled
SC672-11 D Board installed incorrectly
Controller board defective
Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
Controller late
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-146 SM
Service Call 620-689
Controller stalled
Board installed incorrectly
SC672-12 D Controller board defective
Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
Controller late
Troubleshooting
The operation panel detected that the controller is down.
Controller stalled
Board installed incorrectly
Controller board defective
SC672-13 D Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
Controller late
SM 5-147 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 620-689
Controller stalled
Board installed incorrectly
Controller board defective
SC672-99 D Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
Controller late
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-148 SM
Service Call 700-780
The bottom plate HP sensor does not detect the home position
of the bottom plate after the bottom plate lift motor switches on
and lowers the bottom plate. Or, the bottom plate position
sensor does not detect the position of the plate after the lift
motor switches on and raises the bottom plate.
Details:
The ADF notifies the main machine of the error. The first two
occurences are displayed as jams.
SC700-01 D
Bottom plate position sensor output error
Bottom plate HP sensor output error
Bottom plate lift motor error (does not rotate)
Troubleshooting
ARDF main board defective
SM 5-149 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
SC700-04 D Harness broken
Overload
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
SC700-05 D Harness broken
Overload
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-150 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
SC700-06 D Harness broken
Overload
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
SC700-07 D Harness broken
Overload
SM 5-151 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
SC700-09 D Harness broken
Overload
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-152 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-153 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Detected +24V power OFF of the Buffer pass unit PCB: CTB.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-154 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
Replace the PCB.
SM 5-155 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Short-circuit
SC720-03 B Overload
Motor/solenoid defective
Short-circuit
Overload
Motor/solenoid defective
SC720-04 B
2000/3000-sheet finisher
Check the harness.
Replace the PCB.
Mailbox
Check the harness.
Replace the PCB.
Replace the motor/solenoid.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-156 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Encoder defective
Troubleshooting
Replace the motor.
Replace the PCB.
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
SM 5-157 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-158 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Troubleshooting
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
SM 5-159 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-160 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
Motor defective
SC720-62 B Connecter disconnected
Overload
Encoder defective
SM 5-161 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
SC720-63 B Connecter disconnected
Overload
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-162 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
Troubleshooting
sensor.
Replace the motor/home position sensor.
Replace the PCB.
SM 5-163 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-164 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
Troubleshooting
sensor.
Replace the motor/home position sensor.
Replace the PCB.
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
SM 5-165 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
Short-circuit
Overload
Motor/solenoid defective
SC720-80 B
D703/D704:
Check the harness/replace the PCB.
Inserter:
Check the harness.
Replace the PCB.
Replace the motor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-166 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
Lower Transport Motor Error (D707)
Motor defective
SC722-14 B Connecter disconnected
Overload
SM 5-167 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-168 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-169 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-170 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
SC722-34 B Connecter disconnected
Home position sensor defective
Troubleshooting
The drive unit in the staple tray does not return to the home
position within a specified time (t0ms). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
When the drive unit in the staple tray was moving away
from the home position, the home position was still
detected after a specified time (t1ms). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
SC722-35 B
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
SM 5-171 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
The drive unit in the staple tray does not return to the home
position within a specified time (t0ms). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
When the drive unit in the staple tray was moving away
from the home position, the home position was still
detected after a specified time (t1ms). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
The drive unit in the staple tray does not return to the home
position within a specified time (t0ms). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
When the drive unit in the staple tray was moving away
from the home position, the home position was still
detected after a specified time (t1ms). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
SC722-37 B
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-172 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
Troubleshooting
Stapler Rotation Motor Error (D707)
SM 5-173 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-174 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
Troubleshooting
Stapler Hammer Motor Error (D707)
SM 5-175 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-176 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
Replace the motor/home position sensor.
Replace the PCB.
SM 5-177 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-178 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
established, but the device is not responding to the
command sent out, even after being sent three times.
The port level of the downstream device does not become
H level (break cancel) within specified time.
SC725-01 D Interface cable (downstream device side) connector
disconnected or broken
PCB of downstream device defective
Controller PCB defective
SM 5-179 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-180 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-181 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-182 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
Re-connect the connector.
Replace the sensor.
SM 5-183 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-184 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
SC725-40 B Motor drive overheat
SM 5-185 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-186 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
Re-connect the connector.
Replace the sensor.
SM 5-187 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-188 SM
Service Call 700-780
Troubleshooting
Repair the pick-up mechanism
SM 5-189 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 700-780
Short-circuit
SC745-03 B Overload
Motor/solenoid defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-190 SM
Service Call 700-780
Motor defective
SC773-00 D Connecter disconnected
Overload
Home position sensor defective
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-191 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-192 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
SC816-42 D Subsystem error
SC816--
D Subsystem error
48
SC816--
D Subsystem error
49
SC816--
D Subsystem error
50
SC816--
D Subsystem error
51
SC816--
D Subsystem error
52
SC816--
D Subsystem error
53
SM 5-193 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SC816--
D Subsystem error
54
SC816--
D Subsystem error
55
SC816--
D Subsystem error
56
SC816--
D Subsystem error
57
SC816--
D Subsystem error
58
SC816--
D Subsystem error
59
SC816--
D Subsystem error
60
SC816--
D Subsystem error
61
SC816--
D Subsystem error
62
SC816--
D Subsystem error
63
SC816--
D Subsystem error
64
SC816--
D Subsystem error
65
SC816--
D Subsystem error
66
SC816--
D Subsystem error
67
SC816--
D Subsystem error
68
SC816--
D Subsystem error
69
SC816--
D Subsystem error
70
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-194 SM
Service Call 816-899
SC816--
D Subsystem error
71
SC816--
D Subsystem error
72
SC816--
D Subsystem error
73
SC816--
D Subsystem error
74
SC816--
D Subsystem error
75
SC816--
D Subsystem error
76
SC816--
D Subsystem error
77
Troubleshooting
SC816--
D Subsystem error
78
SC816--
D Subsystem error
79
SC816--
D Subsystem error
80
SC816--
D Subsystem error
81
SC816--
D Subsystem error
82
SC816--
D Subsystem error
83
SC816--
D Subsystem error
84
SC816--
D Subsystem error
85
SC816--
D Subsystem error
86
SC816--
D Subsystem error
87
SM 5-195 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SC816--
D Subsystem error
88
SC816--
D Subsystem error
89
SC816--
D Subsystem error
90
SC816--
D Subsystem error
91
SC816--
D Subsystem error
92
SC816--
D Subsystem error
93
SC816--
D Subsystem error
94
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-196 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
Nand-Flash damaged
SM 5-197 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
Turn the main power with the Bluetooth hardware (USB type)
connected.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-198 SM
Service Call 816-899
Turn the main power with the Bluetooth hardware (USB type)
connected.
Troubleshooting
SC855-01 B Defective wireless LAN board
Loose connection
SM 5-199 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
NVRAM defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-200 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
Only an error screen is displayed and no SC is issued during
conversion. This SC is issued after machine restart.
SM 5-201 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
None
The display after restart instructs the user to format the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-202 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
Attempted to acquire HDD status through the driver but
there has been no response for 30 seconds or more.
Unformatted HDD
Label data corrupted
HDD defective
SM 5-203 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-204 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-205 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-206 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-207 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-208 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-209 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-210 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-211 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-212 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-213 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-214 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-215 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-216 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-217 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-218 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-219 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-220 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-221 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-222 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-223 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-224 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the
machine is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still
takes 20 to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the
cause. If there is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related
SCs such as SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print
the SC log data and check them.
SM 5-225 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-226 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-227 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-228 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-229 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-230 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
SC865-01 D sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition,
such as the disklabel area.)
SM 5-231 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SC865-02 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "a".)
SC865-03 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "b".)
SC865-03 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "c".)
SC865-05 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "d".)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-232 SM
Service Call 816-899
SC865-06 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "e".)
SC865-07 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "f".)
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SC865-08 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "g".)
SC865-09 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "h".)
SM 5-233 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SC865-10 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "i".)
SC865-11 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "j".)
SC865-12 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "k".)
SC865-13 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "l".)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-234 SM
Service Call 816-899
SC865-14 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "m".)
SC865-15 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "n".)
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SC865-16 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "o".)
SC865-17 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "p".)
SM 5-235 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SC865-18 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "q".)
SC865-19 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "r".)
SC865-20 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "s".)
SC865-21 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "t".)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-236 SM
Service Call 816-899
SC865-22 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "u".)
SC865-23 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
(An error occurred in partition "v".)
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SD card removed
SM 5-237 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SD card removed
SD card removed
SD card defective
SC868-00 D SD controller defective
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD
cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-238 SM
Service Call 816-899
SD card defective
SD controller defective
Troubleshooting
In case of a device access error, turn the main power
off and check the SD card insertion status.
If no problem is found, insert the SD card and turn the
main power on.
If an error occurs, use another SD card.
If the error persists
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD
cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
SM 5-239 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SD card defective
SD controller defective
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may only format SD
cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-240 SM
Service Call 816-899
Address Book data error (On startup: Media required for storing
SC870-01 B
the Address Book is missing.)
Troubleshooting
to store information required for LDAP search.)
SC870-20 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to initialize file.)
SC870-21 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to generate file.)
SC870-22 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to open file.)
SC870-23 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to write to file.)
SC870-24 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to read file.)
SM 5-241 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
SC870-25 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to check file size.)
SC870-26 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to delete data.)
SC870-27 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to add data.)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-242 SM
Service Call 816-899
Address Book data error (Unable to obtain the on/off setting for
SC870-60 B
administrator authentication (06A and later).)
Software bug
Inconsistency of Address Book source location
(machine/delivery server/LDAP server)
Inconsistency of Address Book encryption setting or
encryption key (NVRAM or HDD was replaced individually
without formatting the Address Book)
Address Book storage device (SD/HDD) was temporarily
removed or hardware configuration does not match the
application configuration.
Address Book data corruption was detected.
Troubleshooting
Initialize the Address Book partition (SP5-832-006).
HDD defective
Power was turned of while the machine used the HDD.
SM 5-243 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
HDD defective
Power was turned of while the machine used the HDD.
SC873-00 B
Format the HDD (SP5-832-007).
Replace the HDD.
When you do the above, the following information will be
initialized.
Default sender name/password (SMB/FTP/NCP)
Administrator mail address
Scanner delivery history
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-244 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
SC876-03 D Inconsistency of encryption key between NV-RAM and HDD.
SC876-04 D Log encryption key is disabled but the log data file is
encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption)
Log encryption key is enabled but the log data file is not
encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption)
SM 5-245 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
Other causes
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-246 SM
Service Call 816-899
Troubleshooting
Replace the controller board.
TPM error
TCSD error
SM 5-247 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 816-899
MLB error
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-248 SM
Service Call 900-998
Troubleshooting
turn the power on/off.
Attach the NV-RAM that was installed previously.
SM 5-249 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 900-998
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-250 SM
Service Call 900-998
Troubleshooting
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
SM 5-251 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 900-998
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-252 SM
Service Call 900-998
Troubleshooting
SC920-01 B Printer application error (Timeout during PM operation)
Software bug
Unexpected hardware configuration (such as insufficient
memory)
SM 5-253 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 900-998
HDD defective
HDD inconsistency caused by power failure during HDD
access, etc.
Software bug
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-254 SM
Service Call 900-998
Parameter error
Internal parameter error
SC990-00 D Insufficient work memory
Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally
undetectable.
Troubleshooting
Parameter error
SC991-00 C Internal parameter error
Insufficient work memory
Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally
undetectable.
Logging only
Undefined SC issued.
SM 5-255 D135/D136/D137/D138
Service Call 900-998
This can occur if there are too many application screens open
on the operation panel.
Logging only.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-256 SM
Jam Detection
Troubleshooting
2. D137/D138
SM 5-257 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
How to check
Plotter Jam History can be displayed using SP7-507.
SP7-507-001 Plotter Jam History Latest
SP7-507-002 Plotter Jam History Latest 1
SP7-507-003 Plotter Jam History Latest 2
SP7-507-004 Plotter Jam History Latest 3
SP7-507-005 Plotter Jam History Latest 4
SP7-507-006 Plotter Jam History Latest 5
SP7-507-007 Plotter Jam History Latest 6
SP7-507-008 Plotter Jam History Latest 7
SP7-507-009 Plotter Jam History Latest 8
SP7-507-010 Plotter Jam History Latest 9
Display
Jam code: Shows the cause of a jam. Appears in the log data.
Position code: Shows the location of a jam. Appears on the operation panel.
These are lists of jam codes for the main machine and peripheral devices. Please note:
Late jam. The paper has failed to arrive within the prescribed time due to a jam that has occurred
upstream of the referenced sensor.
Lag jam. The paper has failed to leave the location of the referenced sensor within the
prescribed time due to a jam downstream of the referenced sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-258 SM
Jam Detection
ADF
Troubleshooting
239 Misfeed:Original Removed P1
1 Initial jam P1
1 Overload jam P1
Main Machine
1 Registration Sensor B
SM 5-259 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
1 Invert/Entrance Sensor E
1 Invert/Exit Sensor E
1 Exid Sensor E
1 Invert/Duplex Sensor E
3 Tray 1 No Feed A1
5 Tray 2 No Feed A1
6 Tray 3 No Feed A1
9 Duplex No Feed Z
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-260 SM
Jam Detection
Troubleshooting
29 ExitRelay Sensor: Late Jam E
SM 5-261 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
97 Shift cover Z
7 LCT No Feed U
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-262 SM
Jam Detection
1 Relay Sensor B3
7 LCT No Feed U
Troubleshooting
66 LCT Exit Sensor: Lag Jam U
SM 5-263 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-264 SM
Jam Detection
Troubleshooting
153 Horizontal Transport Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
SM 5-265 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-266 SM
Jam Detection
Troubleshooting
104 Shift Tray Exit: Late Jam R1-3
SM 5-267 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
1 Entrance Sensor N1 to N5
1 Registration Sensor N6 to 22
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-268 SM
Jam Detection
Troubleshooting
Main Machine Data Corrupt N1 to N5,N6 to
249
N22
SM 5-269 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
1 Transport Sensor 1 W
1 Transport Sensor 2 W
1 Transport Sensor 3 W
1 Transport Sensor 4 W
1 Transport Sensor 5 W
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-270 SM
Jam Detection
1 Feed Sensor Q
1 Exit Sensor Q
Troubleshooting
SM 5-271 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
1 Exit Sensor Q3 to Q4
1 Entrance Sensor Q3 to Q4
1 Exit Sensor Q3 to Q4
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-272 SM
Jam Detection
1 Entrance Sensor K1 to K4
Troubleshooting
1 Exit Sensor K1 to K4
SM 5-273 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-274 SM
Jam Detection
Plockmatic Bookletmaker
Displayed by
148 Plockmatic Bookletmaker Jam
Plockmatic
Displayed by
149 GBC Stream Punch Jam
GBC
Troubleshooting
SM 5-275 D135/D136/D137/D138
Jam Detection
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-276 SM
Jam Detection
Main Sub
Size Code Paper Size Name Orientation Scan Scan
Length Length
Troubleshooting
014(0EH) B5 LEF 2570 1820
SM 5-277 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fan Defect Detection
Drawer (Inside)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-278 SM
Fan Defect Detection
Troubleshooting
Development Intake Fan (Y): Development Intake Fan
SC531-01 23
Lock (Y)
SM 5-279 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fan Defect Detection
SC530-05 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan: Lock Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan 5
SC530-06 ITB Cleaning Intake Fan: Lock ITB Cleaning Intake Fan 21
SC530-08 PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan: Lock PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan 10
SC535-02 Drive Exhaust Fan (Left): Lock Drive Exhaust Fan (Left) 6
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-280 SM
Adjustment
5.12 ADJUSTMENT
Overview
Color Calibration can be performed by the Automatic Color Calibration (ACC) in "Maintenance" in
"User Tools".
There are two types of ACC.
Copier Function ACC
Printer Function ACC
ACC for the Printer Function has 5 modes according to the printer resolution.
Mode Resolution
600dpi 1bit
Calibration 1 600 x 600 dpi
Photo/Text
Troubleshooting
Photo/Text Mode
600dpi 4bit
Calibration 3 9000 x 600 dpi
Photo/Text
1200dpi 1bit
Calibration 4 1200 x 1200 dpi
Photo/Text
1200dpi 2bit
Calibration 5 3600 x 1200 dpi
Photo/Text
Procedure
Press [User Tools].
To print a color pattern, select Maintenance> Auto Color Calibration.
Touch [Start] for the selected function (Copier Function or Printer Function).
If "Printer Function" is selected, resolution ("1800 x 600 dpi" for example) should be selected
next.
Touch "Start Printing". (The machine will print the Test Pattern after self-checking has been
completed).
Place the color test pattern face-down with the arrow aligned with the rear left corner of the
exposure glass.
Touch [Start Scanning] on the display. The machine scans the pattern one time.
Remove the pattern from the exposure glass.
Touch [Exit] three times to return to the Copy mode screen.
When scanning the color test pattern, place about 10 sheets of white paper over the test
SM 5-281 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
pattern, in order to prevent the test pattern from being away from the exposure glass.
Please instruct the customer to perform the ACC periodically to keep good image quality.
Both "Copier Function ACC" and "Printer Function ACC" should be performed as a set.
ACC can be cancelled by pressing "Previous Settings" if the customer is not satisfied
with the ACC results.
Overview
Printer Gamma can be adjusted with SP mode. Highlight (H), Shadow (S), Middle (M) and IDmax
can be set independently from the range 0 through 30 (15 is the default).
2,400×600dpi
SP1-102 2,400×600dpi Text SP1-102
Photo
1,800×600dpi
SP1-102 1,800×600dpi Text SP1-102
Photo
Adjustment Procedure
Perform ACC in Printer Function.
Enter Printer SP mode
Select the Mode to be adjusted with SP1102 (Resolution Setting)
Print out the Color Gray Scale pattern with SP1103-001.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-282 SM
Adjustment
Compare the IDmax patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the corresponding
patch pattern on the Color Gray Scale printed with SP1103-001. (If no adjustment is
required, go step #8).
See NOTE 3 about the corresponding patch pattern.
Adjust the IDmax for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted value
with SP1105 (Save Toner Control Value).
Print out the Color Gray Scale pattern with SP1103-001 again.
Compare the Middle (M) patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
corresponding patch pattern on the Color Gray Scale printed with SP1103-001. (If no
adjustment is required, go step #11).
See NOTE 3 about the corresponding patch pattern.
Adjust the Middle (M) for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted
Troubleshooting
value with SP1105 (Save Toner Control Value).
Print out the Color Gray Scale pattern with SP1103-001 again.
Compare the Shadow (S) patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
corresponding patch pattern on the Color Gray Scale printed with SP1103-001. (If no
adjustment is required, go step #14).
See NOTE 3 about the corresponding patch pattern.
Adjust the Shadow (S) for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted
value with SP1105 (Save Toner Control Value).
Print out the Color Gray Scale pattern with SP1103-001 again.
Compare the Highlight (H) patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
corresponding patch pattern on the Color Gray Scale printed with SP1103-001. (If no
adjustment is required, all adjustment is completed).
See NOTE 3 about the corresponding patch pattern.
Adjust the Highlight (H) for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted
value with SP1105 (Save Toner Control Value).
Turn the main power switch OFF and ON.
NOTE 1: Adjustment order should be IDmax -> Middle -> Shadow -> Highlight.
NOTE 2: SP1-104
SM 5-283 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
Output ID K C M
Highlight: 2-5
Middle: 3-7
Shadow: 6-9
IDmax: 10
Gradation Patch Pattern on Gray Scale printed with SP1-103-001
The following table shows a cross reference between the gradation patch pattern on the C-4 test
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-284 SM
Adjustment
C-4 test
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
chart
C -- 1 3 4 5 8 9 11 13 15-16
Gray Scale
printed M 1 2 5 6 7 10 12 14 15 16
with SP1- Y 1 3 5 7 9 10 13 14 15 16
103-001
K -- 1 3 4 5 7 10 13 16 --
14, 15,
Close
16
Troubleshooting
SM 5-285 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
C 16 10
M 16 10
IDmax
Y 16 10
K 16 9
C 8 6
M 7 5
Middle (M)
Y 7 4
K 7 6
C 13 9
M 12 7
Shadow (S)
Y 13 7
K 13 8
C 5 5
M 5 3
Highlight (H)
Y 5 3
K 4 4
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-286 SM
Adjustment
If you touch the "Change" button, the following 3 screens will be displayed. These
screens can be changed by pressing the "Next" or "Previous" button.
Troubleshooting
Press the "Copy Window" button on the bottom left, then take a copy of the C-4 test
chart. Then compare the gradation patch pattern on the copied image and the C-4 test
chart.
SM 5-287 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-288 SM
Adjustment
Overview
Scanning registration can be adjusted in the Main Scan and Sub Scan directions. Sub Scan
Magnification can also be adjusted.
Adjustment Procedure
Adjustment can be performed by the following SPs. ( page 4-131 "Magnification and
Registration Adjustment")
1. SP4-011-001 (Main Scan Reg.): Registration in the Main Scan direction.
2. SP4-010-001 (Sub Scan Registration Adj): Registration in the Sub Scan direction.
3. SP4-008-001 (Sub Scan Magnification Adj): Magnification in the Sub Scan direction.
Overview
Adjust the position and scaling applied to scanned images when using the ADF with the copier
Troubleshooting
and scanner functions. By specifying this setting, you can correct image misalignment,
expansion, and shrinkage due to non-uniform paper feeding.
This adjustment needs to be done before doing “Adjustment 005: Registration Adjustment”
Adjustment Procedure
Adjustment can be performed by the following SPs. ( page 4-37 "Adjustment after Replacing
the ADF")
1. ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Front (SP6-006-001)
2. ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Rear (SP6-006-002)
3. L-Edge Regist (1-pass): Front (SP6-006-010)
4. L-Edge Regist (1-pass): Rear (SP6-006-011)
5. DF Magnification Adj. (SP6-017-001)
Overview
This troubleshooting covers all the procedures involving registration adjustments; skew, image
position and front-back magnification adjustment except ADF and scanner registration. Note that
these procedures should be done BEFORE making registration adjustments on the Fiery
controller and scanner/ADF of the machine.
SM 5-289 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
Cause
1. Skew
1. Incorrect positioning of the side fence
2. Something in the paper path
3. Insufficient paper buckling at registration roller
2. Image Shift
1. Incorrect positioning of the side fence
2. Change during transport according to the paper characteristics, such as thickness and
stickiness
3. Incorrect magnification between Front and Back
1. Incorrect positioning of the side fence
2. Paper Path Variation by paper Specification (Thick, stiffness etc)
Contents
Step 1. Side fence check
Step 2. Skew Adjustment for front and back.
Step 3. Image Adjustment for front.
Step 4. Image Adjustment for back.
Step 5. Adjustment of magnification for back.
Step 1. Side fence check
Check the side fence status for each paper tray. If not correct, adjust the trays.
Step 2. Skew Adjustment for front and back.
Step 2-1 Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) in Tray 2 and apply the paper tray
settings.
Step 2-2 Print 5 copies of the test pattern Trimming Area (SP2109-003-14) in b/w and
simplex.
Step 2-3 Measure the two locations [A] and [B] on all 5 copies.
Step 2-4 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-004-001 so that the average values of
[A] and [B] are the same.
Front Side (1st Side)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-290 SM
Adjustment
Step 2-6 Measure the locations [C] and [D] on the back side.
Step 2-7 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-004-003 so that the average values of [C]
and [D] are the same.
Back Side (2nd Side)
Troubleshooting
Step 3-3 Measure the distance [A] and [B] on all 5 copies and calculate the average.
Step 3-4 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-003-XXX so that the average values of
[A] and [B] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-2’ below.
(You can make an adjustment for each paper type with SP1-952-XXX for IMSS setting in the
Pro machine.)
Step 3-5 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-001-XXX so that the average values of
[A] and [B] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-2’ below.
(You can make an adjustment for each paper type with SP1-950-XXX for IMSS setting in the
Pro machine.)
Step 3-6 If you finished the adjustment, check that the value of [C] is more than 4mm.
1. If the value of [C] is less than 4mm, a jam may occur because of the fusing stripper
pawls.
2. So adjust the value of [C] so that it is more than 4mm.
SM 5-291 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
The first and the last 3 copies will not be used due to the higher possibility of image
size variations.
Step 4-2 Measure the distances [A2], [B2], [C2] and [D2] on all 5 copies and calculate the
average.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-292 SM
Adjustment
Troubleshooting
Reference Information-1 (Step 2. Skew adjustment for front and back)
Check the SP value for the tray being used.
Increase the value of the SP by 1 mm.
1. Example: If the current value is 1 mm, input 2 mm into the SP.
Print out.
If you can’t solve the skew, repeat steps 1 to 3.
SM 5-293 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
SP1003
Current SP Value X Modified Value
Side-to-Side Reg
Tray 1
Tray 2
Duplex Tray
A3LCT Tray 3
A3LCT Tray 4
A3LCT Tray 5
Bypass Tray
Examples
SP1003
Current SP Value X Modified Value
Side-to-Side Reg
[For IMSS]
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-294 SM
Adjustment
SP1001
Current SP Value X Modified Value
Side-to-Side Reg
Tray 1
Tray 2
Duplex Tray
A3LCT Tray 3
A3LCT Tray 4
A3LCT Tray 5
Bypass Tray
Troubleshooting
[For IMSS]
Side-to-Side Reg
SP SP1-003-006 ±3.0mm
(Duplex)
SM 5-295 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
For IMSS
For IMSS
Adjust Magnification of
Side 2 Across Feed
IMSS 12 ±0.5%
Direction
(Each Custom Papers)
Adjust Magnification of
IMSS 13 Side 2 With Feed Direction ±0.5%
(Each Custom Papers)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-296 SM
Adjustment
Troubleshooting
SM 5-297 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
Overview
Adjust the nip width between the fusing belt and pressure roller for envelope printing. Changing
this setting may lead to insufficient fusing or cause the envelopes to wrinkle. When encountering
such problems, do the following adjustment.
Adjustment Procedure
To correct insufficient fusing, increase the value in the following SP by 5msec and check the
result.
To correct wrinkles, decrease the value in the following SP by 5msec and check the result.
SP1-996-109 to
SP Envelope Nip Width Setting 0 to 2000msec
254
For IMSS
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-298 SM
Adjustment
Overview
What to do when the customer is not satisfied with the glossiness of the copies made with the
suggested temperature is described below.
Note that the adjustment procedures for Pro C5110S/Pro C5100S and MP C8002SP/MP
C6502SP Office differ.
Troubleshooting
Adjustment
4. For the process speed adjustment to take effect, turn the machine power OFF and then ON.
SM 5-299 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
This will increase the temperature of fusing roller but will also slow down the processing
speed.
Overview
Procedure for adjusting the leading edge margin [A] and trailing edge margin [B] is described
below.
Narrowing the margin too much may cause the side edge of the paper to be dirty.
Take care because if you narrow the margin too much, paper may jam in the fusing unit
separation unit and damage the fusing unit.
Margin adjustment
Adjust the margins using the following SPs.
Leading edge margin adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-300 SM
Adjustment
Troubleshooting
Pro SP2-123-001 to [Erase Margin Adj Trailing -3 to 6mm
100 Edge] (for each custom
paper)
1.
Adjust this SP in increments of ±0.5mm. Higher values will increase the margin,
while lower values will decrease the margin.
Make some test prints (simplex and duplex) and make sure that fusing jams and side edge
smudges do not occur.
SM 5-301 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
Symptom
Staple misalignment (3mm or more) occurs.
Sample:
Cause
Cause 1:
The paper contacts the jogger fence and skews inside the staple tray during standby.
Cause 2:
The side to side registration is not aligned when the paper is being transported from the
mainframe to the finisher.
Solution
Production line
The shape of the bracket was changed and applied from the following cut-in S/N:
D688-17 E783Q810001
D689-17 E793Q910001
D703-17 E433Q810077
D704-17 E443Q810008
In the field
For Cause 1:
Update the firmware to Ver. 02.000.10 or newer.
For Cause 2:
Increase the width of the jogger fences when in standby mode from 7mm to 10mm.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-302 SM
Adjustment
Troubleshooting
SM 5-303 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment
Procedure
Attach the modified docking bracket to make it possible to adjust side-to-side registration at
joint between mainframe and finisher in accordance with the procedure below.
Secure the docking bracket [A] in its default attachment position ( x 4).
[A]: Make sure to use the markings on the FRONT exit rollers. The roller markings at the
rear side are for DLT sized paper only, and do not apply to this.
[B]: Front exit rollers
[C]: Each marking represents 2mm. If the paper edge is lined up with the center marking,
this means the paper is aligned correctly. If the paper edge is lined up with any marking
to the right of center, this means the paper is shifted toward the front. If the paper edge
is lined up with any marking to the left of center, this means the paper is shifted toward
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-304 SM
Adjustment
the rear.
[D]: Center marking
Attach the small bracket [B] to the docking bracket [A] as shown (using the screw hole
shown by the red arrow), which will allow the docking bracket to slide side-to-side. Then,
reattach the docking bracket to the machine.
1. If the paper shifts forward (toward the operator side), slide the docking bracket by
the same amount in the same direction. This is to move the Finisher toward the
operator side.
Note: Each scale marking represents 2mm.
Ex: Paper is shifted 4mm from center toward the front
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-306 SM
Image Quality
White spots
White spots are visible inside
Troubleshooting
solid image or halftone image
area because of missing
toner.
Fish-shape stains
Stains in the shape of small
fish which appear to be
swimming in the paper feed
direction.
SM 5-307 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-308 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Banding Pitch banding in the direction
perpendicular to the paper
feed direction. (Gear eyes:
Color unevenness in the
same interval as the pitch of
the gear.)
SM 5-309 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-310 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Negative residual image Previously copied image is
reproduced with its black and
white reversed on the same
page or the next page.
SM 5-311 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-312 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Unevenness in indefinite Image density unevenness in
shape indefinite shapes.
SM 5-313 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-314 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
letter.
SM 5-315 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-316 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Vertical image shift Images and lines shifted in
the paper feed direction.
SM 5-317 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Overview
White spots seen in solid colored areas or color spots seen in areas without images. The
description "white spots" excludes those with toner cores.
Item Description
Color spots (189mm/40mm pitch) Color spots in 189mm/40 mm pitch may appear in
solid areas.
White spots in Winter White spots appear in an area ranging 40mm from
Environment (D137/D138) the leading edge.
White spots with toner cores White spots with toner cores may appear inside solid
images.
White, fish-shape stains White points or short lines may appear in the feed
direction in 189 mm pitch.
Small granular toner fixation 0.5-1mm or trailing toner fixation may appear in
halftone images.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-318 SM
Image Quality
If there are no scratches, wipe the OPC surface with a damp cloth and then with a
dry cloth.
If the symptom occurs at 40mm intervals:
If there are scratches on the charge rollers, replace the affected roller(s).
If there are no scratches, wipe the surface of the roller with a damp cloth and then
with a dry cloth.
Troubleshooting
Cause
1. The electrical resistance increases when the paper goes through the fusing roller and
the moisture of the paper evaporates.
2. Due to high electrical resistance characteristics of the paper.
Action
Lower transfer current by changing the following SP
Only change the paper type and thickness that the user needs to use.
D135/D136/D137/D138
SP No. SP Name
SM 5-319 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D137/D138 only
Image may not be solid enough, in case of too low transfer current.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-320 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
[B]: 40mm
[C]: Feed direction
Cause
Electrical discharge occurs at the PTR nip.
-In detail-
In low temp and low humidity environment, the resistivity of the PTR increases. To maintain
the prescribed electric current level in this adverse condition, the transfer voltage increases.
Running the machine in this condition using paper with high resistivity and low surface
smoothness causes electrical discharge at the PTR nip as a result of excessive transfer
voltage.
The problem is likely to occur in the following conditions.
Model: D137/D138 only (AC transfer applies higher transfer voltage at the leading edge)
Environment : Low temperature & low humidity
Paper: High resistance & low surface smoothness
Image: Halftone
Solution
Decrease the paper transfer current from -75 micro A (default) to -60 micro A.
This will prevent the PTR voltage from increasing.
Possible side effect: Solid colors appear slightly faint.
Run a 50-100 page job. This will increase the machine internal temperature and prevent
the discharge from occurring at the PTR nip.
Request your customer to use paper with lower resistivity and higher surface
smoothness.
SM 5-321 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
1. Black spots occur more frequently when printing onto coated paper.
Cause
Some carrier particles inside newly-installed developer have a relatively high electrical
potential. These particles may be transferred to the OPC in non-image areas as well, and
then fall off before image transfer. As a result, a white spot is developed on the image.
If these carrier particles are transferred to the ITB, toner around the carrier drops off, forming
a black spot.
Solution
Do the following.
D137/D138:
Execute “Adjust Image Density” (0201-01) inside the Skilled Operator Settings.
This is effective when the development gamma is low (about 0.8 or less) or the OPC
electric potential is high, such as in low-temperature, low-humidity environments.
D135/D136:
Execute “Density Adjustment Process Control” by tapping the following buttons: [User
Tools/Counters] – [Management] – [Auto Color Calibration].
1. This is effective when the development gamma is low (about 0.8 or less) or the OPC
electric potential is high, such as in low-temperature, low-humidity environments.
2. After you do this, color calibration is optional.
CE:
Execute SP3-011-002 ([Manual ProCon :Exe] - Density Adjustment).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-322 SM
Image Quality
Cause
The machine is left unused for an extended time, and toner tends to clump inside the
Troubleshooting
development unit. As a result, toner may not be transferred onto the paper correctly.
The PCDU is subjected to strong vibration or shock. This may cause toner on the wall of
the unit to fall inside the developer and form clumps.
The toner is left outside the moisture bag too long. This may cause toner to form clumps.
Solution
Do the following, which will clear the toner clumps out of the development unit.
Make a test print and determine the affected color(s).
Print out 30-200 A3 sheets with solid images of the affected color(s).
If the symptom still occurs, replace the toner cartridge of the affected color.
Repeat Step 2.
If the symptom still occurs, replace the development unit/developer of the affected color.
SM 5-323 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Cause
Small foreign objects or particles on the surface of the OPC drum
Solution
Do the action shown in the flowchart below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-324 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting for Small granular toner fixation (Pro C5110S /Pro C5100S)
Symptom
Small clumps of toner are offset and appear as spots or short lines.
1. Short line
2. Spots (0.5 to 1 mm)
Cause
Toner clumps adhered to the pressure roller are not picked up by the cleaning web and offset
to the printed paper.
Troubleshooting
Following are conditions that increase the risk of this symptom:
1. Halftone printing
2. Duplex printing
3. Uncoated (especially rough surfaced) paper
4. Small size paper (B5, customer paper of 216mm in sub scan direction)
SM 5-325 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Flow chart
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-326 SM
Image Quality
Overview
A smudge or a white area inside an image, in a linear shape with 1mm or smaller width.
Item Description
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting for Vertical streaks caused by contact with the toner
adhering to the guide plate
Symptom
Vertical streaks appear.
Condition
Scratches tend to stand out when printing on relatively stiff thick coated paper.
Cause
Paper after fusing come into contact with small convex scratches or adhering toner on the
guide plate and vertical streaks appear.
Action (overview)
If the problem occurs in the position of the ribs of the heat pipe entrance guide plate,
clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs.
If the problem occurs in other places, clean the paper transport path/duplex unit.
If cleaning does not improve the situation, lower the fusing temperature.
Action (detail 1): Clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs.
Position of the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs [A]
SM 5-327 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Action (detail 2): Clean the Paper Exit transport path/Duplex unit.
If streaks appear on straight-fed one-sided prints or the second side of two side prints:
(1) Clean the upper part of the Paper Exit transport path.
If streaks appear on first sides of two-sided prints: (2) Clean the lower part of the Paper
Exit transport path.
If streaks appear on inverted one-sided prints: (3) Clean the lower left part of the Paper
Exit transport path.
If streaks appear on the second side of two side prints: (4) Clean the duplex unit.
Upper part of the Paper Exit transport path
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-328 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
[A]: Paper Exit Lower Left Guide Plate (Clean this point intensively.)
[B]: Paper Exit Lower Right Guide Plate
[C]: Junction Gate Ends
Duplex unit
[A]: Duplex Transport guide plate (Upper) (Clean the turning point on the right
intensively.)
[B]: Duplex Transport guide plate (Lower)
Action (detail 3): Lower the fusing temperature.
Enter SP mode and lower the fusing temperature with SP1-984. (Guideline: Lower it 10° C at
a time.)
SM 5-329 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
1. There is a risk of decreasing fusing ability. Be sure to check the printed results.
Reference
Following are features unique to the CH-C1 series that contribute to the vertical streaks.
Chances of foreign materials to scratch the prints are high because the toner used for the
Charis series has a low melting point.
Paper contacts the guide plate after fusing because the curve of the switchback exit path is
tight.
SPR-F2
Toner CER CER-gamma
* Low melting point
Comparisonwith MPC7501/6501
Advantage: Curvature
Disadvantage: Support for thicker paper, Toner
Comparison with ProC751EX/651EX
Disadvantage: Support for thicker paper, Toner
Layout of the fusing exit paper path
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-330 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
2. Symptom
Streaks appear along the feed direction when switching to a larger paper size.
3. Cause
Running a job continuously on a certain paper size causes the paper edges to damage the
fusing belt, which causes streaks on the printouts when switching to a larger paper size.
[A] The smaller size paper used prior to the job resulting in the streaks, which causes the
damage to the fusing belt
[B] Paper edge mark on the fusing belt
4. Solution (D137/D138)
Smooth the Fusing Belt with the Fusing Smoothing Roller using SP mode.
SM 5-331 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-332 SM
Image Quality
Condition 1: Printing on
Condition 2: One Condition 3: Two
HML A3 after printing 10kp
smoothing operation (3 smoothing operations (6
of full-bleed solid on
min) after “Condition 1” min) after “Condition 2”
HMLSRA3
Effect will differ depending on the paper in use and job conditions.
5. Solution (D135/D136)
Polish the edges on the fusing belt using the tool in the following table.
See procedure below.
M0774287 WEB:POLISH:FUSING:ASS'Y 1 - - - -
Troubleshooting
SM 5-333 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Press locks ([A], [B]) and remove the unit from the machine.
Hold the locks down while you pull out the unit.
After you finish each section of the fusing belt surface, rotate the fusing gear [A]
counterclockwise and do the next section. Repeat this until you have polished
the entire surface of the belt.
Make sure to polish both the front and rear sides of the fusing belt. This is
because scratches are generated by the front and rear edges of paper.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-334 SM
Image Quality
1. This action will smoothen out any scratches on the fusing belt surface.
2. When you rotate the fusing gear [A] counterclockwise, the fusing belt rotates
clockwise.
After you finish polishing the entire belt, close the fusing unit cover.
Reattach the drawer unit.
Print out some sample copies and check whether the vertical lines appear.
It is recommended to replace this web (M0774288) after each polishing of the fusing belt
(one web per fusing belt) in accordance with the following procedure.
Troubleshooting
New P/N Description Q’ty Int Page Index Note
M0774288 WEB:POLISH:FUSING 1 - - - -
M0774288 WEB:POLISH:FUSING
SM 5-335 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Peel off the seals on both ends of the new web, and then wrap the web around the tool.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-336 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting for Horizontal White Streaks in Small Solid Black Areas
Symptom
White streaks may appear in feeding direction on the small solid black area (smaller than
3cm x 3cm). (See sample below in red circle)
Cause
Detailed description will be added when this manual is revised.
Action
Print black in FC mode.
PS driver and PCL driver
Select “Print Quality” from Detailed Settings.
Select “User Setting” as Settings for Images.
Select “CMY+K” or “Black by K (Black) – Text Only” for PS driver, and “CMY+K” for
PCL driver as Gray Reproduction.
SM 5-337 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Fiery driver
Select “Job Properties” of the affected image.
Select “Expert setting” from “Color” tab.
Select “Gray/Black Processing” Tab.
Specify “Normal” for Black text and graphics in order to print in CMYK mode.
Increase image transfer current. (+5 to 10 A from the default)
D135/D136/D137/D138
SP No. SP Name
D137/D138 only
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-338 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Cause
Charge failure caused by “corona products” that form on the OPC drum
If the symptom occurs when all of conditions below are met,
Operation after a long break (as in the initial operation of the day)
Halftone image
High humidity
Action
Execute “Color Registration” from “Maintenance” in User Tools.
Execute “Auto Color Calibration” from “Maintenance” in User Tools.
SM 5-339 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
1. To check if the lines are originating in the Cyan station, print out a solid image in
100% Cyan.
Cause
The electrical charge applied to the ITB is discharged when the ITB passes under the Cyan
drum. This is because the ITB is closer to the Cyan drum than other drums when the ITB
retracts.
1. The problem is more likely to occur with a wrinkled ITB because the distance
between the ITB and drum could come closer at the wrinkled spots, resulting in the
discharge. The unwanted lines usually appear interrupted in this case.
2. Also, the problem is more likely to occur with brand new units. Running the
machine will acclimatize the ITB and drum, and resolve the problem.
This diagram describes the condition of the ITB and drums when the ITB is in contact with all
the drums.
However, when the ITB retracts from the color drums, the distance between the ITB and Y, M
and C drums varies. The C drum is closest to the ITB.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-340 SM
Image Quality
Solution
For solid lines:
Replace the ITB drive roller.
If the problem persists even after replacing the ITB driver roller, print out 10 to 50 copies of
solid images in 100% Cyan to acclimatize the ITB and drum.
For interrupted lines:
Replace the ITB driver roller. This will help prevent wrinkles from forming on the ITB.
Troubleshooting
[A]: ITB drive roller
Model: D137/D138
DRIVE ROLLER:
D1366070 D1356070 INTERMEDIATE 1 - - - -
TRANSFER:ASS'Y
S/N information
The production process was improved to prevent wrinkles from forming on the ITB for units
of the following S/N.
D13717: E253C900027-
D13721: E253C920001-
D13727: E253C930001-
D13729: E253C950001-
D13817: E263C900001-
D13821: E263C920001 -
D13827: E263C930001-
D13829: E263C950001-
SM 5-341 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Diagram describing the location of the roller marks caused by the Paper exit roller:
3. Solution
Step 1: Clean or replace the drive/idle rollers.
If the roller marks do not disappear by cleaning or replacing the rollers, do Step 2.
Step 2: Decrease the fusing temp.
4. Step 1: Clean or replace the drive/idle rollers in the following units.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-342 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
SM 5-343 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-344 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
1. Decreasing the fusing temp may cause poor fusing. Make sure to check the results
after every adjustment.
SM 5-345 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
2. Cause
Vibration of the cleaning unit synchronizes with the vibration generated by the gears that
rotate the Cleaning Brush Roller, creating a resonance.
This occurs specifically when the Cleaning Brush Roller rotates in the following 2 speeds,
which are defined as “Environment Coefficient 7 & 8” based on the absolute humidity
detected internally by the machine.
Reference
Environment Coefficient 1-3: Low temperature and low humidity
Environment Coefficient 4-6: Optimum machine operational condition (laboratory)
Environment Coefficient 7-10: High temperature and high humidity
3. Solution
Enter the SP mode and modify the environment coefficient set for Environment Coefficient 7
and 8 as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-346 SM
Image Quality
SP2-225-038
1.63 (default) 1.90
Environment Coefficient 7
SP2-225-039
1.76 (default) 1.90
Environment Coefficient 8
1. DO NOT print more than 10 pages with the above modified SP setting. Make sure to
set each SP back to default after the test.
Troubleshooting
1 SP2-225-032 0.70
2 SP2-225-033 0.83
3 SP2-225-034 0.96
4 SP2-225-035 1.10
5 SP2-225-036 1.30
6 SP2-225-037 1.50
7 SP2-225-038 1.63
8 SP2-225-039 1.76
9 SP2-225-040 1.90
10 SP2-225-041 2.00
4. Side effect
Increased lubricant consumption
SM 5-347 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-348 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Select the test patterns (CMYK) in SP2-109-003 and specify the values described in the
table below and print out the test patterns.
K C M Y
2-109-003 26 26 26 26
(Test pattern no.)
2-109-006 5 0 0 0
(Bk output density)
2-109-007 0 5 0 0
SP
(C output density)
2-109-008 0 0 5 0
(M output density)
2-109-009 0 0 0 5
(Y output density)
SM 5-349 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
page.
If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Drum [189mm pitch]
Execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Do the procedure: “Centering the axis of the Drum” described on the last page.
If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Toner Supply Auger [32mm pitch]
Reset the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Charge Roller [40mm pitch]
Reset the charge roller unit and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Charge Cleaning Roller [4-5mm pitch]
Execute Process Control (SP3-011-002).
Reset the charge roller unit and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
If the problem does not resolve, replace the charge roller unit and execute DEMS
(SP3040-001).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-350 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
[A]: Joint of the development roller
[B]: Direction of rotation
5. Centering the axis of the drum
Similarly to the above procedure, center the axis of the drum by performing the following
procedure.
Pull out the PCDU.
Remove the rear cover.
Turn the drum motor 5 full rotations clockwise (viewed from rear).
Set the PCDU and attach the rear cover.
Execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Print the test pattern and check the results.
Repeat the above steps, if improvement cannot be confirmed.
SM 5-351 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
2. Cause
The primary cause of the problem is the difference in the rotation speed of the ITB motor and
Registration motor.
Details of the cause differ depending on the type of shock-jitter as described below.
Type 1
Difference in the rotation speed of the ITB motor and registration motor causes difference in
the ITB rotation speed and the paper transport speed, which generates a shock and disrupts
the image transfer process at the PTR. Image is disrupted when the trailing edge passes
through the registration roller.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-352 SM
Image Quality
Type 2
Troubleshooting
This type involves both of the following 2 factors.
A) Difference in the rotation speed of the ITB motor and registration motor causes difference
in the ITB rotation speed and the paper transport speed, which generates a shock and
disrupts the image transfer process at the PTR.
B) Depending on the type of paper in use the paper drags the ITB, which causes the ITB to
rotate slightly faster than the Bk drum. This disrupts the toner transfer from the Bk drum to
the ITB.
As a result of the above, the image disrupted between the drum and ITB is transferred to the
paper at the PTR, which corresponds to the timing when the trailing edge passes through the
registration roller.
SM 5-353 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Shock-jitter of Type 2 generates the unwanted line toward the Leading edge.
Shock-jitter of Type 1 generates the unwanted line toward the Trailing edge.
Note the following side effect when adjusting the line speed.
1. Image size will reduce in sub-scan direction as described in the table to the
right. The reduction ratio will differ depending on the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-354 SM
Image Quality
-0.2% -0.20%
-0.5% -0.26%
-0.2% -0.22%
-0.5% -0.26%
-0.3% -0.24%
-0.6% -0.29%
-0.3% -0.20%
Troubleshooting
-0.6% -0.30%
[Test conditions]
SM 5-355 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Weight 3 paper is not necessarily needed for the check, but the weight of this paper
tends to display the lines more accurately in the expected location and makes the check
easier.
[Check table]
D137
A3 A3 SRA3
a
Approx 130 mm Approx 128mm Approx 94 mm
(distance from LE)
b
Approx 84 mm Approx 84 mm Approx 84 mm
(distance from TE)
D138
A3 A3 SRA3
a
Approx 161 mm Approx 159 mm Approx 121 mm
(distance from LE)
b
Approx 84 mm Approx 84 mm Approx 84 mm
(distance from TE)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-356 SM
Image Quality
[A]: Registration
[B]: Duplex exit
[C]: Feed tray
[D]: ITB Unit
[E]: PTR
[F]: Registration roller
When modifying the SP values, make sure to apply the same modified value for all
of the following 7 SPs as a set.
Troubleshooting
SP
(Paper type / IMSS Description Adjustment range
weight)
16 Registration Motor
SP1-019-001 to -3.0 to 3.0 (0.1%
(SP1-961-001 to Feed Speed
022 steps)
100) Adjustment
18 Second Transport
SP1-010-001 to -3.0 to 3.0 (0.1%
(SP1-957-001 to Motor Feed Speed
008 steps)
100) Adjustment
SM 5-357 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
SP
(Paper type / IMSS Description Adjustment range
weight)
Example
The following table describes an example of reducing the line speed 0.2% for Weight 3
paper (=Weight 7 in Custom Paper Settings).
Matte: Weight
SP1-019-014 Registration Motor Feed -0.3 -0.5
3
Speed Adjustment
Glossy:
SP1-019-021 -0.3 -0.5
Weight 3
Plain: Weight
SP1-016-007 -0.3 -0.5
3
Glossy:
SP1-016-021 -0.3 -0.5
Weight 3
Plain: Weight
SP1-018-007 -0.3 -0.5
3
Glossy:
SP1-018-021 -0.3 -0.5
Weight 3
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-358 SM
Image Quality
Matte: Weight
SP1-034-014 -0.3 -0.5
3
Glossy:
SP1-034-021 -0.3 -0.5
Weight 3
* Note that there are more than 7 SPs to adjust due to the adjustments needed for different paper types.
SP mode and Custom Paper Settings apply different terms to express paper
weight. This is due to the application of a common firmware for D135/D136 and
D137/D138.
Refer to the comparison table below to prevent mistakes.
Troubleshooting
81 to 100.9 gsm Plain 2 Paper weight 3
SM 5-359 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Cause
Detailed description will be added when this RTB is revised.
Action
In case of GW controller
Change the dpi from “2400 x 600dpi” (Default setting) to “600 x 600dpi”
In case of EFI controller
Change the halftone mode from “200 Dot + Fine Text” to “175 Dot” from “Image” tab.
Overview
The density of images and text is uneven.
Item Description
Vertical bands of density unevenness on When making duplex prints on coated paper
back sides of duplex prints made on in low-temperature, low-humidity environment
coated paper in low-temperature, low- (10°C, 15%), vertical bands of density
humidity environment unevenness appear on halftone images only
on the back sides.
Uneven density in the area 85mm from Uneven density of halftone image may
the trailing edge appear in area 85mm from the trailing edge,
which correspond to the point where the
paper leave the registration rollers.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-360 SM
Image Quality
Item Description
Density unevenness and dust when With certain types of paper, the concave
using AC transfer (CH-C1 Pro only) portions of the paper may be white or too
dark, or there may be thin lines of dust.
Uneven glossiness when feeding large The glossiness may be uneven at the sides
size paper after small size paper of the paper (outside the width of the small
size paper).
Troubleshooting
If uneven density occurs, follow this troubleshooting procedure.
Density difference between left and right
SM 5-361 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Cause
Variation in Paper Transfer Roller
Pressure deviation of ITB bias roller
Solution (Summary)
Step 1: Print a color-by-color solid image and check the color/type of image density
difference.
Step 2: Adjust the image density deference between right and left.
Step 3: Adjust Image Density difference between middle and right/left.
Solution (Detailed)
Step 1: Print a color-by-color solid image and check the color/type of image density
difference.
Select SP2-109-003-26 (Test Pattern: Pattern Selection: Full Dot)
Do SP2-109-005 (Test Pattern Color Selection) and select the appropriate color.
Do SP2-109-006 to 009 (Density: K.C.M.Y) and set the appropriate color’s density to 15.
Press the button “Copy mode” and move to the copy window
If you want to print a K solid image, select BW mode and A4 paper and print. If you want
to print a C, M, Y solid image, select FC mode and A4 paper and print.
Check the color and type of image density difference of the output.
If there is a density difference between right and left: Go to Step 2.
If there is a density difference between middle and right/left: Go to Step 3.
Step 2: Adjust the image density deference between right and left.
1. Select SP2-109-003-026 (Test Pattern: Pattern Selection: Full Dot)
2. Do SP2-109-005 (Test Pattern Color Selection) and select the appropriate color.
3. Do SP2-109-006 to 009 and set the density value of the appropriate color to 8.
4. Do the following SP or Adjust Settings for Skilled Operator and adjust the appropriate
color’s image density deference between right and left.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-362 SM
Image Quality
Press [+] to increase the density at the right, which means to decrease it at the left.
Press [-] to decrease the density at the right, which means to increase it at the left.
Troubleshooting
*The arrow indicates the paper feed direction
[A]: Leading edge
[B]: Right
[C]: Trailing edge
[D]: Left
Depending on the machine’s other settings; this setting may have no effect.
5. Turn the main power off and then back on.
6. Print out halftone paper by following Steps 2-1 to 3 and check effect of the adjusted
settings.
Step 3: Adjust Image Density difference between middle and right/left
Set the appropriate color’s ITB bias to 5 A by doing the following SP.
When adjusting the ITB bias for all paper types at once (excluding the paper library for
the Office version), please use the following SP
SM 5-363 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
When adjusting the ITB bias for all paper types in the paper library at once (Office only),
please use the following SP.
Print out a sheet with 100% Coverage using the same procedure as Steps 1-1, 2 and
compare with the 100% Coverage printed out in Step 1.
If the image density difference is improved, go to Step 3-3.
If the image density difference is worse, go to Step 3-4.
Decrease the value 1 A by 1 A (Minimum :-10 A from the default value)
Increase the value 1 A by 1 A.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-364 SM
Image Quality
1: Approximately 30mm
2: Approximately 50mm
[A]: Bands of low density (at approx. 30-50mm from center)
Troubleshooting
[B]: Density is relatively high at ends of bands
Cause
Friction between the paper and registration roller generates an electrical charge on some
areas of the paper, after the paper has passed through the fusing unit to fuse the first side.
The areas on the paper are charged differently, and these differences are visible as bands.
Solution
Lower the PTR bias for the second side.
D137/D138:
The user can use the IMSS settings to lower the bias.
If the symptom occurs in full-color mode, use [PTR Bias:FC:Side2: Custom Paper 001 to
100] (2-814-001 to 100).
If the symptom occurs in B/W mode, use [PTR Bias:BW:Side2: Custom Paper 001 to
100] (2-812-001 to 100).
When using plain paper, the setting can be changed using 2-652-012 to 028 (for
each paper thickness and type) and 2-642-012 to 028 (for each paper thickness and
type).
D135/D136:
A customer engineer must perform the following adjustment:
If the symptom occurs in full-color mode, lower the value of SP2-652-001 to 008 (for each
paper thickness).
If the symptom occurs in B/W mode, lower the value of SP2-642-001 to 008 (for each paper
thickness).
Adjust the value between the [default value] and [default value - 20 A].
1. The density of solid images may be decreased if the bias is too low (especially high-
density solid image areas). In addition, other image problems may occur.
SM 5-365 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Troubleshooting for Uneven Density in the Area 85mm from the Trailing
Edge
Symptom
Uneven density of halftone image may appear in area 85mm from the trailing edge. (See
sample below)
SP No. SP Name
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-366 SM
Image Quality
Only change the paper type and thickness that the user needs to use.
Change either registration motor speed or transport motor speed. If you will go with this
workaround, please reset the transfer roller speed to default, then change the figure by
0.1% each.
From SP mode (D135/D136/D137/D138):
SP No. SP Name
Troubleshooting
SP1-016-001 to 022 Fine Adj. Relay Motor CW Speed
SM 5-367 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Only change the paper type and thickness that the user needs to use.
Change the all the speed in the same figure.
Troubleshooting for Uneven density in the area 85mm from the trailing
edge in low-temperature, low-humidity environment
Symptom
The density in independent dot halftone or halftone areas may be higher or lower in the area
0-85mm from the trailing edge, when printing under low-temperature/low-humidity conditions.
Cause
1. Variations in the attractive force and distance between the ITB and paper immediately
before paper transfer
2. Toner scatters in the pre-transfer section after the paper clears the registration rollers,
which produces high image density in these areas.
Solution
Adjust the speed of the registration rollers as follows.
If the image density is high, set the following to a lower value, and vice-versa.
Change the value 1% at a time and check the results.
IMSS setting
Pro/Office IMSS setting Value
No.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-368 SM
Image Quality
Cause
When using paper that has an unsmooth surface, the strength of the electrical field between
the ITB and the concaved areas in the paper weakens, causing low image density only in
these areas.
Troubleshooting
Action
D135/D136:
Increase toner density by following SPs.
1. Change process control target from SP mode (Ideal setting: +0.03 to 1.0 from the
default)
SP: 3-620-111 to 114 (Plain : Maximum M/ A : K, C, M, Y)
2. Execute manual process control from SP mode.
SP: 3-011-002 (Manual ProCon: Density Adjustment)
D137/D138:
Increase the value of Toner Adhesion in the IMSS setting.
SM 5-369 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
The above problems are likely to occur under the following conditions:
1. Printing on thick texture paper
2. Continuous printing of low image coverage jobs (5% or lower)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-370 SM
Image Quality
3. Flow chart
Troubleshooting
SM 5-371 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Full color
Full color
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-372 SM
Image Quality
[A]: V (target)
[B]: V (actual)
[C]: Risk of poor toner transfer
Troubleshooting
high.
(Fluctuation
of the
waveform is
too big.)
As a result,
electrical
discharge
occurs at the
PTR.
[A]: V (high AC)
[B]: Risk of electrical discharge
SM 5-373 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
[A]: V (actual)
[B]: V (target)
[C]: Risk of scattered text/line
[A]: V (target)
[B]: V (low AC)
[C]: Risk of poor toner transfer
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-374 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting for Uneven glossiness when feeding large size paper after
small size paper
Symptom
The glossiness is uneven at the left and right sides of the paper, along the paper feed
direction (outside the width of the small-sized paper types), when printing onto wide paper
types after making many prints onto narrow paper.
1: Feed direction
[A]: Sides of the belt [A] that are wider than narrow paper types
Troubleshooting
Cause
Making many prints of narrow sheets leaves the sides of the belt [A] hot and the center
relatively cool. As a result, the surface temperature across the belt is uneven.
Solution
Do the following.
1. Change the SP values as shown below depending on the size of the (narrow) paper that
was used before the symptom occurred.
Switch:Rotation
216.0mm < L Start/Stop: End
B4 SEF 1-121-005 200 120
≤ 257.0mm Temp.:After
Job:B4
Switch:Rotation
Letter SEF,
182.0mm < L Start/Stop: End
Legal SEF, 1-121-006 200 120
≤ 216.0mm Temp.:After
A4 SEF
Job:B5
SM 5-375 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
B5 SEF, A5
SEF, Half Switch:Rotation
Letter SEF, Start/Stop: End
L ≤ 182.0mm 1-121-007 200 120
B6 SEF, A6 Temp.:After
SEF, Job:A5
Postcard
1: Feed direction
2. Set SP1-121-003 (Switch:Rotation Start/Stop: Time:After Job) to a value of "100 sec".
Troubleshooting blurred image on front and rear sides toward the Trailing
Edge
Symptom
Image on both front (operator) and rear (non-operator) sides toward the trailing edge is
blurred.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-376 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
between the two units.
Solution
Part 1: Line speed adjustment in IMSS (or in SP mode)
Decreasing the line speed of the fusing unit will prevent pulling of the paper between the
fusing and ITB units.
Part 2: Fusing entrance guide adjustment
Lowering the fusing entrance guide plate will make the paper path straighter (= shorter),
which also helps prevent the fusing and ITB units from pulling the paper.
Part 1: Line speed adjustment in IMSS (or in SP mode)
1. Decrease the fusing speed and paper exit motor speed 0.5% from the current value in
IMSS (or in SP mode).
SM 5-377 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
Print out 20 copies of the affected image and check the result. If a different abnormal
image appears, restore the settings and do Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate
adjustment.
2. If no improvement, repeat step 1, however, this time by 0.5%.
3. Print out 20 copies of the affected image and check the result. If the problem persists,
do Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate adjustment.
Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate adjustment
1. Remove the fusing unit from the mainframe.
3. Set the screw removed in the previous step to the hole in the front most position
for both operator and non-operator sides. DO NOT fully fasten the screws yet.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-378 SM
Image Quality
2. Cause
The lubricant in the drum cleaning unit falls into the registration unit and creates smudges on
the ITB encoder sensor. As a result, the engine speed cannot be controlled correctly.
3. Solution
Clean the ITB encoder with a blower brush.
Troubleshooting
(Pro C5110S/C5100S)
1. Symptom
Bands (uneven density) in 3mm pitch appear across the entire page when printing on Thick6
paper.
2. Cause
PCB power output level is inconsistent.
3. How to verify if the bands are caused by inconsistent PCB power output level
1. Execute Process Control (SP3-011-002).
2. Select the test patterns (CMYK) in SP2-109-003 and specify the values described
in the table below and print out the test patterns.
SM 5-379 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
K C M Y
2-109-003
12 12 12 12
(Test pattern no.)
2-109-006
15 0 0 0
(Bk output density)
2-109-007
SP 0 15 0 0
(C output density)
2-109-008
0 0 15 0
(M output density)
2-109-009
0 0 0 15
(Y output density)
2. Print the test pattern and check the results. If the fuseability has degraded, turn
on the “Toner reduction” mode provided that the image is of 3C and image quality
is maintained.
3. Again, print the test pattern and check the results. If the fuseability is still poor,
increase the heating roller temperature 5°C. (DO NOT set the temp higher than
180°C.)
4. If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCB (K/C) and/or PCB (M/Y)
depending on the color showing the problem.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-380 SM
Image Quality
Overview
Areas outside letters or images are stained.
Item Description
Stains in the area 76mm from the trailing Stains in the shape of horizontal streaks may
edge appear in the area 76mm from the trailing
edge.
Stains on the side edges of paper If the machine has been used for a long time,
toner, paper powder and foreign objects
sticking to the rollers may get on the side
edges of the paper.
Troubleshooting for Stains in the area 76mm from the trailing edge
Troubleshooting
1. Symptom
Stains in the shape of horizontal streaks appear in the area 76mm from the trailing edge
when printing high-coverage images onto coated paper.
SM 5-381 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality
3. Remove the toner stuck to the heat pipe rollers using sandpaper (#1500).
1. Move the sandpaper back and forth horizontally and rotate the
heat pipe roller to clean it full-circle.
4. Wipe the places that you sanded in Step 3 with a damp cloth.
5. Re-attach the heat pipe unit to the fusing unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-382 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
Solution
Activate the Cooling Fan included as an accessory to the Copy Tray Type M2.
If the above does not resolve the problem, set the cooling fan in the procedure described on
the following pages so that it faces in a 90° angle.
Procedure
Remove bracket [A] from bracket [B]. ( x 2)
Fit the bosses on bracket [B] to the holes on bracket [A] and fix the brackets. ( x 2)
Set the cooling unit [B] on the bracket [A] in a 90° angle.
Fix the cooling unit [A] with the bracket in a 90° angle. ( x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-384 SM
Image Quality
Troubleshooting
SM 5-385 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transport
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-386 SM
Paper Transport
D135/D136:
Troubleshooting
Raising the heat roller temperature may cause the following side effects.
Fusibility may be reduced
Glossiness of the image may decrease
Stains may be visible if printing halftone images onto uncoated paper
SM 5-387 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transport
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-388 SM
Paper Transport
If the envelopes are fed in the SEF direction, they tend to warp in between the PTR unit and
fusing unit.
Troubleshooting
Cause
The heat of the fusing process may cause wrinkles to form or the adhesive on the flaps to
melt if the flaps are folded.
Solution
When feeding the types of envelopes described above, feed them from the bypass tray, in
the LEF direction (from the trailing edge), with the flaps open.
SM 5-389 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transport
Troubleshooting for Twining Jams in the Lower Part of the Fusing Unit
Caused by Insufficient Margins
Symptom
An “accordion jam” may occur under the following conditions:
Thin, coated paper
A large amount of toner is needed to develop the images on the leading or trailing edge
The margins at the leading and trailing edges are relatively narrow
1: Feed direction
[A]: Leading edge margin
[B]: Trailing edge margin
Cause
The margin at the leading or trailing edge is too narrow, which causes the paper to stick to
the pressure roller stripper plate.
Solution
Do the following:
Increase the margins the leading/trailing edges (up to a maximum of 10mm).
See page 5-300 "Margin adjustment".
If you adjust the margins without adjusting the image position, parts of the image may not be
printed. To adjust the image position, see Step 2 below.
If the symptom still occurs, try adjusting the position of the image at the same time. Change the
value in increments of -0.5mm, up to a maximum width of 10mm.
Before you make any registration adjustments, make sure that the margin in the direction you will
move the image is wide enough.
Subscan registration adjustments:
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-390 SM
Paper Transport
Troubleshooting
If the symptom still occurs, check the following and replace parts as necessary.
If the fusing belt is damaged, replace it.
If the gap between the fusing stripper plate and fusing belt is wider than normal, replace the
fusing unit.
Note: The fusing stripper plate cannot be replaced individually (it can only be
attached and precision-adjusted at the factory).
If the pressure roller is damaged, replace it.
If the gap between the pressure roller stripper plate and pressure roller is wider than normal,
replace the pressure roller stripper plate.
If the rib [A] has come loose, correct the position of the rib as shown.
SM 5-391 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Output
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-392 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
Remove the Drawer Unit Lock Motor Cover.
Check whether the D-cut surface direction of the axis points down.
If the D-cut surface direction is correct: Go to Step 4.
Release the pressure of the PTR by using the link plate. ( page 4-69 "If the Drawer is
Locked")
If the Drawer Unit can be withdrawn: Solution procedure is finished.
If the Drawer Unit can’t be withdrawn: Go to Step 3
Step 3: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor or Drawer Unit Lock Motor is
defective.
Do SP1040-001(Drawer Lock Motor Unlocking Operation).
If the Drawer Unit is unlocked: Go to Step 4.
If the Drawer Unit is still locked: Go to Step 5.
Step 4: Check for the presence or absence of a straddling jam.
Check whether there is jammed paper at the vertical transport, bypass unit, or purge unit.
If absent: Solution procedure is finished.
If present: Remove jammed paper. (Go to the next step.)
Step 5: Release the Drawer Unit lock by removing the parts related to the Drawer Unit
lock.
Turn the main switch OFF.
Follow the procedure ‘If You Cannot Open the Drawer’ in the service manual, and release the
Drawer Unit lock.
Replacement and Adjustment > Drawer Unit > Drawer Unit Cover > If You Cannot Open
the Drawer
Turn the main switch ON.
If successful: Go to Step 6.
If an error occurs: Go to Step 7.
SM 5-393 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Step 6: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit Lock Motor work
correctly.
Do SP5803-204: Input Check Drawer Lock Sensor
Do SP5805-150: Output Check Drawer Lock Sensor
If successful: Solution procedure is finished.
If an error occurs: Go to Step 7.
Step 7: Check the connections of the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit Lock
Motor
If the harness connection is correct: Replace the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and/or Motor.
If the harness connection is poor: Connect it correctly. (Solution procedure is finished.)
As a rough figure, the grease needs to be applied every 2000 times the drawer unit is opened.
Procedure
Press the release levers and pull out the drawer unit [A] all the way.
If you are working in a low-temperature environment (15 °C or lower), make sure to complete
this step within 30 minutes. This is because the tension of the drawer cord will decrease and
the cord will stretch.
Apply Grease Barrierta S552R in thin layers to the drawer unit positioning pins.
Area: On and around the positioning pins
Amount: 0.05g - 0.1g
[A]: Drawer unit positioning pin (right-front)
[B]: Drawer unit positioning pin (right-rear)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-394 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
SM 5-395 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
05 Machine: Maintenance
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-396 SM
Other Problems
07 Finishing: Finisher
Troubleshooting
0410 Paper Alignment for Stapling Across Feed SP6-107
Direction
0412 Adjust Paper Tapping for Extra Feed for Stapling SP6-120
SM 5-397 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-398 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
0402 Adjust Punch Position Across Feed Direction 6 101
0412 Adjust Paper Tapping for Extra Feed for Stapling 6 120
SM 5-399 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-400 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
7 Adjust Image Position of Side 2 With 1 951 001 to 100
Feed Direction
SM 5-401 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-402 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
45 Paper Transfer Current Setting: Full 2 814 001 to 100
Color: Side 2
SM 5-403 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-404 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
81 Reduce Initial CPM: Low Temperature 1 990 001 to 100
Environment
SM 5-405 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Check the paper size specified for the tandem tray on the control panel.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-406 SM
Other Problems
If the sizes do not match, enter SP5-959-001; Paper Size: 1st Tray (Tandem) and specify the size
according to the paper in use.
0: A4 LEF
1: 81/2 × 11 LEF
Turn the main power off/on.
Confirm proper duplex printing to complete the procedure.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-407 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-408 SM
Other Problems
* The top part of the fusing unit shown in this photo is gray because the unit is of the
prototype.
Incorrect Correct
Cut-out [A] on the feeler is visible. Cut-out on the feeler is not visible.
Troubleshooting
Continue with the next step. Do Procedure 3.
SM 5-409 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Troubleshooting SC515-01
Symptom
SC515-01 (Roller Shift Motor 1 Error) before total print volume reaches 10K.
Cause
Because the machine is still new, grease is not completely spread across the roller shift
motor (duplex transport motor), causing the motor to lose steps.
Action
If SC515-01 is observed before the machine reaches 10K since installation, do the following
procedure to age the duplex transport roller/duplex exit roller.
Pull out the drawer unit and open the duplex unit lower guide plate.
Slide the idle rollers of duplex transport rollers [C] and [D] with your fingers toward the front side
of the machine as far as they go.
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport rollers [A] and [B] with your fingers toward the front side
of the machine as far as they go.
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine.
Set SP5-806-161 (Duplex Feed Mtr:Std Speed) to ON to rotate the duplex transport rollers 2 and
3.
While keeping SP5-806-161 set to ON, set SP5-806-195 (Shift Roller Motor1:Homing) ON and
then OFF. Repeat the ON/OFF cycle 10 times.
Set SP5-806-161 (Duplex Feed Mtr:Std Speed) back to OFF.
Pull out the drawer unit and open the duplex unit lower guide plate.
Slide the idle rollers of duplex transport rollers [C] and [D] with your fingers toward the back side
Troubleshooting
of the machine as far as they go.
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport rollers [A] and [B] with your fingers toward the back side
of the machine as far as they go.
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine.
Set SP5-806-195 (Shift Roller Motor1:Homing) ON and then OFF.
Repeat steps 8 through 12 five times and run a test job to confirm SC515-01 does not occur.
SM 5-411 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Troubleshooting SC515-02
Symptom
SC515-02 (Roller Shift Motor 2 Error) before total print volume reaches 10K.
Cause
Because the machine is still new, grease is not completely spread across the roller shift
motor (duplex exit motor), causing the motor to lose steps.
Action
If SC515-02 is observed before the machine reaches 10K since installation, do the following
procedure to age the duplex transport roller/duplex exit roller.
Pull out the drawer unit and open the duplex unit lower guide plate.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport roller [C] and duplex exit roller [D] with your fingers
toward the front side of the machine as far as they go.
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport roller [A] and duplex exit roller [B] with your fingers
toward the front side of the machine as far as they go.
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine.
Set SP5-806-174 (Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:Std Speed) to ON to rotate the duplex transport
rollers 2 and 3.
While keeping SP5-806-161 set to ON, set SP5-806-200 (Shift Roller Motor2:Homing) ON and
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-412 SM
Other Problems
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport roller [A] and duplex exit roller [B] with your fingers
toward the back side of the machine as far as they go.
Troubleshooting
Caution: Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine.
Set SP5-806-195 (Shift Roller Motor1:Homing) ON and then OFF.
Repeat steps 8 through 12 five times and run a test job to confirm SC515-02 does not occur.
SM 5-413 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Symptom
The “Please wait” display does not change to “Ready” after warming up at power ON or after
recovering from Energy Saver Mode.
HDD related SC occurrence (Mainly for SC860 to 865)
Cause
Mainly AC voltage supplied to the PSU is interrupted, possibly causing corruption of data in the
HDD. As a result, the fax function cannot boot up.
This symptom can happen when the power is interrupted for an instant, or for a longer period
(e.g. the user pulls the power cord out of the outlet).
If the power is interrupted, the area in the HDD that contains image data is corrupted easily.
Solution
Follow the action in the attached flowchart.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-414 SM
Other Problems
Troubleshooting
SM 5-415 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Symptom
When feeding originals with a different width perpendicular to the feed direction in Mixed
Sizes mode, the second original [A] fed through the ADF is detected as the wrong size [B].
Depending on the combination of sizes (see chart below), this may cause a customer to be
overcharged.
This occurs depending on the value of SP5-131-001 (Paper Size Type Selection).
This does not occur if the width of the two originals is the same perpendicular to the feed
direction (Ex., A3 SEF and A4 LEF).
The symptom is limited to Mixed Sizes mode.
Value of SP5-131-001 is “0 (DOM/Japan)”
First original fed Second original fed [A] Size detected (error) [B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-416 SM
Other Problems
First original fed Second original fed [A] Size detected (error) [B]
LT(SEF)
8×10(SEF)
Troubleshooting
332mm×242mm(SEF)
A4(SEF)
7 /4x10.5(SEF)
1
LT(SEF)
8×10(SEF)
SM 5-417 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
First original fed Second original fed [A] Size detected (error) [B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-418 SM
Other Problems
Cause
The sensor actuators shown in red below continue to fluctuate/chatter after the original has
passed them. Due to the insufficient weight of the actuators, they continue to chatter while the
next original is passing their position.
Solution
Production line:
Troubleshooting
The ADF firmware was modified to Version 01.310:16 (Program# D6835550D).
The interval between original feeds was decreased by 0.5 sec/ page.
Cut-in S/N
SM 5-419 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
In the field:
Upgrade the ADF firmware to Version 01.310:16 or newer.
Symptom
The following message is displayed and the tandem tray does not lift up even after the customer
has pushed in the tandem tray, even if the amount of paper in the stack is correct:
“Reduce paper in the tray(s) to the limit mark and reset it correctly.”
Cause
The end fence [C] is not positioned correctly. As a result, the tandem tray set detection sensor [A]
cannot detect the actuator [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-420 SM
Other Problems
Solution
Do the following if the symptom occurs.
Confirm that the spring [A] is attached correctly as shown below.
Confirm that the end fence moves freely by the force of the spring in the direction of the red
arrow.
If the spring is not attached correctly, the actuator cannot move freely and the machine cannot
detect the actuator when the tray is pushed in.
Confirm that pins [B] and [C] are passing through the two holes on the bracket shown.
Troubleshooting
If the cover is not attached correctly, the pins may not pass through these holes. As a result, the
end fence will not move correctly, even if the spring is attached correctly.
SM 5-421 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
The troubleshooting procedure described in this section is effective ONLY for skews smaller than
0.2mm on A3/DLT SEF or A4/LT LEF. Do not apply the procedures for skews greater than
0.2mm.
The troubleshooting procedure will take approximately 3 to 4 hours.
While skew in sub-scan direction can be caused by many factors, for example, paper in the tray
is set improperly, skewed OPC drum shaft, skewed ITB etc., the troubleshooting procedure
described in this section focuses on skews owing to an improperly set Laser Unit. If the skew is
caused by other factors, the skew will persist even after performing the troubleshooting
procedure.
Symptom
Line images skew as shown in the illustrations below.
Skew Type #01: Edge of the line at the rear side positions behind the edge at the front side in
paper feed direction.
Skew Type #02: Edge of the line at the front side positions behind the edge at the rear side in
paper feed direction.
Cause
The CK laser unit is not mounted level on the copier and causes the laser beams emitted on the
OPC drum to skew.
This copier does not have a skew adjustment motor for the K (black) laser unit because the laser
beams emitted from the K unit are used as reference for other colors (C, M and Y). Skew
adjustments for C, M and Y are performed automatically with the skew adjustment motors.
Solution
Insert shims in between the CK laser unit and copier frame to level the CK laser unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-422 SM
Other Problems
Procedure
Enter SP2-109-003 (Test Pattern/Pattern Selection) and select 14: Trimming Area.
Press the "Copy Window" button and print the "Trimming Area" pattern in black & white mode on
A3/DLT SEF or A4/LT LEF. Print out totally 5 sheets.
Troubleshooting
Skew Type #02
Remove the CK laser unit from the copier. (See page 4-133 "Laser Unit".)
Place the CK laser unit upside down on a table. Attach the shims to positions [A] or [B] by
referring to the table below. (Shim P/N: D1362140)
SM 5-423 D135/D136/D137/D138
Other Problems
Number
1 2 3 4 5 6 to 7
of shims
Do NOT attach more than 7 shims to each position. Doing so could cause unexpected side
effects, for example, banding level is getting worse at rear side or front side because the laser
writing focus will be abnormal due to the too large distance between laser unit and OPC drum.
Put back the CK laser unit and confirm reduction in the amount of skew to complete the
procedure.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-424 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Troubleshooting
higher”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 4 and higher”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 5 and
higher”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 6 and higher”, and “Always Off”.
Note: There is a tradeoff whereby, the longer the fan is off, the greater tendency there is for toner
to flake off the paper.
SM 5-425 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Cause
This type of paper is relatively weak and tends to buckle at the proof tray end fence (see
photo). This blocks the proof tray sensor.
Solution
Attach the proof support tray [A] (included with the finisher), as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-426 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Troubleshooting
SM 5-427 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Cause
The lower flat fold roller [B], installed in the flat fold roller unit [A] is not set in the correct
position, possibly due to the shock when pulling out/pushing in the stapler unit.
Solution
Pull out the stapler unit [A].
To check if the lower flat fold roller [C] inside the flat fold roller unit [B] is set correctly or not,
rotate it with your finger.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-428 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Open the case [B] attached to the top half of the flat fold roller unit [A].
Set the lower flat fold roller [C] so that its shaft [D] sits on either of the grooves; [E] at the rear or
[F] at the front.
Close the case [B] to complete the procedure.
Troubleshooting
The default position of the lower flat fold roller is set to groove [E] at the factory.
If the folding operation causes to peel off the toner on the printout, change the roller position to
groove [F], which will reduce the pressure applied in the folding operation, purposed for creating
thick booklets.
For more details, see page 47 of the Finisher SR4090 /Booklet Finisher SR4100 Field Service
Manual.
SM 5-429 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Correct Incorrect
Open the front cover [A] and move the stapler unit [B] to the center.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-430 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Locate the drag rollers and check if they are positioned correctly by referring to the table below.
Troubleshooting
[A]: Correct position Drag roller is stuck on top of the staple
tray.
SM 5-431 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Solution
If the roller is stuck on top of the staple tray, bend the drag roller shaft [A] in the direction of the
arrow [B] and forcibly rotate the drag roller [C] in the direction of the arrow [D] to retrieve the
correct position.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-432 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Troubleshooting
SM 5-433 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Cause
The 1st sheet of the pre-stacked paper bounces off the bottom pawl or does not reach the
bottom pawl.
Action
Do either of the following.
SP6-118-(paper size): [CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
SP6-120-(paper size): [CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Offset direction
[CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN] (range: ±16 mm, step: 2 mm)
When adjusted in the + direction, pre-stack offset increases n the [A] direction.
When adjusted in the - direction, pre-stack offset decreases in the [B] direction.
[CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN] (range: 0 to 30 mm, step: 10 mm)
Increasing this value shifts the sheet toward direction [C].
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-434 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Troubleshooting
Rear side of the 1st Front side of the Misaligned in
sheet 1st sheet parallel
Type of
misalignment
SM 5-435 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
One or more sheets in a stapled set is shifted up to 2mm along the paper feed direction with
respect to the other sheets in the set.
Cause
Symptom 1:
With stapling, the width of the jogger fences during pre-stacking of the first 1-2 sheets is
narrower than with other modes. As a result, in some cases, the first sheet cannot be
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-436 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
aligned correctly.
Symptom 2:
Sometimes, the width of the jogger fences during stacking is narrower than expected. As
a result, one or more of the sheets juts out from the stack when the jogger fences close.
Solution
Symptom 1:
Set SP6116-001 to –014[CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3K FIN] to a value of “-1” (disabled).
After this is done, the interval between jobs will be longer. Therefore, in cases where there are
few sheets in each stapled set, productivity will be the same as with the predecessor finisher
(SR4040).
Update the SR4100/4090 firmware to Ver. 02.020:10 (P/N D7045300H) or newer.
[SP6116-XXX: CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3K FIN]
[CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Troubleshooting
001 A3 SEF *ENG
SM 5-437 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Symptom 2:
Set SP6107-001 to -014([JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN]) to a higher value within the setting
range of 1.0mm – 1.5mm.
Make some test printouts and check the alignment of the paper.
This check is necessary because if the value of SP6107 is too high, the jogger fences will be too
far apart.
SP6107 adjusts the width of the jogger fences (along the paper feed direction) used during pre-
stacking. A higher value increases this width, while a lower value decreases the width.
[SP6107-XXX: JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN]]
[JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts Corner Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging
specified papers.
6107 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
becomes wider than the standard value.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-438 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Adjusts Corner Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging
specified papers.
014 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
becomes wider than the standard value.
Default setting of the follow units was changed to Pre-stack off (SP6116-001 to –014: -1)
D13717: E253C900048-
D13721: E253C920001-
D13727: E253C930029-
D13729: E253C950005-
D13817: E263C900001-
D13727: E263C920019-
D13827: E263C930001-
D13829: E263C950001-
Troubleshooting
Shift Tray Stalls Causing Paper Jam
Symptom
The shift tray [A] unexpectedly stalls at its highest or lowest positions and causes paper
jams.
Cause
The shift tray paper feeler [A] is out of position.
SM 5-439 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Correct Incorrect
The problem occurs if the Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] included with the finisher is set incorrectly.
In this condition, the feeler gets caught between the auxiliary tray and shift tray when the
shift tray moves up and is displaced.
The Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] is to be used only when the configuration consists of the Multi-Folding
Unit FD4000. This auxiliary tray increases the stacking capacity of z-folded paper.
If the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 is not installed, do not attach the Shift Auxiliary Tray as it may
cause the shift tray to malfunction.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-440 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Solution
If the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 is installed:
Start the finisher initialization process to raise the shift tray [A]. As you lift up and hold the
shift tray paper feeler [B] up, insert the two bosses [D] on the back of the Shift Auxiliary Tray
to the two holes [C] on the shift tray.
Troubleshooting
Good Bad
SM 5-441 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Cause
The paper stacking holders [A] are incorrectly positioned and protruding from the end fence
[B], causing the paper to get caught on top of these holders.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-442 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Solution
Turn ON the main power of the mainframe or open/close the finisher front door to start the
initialization process.
Remove the following parts by referring to the procedures described in the service manual,
pages 5 to 13.
Shift tray
Rear upper cover
Paper exit cover
Left cover
End fence
Locate the paper stacking holder unit [A], and check if the paper stacking holder [B] is set
correctly against the eccentric cam [C].
Troubleshooting
SM 5-443 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Correct Incorrect
The center rib [B] of the eccentric cam The center rib [B] of the eccentric cam
[A] is facing straight up and the paper [A] is slanted and the paper stacking
stacking holder [C] is in contact with holder [C] is not in contact with the flat
the flat surface of the eccentric cam surface of the eccentric cam [A].
[A].
If the paper stacking holder is positioned incorrectly, replace the paper stacking holder unit [A]
with a new one ( x7). See field service manual for the procedure.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-444 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
When the job starts, the paper stacking holders [A] move down to the holding position.
Troubleshooting
Immediately after the leading edge of the first sheet of the job passes through the exit, the paper
stacking holders [A] retract and stay at home position until the job completes.
The initialization process is run after the job completes, in which the paper stacking holders [A]
move down to the holding position, and then, return to home position.
SM 5-445 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Symptom 2
When sheets are center-folded, the fold line [B] is slanted, causing the front side [C] to be
shorter than the rear side [D], resulting in a misalignment [A].
Cause
Incorrect angle between the bottom fence [A] and folding plate [B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-446 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Solution
Pull out the stapling unit [A] and remove the black thumbscrew [B], which fixes the bottom fence.
Turn the bottom fence adjustment screw [A] to adjust the angle between the bottom fence [B] and
the folding plate [C].
For Symptom 1, turn the bottom fence adjustment screw [A] clockwise [D] to incline the bottom
fence [B] in the [F] direction.
For Symptom 2, turn the bottom fence adjustment screw [A] counterclockwise [E] to decline the
bottom fence [B] in the [G] direction.
Troubleshooting
Table: Adjustment value [a] per 1 revolution of the bottom fence adjustment screw
Symptom 1 Symptom 2
SM 5-447 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
B5 0.56 mm 0.55 mm
A4 0.64 mm 0.64 mm
B4 0.79 mm 0.78 mm
A3 0.91 mm 0.90 mm
Put back the black thumbscrew [B] removed in step 1 to the adjustment screw hole (long hole)
[A].
If the adjustment up to this point has caused the folding position to shift to either left or right,
make corrections in SP6-113 ([BookletFolderPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]).
Example: If the folding line appears as in below with a misalignment gap of 3mm, shift
the folding line “-1.5mm” in the (-) direction.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-448 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
See “System Maintenance 2” for paper size and orientation for each of the available adjustments
summarized in the following table.
Troubleshooting
which the jogger
retracts
SM 5-449 D135/D136/D137/D138
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-450 SM
Problems Related to Peripheral Devices
Troubleshooting
SM 5-451 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-452 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action
number
SM 5-453 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-454 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
5.17.3 PSU
PSU1 (AZ240226)
Troubleshooting
SM 5-455 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
PSU2 (AX240230)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-456 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action
number
SM 5-457 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-458 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action
number
SM 5-459 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-460 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action
number
SM 5-461 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-462 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
SM 5-463 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-464 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action
number
SM 5-465 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-466 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
IEEE1284 (B5955710)
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action
number
SM 5-467 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-468 SM
Blown Fuse Conditions
Troubleshooting
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Action
number Overcurrent
SM 5-469 D135/D136/D137/D138
Blown Fuse Conditions
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-470 SM
ENERGY SAVING
RE V IS ION H IST ORY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Up d ated / New
All Pages 11/1/2016 This section has been re-released with addtional information
Energy Saving
6. ENERGY SAVING
6.1 ENERGY SAVING
If the [Energy Saver] key is pressed again during the job, the machine returns to the Ready
condition.
Energy Saving
SM 6-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Energy Saving
*1: The machine return to ready status by doing one of the following,
Press the [Energy Saver] key
Open the platen cover
Set an original in the ADF
*2: Recovering from the Energy Saver mode is the same. Do one of the following.
Press the [Energy Saver] key
Open the platen cover
Set an original in the ADF
The user can disable the Weekly Timer, so that the machine power is not turned on automatically
during extended periods of inactivity (Ex. Summer holiday).
A password can be set so that the machine can be used during this period if necessary, but only
by the select group who know this password.
You can set the energy saver timer setting on “Weekly Timer” in “Timer Settings” menu under
“System Settings”.
D135/D136/D137/D138 6-2 SM
Paper Save
Energy Saving
Reduce paper volume in half!
3. Duplex + Combine:
Using both features together can further reduce paper volume by 3/4!
To check the paper consumption, look at the total counter and the duplex counter.
The total counter counts all pages printed.
For one duplex page, the total counter goes up by 2.
For a duplex job of a three-page original, the total counter goes up by 3.
The duplex counter counts pages that have images on both sides.
For one duplex page, the duplex counter goes up by 1.
For a duplex job of a three-page original, the duplex counter will only increase by 1, even though
two sheets are used.
SM 6-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Save
Duplex
Simplex Duplex Total counter
Originals Paper Saved counter
Sheet used Sheets used SP8501-001
SP8411-001
1 1 1 0 1 0
2 2 1 1 2 1
3 3 2 1 3 1
4 4 2 2 4 2
5 5 3 2 5 2
10 10 5 5 10 5
20 20 10 10 20 10
If combine mode is used, the total and duplex counters work in the same way as explained
previously. The following table shows paper savings and how the counters increase for some
simple examples of duplex/combine jobs.
2 in 1 mode:
Duplex
Simplex Duplex Total counter
Originals Paper Saved counter
Sheet used Sheets used SP8501-001
SP8411-001
1 1 1 0 1 1
2 2 1 1 1 1
3 3 2 1 2 2
4 4 2 2 2 2
5 5 3 2 3 2
10 10 5 5 5 5
20 20 10 10 10 10
D135/D136/D137/D138 6-4 SM
Paper Save
Duplex + 2 in 1 mode:
Duplex
Simplex Duplex Total counter
Originals Paper Saved counter
Sheet used Sheets used SP8501-001
SP8411-001
1 1 1 0 1 1
2 2 1 1 1 1
3 3 1 2 2 2
4 4 1 3 2 2
5 5 2 3 3 3
6 6 2 4 3 3
7 7 2 5 4 4
8 8 2 6 4 4
9 9 3 6 5 5
10 10 3 7 5 5
11 11 3 8 6 6
12 12 3 9 6 6
Energy Saving
SM 6-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE MANUAL
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 1 SECTION
D135/D136/D137/D138
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Service Program
Mode
1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM
MODE
Make sure that the data-in LED ( ) is not on before you go into the SP mode. This LED
indicates that some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the
copier to process the data.
The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode is
used by anyone other than service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted
or settings might be changed. In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any
more.
Service Program
1 Opens all SP groups and sublevels.
Mode
2 Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display.
Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP
3
Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen,
Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number. Then
4 press . (The required SP Mode number will be highlighted when pressing . If
not, just press the required SP Mode number.)
Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume
5
normal operation.
Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen
8
display (page).
9 Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line).
10 Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.
Service Program
1.2.4 EXITING SERVICE MODE
Press the Exit key on the touch-panel.
Mode
1.2.5 SERVICE MODE LOCK/UNLOCK
At locations where the machine contains sensitive data, the customer engineer cannot operate
the machine until the Administrator turns the service mode lock off. This function makes sure that
work on the machine is always done with the permission of the Administrator.
1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then
set "Service Mode Lock" to OFF after he or she logs in:
User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > Service Mode Lock > OFF
This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
The CE can service the machine and turn the machine off and on. It is not necessary to
ask the Administrator to log in again each time the machine is turned on.
2. Go into the SP mode and set SP5-169 to "1" if you must use the printer bit switches.
3. After machine servicing is completed:
Change SP5169 from "1" to "0".
Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed servicing the
machine.
The Administrator will then set the "Service Mode Lock" to ON.
1.3 REMARKS
Service Program
L: Low speed /ML: Middle low speed /M: Middle speed /H: High speed (Standard)
Mode
D137 L: 158.46 mm/s/ M: 246.98 mm/s/ H: 352.8 mm/s
D138 L: 158.46 mm/s/ M: 246.98 mm/s/ H: 317.52 mm/s
Print Mode
S: Simplex
D: Duplex
1.3.2 OTHERS
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.
FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting sheets
enclosed. You can find it under the jammed paper removal decal.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only
Do not touch these SP modes in the field.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch must be
turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is stored
in the NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. "ENG" and
"CTL" show which NVRAM contains the data.
ENG: NVRAM on the BCU board
CTL: NVRAM on the controller board
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the
following way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step] Alphanumeric
If "Alphanumeric" is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the
SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers.
However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the
numbers.
SSP: This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode setting.
Service Table
Notation What it means
Key
Example: [-9 to +9 / 0 / 0.1 mm step]. The setting
can be adjusted in the range ±9, value reset to
[range / default/step]
+3.0 after an NVRAM reset, and the value can be
changed in 0.1 mm steps with each key press.
3. MAIN SP TABLES-1
Adjust the image position against the transfer paper by adjusting timing of start
1001 registration. Reflects adjustment values with no change. “+” is the direction from
which images come out. (Makes the registration start fast.) “-“ is the direction
which images disappear. (Makes the registration start slow.)
Tables-1
Main SP
001 Tray ENG
[Side-to-Side Reg]
Adjust image position against the transfer paper by adjusting start position for
1003 writing. Reflects adjustment values with no change. “+” is the direction to which
images shift. (Trimming area in the left increases.) “-“ is the direction to which
images shift. (Trimming area in the left decreases.)
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller for making paper buckles in
order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even after the top edge of the
001 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. “+” makes paper buckles bigger
and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
increases. “-“ makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring about
too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin because the top edge of
the paper is pushed back.
Tables-1
Main SP
Bypass Tray ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
The movement to drive the bypass relay roller for making paper buckles in
order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even after the top edge of the
002 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. “+” makes paper buckles bigger
and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
increases. “-“ makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring about
too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin because the top edge of
the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller for making paper buckles in
order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even after the top edge of the
003 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes paper buckles bigger and
the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
increases. “-“ makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring about
too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin because the top edge of
the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller for making paper buckles in
order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even after the top edge of the
004 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes paper buckles bigger and
the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
increases. “-“ makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring about
too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin because the top edge of
the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller and the bypass relay roller for
making paper buckles in order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even
005 after the top edge of the paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes
paper buckles bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the
registration roller increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling
may bring about too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin
because the top edge of the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller and the bypass relay roller for
making paper buckles in order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even
006 after the top edge of the paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes
paper buckles bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the
registration roller increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling
may bring about too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin
because the top edge of the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller and the bypass relay roller for
making paper buckles in order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even
007 after the top edge of the paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes
paper buckles bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the
registration roller increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling
may bring about too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin
because the top edge of the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller and the bypass relay roller for
making paper buckles in order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even
008 after the top edge of the paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes
paper buckles bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the
registration roller increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling
may bring about too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin
because the top edge of the paper is pushed back.
The movement to drive the duplex Inverter roller for making paper buckles in
order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even after the top edge of the
1005 paper is delivered onto the duplex transfer roller 1. + makes paper buckles
bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the duplex Inverter
roller 1 increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring
about too much buckling of the paper.
Tables-1
Main SP
003 Plain2 ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 1st feed motor in the mode in the topic
1007 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 1st feed motor in the mode in the topic
1008 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
1009 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 2nd feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Tables-1
Main SP
006 Plain:Thick2 *ENG
1010 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 2nd feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
1011 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 3rd feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
1012 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 3rd feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
1013 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 4th feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Tables-1
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
Main SP
006 Plain:Thick2 *ENG
1014 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 4th feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Fine-tunes the line speed of the bypass feed motor in the mode in the topic
1015 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
1016 mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor. for LCT
1st page print and 2nd page print of the main unit bank, and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
Tables-1
002 Plain:Plain1 *ENG
Main SP
003 Plain:Plain2 *ENG
Adjusts the speed multiplication line speed of CW rotation of the main unit relay
1017 motor in the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values
with no change in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area
Mag. Cor. for LCT 1st page print and 2nd page print of the main unit bank, and
improves image position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
Tables-1
Main SP
1018 mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor. for
bypass 1st page print, and improves image position accuracy, and then
prevents Shock Jitter.
Fine-tunes the line speed of the registration motor in the mode in the topic
1019 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Adjusts Sub
Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image position accuracy,
and then prevents Shock Jitter.
Tables-1
Main SP
[PTR Cont Timing]
Tables-1
Main SP
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Plain:Plain1 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Plain:Plain2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
006 Plain:Thick2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
007 Plain:Thick3 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
008 Plain:Thick4 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Glossy:Plain2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
016 Glossy:Thick2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
017 Glossy:Thick3 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
018 Glossy:Thick4 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 Matte:Plain2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
026 Matte:Thick2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
027 Matte:Thick3 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
028 Matte:Thick4 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
056 OHP:Thick2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
076 Envelope:Thick2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
077 Envelope:Thick3 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
078 Envelope:Thick4 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
1026 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Inverter Entrance motor in the mode in the
topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents
glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
1027 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
1028 Fine-tunes the speed multiplication line speed of CW rotation of the Paper Exit
Inverter motor in the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment
values with no change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
1029 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in
the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
1030 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
1031 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
1032 Fine-tunes the speed multiplication line speed of CCW rotation of the Duplex
Inverter motor in the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment
values with no change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
1033 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Duplex Transport motor in the mode of the
topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents
glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
Fine-tunes the line speed of the Duplex Exit motor in the mode of the topic
1034 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Adjusts Sub
Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image position accuracy,
and then prevents Shock Jitter.
1035 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Exit motor in the mode of the topic mentioned
above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy lines,
ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP
004 Plain:Mid-Thick *ENG
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
1036 Switches not remove: 0 / remove: 1 regarding paper dust removal when
recovering from sleep mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Paper Dust Remove *ENG 0:not remove
1:remove
004 Drum Motor:Y:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y drum motor 1st speed
Tables-1
Main SP
008
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y development motor 1st speed
005 Dev Motor:K:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk development motor 2nd speed
006 Dev Motor:C:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C development motor 3rd speed
Tables-1
Main SP
014
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the 2nd transfer motor 3rd speed
007 Dev Motor:M:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M development motor 4th speed
008 Dev Motor:Y:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
1060 [PaperFeedTimingAdj.:Mainframe
[0 to 200 /150(Pro a) /
Reload Target Temp.:Center *ENG
002 1deg/step]
[0.0 to 10000.0 /
Rotation Time:Cold *ENG 2860.0(Office a, Pro b) / 0.1
008 sec/step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Roll Core Temp Judgment *ENG 0: Roll Core Detection:OFF
021 1:Roll Core Detection: ON
Tables-1
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Main SP
052
Reload Permit Set Temp: Delta: Cold: End in BW1/2: mode
071 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center when judging as feeding through in
072 Reload Permit Set Temp Delta: Cold: End when judging as feeding through in
073 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press when judging as feeding through in
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:End:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
074
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Reload Rotation Time for Cold when judging as feeding through in energy saving
mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Center:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
076
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
077 Reload Permit Set Temp Delta: Cold: End when judging as feeding through in
Tables-1
Main SP
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]
078 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press when judging as feeding through in
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:End:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
079
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
081 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Center when judging as feeding through in
082 Reload Permit Set Temp Delta: Hot: End when judging as feeding through in
083 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press when judging as feeding through in energy
saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:End:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
084
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
101 Pattern 1 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
Tables-1
Main SP
Temp.:Upper Delta:Heat:1 *ENG [0 to 60 / 15 / 1deg/step]
102 Pattern 1 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
103 Pattern 1 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
104 Pattern 1 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
106 Pattern 2 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
107 Pattern 2 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
Pattern 2 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
temperature of Feed Permit Temp on the Press side
109 Pattern 2 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
111 Pattern 3 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
112 Pattern 3 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
113 Pattern 3 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
114 Pattern 3 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
116 Pattern 4 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
117 Pattern 4 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
Pattern 4 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
temperature of Feed Permit Temp on the Press side
119 Pattern 4 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
121 Pattern 5 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
Tables-1
Main SP
temperature of Feed Permit Temp on the fusing unit side
122 Pattern 5 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
123 Pattern 5 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
124 Pattern 5 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
126 Pattern 6 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from Fusing
127 Pattern 6 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
Pattern 6 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
temperature of Feed Permit Temp on the Press side
129 Pattern 6 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
150 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: lower limit
151 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 92mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
152 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 292mm to 311mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
153 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 211mm to324mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
154 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: lower limit
155 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: upper limit
156 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 292mm or less:
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 292mm to 311mm or less:
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
158 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 211mm to 324mm or less:
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
159 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: upper
limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
Tables-1
Main SP
160 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: lower limit
161 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 292mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
162 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 311mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
163 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 211mm to 324mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
164 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: lower limit
165 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: upper limit
166 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 292mm or less:
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
167 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 292mm to 311mm or less:
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
168 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 211mm to 324mm or less:
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
169 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: upper
limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
Tables-1
Main SP
Output Priority:Envelope *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
195
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority: Envelope.
Tables-1
Main SP
Norm:Sp2:Glossy:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
223
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm:Sp2:Glossy:Thick1:Thick5.
Tables-1
Main SP
Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Thick2:Thick6 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
250
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Thick2:Thick6.
Target temperature for After Reload/Job when saving energy: Sets Heat:Center.
012 Target temperature for After Reload/Job when saving energy: Sets
Press:Center.
Tables-1
Main SP
1111 [Environment Correction:Fusing]
Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy
*ENG [-10 to 20 / 0(Office a) / 1deg/step]
002 Saving
Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy Saving
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 *ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG 0:OFF
002 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG 0:OFF
003 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG 0:OFF
004 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG 0:OFF
005 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG 0:OFF
006 1:ON
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thick3/Thick7 *ENG 0:OFF
007 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thick4/Thick8 *ENG 0:OFF
008 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Envelope *ENG 0:OFF
009 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Postcard *ENG 0:OFF
010 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thin/Thick1 *ENG 0:OFF
011 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG 0:OFF
012 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG 0:OFF
013 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG 0:OFF
014 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG 0:OFF
015 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG 0:OFF
016 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thick3/Thick7 *ENG 0:OFF
017 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thick4/Thick8 *ENG 0:OFF
018 1:ON
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thin:Thick1 *ENG 0:OFF
021 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG 0:OFF
022 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG 0:OFF
023 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG 0:OFF
024 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG 0:OFF
025 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thick2:Thick6 *ENG 0:OFF
026 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thick3:Thick7 *ENG 0:OFF
027 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thick4:Thick8 *ENG 0:OFF
028 1:ON
031 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
032 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
033 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:MidThickThick4 is applied.
035 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
036 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Tables-1
Main SP
037 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
038 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
039 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
040 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
041 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
042 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
043 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
044 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
045 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
046 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
047 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
048 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
051 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
052 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
053 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
054 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Thick1Thick5 is applied.
056 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
057 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Tables-1
Main SP
058 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
061 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
062 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
063 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
064 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
065 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
066 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
067 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
068 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
069 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
070 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
071 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
072 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
073 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
074 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
075 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Thick2/Thick6 is applied.
077 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
078 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Tables-1
Main SP
081 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
082 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
083 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
084 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
085 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
086 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
087 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
088 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
091 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
092 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
093 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
094 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
095 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
096 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
097 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
098 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Envelope is applied.
100 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
101 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Tables-1
Main SP
102 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
103 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
104 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
105 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
106 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
107 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
108 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
111 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
112 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
113 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
114 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
115 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
116 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
117 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
118 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
121 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
123 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
124 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Tables-1
Main SP
125 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
126 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
127 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
128 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
129 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
130 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
131 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
132 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
133 humid (85% or more) when the Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3 is
applied.
134 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
135 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
136 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
137 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
138 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
141 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
142 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Plain2/Thick3 is applied.
144 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
145 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Tables-1
Main SP
146 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
147 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
148 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
Tables-1
Main SP
051
Coefficient for calculating Temp. Correction values. Plain1
001 Sets time for applying temp. correction of first stage Fusing targer temp. when
repeat feeding.
002 Sets time for applying temp. correction of second stage Fusing targer temp.
003 Pattern A: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
005 Pattern A: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
007 Pattern B: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
009 Pattern B: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
011 Pattern C: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
013 Pattern C: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
015 Pattern D: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
017 Pattern D: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
100 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thin/Thick1 paper
101 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain1/Thick2 paper
102 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain2/Thick3 paper
103 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the MidThick/Thick4
Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick1/Thick5 paper
whose width is 262 mm or less
105 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
106 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick3/Thick7 paper
Tables-1
Main SP
107 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick4/Thick8 paper
108 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Envelope whose
109 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the OHP whose width is
262 mm or less
110 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Postcard whose
120 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thin/Thick1 paper
121 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain1/Thick2 paper
122 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain2/Thick3 paper
123 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the MidThick/Thick4
124 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick1/Thick5 paper
125 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
126 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick3/Thick7 paper
127 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick4/Thick8 paper
129 Div2: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the OHP whose width is
130 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thin/Thick1 paper
131 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain1/Thick2 paper
132 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain2/Thick3 paper
134 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick1/Thick5 paper
135 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
Tables-1
Main SP
136 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick3/Thick7 paper
137 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick4/Thick8 paper
139 Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the OHP whose width is
140 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thin/Thick1 paper
141 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain1/Thick2 paper
142 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain2/Thick3 paper
143 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the MidThick/Thick4
144 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick1/Thick5 paper
145 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
146 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick3/Thick7 paper
147 Div4: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick4/Thick8 paper
150 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thin/Thick1 paper
151 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain1/Thick2 paper
152 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain2/Thick3 paper
153 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the MidThick/Thick4
154 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick1/Thick5 paper
Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
whose width is 324mm or more
156 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick3/Thick7 paper
157 Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick4/Thick8 paper
Tables-1
Main SP
1118 [Job:Init Temp Calc1]
001 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time for Job:Init Temp Calc1 from Feed Start
002 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time for Job:Init Temp Calc1 from Feed Start
Continuous Time1:MidLow
*ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 1.0 / 0.1sec/step]
Spd
003
Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time for Job:Init Temp Calc1 from Feed Start
for MidLow Spd.
004 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time for Job:Init Temp Calc1 from Feed Start
Added
*ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
014 Temp1:MidThick/Thick4
001 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Standard Speed’s start writing signal to
002 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Middle Speed’s start writing signal to initial
003 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Middle low Speed’s start writing signal to
Tables-1
Main SP
Start Time2:Low Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
004 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Low Speed’s start writing signal to initial
005 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time2 for Job:Init Temp Calc2 from Start
006 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time2 for Job:Init Temp Calc2 from Start
Continuous Time2:MidLow
*ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
Spd
007
Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time2 for Job:Init Temp Calc2 from Start
Time2 for MidLow Spd.
008 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time2 for Job:Init Temp Calc2 from Start
Added
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]
014 Temp2:MidThick/Thick4
Tables-1
Main SP
Press Temp.:After Reload *ENG [0 to 160 / 160 / 1deg/step]
004
Press Threshold for applying time to switch from reload to stanby.
005 End Rotation Start Temp. for Soaking Rotary after Job (LTT < Feed Width ≤
B4T)
006 End Rotation Start Temp. for Soaking Rotary after Job (A5T < Feed Width ≤
LTT)
WarmupHeat/Rotate After
*ENG [0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Reload
Tables-1
Main SP
High:3rd CPM Down Temp.:A4
Sets the valid time for Init CPM Down: Low Spd.
Tables-1
Main SP
High:3rd CPM Down Temp.: Feed Width < 324mm
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ENG
001 Judging Method Change 0:OFF, 1:ON
002 Sets Press Roller Temp. Threshold executing Energy Saving PprFeed
Temp.: Threshold:
ENG [0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]
Atmosphere
003
Sets Atmosphere Temp. Threshold executing Energy Saving PprFeed
Judgment when restarting.
Sets Lower Power Supply Voltage applying Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment.
Sets Upper Power Supply Voltage applying Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment.
006 Exits Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment in case that feeding does not start
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Permit Condition *ENG 0: Fusing Priority
0(default): When paper size changes; wait till fuse temputure becomes stable.
1: Productivity priority. Picture quality will be good as product specification.
Tables-1
Main SP
1132 [Maximum Duty Switch]
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
0: +400W
1: +300W
2: +200W
3: +100W
Power Offset *ENG
003 4: 0W
5: -100W
6: -200W
7: -300W
8: -400W
001 Selects operating conditions in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh Roller
Setting.
020 Sets Operation Intervals:a on Auto execution condition for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
021 Sets Operation Intervals:b on Auto execution condition for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
040 Sets Fixed Operation Time values in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
041 Sets Operation Time Coefficient in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
042 Sets Operation Time Coefficient in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
043 Sets Operation Time Coefficient in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
102 Sets Fusing Temp. (Heat Center Sensor) when operating Fusing Refresh
Roller.
103 Sets Fusing Temp. (Press Center Sensor) when operating Fusing Refresh
Roller.
Tables-1
Smoothing Roller:Speed ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP
106
Sets Refresh Roller Speed when operating Fusing Refresh Roller.
120 Sets Fixed Operation Time values in Forced execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
202 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category2 (15mm < Print Width ≤
140mm)
203 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category3 (140mm < Print Width ≤
170mm)
204 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category4 (170mm < Print Width ≤
209.9mm)
Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category5 (209.9mm < Print Width
≤ 224.9mm)
206 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category6 (224.9mm < Print Width
≤ 254mm)
207 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category7 (254mm < Print Width ≤
270mm)
Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category8 (270mm < Print Width ≤
296.9mm)
209 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category9 (296.9mm < Print Width
≤ 300mm)
210 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category1 (300mm < Print Width ≤
305mm)
Tables-1
Main SP
211 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category11 (305mm < Print Width
≤ 324mm)
101 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Ctr Detect Tmp1) when SC Error
occurs.
occurs.
Error occurs.
occurs.
Error occurs.
110 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Roll Core Tmp1) when SC Error
occurs.
151 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Ctr Detect Tmp2) when SC Error
Tables-1
Main SP
occurs.
occurs.
Error occurs.
Error occurs.
160 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Roll Core Tmp2) when SC Error
occurs.
201 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Ctr Detect Tmp3) when SC Error
occurs.
occurs.
Error occurs.
occurs.
Tables-1
Main SP
Error occurs.
210 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Roll Core Tmp3) when SC Error
occurs.
[0 or 1 / 0(Office a, Office b) /
*ENG
001 Pressure Change ON/OFF 1/step]
Press
*ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
018 Pos:RotationAfterReload
Tables-1
Main SP
1152 [Fusing Nip Band Check]
004 Sets operation temperature for Press Roller Cooling Fan when operating
Fusing Refresh.
Tables-1
Main SP
Duplex Takeup Cycle Adj *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step]
004
Cleaning Web Takeup Cycle Change UP
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tray1 (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tray2 (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
002 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tray3 (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
003 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tray4 (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
004 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
LCT (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
005 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Bypass Tray (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
006 1:ON
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Tray1 and the
001 average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save the result if
an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or Paper
Thickness.
Tables-1
Main SP
002
Saves the previous Dbl-Feed Comp Std Value.
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Tray2 and the
004 average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save the result if
an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or Paper
Thickness.
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Tray3 and the
007 average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save the result if
an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or Paper
Thickness.
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Tray4 and the
average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save the result if
an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or Paper
Thickness.
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from LCT and the
013 average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save the result if
an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or Paper
Thickness.
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Bypass Tray and
the average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This
shall be the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save
the result if an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or
Paper Thickness.
Tables-1
Main SP
001 Saves the average of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of Main
002 Saves the maximum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
003 Saves the minimum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
004 Saves the average of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
005 Saves the maximum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
006 Saves the minimum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
001 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Tray1 whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the maximum value
65535.
002 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Tray2 whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the maximum value
65535.
Tables-1
Main SP
Tray3 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Tray3 whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the maximum value
65535.
004 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Tray4 whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the maximum value
65535.
005 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in LCT whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the maximum value
65535.
006 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Bypass Tray whether Dbl-Feed Setting is
ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Disabled Display (0:Off
*ENG 0:OFF
1:On)
001 1:ON
001 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Tray1 whether Paper Thick Detect Setting
is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.
002 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Tray2 whether Paper Thick Detect Setting
is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.
003 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Tray3 whether Paper Thick Detect Setting
is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.
004 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Tray4 whether Paper Thick Detect Setting
is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.
005 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in LCT whether Paper Thick Detect Setting is
ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.
Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Bypass Tray whether Paper Thick Detect
Setting is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches
the maximum value 65535.
Tables-1
Main SP
Tray3 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
003
Switches Paper Thick Detect 0: OFF / 3: ON when feeding in Tray1.
Gap Mesurement
007 ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Length:Bypass Tray
Paper Mesurement
008 ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Length:Bypass Tray
1601 [Dup:RollerShift12:MoveFineAdj]
Main Scan Move Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller2-4 and Duplex
Exit Roller Used for Main Scan registration adjustment for 2nd page print for
transported paper from Tray1. Reflects adjustment values with no change.
“+” is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
“-“ is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
increases.)
Tables-1
Main SP
004 Tray4 ENG
[Dup:RollerShift1:MoveFineAdj]
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller2, 3 in the
mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects adjustment values with no change.
1602 “+” is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
“-“ is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
increases.)
[Dup:RollerShift2:MoveFineAdj]
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller4 and
Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects
Tables-1
Main SP
015 Matte:Thick4 ENG
1604 [Dup:RollerShift1:MoveData:1]
Saves the last value of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller2, 3.
001 Displays that;
Saves the value before last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller2, 3.
002 Displays that;
Saves the second value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
003 Roller2, 3. Displays that;
Saves the third value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
004 Roller2, 3. Displays that;
Saves the forth value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
005 Roller2, 3. Displays that;
1605 [Dup:RollerShift2:MoveData:1]
Saves the last value of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller4 and
001 Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;
Saves the value before last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller4
002 and Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;
Saves the second value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
003 Roller4 and Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;
Saves the third value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
004 Roller4 and Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;
Saves the forth value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
005 Roller4 and Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;
Tables-1
Main SP
1606 [Dup:EdgeDetectSn:MeasureData:1]
Saves the last value of edge position measurement for Duplex Md Pass Paper
by Duplex Edge Detect Sensor.
Displays the Duplex Md Pass Paper is passed from the ideal position through
the rear side of the unit when it is “+”, and through the front size of the unit when
it is “-“.
Saves the value before last of edge position measurement for Duplex Md Pass
Saves the second value from the last of edge position measurement for Duplex
Saves the third value from the last of edge position measurement for Duplex Md
Saves the forth value from the last of edge position measurement for Duplex
1607 [Dup:RollerShift:Disable]
001 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
002 Sets 0: Enabled / 2: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
003 Sets 0: Enabled / 3: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
004 Sets 0: Enabled / 4: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
005 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller with feeding from Bypass Tray.
006 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
007 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
008 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Tables-1
Main SP
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
009 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
010 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
011 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
012 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
013 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
015 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
016 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
017 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
018 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
019 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
020 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
021 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
022 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
023 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
024 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
026 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Tables-1
Main SP
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
027 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
028 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
001 - *ENG [- / - / -]
Consumption Formula
*ENG [0 to 100000 / 1180 / 1/step]
009 Denominator
012 Sets Judgment Threshold1 which makes the Web Takeup Rotation Time fixed
value.
013 Sets Judgment Threshold2 which makes the Web Takeup Rotation Time fixed
value.
Tables-1
Main SP
Fixed Rotation Time *ENG [0 to 25.5 / 0.9 / 0.1sec/step]
018
Takeup Rotation times After Web Replacement
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF / 1: ON *ENG 0:OFF
001 1:NO
Tables-1
Main SP
1909 [Retract Pos Force Exit Op]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF / 1: ON ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
001 Switches 0: OFF / 1: ON for Retract Position Force Exit Operation when jam
occurs. Control for transporting invalid paper to the react position which avoids
the boundary line of the unit and the main unit transportation route in order to
prevent paragraphs from dividing into two parts over two pages
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switch LT SEF/LG SEF ENG 0:LT SEF
Selects whether to detect LT SEF which cannot be identified with Bypass Paper
Size Detect or LG SEF.
001 Adjusts the time between turning Air Assist on and starting feeding.
The time handling paper with Fan increases by increasing values before
feeding and problems such as Double Feed and No Feed are improved.
[1 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0:Auto Select
A3LCT ENG
1:Force ON
2:Force OFF
001
Sets Air Assist operation.
Problem resolution will be possible by turning Air Assist ON forcibly when
Double Feed and No Feed occur with plain paper.
0: Auto Select / 1: Force ON / 2: Force OFF
[1 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0:Auto Select
A3LCT ENG
1:Force ON
2:Force OFF
Tables-1
Main SP
1932 [Buffer Pass Unit]
Tables-1
Main SP
001 Time
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Operating State *ENG
001 0:OFF, 1:ON
002 Sets Decision Temp. when Extra Fan Operating starts. Does not execute when
it is [0].
003 Sets temperature threshold (between start temperature and stop temperature)
[Fan Control]
1944
Sets a temperature threshold for when switching operation of each fan.
001 Counts the number of times that the machine is stopped by temperature
002 Temperature threshold settings for stopping the machine when temperature
increases.
003 Temperature threshold settings for restarting the machine when it is stopped by
temperature increase.
Tables-1
Main SP
[L-Edge Regist Adj (Front)] *D137/D138 only
Adjusts the timing for registration start of the paper surface in the topic
mentioned above and the image position against the transfer paper. Reflects
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Adjusts the timing for registration start of the back side of the paper in the topic
mentioned above and the image position against the transfer paper. Reflects
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Adjusts the start position for writing of the paper surface in the topic mentioned
above and the image position against the transfer paper. Reflects adjustment
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Adjusts the start position for writing of the back side of the paper in the topic
mentioned above and the image position against the transfer paper. Reflects
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
1954 Switches Paper Thick Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding the paper in the topic
mentioned above.
Tables-1
Main SP
Custom Paper 013(0: OFF / 1:
013 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
Custom Paper 043(0: OFF / 1:
043 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
Custom Paper 073(0: OFF / 1:
073 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
1955 Switches Dbl-Feed Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding the paper in the topic
Tables-1
mentioned above.
Main SP
Custom Paper 001(0: OFF / 1:
001 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
Custom Paper 031(0: OFF / 1:
031 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
Custom Paper 061(0: OFF / 1:
061 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
Custom Paper 091(0: OFF / 1:
091 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 1st feed motor in the mode in the topic
1956 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 2nd feed motor in the mode in the topic
1957 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 3rd feed motor in the mode in the topic
1958 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
1959 mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification of 2nd page print and 1st
page print of the main unit bank/LCT and Area Mag. Cor. Then improves image
position accuracy, and prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
1960 mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor. for
bypass 1st page print, and improves image position accuracy, and then
prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the registration motor in the mode in the topic
1961 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1965 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Exit motor in the mode in the topic mentioned
above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy lines,
ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1966 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Inverter Entrance motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy
lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1967 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change.
Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1968 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change.
Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1969 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Duplex Exit motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy
lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1970 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in
the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1971 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change.
Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller2,3 in the
mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects adjustment values with no change.
1981 "+" is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
Tables-1
"-" is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
Main SP
increases.)
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller4 and
Tables-1
Main SP
Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[Dup:RollerShift:Disable] *D137/D138 only
1983 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
Tables-1
Main SP
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[Htg Roller Temp Setting] *D137/D138 only
1984
Sets Print Target Temp. for Heating Roller.
Tables-1
Main SP
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 150(Pro a) / 1
203 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 150(Pro a) / 1
219 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2:FC *ENG
deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 to 200 / 150(Pro a) / 1
235 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:FC *ENG
deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [50 to 200 / 90 / 1 deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1
206 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1
236 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
201 Uncoated:Thick1:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
202 Uncoated:Thick1:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
203 Uncoated:Thick21:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
204 Uncoated:Thick2:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
205 Uncoated:Thick3:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
206 Uncoated:Thick3:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
207 Uncoated:Thick4:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
208 Uncoated:Thick4:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
209 Uncoated:Thick5:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
210 Uncoated:Thick5:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
211 Uncoated:Thick6:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
212 Uncoated:Thick6:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
213 Uncoated:Thick7:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
214 Uncoated:Thick7:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
215 Uncoated:Thick8:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
216 Uncoated:Thick8:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
217 Matte:Thick1:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
218 Matte:Thick1:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
219 Matte:Thick21:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
220 Matte:Thick2:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
221 Matte:Thick3:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
222 Matte:Thick3:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
223 Matte:Thick4:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
224 Matte:Thick4:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
225 Matte:Thick5:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
226 Matte:Thick5:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
227 Matte:Thick6:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
228 Matte:Thick6:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
229 Matte:Thick7:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
230 Matte:Thick7:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
231 Matte:Thick8:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
232 Matte:Thick8:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
233 Glossy:Thick1:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
234 Glossy:Thick1:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
235 Glossy:Thick21:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
236 Glossy:Thick2:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
237 Glossy:Thick3:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
238 Glossy:Thick3:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
239 Glossy:Thick4:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
240 Glossy:Thick4:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
241 Glossy:Thick5:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
242 Glossy:Thick5:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
243 Glossy:Thick6:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
244 Glossy:Thick6:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
245 Glossy:Thick7:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
246 Glossy:Thick7:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
247 Glossy:Thick8:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
248 Glossy:Thick8:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
250 Envelope:Thick7 *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
251 Envelope:Thick8 *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
252 OHP *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
253 Glossy *ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
254 Postcard:Thick6 *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
238 Glossy:Thick3:Bk *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
225 Matte:Thick5:FC *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
201 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
202 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
203 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick21:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
204 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
205 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
206 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
207 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
208 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
209 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
210 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
211 Plain:Uncoated:Thick2/Thick6:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
212 Plain:Uncoated:Thick2/Thick6:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
213 Plain:Uncoated:Thick3/Thick7:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
214 Plain:Uncoated:Thick3/Thick7:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
215 Plain:Uncoated:Thick4/Thick8:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
216 Plain:Uncoated:Thick4/Thick8:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
217 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
218 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
219 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick21:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
220 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
221 Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
222 Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
223 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
224 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
225 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
226 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
227 Sp1/Matte:Thick2/Thick6:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
228 Sp1/Matte:Thick2/Thick6:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
229 Sp1/Matte:Thick3/Thick7:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
230 Sp1/Matte:Thick3/Thick7:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
231 Sp1/Matte:Thick4/Thick8:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
232 Sp1/Matte:Thick4/Thick8:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
233 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
234 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
235 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick21:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
236 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
237 Sp2/Glossy:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
238 Sp2/Glossy:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
239 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
240 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
241 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
242 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
243 Sp2/Glossy:Thick2/Thick6:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
244 Sp2/Glossy:Thick2/Thick6:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
245 Sp2/Glossy:Thick3/Thick7:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
246 Sp2/Glossy:Thick3/Thick7:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
247 Sp2/Glossy:Thick4/Thick8:FC *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
248 Sp2/Glossy:Thick4/Thick8:Bk *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
249 Envelope:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
250 Envelope:Thick3/Thick7 *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
251 Envelope:Thick4/Thick8 *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
252 OHP *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
253 Glossy *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
254 Postcard:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
114 Sp1/Matte:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
1990 [IniCPMDwn:EnvLowTmp:UnitHghTmp]
EnvLowTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit High Temperature.
[L Temp:CPM Down]
1990
EnvLowTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit Low Temperature.
Tables-1
Main SP
206 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
[IniCPMDwn:EnvNmlTmp:UnitLowTmp]
1991
EnvNmlTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit High Temperature.
Tables-1
Main SP
167 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
232 Matte:Thick8:Bk *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
Added Temp:Custom
001 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper001
Added Temp:Custom
002 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper002
Added Temp:Custom
003 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper003
Added Temp:Custom
004 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper004
Added Temp:Custom
005 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper005
Added Temp:Custom
006 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper006
Added Temp:Custom
007 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper007
Added Temp:Custom
008 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper008
Added Temp:Custom
009 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper009
Added Temp:Custom
010 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper010
Added Temp:Custom
011 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper011
Added Temp:Custom
012 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper012
Added Temp:Custom
013 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper013
Added Temp:Custom
014 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper014
Added Temp:Custom
015 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper015
Added Temp:Custom
016 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper016
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
017 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper017
Added Temp:Custom
018 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper018
Added Temp:Custom
019 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper019
Added Temp:Custom
020 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper020
Added Temp:Custom
021 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper021
Added Temp:Custom
022 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper022
Added Temp:Custom
023 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper023
Added Temp:Custom
024 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper024
Added Temp:Custom
025 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper025
Added Temp:Custom
026 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper026
Added Temp:Custom
027 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper027
Added Temp:Custom
028 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper028
Added Temp:Custom
029 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper029
Added Temp:Custom
030 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper030
Added Temp:Custom
031 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper031
Added Temp:Custom
032 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper032
Added Temp:Custom
033 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper033
Added Temp:Custom
034 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper034
Added Temp:Custom
035 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper035
Added Temp:Custom
036 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper036
Added Temp:Custom
037 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper037
Added Temp:Custom
038 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper038
Added Temp:Custom
039 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper039
Added Temp:Custom
040 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper040
Added Temp:Custom
041 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper041
Added Temp:Custom
042 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper042
Added Temp:Custom
043 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper043
Added Temp:Custom
044 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper044
Added Temp:Custom
045 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper045
Added Temp:Custom
046 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper046
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
047 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper047
Added Temp:Custom
048 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper048
Added Temp:Custom
049 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper049
Added Temp:Custom
050 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper050
Added Temp:Custom
051 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper051
Added Temp:Custom
052 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper052
Added Temp:Custom
053 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper053
Added Temp:Custom
054 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper054
Added Temp:Custom
055 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper055
Added Temp:Custom
056 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper056
Added Temp:Custom
057 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper057
Added Temp:Custom
058 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper058
Added Temp:Custom
059 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper059
Added Temp:Custom
060 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper060
Added Temp:Custom
061 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper061
Added Temp:Custom
062 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper062
Added Temp:Custom
063 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper063
Added Temp:Custom
064 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper064
Added Temp:Custom
065 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper065
Added Temp:Custom
066 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper066
Added Temp:Custom
067 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper067
Added Temp:Custom
068 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper068
Added Temp:Custom
069 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper069
Added Temp:Custom
070 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper070
Added Temp:Custom
071 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper071
Added Temp:Custom
072 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper072
Added Temp:Custom
073 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper073
Added Temp:Custom
074 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper074
Added Temp:Custom
075 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper075
Added Temp:Custom
076 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper076
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
077 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper077
Added Temp:Custom
078 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper078
Added Temp:Custom
079 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper079
Added Temp:Custom
080 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper080
Added Temp:Custom
081 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper081
Added Temp:Custom
082 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper082
Added Temp:Custom
083 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper083
Added Temp:Custom
084 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper084
Added Temp:Custom
085 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper085
Added Temp:Custom
086 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper086
Added Temp:Custom
087 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper087
Added Temp:Custom
088 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper088
Added Temp:Custom
089 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper089
Added Temp:Custom
090 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper090
Added Temp:Custom
091 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper091
Added Temp:Custom
092 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper092
Added Temp:Custom
093 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper093
Added Temp:Custom
094 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper094
Added Temp:Custom
095 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper095
Added Temp:Custom
096 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper096
Added Temp:Custom
097 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper097
Added Temp:Custom
098 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper098
Added Temp:Custom
099 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper099
Added Temp:Custom
100 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper100
Added Temp:Custom
001 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper001
Added Temp:Custom
002 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper002
Added Temp:Custom
003 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper003
Added Temp:Custom
004 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper004
Added Temp:Custom
005 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper005
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
006 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper006
Added Temp:Custom
007 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper007
Added Temp:Custom
008 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper008
Added Temp:Custom
009 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper009
Added Temp:Custom
010 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper010
Added Temp:Custom
011 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper011
Added Temp:Custom
012 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper012
Added Temp:Custom
013 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper013
Added Temp:Custom
014 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper014
Added Temp:Custom
015 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper015
Added Temp:Custom
016 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper016
Added Temp:Custom
017 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper017
Added Temp:Custom
018 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper018
Added Temp:Custom
019 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper019
Added Temp:Custom
020 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper020
Added Temp:Custom
021 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper021
Added Temp:Custom
022 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper022
Added Temp:Custom
023 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper023
Added Temp:Custom
024 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper024
Added Temp:Custom
025 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper025
Added Temp:Custom
026 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper026
Added Temp:Custom
027 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper027
Added Temp:Custom
028 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper028
Added Temp:Custom
029 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper029
Added Temp:Custom
030 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper030
Added Temp:Custom
031 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper031
Added Temp:Custom
032 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper032
Added Temp:Custom
033 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper033
Added Temp:Custom
034 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper034
Added Temp:Custom
035 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper035
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
036 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper036
Added Temp:Custom
037 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper037
Added Temp:Custom
038 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper038
Added Temp:Custom
039 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper039
Added Temp:Custom
040 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper040
Added Temp:Custom
041 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper041
Added Temp:Custom
042 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper042
Added Temp:Custom
043 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper043
Added Temp:Custom
044 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper044
Added Temp:Custom
045 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper045
Added Temp:Custom
046 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper046
Added Temp:Custom
047 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper047
Added Temp:Custom
048 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper048
Added Temp:Custom
049 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper049
Added Temp:Custom
050 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper050
Added Temp:Custom
051 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper051
Added Temp:Custom
052 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper052
Added Temp:Custom
053 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper053
Added Temp:Custom
054 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper054
Added Temp:Custom
055 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper055
Added Temp:Custom
056 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper056
Added Temp:Custom
057 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper057
Added Temp:Custom
058 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper058
Added Temp:Custom
059 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper059
Added Temp:Custom
060 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper060
Added Temp:Custom
061 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper061
Added Temp:Custom
062 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper062
Added Temp:Custom
063 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper063
Added Temp:Custom
064 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper064
Added Temp:Custom
065 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper065
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
066 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper066
Added Temp:Custom
067 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper067
Added Temp:Custom
068 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper068
Added Temp:Custom
069 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper069
Added Temp:Custom
070 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper070
Added Temp:Custom
071 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper071
Added Temp:Custom
072 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper072
Added Temp:Custom
073 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper073
Added Temp:Custom
074 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper074
Added Temp:Custom
075 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper075
Added Temp:Custom
076 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper076
Added Temp:Custom
077 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper077
Added Temp:Custom
078 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper078
Added Temp:Custom
079 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper079
Added Temp:Custom
080 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper080
Added Temp:Custom
081 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper081
Added Temp:Custom
082 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper082
Added Temp:Custom
083 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper083
Added Temp:Custom
084 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper084
Added Temp:Custom
085 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper085
Added Temp:Custom
086 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper086
Added Temp:Custom
087 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper087
Added Temp:Custom
088 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper088
Added Temp:Custom
089 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper089
Added Temp:Custom
090 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper090
Added Temp:Custom
091 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper091
Added Temp:Custom
092 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper092
Added Temp:Custom
093 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper093
Added Temp:Custom
094 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper094
Added Temp:Custom
095 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper095
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
096 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper096
Added Temp:Custom
097 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper097
Added Temp:Custom
098 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper098
Added Temp:Custom
099 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper099
Added Temp:Custom
100 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper100
Tables-1
Main SP
041 Custom Paper41 ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
093 Custom Paper93 ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
1996 Sets the integrated rate alpha used for calculating Total Paper Counter by paper
type. (Custom Paper)
Tables-1
Main SP
041 Custom Paper41 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
093 Custom Paper93 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
233 Glossy Thick 1:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
028 Custom Paper028 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
080 Custom Paper080 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
220 Matte Thick 2:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
4. MAIN SP TABLES-2
Tables-2
Main SP
003
M: Main Regist (rgate) Adjust
Tables-2
Main SP
Sub Cor Revision Amt: C 81% *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / -1 / 1line/step]
053
C: Sub Registraiion Adjust (4800 dpi)
[Magnification Adjustment]
2102
-
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: K *ENG
016 1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: C *ENG
019 1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: M *ENG
022 1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: Y *ENG
025 1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main Paper Int. Sub: K ENG
031 1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
032 Main Paper Int. Sub: C ENG
1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main Paper Int. Sub: M ENG
033 1sub-dot/step]
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main Paper Int. Sub: Y ENG
034 1sub-dot/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /
Verso Sub Mag set & Adj ENG
044 0.025%/step]
Y: Executes Skew Adjustment of the scan line to Bk (Enters the correction value
004 manually.)
[1 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Revision C ENG
031 [Execute]
[1 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Revision M ENG
032 [Execute]
Tables-2
Main SP
[1 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Revision Y ENG
033 [Execute]
2104 [Shutter]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Opening and Shutting *ENG 0:OPEN
035 1:CLOSE
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Forced Mode *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
036
Sets OFF/ON for Forced Mode.
Shutter can be opened / closed only in changing SP values when Forced Mode
is ON.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
037 Switching Condition ENG 0:OPEN
1:CLOSE
001 Sets Warming-Up Rotation Time for Polygon Motor. Warming-Up Rotation of
Polygon Motor starts by touching the OP panel on printing standby state.
Waiting time until printing starts gets short by executing Warming-Up Rotation.
002 Sets Job End Rotation Time for Polygon Motor. Job End Rotation of Polygon
Motor starts after printing. The time until printing starts gets short if printing is
requested during the Job End Rotation.
Tables-2
Main SP
Trapezoid Adj ON/OFF *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Does not execute Sub Scan Revision 1spl when OFF is selected.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K/C Writing Unit *ENG
001 [Execute]
[1 to 5 / 1 / 1/step]
1: Full Color
2: Cyan
Color Selection ENG
005 3: Magenta
4: Yellow
5: Black
Tables-2
Main SP
Density: Y ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
009
Y: Sets Writing Test Pattern Output Density.
[- / - / -]
Execute ENG
001 [Execute]
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
Edge
002 Corrects Trailing Edge Margin and raises fusing detachability. Alternatively
avoids image cutoff. (Special Operator Adjustment)
Value increase: Margin widens and fusing detachability rises.
Value decrease: Margin narrows and image cutoff does not occur.
Tables-2
Main SP
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
246 Sp2/Glossy:Thick3/Thick7:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
Selects OFF/ON for Trailing Edge Full Bleed Mode. (Custom Paper)
2124 Trailing Edge Margin becomes "0" to the corresponding Custom Paper
when ON is selected.
Productivity decreases when ON is selected because cleaning is performed
in order to prevent verso from becoming dirty.
Tables-2
Main SP
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.075
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.175
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.225
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.275
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.325
Tables-2
Main SP
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.375
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.425
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.475
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.075
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.175
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.225
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.275
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.325
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
Mag Reciprocal:0.375
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.425
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.475
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.075
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.175
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.225
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.275
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.325
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.375
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
031 Interval:0.4 Percent *ENG [0 to 255 / 11 / 1/step]
Mag Reciprocal:0.425
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.475
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.075
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.175
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.225
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.275
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.325
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.375
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
031 Interval:0.4 Percent *ENG [0 to 255 / 11 / 1/step]
Mag Reciprocal:0.425
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
Mag Reciprocal:0.475
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Maximum 2.
Number of Edge
*ENG [0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Detection:Front
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Number of Edge Detection
Number of Edge
*ENG [0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Detection:Center
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Number of Edge Detection
Number of Edge
*ENG [0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Detection:Rear
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Number of Edge Detection
Tables-2
Main SP
025 Area 10: C *ENG [-4095 to 4095 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
[BowSkew Setting]
2151
BowSkew Initial settings.
Tables-2
Main SP
018 Initial Setting Area33-40:C *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
082 Revision Setting Area65-72:M *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
035 Area 1: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
087 Area 21: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
During Data In *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Main Slip ENG
030 [Execute]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Sub Slip ENG
031 [Execute]
KM: MUSIC Decision Temp Deviation Change: LD Paper Int Execution Judge
Tables-2
Main SP
1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
M: Normal MUSIC Previous Temp
Tables-2
Main SP
Y: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Center
[- / - / 1/step]
001 Execute : K ENG
[Execute]
[- / - / 1/step]
007 Execute : M ENG
[Execute]
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: K ENG
001 [Execute]
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: C ENG
002 [Execute]
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: M ENG
003 [Execute]
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: Y ENG
[Execute]
Tables-2
Main SP
004
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Partial Mag: K *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 Partial Mag: C *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
003 Partial Mag: M *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
004 Partial Mag: Y *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
006 Left Right Mag: C *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
007 Left Right Mag: M *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
008 Left Right Mag: Y *ENG 0: Off
1: On
012 SnErr Level Paper Int Sub:um *ENG [0 to 3500 / 300 / 1um/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
MUSIC Execution Result
Error Detection
*ENG [0.1 to 9.9 / 2.5 / 0.1sec/step]
001 Counter:Normal
Error Detection
*ENG [0.1 to 9.9 / 0.5 / 0.1sec/step]
002 Counter:Paper Interval
[Set DC Charge]
2201 Sets DC Bias Charge. However, only enabled when [0:FIXED] is selected in
SP3-600-001 ProCon Potential Control.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
2202 Fixed output value when AC Charge Adjustment is OFF (SP2-205-001 is [1:
FIXED])
Tables-2
Main SP
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.86(Office a, Pro a),
006 Norm:ML:Target:K *ENG 2.25(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
034 Mid:ML:Target:Y *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Low:LL:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
[Adj/Display AC Charge]
2205
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Select *ENG 0: Auto
001 1: Fixed
[- / - / -]
Execute AC Reduction *ENG
001 [Execute]
[Set LD Power]
2211 Sets LD Power for Writing Unit. However, only enabled when [0: FIXED] is
selected in SP3-600-001 ProCon Potential Control.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[60 to 180 / 100 / 1%/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
[Set Dev DC]
2212 Sets Development DC Bias Charge. However, only enabled when [0:FIXED] is
selected in SP3-600-001 ProCon Potential Control.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
Value increase: Lubricant consumption increases.
Value decrease: Lubricant consumption decreases.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:K *ENG 0:OFF
020 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:C *ENG 0:OFF
021 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:M *ENG 0:OFF
022 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:Y *ENG 0:OFF
023 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
Special Mode Coefficient1 *ENG [0.50 to 2.00 / 1.20 / 0.01/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
2231 [Cont High Q Img: CPM Down Mode]
-Shifts to CPM Down Mode when Accumulated Image Area rate of any
color (K, C, M or Y) exceeds the threshold.
-CPM Down Mode is the mode for preventing "Medaka"(which is the
symptom that a image has short vertical white lines) and decreases the
001 occurrence by reducing the image area per unit time making interval
between papers.
-Value increase: The effect to decrease "Medaka"reduces, however, it
becomes more difficult to enter the CPM Down Mode.
Value decreases: It becomes easier to enter the CPM Down Mode,
however, the effect to decrease "Medaka" gains.
*Set SP value for 100 if you do not want
CPM Down rate for CPM Down mode. (if set for 70, CPM will be 70% of
useual)
003 Value increase: “Medaka” depression effect will increase, but the CPM will
be slower when CPM down mode.
Value decrease: CPM will be faster when CPM down mode, but “Medaka”
depression effect will decrease.
Switches to CPM down mode when ether of the KCMY Colors cleaning
blade runs longer than this threshold.
004 Value increase: Enters CPM down mode when clening blade is worned out
even more. Keeps CPM down mode to kickin as well but, “Medaka”
depression effect will decrease.
Value decrese: Enters CPM down mode even blade is worned out much
less. Easyer for CPM down mode to kickin, but “Medaka” depression effect
will increase.
011 Displays Accumulated Image Area rate used for CPM Down Mode Shift
Judgment.
012 Displays Accumulated Image Area rate used for CPM Down Mode Shift
Judgment.
013 Displays Accumulated Image Area rate used for CPM Down Mode Shift
Judgment.
014 Displays Accumulated Image Area rate used for CPM Down Mode Shift
Judgment.
021 Defines the base (number of pages) for taking average on Accumulated Image
Area rate.
Tables-2
Main SP
Displays the temperature for Y Development Thermistor.
Tables-2
Main SP
017
Displays Output Value of PTR DC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 2).
001 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller K based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
002 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller C based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
003 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller M based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
004 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller Y based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
007 Displays Current R Level for PTR based on the detection result of Regist FB
Control.
011 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller K based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
012 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller C based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
013 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller M based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
014 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller Y based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
017 Displays Current R Division for PTR based on the detection result of Regist FB
Control.
Tables-2
Main SP
2313 [Execute Vltg Meas]
FC ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Executes Regist FB Control with SP.
002 Displays the number of printed pages after Regist FB Control is executed.
001 Sets the time for outputting with P.P. Output Maximum to start up PTR when
002 Sets the waiting time that PTR becomes stable by detection current when
001 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB K based on PM
002 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB C based on PM
003 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB M based on PM
004 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB Y based on PM
[R Thresh:LLL]
2321 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
Tables-2
Main SP
005 R Thresh5:ITB *ENG [0.00 to 10.00 / 7.00 / 0.01kV/step]
[R Thresh:LL]
2322 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
[R Thresh:ML]
2323 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
[R Thresh:MM]
2324 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
[R Thresh:MH]
2325 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
Tables-2
Main SP
004 R Thresh4:ITB *ENG [0.00 to 10.00 / 3.50 / 0.01kV/step]
[R Thresh:HH]
2326 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
001 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB K based on PM Counter
of the developer.
002 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB K based on PM Counter
of the developer.
003 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB K based on PM Counter
of the developer.
011 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB Col(YMC) based on PM
012 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB Col(YMC) based on PM
013 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB Col(YMC) based on PM
[ITB Corr:ON/OFF]
2400
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for all the correction types for ITB Current.
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Eng Spd Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
Tables-2
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Env Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pot Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Age Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
2401 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2402 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2403 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2404 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2411 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2412 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) along with the
Operation Line Speed.
Tables-2
Main SP
[ITB Col:Eng Spd Coeff]
2413 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2414 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2422 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) according to
Environment Division.
Tables-2
Main SP
013 LL:Non-Image *ENG
2431 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K according to R Division
for ITB Roller.
2432 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) according to R
Division for ITB Roller.
Tables-2
Main SP
051 Age Division1:HH *ENG [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
003 Age Division3:LLL *ENG
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 31 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for FC Mode.
BW *ENG [0 to 70 / 31 / 1uA/step]
002
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for BW Mode.
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 25 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value C for FC Mode.
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 25 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value M for FC Mode.
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 25 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value Y for FC Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
2500 [Sep Corr:ON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
001
ON/OFF switch for all the correction types for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Eng Spd Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
002
ON/OFF switch for Line Speed Correction for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Env Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
003
ON/OFF switch for Line Speed Correction for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
004
ON/OFF switch for Image Leading Edge for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
TEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
005
ON/OFF switch for Image Trailing Edge for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
2501 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting Separation DC Output along with the
Operation Line Speed.
2502 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting Separation AC Output along with the
Operation Line Speed.
[SepDC:Env Coeff]
Tables-2
Main SP
021 ML:BW:Side1 ENG
[SepAC:Env Coeff]
2521 Sets the length for correcting Image Leading Edge for Separation Output.
(AC/DC Common Setting)
Tables-2
Main SP
2522 Sets the length for correcting Image Trailing Edge for Separation Output.
(AC/DC Common Setting)
[SepDC:Side1]
2531
Sets Standard Value for Separation DC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
[SepDC:Side2]
2532
Sets Standard Value for Separation DC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG
[SepDC:Non-Image]
2533
Sets Standard Value for Separation DC Output when creating Non-Image.
[SepAC:Side1]
2541
Sets Standard Value for Separation AC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
[SepAC:Side2]
2542
Sets Standard Value for Separation AC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
001 Plain:Thin ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
[SepAC:Non-Image]
2543
Sets Standard Value for Separation AC Output when creating Non-Image.
[SepDC:LEdge:Coeff]
2551 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for Separation DC Output
by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG
[SepDC:TEdge:Coeff]
2552 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for Separation DC Output.
(Paper type/Paper thickness Common Setting)
[SepAC:LEdge:Coeff]
2561 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for Separation AC Output
by paper type/paper thickness.
[SepAC:TEdge:Coeff]
2562 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for Separation AC Output by
paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
[50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for all the correction types for PTR Current.
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Eng Spd Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Env Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default), 1:
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Pape Size Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Image Leading Edge Correction for PTR Current.
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
TEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Image Trailing Edge Correction for PTR Current.
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
Tables-2
Main SP
2601 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current along with the Operation
Line Speed.
[PTR:Env Coeff]
2612 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current Image Leading Edge
Output according to Environment Division.
011 LL ENG
021 ML ENG
[10 to 500 / 100 / 1%/step]
031 MM ENG
041 MH ENG
051 HH ENG
[PTR:R Coeff]
2621 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current according to R Division
Tables-2
Main SP
for PTR Roller.
2631 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current by paper type/paper
thickness according to paper thickness.
[PTR Bias:Non-Image]
2640
Sets PTR Current for creating Non-Image.
[PTR Bias:BW]
2641
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
025 Matte:Thick1:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -48 / 1uA/step]
[PTR Bias:BW]
2642
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for BW Mode
by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
013 Glossy:Plain2 ENG [5 to 300 / 140 / 1%/step]
[Ledge Length:BW]
2644 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Leading Edge
for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
[TEdge Coeff:BW]
2645 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for BW Mode
by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
001 Plain:Thin ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
[TEdge Length:BW]
2646 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Trailing Edge
for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Matte:Thick3 ENG [0 to 30 / 8 / 1mm/step]
[PTR Bias:FCC]
2651
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
[PTR Bias:FC]
2652
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
016 Glossy:Thick2:Side2 ENG
[Ledge Coeff:FC]
2653 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for FC Mode
by paper type/paper thickness.
[Ledge Length:FC]
2654 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Leading Edge
for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
[TEdge Coeff:FC]
2655 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for FC Mode
by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
[TEdge Length:FC]
2656 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Trailing Edge
for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
2661 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed by paper
type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
017 Glossy:Thick3 ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
2662 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed by paper
type/paper thickness.
2663 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed by paper
type/paper thickness.
2664 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed by paper
type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
2665 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed according
to Environment Division.
2671 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR CV Control ON time according to
Environment Division. (peculiar to Pro machine)
2672 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR CV Control ON time according to
R Division for PTR Roller. (peculiar to Pro machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
006 R+3 *ENG [50 to 300 / 149 / 1%/step]
2673 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting the timing of starting PTR CV Control
according to Environment Division. (peculiar to Pro machine)
[PTR CV timing:BW]
2681 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)
[PTR CV timing:BW]
2682 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
004 Plain:Mid-Thick:Side2 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
[PTR CV ON time:BW]
2683 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode.
(peculiar to Pro machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
061 TracingPaper:Thin:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 20 / 1msec/step]
[PTR CV ON time:BW]
2684 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode.
(peculiar to Pro machine)
[PTR CV timing:FC]
2686 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
017 Glossy:Thick3:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
[PTR CV timing:FC]
2687 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)
[PTR CV ON time:FC]
2688 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode.
(peculiar to Pro machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
005 Plain:Thick1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 32 / 1msec/step]
[PTR CV ON time:FC]
2689 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode.
(peculiar to Pro machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
076 Envelope:Thick2:Side2 ENG [0 to 100 / 36 / 1msec/step]
007 Sets Positive Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
008 Sets Negative Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
011 Sets Cleaning Condition for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
012 Sets Cleaning Condition for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
013 Sets Cleaning Condition for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
[- / - / -]
Execute ENG
001 [Execute]
Tables-2
Main SP
All ON/OFF switches for each correction for PTR AC Output when executing
001 Concave-Convex Mode (peculiar to Pro machine)
All ON/OFF switches for Line Speed Correction for PTR AC Output when
002 executing Concave-Convex Mode (peculiar to Pro machine)
All ON/OFF switches for Environment Correction for PTR AC Output when
003 executing Concave-Convex Mode (peculiar to Pro machine)
All ON/OFF switches for Resistance Correction for PTR AC Output when
004 executing Concave-Convex Mode (peculiar to Pro machine)
2701 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR AC Output along with the
Operation Line Speed. (peculiar to Pro machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
052 HH:BW:Side2 ENG [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
006 R0:Thick2:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
[PTR AC:R Coeff]
[PTR AC:Non-Image]
2709
Sets PTR AC Output for creating Non-Image. (peculiar to Pro machine)
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0 to 70 / 34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0 to 70 / 34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [0 to 70 / 33 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [0 to 70 / 33 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [0 to 70 / 34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [0 to 70 / 34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG [0 to 70 / 36 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG [0 to 70 / 36 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG [0 to 70 / 38 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG [0 to 70 / 38 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG [-300 to 0 / -34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG [-300 to 0 / -34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG [-300 to 0 / -34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG [-300 to 0 / -34 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG [-300 to 0 / -52 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG [-300 to 0 / -52 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-300 to 0 / -52 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-300 to 0 / -52 / 1uA/step]
2821 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge in BW Mode
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
2822 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge in FC Mode
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
2823 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Leading Edge in BW Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
2824 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Leading Edge in FC Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
2825 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge in BW Mode
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
2826 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge in FC Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
2827 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Trailing Edge in BW Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 8 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 8 / 1mm/step]
2828 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Trailing Edge in FC Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 8 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 8 / 1mm/step]
2831 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [-1.0 to 1.0 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-1.0 to 1.0 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
2832 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side 1 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
2833 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side 2 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
2834 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 1 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
2835 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 2 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
2836 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side
1 for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
2837 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side
2 for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
2838 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 1
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
2839 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 2
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1msec/step]
2841 Sets ON/OFF for Shock Jitter Canceling for Custom Paper. Set 1: ON, Unset 0:
OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
Tables-2
Main SP
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG [-5 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG [-5 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG [-10 to 5 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG [-10 to 5 / 0 / 1mm/step]
2850 ON/OFF settings for Concave-Convex Transfer Mode (AC Transfer) for Custom
Paper. Set 1: ON, Unset 0: OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Custom Paper 002 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
003 Custom Paper 003 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Custom Paper 004 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Custom Paper 005 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Custom Paper 006 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Custom Paper 007 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Custom Paper 009 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Custom Paper 010 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Custom Paper 011 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Custom Paper 012 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Custom Paper 013 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Custom Paper 014 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 Custom Paper 015 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Custom Paper 016 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 Custom Paper 017 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Custom Paper 018 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Custom Paper 019 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Custom Paper 020 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Custom Paper 021 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Custom Paper 022 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 Custom Paper 023 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Custom Paper 024 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Custom Paper 025 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Custom Paper 026 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Custom Paper 028 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
029 Custom Paper 029 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030 Custom Paper 030 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Custom Paper 031 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Custom Paper 032 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Custom Paper 033 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Custom Paper 034 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Custom Paper 035 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Custom Paper 036 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Custom Paper 037 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Custom Paper 042 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Custom Paper 043 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 Custom Paper 044 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
045 Custom Paper 045 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
046 Custom Paper 046 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 Custom Paper 047 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
048 Custom Paper 048 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 Custom Paper 049 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Custom Paper 050 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Custom Paper 051 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
052 Custom Paper 052 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
053 Custom Paper 053 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 Custom Paper 054 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Custom Paper 055 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Custom Paper 056 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Custom Paper 057 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Custom Paper 058 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Custom Paper 059 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
061 Custom Paper 061 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
062 Custom Paper 062 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 Custom Paper 063 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Custom Paper 064 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Custom Paper 065 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Custom Paper 066 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 Custom Paper 067 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
068 Custom Paper 068 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
069 Custom Paper 069 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 Custom Paper 070 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
071 Custom Paper 071 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 Custom Paper 072 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Custom Paper 073 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Custom Paper 074 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
075 Custom Paper 075 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
076 Custom Paper 076 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 Custom Paper 077 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Custom Paper 078 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Custom Paper 080 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Custom Paper 081 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Custom Paper 082 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Custom Paper 083 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
084 Custom Paper 084 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
085 Custom Paper 085 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 Custom Paper 086 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Custom Paper 087 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Custom Paper 088 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Custom Paper 089 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
094 Custom Paper 094 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Custom Paper 095 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Custom Paper 096 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Custom Paper 097 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Custom Paper 098 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
099 Custom Paper 099 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
100 Custom Paper 100 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
2851 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for BW Mode/Side 1 for Custom Paper
when executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
2852 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for BW Mode/Side 2 for Custom Paper
when executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
2853 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for FC Mode/Side 1 for Custom Paper
when executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
2854 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for FC Mode/Side 2 for Custom Paper
when executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]
2855 Sets PTR AC Output Frequency for Custom Paper when executing
Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [400 to 1200 / 500 / 1Hz/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [400 to 1200 / 500 / 1Hz/step]
2856 Sets PTR AC Output Duty Cycle for executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [5 to 50 / 12 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [5 to 50 / 12 / 1%/step]
2857 Sets Separation AC Output Standard Value K for Side 1 for Custom Paper when
executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]
2858 Sets Separation AC Output Standard Value K for Side 2 for Custom Paper when
executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP
027 Custom Paper 027 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Custom Paper 079 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]
Pattern Create Interval ENG
001 0:OFF
[0 to 15 / 5 / 1/step]
Pattern Light Intensity ENG Duty 0:White
002 15:Black(FULL)
Settings for Writing Light Intensity for Prevent Blade Bending Duty 0: White, 15:
Black (FULL)
Settings for Upper Limit for Savings for Non-stop Used Toner Bottle Replace
Tables-2
Main SP
Settings for Discharge Counter for Non-stop Used Toner Bottle Replace
2908 [GainAdj:FeedM1]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
Coefficient:LPF:A2 0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Displays the result if ITB FB Sensor Light Amount Adjustment passes or fails
(Pass/Fail Judgment Result).
E Result Code
002 0 Unfinished
1 Successful
2 Interrupted
This is the item regarding Display/Setting for Light Setting value for Main
003 Sensor of ITB FB Sensor. <Regarding Saving> Saves set PWM Value after
executing Light Amount Adjustment for E ITB FB Sensor. Data of PWM Value is
given in hexadecimal. <Regarding Display> PWM Value (hexadecimal) is sent
from ETDCU and stored.
This is the item regarding Display/Setting for Light Setting value for Sub Sensor
004 of ITB FB Sensor. <Regarding Saving> Saves set PWM Value (Sent from TMB
as Command 0x1F) after executing Light Amount Adjustment for E ITB FB
Sensor. Data of PWM Value is given in hexadecimal. <Regarding Display>
From ETMB
Tables-2
Main SP
2912 [Encoder Sn:Adj Light]
Displays the result of Analog Output of Main Sensor when executing ITB FB
005 Sensor Light Amount Adjustment. Display Value is ITB FB Sensor Analog
Output Voltage. The conversion formula between ITB FB Sensor Analog Output
Voltage and Display Value will be shown separately.
Displays the result of Analog Output of Sub Sensor when executing ITB FB
006 Sensor Light Amount Adjustment. Display Value is ITB FB Sensor Analog
Output Voltage. The conversion formula between ITB FB Sensor Analog Output
Voltage and Display Value will be shown separately.
2920 [DriverCtrlON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ScaleFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
001 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
002 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
003 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Dancing 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
004 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BkDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
005 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
CDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
006 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
007 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
YDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
008 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BPF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
009 0:OFF 1:ON
2921 [DrivenCtrlCondition]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ScaleFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
001 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
002 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
003 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Dancing 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
0:OFF 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
004
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BkDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
005 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
CDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
006 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
007 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
YDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
008 0:OFF 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BPF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
009 0:OFF 1:ON
2922 [CtlErrorCount]
2923 [ErrorCountClear]
Tables-2
Main SP
2924 [DancingCtrl]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:I *ENG
002 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:Q *ENG
003 1/step]
006 Auto Execution Previous Temperature for Dancing Control Belt Thickness
Detection Mode
007 Auto Execution Previous Humidity for Dancing Control Belt Thickness Detection
Mode
008 Auto Execution Judgment Page Threshold for Dancing Control Belt Thickness
Detection Mode
009 Auto Execution Judgment Temperature Threshold for Dancing Control Belt
010 Auto Execution Judgment Humidity Threshold for Dancing Control Belt
011 Page Count Value from the previous execution for Auto Execution for Dancing
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
2nd:I ENG
013 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
2nd:Q ENG
014 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
3rd:I ENG
015 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
3rd:Q ENG
016 1/step]
004 Extra Drive Operation Time for BK Mode for Extra Drive Operation
Specifications
005 Extra Drive Operation Time for FC Mode for Extra Drive Operation
Specifications
Tables-2
Main SP
2927 [DrivenRollerCtrl]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:I *ENG
002 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:Q *ENG
003 1/step]
2928 [DrumMotorCtrl]
2929 [FirstPlanetaryCtrl]
Tables-2
Main SP
Amplitude Value for C First Planetary Control Profile
2930 [SecondPlanetaryCtrl]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
FC Mode Fixed: OFF/ON *ENG
001 0:OFF, 1:ON
2932 [DrivenFB_Error]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
MUSICFlag *ENG 0: MUSIC Execution Request OFF
001 1: MUSIC Execution Request ON
Tables-2
Main SP
Additional Time *ENG [0 to 10 / 0 / 1sec/step]
001
Sets waiting time for Process Interval after imaging.
Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
1. MAIN SP TABLES-3
Tables-3
Main SP
1.1 SP3-XXX (PROCESS)
[- / - / -]
Normal ProCon ENG
001 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Density Adjustment ENG
002 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
ACC RunTime ProCon ENG
003 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Full MUSIC ENG
004 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Normal MUSIC ENG
005 [Execute]
[ProCon OK?]
3012 Displays result per color, from left 2 digits each, with order of YMCK.
*Refer below for result detail.
10and lager
11 Succeed -
Result(Normal)
ID Sensor output
24 Vsg_dif<Min(Max)
error(Diffusion reflect)
Tables-3
Main SP
ID Sensor offset Voltage
25 Voffset_reg>Max
error(Positive reflect)
52 K5 error(Max) K5>Max
53 K5 error(Min) K5<Min
Develop gamma
45 and lager 55 Develop gamma >Max
error(Max)
ID Pattern detect
Develop gamma
56 Develop gamma <Min
error(Min)
3020 Executes Process Initial Setup. (the mode executing agent agitation, Charge
AC Adjustment, Charge R Cleaning, Transfer Current Adjustment, Toner
Density Adjustment Process Control, and MUSIC collectively)
[- / - / -]
001 Execute: ALL ENG
[Execute]
3024 Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: ALL ENG
[Execute]
001
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: COL ENG
[Execute]
002
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: K ENG
[Execute]
Tables-3
Main SP
003
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: C ENG
[Execute]
004
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: M ENG
[Execute]
005
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: Y ENG
[Execute]
006
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
007 Selects when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
008 Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: ALL ENG
001 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Execute: COL ENG
002 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Execute: K ENG
003 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Execute: C ENG
004 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Execute: M ENG
005 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Execute: Y ENG
006 [Execute]
Tables-3
Main SP
3032 Executes when replacing cleaning. (Creates specified number of A4 full
coverage images and supplies Cleaning Unit with toner.)
021 Sets the number of A4 full coverage pages creating when setting Cleaning Initial
setup.
[DEMS:Execute]
3040
Measures M/A patch.
002 K ENG
[- / - / -]
003 C ENG
[Execute]
004 M ENG
005 Y ENG
[DEMS:Phasing:Execute]
3042
Measures Phase from HP.
002 K ENG
[- / - / -]
003 C ENG
[Execute]
004 M ENG
005 Y ENG
[DEMS:Phasing:Exe OK?]
3043
Displays the result of DEMS Phasing Mode.
Tables-3
Main SP
3050
Supplies toner forcibly.
[- / - / -]
001 EXECUTE:ALL ENG
[Execute]
3070 Executes Potential Sensor Check. (For checking when assembling in the
factory and for confirming when failure occurs in the market.)
[- / - / -]
001 Execute ENG
[Execute]
Tables-3
Main SP
3072 Executes TD Sensor Check. (For checking when assembling in the factory and
for confirming when failure occurs in the market.)
[- / - / -]
001 Execute ENG
[Execute]
Tables-3
Main SP
mg Remains:M *ENG
013 0.1mg/step]
011 Sets whether to display Toner Near End (Level 1) on the operation panel at
012 Sets whether to display Toner Near End (Level 1) on the operation panel at
013 Sets whether to display Toner Near End (Level 1) on the operation panel at
014 Sets whether to display Toner Near End (Level 1) on the operation panel at
Tables-3
Main SP
Set Cnt *ENG [0 to 255 / 30 / 1count/step]
001 Sets the timing when Toner Near End (Level 2) is set after how many times
011 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (K) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
012 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (C) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
013 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (M) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
014 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (Y) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
001 Sets Minimum Assured Pages until Toner End displays after Toner Near End is
fixed.
002 Sets Minimum Assured Pages until Toner End displays after Toner Near End is
fixed.
021 Sets the timing when Toner End is confirmed after how many square
031 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in K coverage
032 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in C coverage
033 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in M coverage
034 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in Y coverage
041 Sets the timing when Toner End is confirmed after how many ms Feed Clutch of
051 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (K) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
052 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (C) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
053 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (M) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
Tables-3
Main SP
Near End is fixed.
054 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (Y) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
001 Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
002 Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
003 Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
010 Sets the upper limit for Toner Fill Operation by Toner Bottle Motor after Toner
Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
(K) after Toner Near End is fixed.
012 Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
013 Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
[TnrDensity]
3200
Displays Toner Density (wt%).
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 wt%/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG
[TnrDensity]
3201
Sets Upper Limit Toner Density (wt%) for Toner Density Control Area.
[TD.Sens:Vt :Disp]
3210
Displays the latest TD Sensor Output
Tables-3
Main SP
001
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (K).
Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
(Upper Limit).
051 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
(Lower Limit).
061 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
(Lower Limit).
[ImgArea :Disp]
3250
Displays image area of latest page.
Tables-3
Main SP
DC Avg.:S:C *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]
012
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: S (C).
3260 [Temp/Humid(PCU)]
Result of PCU.
Environ:Recent ENG [- / - / -]
004
Environment detected by PCU Temperature/Humidity Sensor
3261 [Temp/Humid(Body)]
Environ:Recent *ENG [- / - / -]
004 Displays the current environment according to the absolute humidity calculated
Environ:Recent 2 ENG [- / - / -]
005 Displays the current environment according to the absolute humidity calculated
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
Force Settings ENG 0: Sensor Detection, 2-6: Each
001 Environment for LL-HH
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
Force Settings ENG 0: Sensor Detection, 1-6: Each
001 Environment for LLL-HH
[0 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
Force Settings 2 ENG 0: Sensor Detection, 1-10: Each
003 Environment for 1-10
[Env Thresh:PCU]
3264
Threshold for Environment Division
[Env Thresh:Body]
3265 Sets Absolute Humidity Threshold in order to determine the current environment
division based on the detection result of Temperature/Humidity Sensor (Main
Unit).
Tables-3
Main SP
Displays ID Pattern Target M/A (K).
Tables-3
Main SP
M/A UppErr:K ENG
021 0.001mg/cm2/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 50000 /
Feed Cnt :Set *ENG
1msec/step]
031
Totals ON Time for Feed Clutch of Sub Hopper. (Resets if Toner End Sensor
detects Yes.)
021 Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when TM_Front Sensor LED is
turned off.
022 Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when TM_Center Sensor LED is
turned off.
023 Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when TM_Rear Sensor LED is
turned off.
[- / - / -]
Tables-3
Main SP
001 ALL ENG
[Execute]
041 Displays Regular Reflection Output of bare part of the belt adjusted by Vsg.
(TM_Front Sensor)
042 Displays Regular Reflection Output of bare part of the belt adjusted by Vsg.
(TM_Center Sensor)
043 Displays Regular Reflection Output of bare part of the belt adjusted by Vsg.
(TM_Rear Sensor)
[Adjusted Ifsg]
3322
Displays ID Sensor LED Current adjusted by Vsg.
Tables-3
Main SP
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 0.3240 /
K2(Latest) *ENG
001 0.0001/step]
001 K ENG
004 Y ENG
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1%/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
[ImgQltyAdj :ON/OFF]
3500
-
Tables-3
Main SP
001
Displays Drum Stop Environment (Temperature).
003 Sets Absolute Humidity Threshold for Environment Correction for ProCon
Interval Control.
Tables-3
Main SP
001
Sets Interruption ProCon (BW) Page Interval.
003 Sets Correction Coefficient (Short) for Page Interval for Interruption ProCon
(BW).
013 Sets Correction Coefficient (Short) for Page Interval for Interruption ProCon
(FC).
Tables-3
Main SP
Set Expel Dev Mode ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001
Sets Execute/Not Execute for Expel Development Mode.
Execution Threshold
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1sec/step]
002 Value:Run
Sets Time Threshold for Expel Operation Execution when printing is finished.
Execution Threshold
ENG [0 to 255 / 15 / 1sec/step]
003 Value:End
Coefficient Setting for Expel Time added by Tone Fill Execution for Half-Speed.
005 Sets the maximum value for Adjustment Loop Number for TC Adjustment
ProCon.
[Chrg AC Control]
3610
Displays Charge AC Control Value determined by Charge AC Control.
[Chrg DC Control]
Tables-3
Main SP
3611
Displays Charge DC Bias determined by ProCon.
[Dev DC Control]
3612
Displays Development Bias determined by ProCon.
Tables-3
Main SP
101 Procon:Std Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /
Maximum M/A Corr:C *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
022
Corrects Coverage M/A (C) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
Tables-3
Main SP
004
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (Y).
Tables-3
Main SP
3624 [TC Adj. Mode]
[Vk :Disp]
3631
Displays the latest Development Start Voltage.
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[-300 to 300 / 0 / 1-V/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG
Tables-3
Main SP
Average:K *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
001 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (K)
002 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (C)
003 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (M)
004 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (Y)
011 Displays the maximum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
012 Displays the maximum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
013 Displays the maximum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
014 Displays the maximum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
021 Displays the minimum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
022 Displays the minimum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
023 Displays the minimum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
024 Displays the minimum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
031 Sets Correction Coefficient (Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (K) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
032 Sets Correction Coefficient (Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (C) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
033 Sets Correction Coefficient ((Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (M) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
034 Sets Correction Coefficient (Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (Y) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
[Vr :Disp]
3642
Displays the latest OPC Vr.
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG
Tables-3
Main SP
001
Displays Vl (P5): (K) of the fifth patch for Graduation Pattern.
3670 [DEMS:Settting]
020 Sets the deltaP_Upp Threshold per rotating body rotation of Adhesion amount
patch.
3671 [Vc:Coef:Setting]
011 Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kcp1 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vc.
012 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kcp2 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vc.
051 Sets Frequency Correction Coefficient Scd[1] for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vc.
Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kcd1 for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vc.
Tables-3
Main SP
Kcd2 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01/step]
062 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kcd2 for Development Roller
3672 [Vc:Amp:Disp]
3673 [Vc:Amp:Disp]
Tables-3
Main SP
054
Displays DEV:Acd'[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
3674 [Vc:Phase:Disp]
3675 [Vb:Coef:Setting]
011 Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kbp1 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vb.
012 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kbp2 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vb.
051 Sets Frequency Correction Coefficient Sbd[1] for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vb.
061 Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kbd1 for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vb.
062 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kbd1 for Development Roller
Tables-3
Main SP
Cycle amplitude of Vb.
3676 [Vb:Amp:Disp]
3677 [Vb:Amp:Disp]
3678 [Vb:Phase:Disp]
Tables-3
Main SP
OPC:Pbp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]
001
Displays OPC:Pbp[1] for Vb Bias (K).
Tables-3
Main SP
026 #C_Development Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
098 ITB Roller: Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
Tables-3
Main SP
171 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed
172 Roller:Bypass:Separation *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed
178 Roller:A3LCT:Separation *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed
184 Roller:A4LCT:Separation *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
0: New
Condition *ENG 1: Normal
Notifies the condition of the Waste Toner Bottle after detecting from Mecha
Detection, counter operation, and so on.
Tables-3
Main SP
Volume Count 2 After Near [0.0 to 10000000.0 / 0.0 /
*ENG
Full 0.1mg/step]
007
Counts waste toner volume (including printing and adjustment operation) after
failing in New Part detection.
Threshold for Full detection. Displays Print Page Threshold for Full from Mecha
Detection.
Threshold for Full detection. Displays Waste Toner Volume Threshold for Full
from Mecha Detection.
Threshold for New Part detection. Displays Waste Toner Volume Threshold
from Near Full and Full to New Part.
Displays the threshold for remainder days indicating the timing to display the
Near Full message after Mecha Detection.
Solid M/A
Background M/A
Distance Threshold (FC) between Mecha Detection and Near End Detection
(Near End Display)
Tables-3
Main SP
End Detection Distance: [0 to 999999999 / 1200000 /
*ENG
003 Thres2:Bk 1cm/step]
Distance Threshold (FC) between Near End Detection and End Detection
Conduction Detection
*ENG [0 to 9 / 1 / 1/step]
Times:Thres3
Saves and stores the value for PM Counter when detecting Mecha.
Saves and stores the value for PM Counter when detecting Mecha.
Saves and stores the value for PM Counter when detecting Mecha.
Saves and stores the value for PM Counter when detecting Mecha.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal,
Detection Flag:K *ENG 1: Mecha Detection,
021 2: Near End Detection,
3: End Detection
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal,
Detection Flag:C *ENG 1: Mecha Detection,
022 2: Near End Detection
3: End Detection
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal
Tables-3
Main SP
Detection Flag:M *ENG 1: Mecha Detection
023 2: Near End Detection
3: End Detection
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal,
Detection Flag:Y *ENG 1: Mecha Detection
024 2: Near End Detection
3: End Detection
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:K *ENG 0: Normal,
025 1: Detecting New Unit
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:C *ENG 0: Normal,
026 1: Detecting New Unit
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:M *ENG 0: Normal
027 1: Detecting New Unit
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:Y *ENG 0: Normal,
028 1: Detecting New Unit
End Detection
*ENG [- / 600000 / -]
030 pages:Thres5:BK
End Detection
*ENG [- / 600000 / -]
031 pages:Thres5:FC
Tables-3
Main SP
Max Job End Pattern ENG [0 to 10000 / 1000 / 1mm]
022
Sets Max Job End Pattern for Toner Refresh.
031 Displays Execution Between Pattern flag. The flag turns to "1" automatically
when the required Refresh amount exceeds the below mentioned Between
Pattern Start threshold, and then executes Between Pattern.
Tables-3
Main SP
038 Custom Paper 038 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
090 Custom Paper 090 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
039 Custom Paper 039 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
091 Custom Paper 091 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
040 Custom Paper 040 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
092 Custom Paper 092 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
041 Custom Paper 041 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
093 Custom Paper 093 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
2. MAIN SP TABLES-4
Tables-4
Main SP
[Sub Scan Magnification Adj]
4008
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification by 0.1% each step.
Adjusts scanning margins for the leading and trailing edges (sub scan) and right
and left edge (main scan).
4012
Do not adjust unless the customer desires a scanner margin greater
than the printer margin. These settings are adjusted to erase shadows
caused by the gap between the original and the scale of the scanner
unit.
005 ADF: Leading Edge *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lamp Off ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lamp On ENG 0:OFF
002 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dust Detect:On/Off *ENG 0: OFF
001 1: ON
Tables-4
Main SP
Sets DF Dust Detection ON/OFF.
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
Dust Detect: Lvl *ENG 0: lowest detection level
002 8: highest detection level
003 Sets ON/OFF and switches level of Vertical stripes correction. 0=OFF, sets level
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dust Detect Level:Rear *ENG 0: OFF
011 1: ON
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
Correction Level:Rear *ENG 0:Lowest level
012 8:Highest level
DF Over side. Sets Dust Detection level. Easier to detect as value increases.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Value increase: Tonner adhesion
amount will increase for Bk
600dpi 2bit edge1 *ENG picture edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
001 amount will decrease for Bk
picture edge.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Value increase: Tonner adhesion
amount will increase for Bk
600dpi 2bit edge23 *ENG picture edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
002 amount will decrease for Bk
picture edge.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Value increase: Tonner adhesion
amount will increase for Bk
600dpi 4bit edge1 *ENG picture edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
003 amount will decrease for Bk
picture edge.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Value increase: Tonner adhesion
amount will increase for Bk
600dpi 4bit edge23 *ENG picture edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
004 amount will decrease for Bk
Tables-4
Main SP
picture edge.
Select ON/OFF for low CPP edge correction with 1200dpi 1bit.
Select ON/OFF for low CPP edge correction with 1200dpi 1bit.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Operation Check APS Sensor ENG 0: Not detected
001 1: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Min Size for APS *ENG 0: No Original
1: A5 SEF
001 Sets display when non-standard (small size) size original is detected.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal setting(Default)
1: When A4/LT is detected; When
placed landscape: A4, Vertical:
LT.
2: When A4/LT is detected; When
placed landscape: LT, Vertical:
- *ENG
A4.
3: Change settings to 8K 16K
001 series.
A3, B4 -> 8K Vertical
A4, B4, A5Vertical -> 16K Vertical
A4, B4, A5Landscape ->
16KLandscape
When “0: JA” or “1: NA” is set at SP5-131-001, “3: 8K 16K series” can
not be selected with SP4-305-001.
Tables-4
Main SP
4309 [Scan Size Detect:Setting]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1: Intermittent Shading ON
Switch On/Off ENG
0: Intermittent Shading OFF(Shad
001 every time)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1: Intermittent Shading ON
Switch On/Off ENG
0: Intermittent Shading OFF(Shad
001 every time)
005 Sets mask area for erasing original shadow at sub scan front edge when using
ADF.
Sets mask area for erasing original shadow at main scan front edge when using
ADF.
008 Sets mask area for erasing original shadow at main scan back edge when using
ADF.
Tables-4
Main SP
4417 [IPU Test Pattern]
4 Argyle pattern B - -
002 Sets background level for output value for background erase when scanning.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RED *ENG 0:FL Correction OFF
1:FL Correction ON
With switching ON this SP, when center border area of main scan in image has
density left/right difference, reduces it
Value adjusted during warranty process of scanner unit is set.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
GREEN *ENG 0:FL Correction OFF
1:FL Correction ON
With switching ON this SP, when center border area of main scan in image has
density left/right difference, reduces it
Value adjusted during warranty process of scanner unit is set.
Tables-4
Main SP
002
Sets target value for copy AAC of Text part (edge) Cyan plate.
001 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Black plate
002 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Cyan plate
Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Magenta
plate (Highlight part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
004 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Yellow plate
005 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Black
006 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Cyan
007 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge)
008 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge)
001 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Black plate
002 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Cyan plate
003 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Magenta
004 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Yellow plate
Tables-4
Main SP
005 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Black
006 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Cyan
007 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge)
008 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RY Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of R (to Y) Phase.
002 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
003 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
R (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YR Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
005 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of Y (to R) Phase.
006 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
007 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
008 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YG Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
009 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of Y (to G) Phase.
010 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
011 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
012 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GY Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
013 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of G (to Y) Phase.
Tables-4
Main SP
GY Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
015 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
016 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GC Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
017 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of G (to C) Phase.
018 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
019 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
020 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CG Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
021 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of C (to G) Phase.
022 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
023 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
024 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CB Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
025 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of C (to B) Phase.
026 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
027 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
028 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BC Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
029 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of B (to C) Phase.
Tables-4
Main SP
BC Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
030 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
031 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
032 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BM Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
033 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of B (to M) Phase.
034 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
035 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
036 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MB Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
037 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of M (to B) Phase.
038 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
039 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
040 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MR Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
041 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of M (to R) Phase.
042 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
043 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
044 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RM Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
045 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of R (to M) Phase.
Tables-4
Main SP
RM Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
046 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
047 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
048 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
WHITE: Option *ENG 0:OFF
049 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of highlight area.
050 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
051 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
052 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BLACK: Option *ENG 0:OFF
053 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of shadow area.
054 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
055 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
056 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 128 is for No
Tables-4
Main SP
4551 [Scan Apli:Txt]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No Correction,
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0 is for OFF,
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 128
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 128 is
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Tables-4
Main SP
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 128 is for No
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 128 is for
Tables-4
Main SP
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for
OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 128 is
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 128 is for
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 128 is for No
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 128 is for No
Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Tables-4
Main SP
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1:
Variable Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are
different)
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No Correction,
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1:
Variable Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are
different)
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
Tables-4
Main SP
Contrast: 1-255 *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1: Variable
Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are different)
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 128 is for
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 128 is for
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 128 is for
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 128 is for
Tables-4
Main SP
SCAT_L_ID ENG [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
002 Adjusted Value during the warranty process of scan unit is saved.
002 Adjusted Value during the warranty process of scan unit is saved.
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0:do not adjust SSCG
Mode Selection *ENG 1: Only adjust analog.(default)
2: Only adjust digital
3: Adjust both analog/digital.
Use when SSCG does not function correctly due to accidental malfunction, as a
temporally action, set with out adjusting SSCG.
When SSCG does not function correctly, due to scanner, side streak/cross
streak might appear in high density area.
Use this temporally if changing setting redresses problem.
Tables-4
Main SP
Latest:F:RO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
001 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
003 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
Tables-4
Main SP
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/BLUE/EVEN
005 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
006 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
007 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
009 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
010 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
011 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
012 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
003 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
004 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
005 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
009 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
010 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
Tables-4
Main SP
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).
012 Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
002 Correction value will be decided depending on detected Noise Amplitude when
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
004 Correction value will be decided depending on detected Noise Amplitude when
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Tables-4
Main SP
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
adjusting.
Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit15:Unused
Tables-4
Main SP
Bit14: Unused
Bit13:White level abnormal (F
side/RED/EVEN pixel)
Bit12: White level abnormal (F
side /RED/ODD pixel)
Bit11: White level abnormal (F
side /GREEN/EVEN pixel)
Bit10: White level abnormal (F
side /GREEN/ODD pixel)
Bit9: White level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN pixel)
Bit8:White level abnormal (F side
001 White level:F ENG /BLUE/ODD pixel)
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5:gain abnormal (F side
/RED/EVEN pixel)
Bit4: gain abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD pixel)
Bit3: gain abnormal (F side
/GREEN/EVEN pixel)
Bit2: gain abnormal (F side
/GREEN/ODD pixel)
Bit1: gain abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN pixel)
Bit0: gain abnormal (F side
/BLUE/ODD pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs during the white level adjustment
when scanner turns on.
When an error, SC142-00(F side/white level adjustment error)will be
given.[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/White level) flag=
(b15,b14,b13,b12,b11,b10,b9,b8,b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Black level abnormal (F
side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit4: Black level abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD Pixel)
Black level:F ENG Bit3: Black level abnormal (F side
/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
Bit2: Black level abnormal (F side
002 /GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit1: Black level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit0: Black level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the Black level check when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC141-00(F side/Black level adjustment error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/Black level) flag=(b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: SSCG correction error
(Fside/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit4: SSCG correction error
Tables-4
Main SP
(Fside/RED/ODD Pixel)
SSCG Correction:F ENG Bit3: SSCG correction error
(Fside/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
Bit2: SSCG correction error
003 (Fside/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit1: SSCG correction error
(Fside/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit0: SSCG correction error
(Fside/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the SSCG Noise correction
when scanner turns on.
When an error, Correction turns off.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/SSCG correction) flag= (b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit15: Unused
Bit14: Unused
Bit13: White level abnormal (L
side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit12: White level abnormal (L
side/RED/ODD Pixel)
Bit11: White level abnormal (L
side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
Bit10: White level abnormal (L
side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit9: White level abnormal (L
side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit8:White level abnormal (L
White level:L ENG side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the White level adjust when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC142-00 (L side/White level adjust error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/SSCG correction) flag=
(b15,b14,b13,b12,b11,b10,b9,b8,b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Black level abnormal (L
Side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit4: Black level abnormal (L
Tables-4
Main SP
Side/RED/ODD Pixel)
Black level:L ENG Bit3: Black level abnormal (L
Side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
Bit2: Black level abnormal (L
005 Side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit1: Black level abnormal (L
Side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit0: Black level abnormal (L
Side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the Black level check when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC141-00(L side/Black level adjustment error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/Black level) flag=(b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: SSCG correction error (L
side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit4: SSCG correction error (L
side/RED/ODD Pixel)
006 SSCG Correction:L ENG Bit3: SSCG correction error (L
side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
Bit2: SSCG correction error (L
side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Bit1: SSCG correction error (L
side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit0: SSCG correction error (L
side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the SSCG Noise correction
when scanner turns on.
When an error, Correction turns off.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (L side/SSCG correction) flag= (b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Unused
FL Correction ENG Bit4: Unused
Bit3: Unused
Bit2:FL Correction error (RED)
007 Bit1:FL Correction error (GREEN)
Bit0:FL Correction error (BLUE)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit15: Unused
Bit14:SBU hardware error (Power
ON/un-reset error)
Bit13:SBU hardware error (Serial
communication error: F side)
Tables-4
Main SP
Bit12:SBU hardware error (Reset
error: F side)
Bit11: Unused
Bit10: Unused
Bit9:SBU hardware error (Version
Power-ON ENG
error)
Bit8: Unused
Bit7: Unused
001 Bit6: Unused
Bit5:SBU hardware error (Serial
communication error: L side)
Bit4:SBU hardware error (Reset
error:Lside)
Bit3: Unused
Bit2: Unused
Bit1: Unused
Shows cause of error when an error occurs with the SBU connection detect
when Scanner turns on..
When an error, SC144-00 (SBU Communication error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (SSCG correction) flag=
(b15,b14,b13,b12,b11,b10,b9,b8,b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).
004 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Tables-4
Main SP
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
range when Scanner turns on.
001 Gain adjustment will be done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT) and be given,
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will amplify or attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will amplify or attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will amplify or attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will amplify or attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
range when Scanner turns on.
001 Gain adjustment will be done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT) and be given,
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will amplify or attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
saved.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
Factory :F:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-004.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
Tables-4
Main SP
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-004.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-004.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-004.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
002 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
Tables-4
Main SP
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-004.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-004.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
When Black level peak scanning value is abnormal, SC141-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-005.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
When Black level peak scanning value is abnormal, SC141-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-002.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal image output, SH/Black
reduce: Not set (default)
1: test pattern output, Output fixed
value(682digit), SH/Black reduce:
OFF
2: Test pattern output, Main scan
gradation pattern(10bit tone, 4dot
- ENG
step), SH/Black reduce: OFF
001 When CIS’s ID is not normal, cause flag is set to SP4-747-001 and becomes
SC185-00.
Tables-4
Main SP
- ENG [0 to 8191 / 4095 / 1digit/step]
001
Display/Saves gray balance adjusting value (BLUE) of CIS.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
b15: Unused
b14: Unused
b13: Unused
b12: Unused
b11:Red White level error flag
b10:Green White level error flag
b9:Blue White level error flag
b8: Unused
b7: Unused
001 - ENG
b6: Unused
b5:Red Black level error flag
b4:Green Black level error flag
b3:Blue Black level error flag
b2:Red White level front end-back
end ratio error flag
b1:Green White level front
end-back end ratio error flag
b0:Blue White level front
end-back end ratio error flag
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
b 2:Red Gray balance adjusting
error flag (GB_ERR_R)
CIS GB Adj Error Flag ENG b 1:Green Gray balance adjusting
error flag (GB_ERR_G)
b 0:Blue gray balance adjusting
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
b 2: Boot error flag for Marble
(Marble_BOOT_ERR)
CIS Hard Error Flag ENG b 1:Register read error flag for
Tables-4
Main SP
Marble (Marble_READ_ERR)
b 0:Register read error flag for
4748 Displays main scan white level average value (R Leading edge / Trailing edge)
for CIS.
Displays main scan white level average value (R leading edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s leading edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
001 Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays main scan white level average value (R trailing edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s trailing edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
4749 Displays main scan white level average value (G Leading edge / Trailing edge)
for CIS.
Displays main scan white level average value (G leading edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s leading edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
001 Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays main scan white level average value (G trailing edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s trailing edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
Tables-4
Main SP
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
4750 Displays main scan white level average value (B Leading edge / Trailing edge)
for CIS.
Displays main scan white level average value (B leading edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s leading edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
001 Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays main scan white level average value (B trailing edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s trailing edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
powers ON.
001 Reading level of White basis roller from white level check is given.
When white level peak scanning value is abnormal, SC188-00 (White level
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
001 Reading level of White basis roller from white level check is given.
When white level peak scanning value is abnormal, SC188-00 (White level
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
017 Chip17 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
005 Chip5 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No color correction for low
chrome area(Default)
1: Correct low chroma area(weak)
Front Side *ENG
2: Correct low chroma
area(medium)
3: Correct low chroma
area(strong)
001
Corrects color for low chroma area of front side.
With 1 path duplex model, color might change between front/Rear sides due to
scanning format difference.
If user points out this difference, with changing this setting, difference can be
reduce.
Adjust intensity by color difference.
As a side effect, low chroma area’s reproducibility will spoil as stronger the
intensity gets.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No color correction for low
chroma area(Default)
1: Correct low chroma area(weak)
Rear Side *ENG
2: Correct low chroma
area(medium)
3: Correct low chroma
area(strong)
002
Corrects color for low chroma area of rear side.
With 1 path duplex model, Color might change between front/Rear sides due to
scanning format difference.
If user points out this difference, with changing this setting, difference can be
reduce.
Adjust intensity by Color difference.
As a side effect, low chroma area’s reproducibility will spoil as stronger the
intensity gets.
Decides area of input image data brighter (larger value) then threshold.
Tables-4
Main SP
Background Erase Level *ENG [512 to 1535 / 932 / 1/step]
002 Sets background level to decide output value for background erase when DF
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Scanned Image
1: Fixed Value Pattern
Select ENG 2: EO Fixed Value Pattern
3: Main Scan Gradation
4: Sub Scan Gradation
002 Sets fixed value output level (Even) of test pattern for CIS.
Fixed value will be display/set when SP4-799-001-1: full side fixed value, or
SP4-799-001-2: fixed value for each EO is selected.
003 Sets fixed value output level (Odd) of test pattern for CIS.
Fixed value will be display/set when SP4-799-001-1: full side fixed value, or
SP4-799-001-2: fixed value for each EO is selected.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
FC *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON(default)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BW *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON(default)
Tables-4
Main SP
For increasing productivity of ADF, creating correction data is done at a certain
(3min) interval.
If shade correcting data is not updated, original scanning level will change;
002 affected from the light source brightness change; there for, variable will be
4850 [PMW]
Displays adjustment value of LED lighting duty (PWM) for LED light quantity
adjustment.
001 Reduces light quantity when CCD’s output is overflowed from the amount of
light, by adjusting LED light source lighting duty when scanner powers ON.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays factory adjustment value of LED lighting duty (PWM) for LED light
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
001 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/RED/ODD Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
002 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
003 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
004 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
005 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
Tables-4
Main SP
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
006 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
007 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/RED/ODD Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
008 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
009 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
010 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
011 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
012 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
001 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (R component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
002 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (G component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
003 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (B component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
004 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (R component) of scanner for AAC pattern (Cyan
005 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (G component) of scanner for AAC pattern
006 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (B component) of scanner for AAC pattern
[- / - / -]
- ENG
[Change]
009
Sets total volume control value (0% to 400%) for photo area when copying with
color mode (B/W).
001 Sets total volume control value (0% to 400%) for photo area when copying with
002 Sets total volume control value (0% to 400%) for photo area when copying with
Tables-4
Main SP
003 Copy: Single Color *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 1/step]
005 Correct dispersion of scanner reading value among same models, based on the
Color degree rank setting value of Scanner (front side).
(Setting value0: Correction OFF)
001 Sets scan settings (Reverse side current value) of normal chart by run
scanning.
005 Correct scattered scanning value among same models based on Color degree
rank setting value of Scanner (Reverse side).
(Setting value0: Correction OFF)
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1/step]
Sensitivity Selection *ENG 0: Weak
001 9: Strong
Tables-4
Main SP
Sets detect sensitivity for full color auto density. Larger the value, weaker (less
background tracking) the sensitivity.
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1/step]
Range Selection *ENG 0: Weak
002 9: Strong
Sets detect area for full color auto density. Larger the value, wider the area.
001 Adjusts the guide for recognize images text area and image area. Settings are
- *ENG [0 to 6 / 3 / 1/step]
001
Sets blank paper detect level. Larger the value, easier detecting.
3. MAIN SP TABLES-5
Adds language available in user choice. (Only the languages registered in the
machine)
Refer to the displayed language list to set in the way showed below.
List Number Assigned Bit Switch
Tables-5
Main SP
No.1 to 8 BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-201)
5009 No.9 to 16BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-202)
No.17 to 24BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-203)
No.25 to 32BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-204)
Example: To add American(No.3 in the list) or Czech (No.15)
Turn Bit 3 of “SP5009-201” 0 to 1 for American.
Turn Bit 7 of “SP5009-202” 0 to 1 for Czech.
After setting, turn the main power switch off and on to make the setting valid.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0:mm 1:inch *CTL 0: mm (Europe/Asia)
1: inch (USA)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Status Lamp Mode *CTL 0: Off
1: On
[Accounting counter]
5045 When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1
A3/DLT page is counted as 2.
When SP5104-1 is switched ON, the “5 Developer” and “6 Prints” items
below cannot be set.
[0 to 6 / 0 / -]
0: Developments
1: Prints
Tables-5
Main SP
2:Coverage
There are 5 options for this selection
(1) Color (0~100%)
(2) Color 1: Total counts of KCMY (0~5% coverage)
(3) Color 2: Total counts of KCMY (5~20% coverage)
(4) Color 3: Total counts of KCMY (20%~ coverage)
(5) B&W (0~100%)
Note. Color 1 and Color 2 can be adjusted in SP 7855.
3: Not used
4: Not used
Counter
001 *CTL 5: Developments (A3/DLT& Larger)
Method
There are four options for this selection:
(1) Developments in color (YMC)
(2) Developments in black (K)
(3) Developments in color (YMC) (A3/DLT& Larger)
(4) Developments in black (K) (A3/DLT& Larger)
NOTE:
• The number of prints for the colors used are counted.
• When four colors are used for four-color printing, the count
is done "Color (YMC)Development: +3” and "Black
Development: +1"
• The A3/DLT& Larger counts are done only for paper larger
than A3 (wider than 420mm)
6: Prints (A3/DLT& Larger)
[Paper Display]
5047
Turns on or off the printed paper display on the LCD.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
001 Backing Paper *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[TonerRefillDetectionDisplay]
5051
Enables or disables the toner refill detection display.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: ON
1: OFF
[Display IP Address]
5055
Display or does not display the IP address on the operation panel.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
After: Check you have a toner cartridge replacement(s). Current toner cartridge can be
used until the replacement alert.
- Toner near end display ON/OFF SP (SP5061-002) was added.
Note 2:
With the new firmware, you are able to switch the Toner near end alert message on/off in the
display.
Note 3:
SP5061-002 only controls the toner near end display on the operation panel. WIM, @Remote,
and e-mail notification of toner near end are not controlled by SP5061-002.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
001 #PCDU:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #Development Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Developer Filter:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Cleaning Blade:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Brush Roller:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Coating Bar:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Apply Blade:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Joint:Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gear:Cleaning:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #Charge Roller Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #Photo Conductor:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Developer:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Developer Filter:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Cleaning Blade:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Brush Roller:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Coating Bar:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Apply Blade:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Joint:Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gear:Cleaning:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
040 #Charge Roller Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Charge Roller Cleaner:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #Photo Conductor:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #Development Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Developer:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Developer Filter:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Cleaning Blade:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Brush Roller:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Coating Bar:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Apply Blade:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Joint:Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gear:Cleaning:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 #Charge Roller Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Charge Roller Cleaner:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #Photo Conductor:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
072 #Development Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Developer:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Developer Filter:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Cleaning Blade:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Brush Roller:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Coating Bar:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Apply Blade:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Joint:Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gear:Cleaning:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Charge Roller Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Charge Roller Cleaner:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #Photo Conductor:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #ITB Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB (Intermedediate Transfer
094 *CTL 0: No display
Belt)
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Transfer Roller:ITB:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Transfer Roller:ITB:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Transfer Roller:ITB:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Transfer Roller:ITB:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Transfer:Backup
099 *CTL 0: No display
Roller:ITB
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 ITB Lubricant BrushRoller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 ITB Lubricant bar *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
106 ITB Lubricant blade *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #PTR Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Paper Transfer Discharge Plate *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR (Paper Transfer Unit) *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing Unit Assy *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
115 #Fusing Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Shaft Bearing:Press Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Refresh Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 Web Cleaning Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Brake Pad *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Filter:Main *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter:Small *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
133 Ozone Filter *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter:Large *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter:Small *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
142 Waste Toner Bottle *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
147 Feed Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
148 Separation Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
151 #Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
152 Pick-up Roller:Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
153 Feed Roller:Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
154 Separation Roller:Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
157 #Tray3 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
158 Pick-up Roller:Tray3 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
159 Feed Roller:Tray3 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
160 Separation Roller:Tray3 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
163 #Tray4 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
164 Pick-up Roller:Tray4 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
165 Feed Roller:Tray4 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
166 Separation Roller:Tray4 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169 #By-pass Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170 Pick-up Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
171 Feed Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 Separation Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #A3_DLT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Pick-up Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
177 Feed Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
178 Separation Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
181 #A4_LT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Pick-up Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 Feed Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
184 Separation Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inseter Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inseter Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
196 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200 Feed Belt:Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
205 #ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 Feed Belt:ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Separation Roller:ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Pick-up Roller:ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 #PCDU:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #Development Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Developer Filter:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Cleaning Blade:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Brush Roller:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Coating Bar:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Apply Blade:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Joint:Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gear:Cleaning:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #Charge Roller Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #Photo Conductor:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Developer:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Developer Filter:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Cleaning Blade:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Brush Roller:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Coating Bar:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Apply Blade:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Joint:Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gear:Cleaning:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 #Charge Roller Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Charge Roller Cleaner:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #Photo Conductor:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #Development Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Developer:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Developer Filter:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
054 #Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Cleaning Blade:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Brush Roller:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Coating Bar:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Apply Blade:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Joint:Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gear:Cleaning:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 #Charge Roller Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Charge Roller Cleaner:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #Photo Conductor:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Development Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Developer:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Developer Filter:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Cleaning Blade:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Brush Roller:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Coating Bar:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Apply Blade:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Joint:Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
083 Gear:Cleaning:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Charge Roller Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Charge Roller Cleaner:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #Photo Conductor:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #ITB Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB (Intermedediate Transfer
094 *CTL 0: Service
Belt)
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Transfer Roller:ITB:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Transfer Roller:ITB:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Transfer Roller:ITB:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Transfer Roller:ITB:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Transfer:Backup
099 *CTL 0: Service
Roller:ITB
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 ITB Lubricant BrushRoller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 ITB Lubricant bar *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
106 ITB Lubricant blade *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #PTR Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Paper Transfer Discharge Plate *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR (Paper Transfer Unit) *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing Unit Assy *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
115 #Fusing Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Shaft Bearing:Press Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Refresh Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 Web Cleaning Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Brake Pad *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Filter:Main *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter:Small *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 Ozone Filter *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter:Large *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter:Small *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
142 Waste Toner Bottle *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
147 Feed Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
148 Separation Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
151 #Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
152 Pick-up Roller:Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
153 Feed Roller:Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
154 Separation Roller:Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
157 #Tray3 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
158 Pick-up Roller:Tray3 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
159 Feed Roller:Tray3 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
160 Separation Roller:Tray3 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
163 #Tray4 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
164 Pick-up Roller:Tray4 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
165 Feed Roller:Tray4 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
166 Separation Roller:Tray4 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169 #By-pass Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170 Pick-up Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
171 Feed Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 Separation Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #A3_DLT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Pick-up Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
177 Feed Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
178 Separation Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
181 #A4_LT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Pick-up Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 Feed Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
184 Separation Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inseter Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inseter Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
196 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200 Feed Belt:Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 Feed Belt:ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Separation Roller:ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Pick-up Roller:ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
5071 Turn on or off the paper size confirmation pop-up on the LED. This pop-up
prevents mismatching between a paper size selected by the operation panel
and an actual paper size on the by-pass tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - CTL
0: Off, 1: On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Waste Tonner Bottle *CTL 0:No Display
1:Display
Tables-5
Main SP
[Home Key Customization]
5074 Sets applications that appear on the operation panel when “home key” is
pressed.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Function disable
091 Function Setting *CTL
1: SDK application
2: Legacy application (reserved)
093 Sets the display category of the application that is specified in the
SP5075-001,002
[USB Keyboard]
5075
Sets the function of the external keyboard.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Function Setting *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Toner Near End *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
Specifies whether the counter is double clicked for A3/DLT size prints.
When “1” is selected, A3 and DLT paper are counted twice, that is A4 x2 and LT
5104 x2 respectively.
When you have to change this SP, ask your supervisor.
Tables-5
Main SP
NOTE: Default of the above SP is set to “1: ON” for 12A or later models.
ManSizeNoFixExchangeOverA3 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 *CTL
(D158/159) 0: A4 (LT), 1: A3 (DLT)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 (0:OFF 1:ON) *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
0: None
1: Key card (RK 3, 4)
2: Key card (down)
3: Prepaid card
Default Optional Counter Type *CTL
001 4: Coin rack
5: MF key card
6: Coin Rack(Recommend)
8: Key counter + Vendor
9: Bar-code Printer
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: None
External Optional Counter Type *CTL 1: Expansion Device 1
002 2: Expansion Device 2
3: Expansion Device 3
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 MF Key Card Extension *CTL 0: Not installed
1: Installed (scanning accounting)
[Disable Copying]
5118
This program disables copying.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Not disabled
1: Disabled
5120 This program updates the information on the optional counter. When you install
or remove an optional counter, check the settings.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Yes (removed)
001 0: Yes 1: Standby 2: No *CTL
1: Standby (installed but not used)
2: No (not removed)
[Counter Up Timing]
5121 This program specifies when the counter goes up. The settings refer to “paper
feed” and “paper exit” respectively.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0:Feed 1:Exit *CTL 0: Feed
1: Exit
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Judges as Foolscap 8 1/2"x13"
size. (Default)
001 - *ENG
1: Judges as Folio 8 1/4"x13"
size.
2: Judges as F 8"x13" size.
[APS Mode]
5127
This program disables the APS.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Not disabled
1: Disabled
001 - *CTL [- / 0 / -]
5131 The program selects a paper size system from the following alternatives: the AB
system (0), the LT system (1), and the AF system (2).
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
0: DOM(Japan)
001 - *ENG
1: NA
2: EU
5150 Determines whether the transfer sheet from the by-pass tray is used or not.
Normally the paper length for sub scanning paper from the by-pass tray is
limited to 600 mm, but this can be extended with this SP to 1260 mm.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
Tables-5
Main SP
5162 Determines whether the application screen is switched with a hardware switch
or software switch.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Soft Key Set
1: Hard Key Set
[Z-fold Position]
5165 Determines whether the application screen is switched with a hardware switch
or software switch.
[0 to 4294967295
021 - CTL
/ 0 / 1]
5167 Enables or disables the automatic print out without an accounting device. This
SP is used when the receiving fax is accounted by an external accounting
device.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Automatic printing
1: No automatic printing
[CE Login]
5169 If you will change the printer bit switches, you must ‘log in’ to service mode with
this SP before you go into the printer SP mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
[RK4]
5186 Enables or disables the prevention for RK4 (accounting device) disconnection.
If the RK4 is disconnected for 10 seconds when this SP is set to "1 (Enable)",
the machine automatically jams a sheet of paper.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *ENG 0: Disable
1: Enable
[Copy Nv Version]
Tables-5
Main SP
5188
Displays the version number of the NVRAM on the controller board.
001 - *CTL [- / - / - ]
[Mode Set]
5191
Shifts to the power save mode or not.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Power Str Set *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
0: External Controller is not
installed
001 - CTL 1: EFI, 2: Ratio, 3: Egret
4: GJ, 5:Creo, 6: QX-100
7: Kurofune
8~10: Reserved
[Limitless SW]
5195
Switches productivity precede limit less feed and use paper up limit less feed.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Productivity Precede
1: Use paper up
Enables or disables the paper feeding out from the finisher without stapling.
If this setting is "1: ON", paper is fed out without stapling at the maximum
5199 number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing
job (over maximum number).
If this setting is "0: OFF", paper is fed out with stapling at the maximum
number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing
job (over maximum number).
[ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[Page Numbering]
5212 This program adjusts the position of the second side page numbers.
"- value" moves the page number positions to the left edge.
"+ value" moves the page number positions to the right edge.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Zero Surplus Stting *CTL 0:OFF
202 1:ON
Specify zero suppress for “Job serial numbering start number” of optical text
print.
Tables-5
Main SP
[Set Time]
Adjusts the RTC (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone.
Examples: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.)
DOM: +540 (Tokyo)
5302 NA: -300 (New York)
EU: + 60 (Paris)
CH: +480 (Peking)
TW: +480 (Taipei)
AS: +480 (Hong Kong)
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
001 Setting *CTL
(Default)
1: NA and EUR
0: ASIA and others
Make sure that both SP5-307-3 and -4 are correctly set. Otherwise, this
SP is not activated even if this SP is set to "1".
[0 to 0xffffffff / 3500010h /
Rule Set(Start) *CTL
1hex/step]
[0 to 0xffffffff / 10500100h /
Rule Set(End) *CTL
1hex/step]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Read Only
103 Default Document ACL *CTL 1: Edit
2: Edit/Delete
3: Full control
[1 to 255 / 0 / 1sec/step]
Authentication Time *CTL 0: 60 seconds
104 1 to 250 seconds
Tables-5
Main SP
Specifies the timeout of the authentication.
Selects the log out type for the extend authentication device.
162 Bit 0: Log-out without an IC card
[-/0/-]
0-1: SDK authentication available
0-0: Disable all functions
1-1: SKB Display
230 SDK Certification Device *CTL
1-0: Disable
2-1: Administrator login
2-0: Disable
3~7-0: Reserved (set “0” only)
Tables-5
Main SP
118 SDKJ18 Limit Setting *CTL
bit4: Using extended external
Tables-5
Main SP
5404 [User Code Count Clear]
[- / - / -]
- -
004 [Execute]
5411 [LDAP-Certification]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Simplified Authentication *CTL 0: OFF
004 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / -]
Password Null Not Permit *CTL 0: Password NULL permitted.
005 1: Password NULL not permitted.
[ - / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
Detail Option *CTL Bit0
006 0: OFF, 1: ON
[Krb-Certification]
5412
Sets the level of Kerberos Certification.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lockout On/Off *CTL 0: OFF
001 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF (lockout not cancelled)
Cancellation On/Off *CTL 1: ON (system waits, cancels
Determines whether the system waits the prescribed time for input of a correct
user ID and password after an account lockout has occurred.
004 Determines the length of time that the system waits for correct input of the user
ID and password after a lockout has occurred. This setting is used only if
SP5413-3 is set to "1" (on).
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Mitigation On/Off *CTL
0: OFF, 1: ON
001
Switches on/off masking of continuously used IDs and passwords that are
identical.
002 Sets the length of time for excluding continuous access for identical user IDs
and passwords.
Tables-5
Main SP
5415 [Password Attack]
001 Sets the threshold number of attempts to attack the system with random
001 Limits the number of users used by the access exclusion and password attack
detection functions.
002 Limits the number of passwords used by the access exclusion and password
003 Sets the processing time interval for referencing user ID and password
information.
001 Sets a limit on access attempts when an excessive number of attempts are
003 Sets the wait time to slow down the speed of certification when an excessive
004 Sets a limit on the number of requests received for certification in order to slow
down the certification speed when an excessive number of access attempts
have been detected.
[User Authentication]
These functions are enabled only after the user access feature has
been enabled.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Copy *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the copy
applications.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
DocumentServer *CTL 0: Authentication ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fax *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the fax
application.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Scanner *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the scan
applications.
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Printer *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the printer
applications.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Browser *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the Browser
application.
[- / - / -]
Message Text Download CTL
002 [Execute]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
System Log Disp *CTL 0: Display OFF
001 1: Display ON
Determines whether an error code appears in the system log after a user
authentication failure occurs.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Panel Disp *CTL 0: Display OFF
Tables-5
Main SP
002 1: Display ON
Determines whether an error code appears on the operation panel after a user
authentication failure occurs.
[MF KeyCard]
5490
Sets up operation of the machine with a keycard.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disabled. Cancels operation
001 Job Permit Setting *CTL without a user code.
1: Enabled. Allows operation
without a user code.
[ - / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
001 Detail Option *CTL bit0: Forced Job Canceling
-1:Yes, 2: No
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Alarm off
001 PM Alarm Level *CTL 1 to 9999: Alarm goes off when
Value (1 to 9999) x 1000 > PM
counter
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Zero (Off)
- *CTL 1: Low (2.5K jams)
Sets the alarm to sound for the specified jam level (document miss feeds are
not included).
[Error Alarm]
5505 The error alarm counter counts "1" when any SC is detected. However, the error
alarm counter decreases by "1" when an SC is not detected during a set
number of copied sheets (for example, default 700 sheets).
The error alarm occurs when the SC error alarm counter reaches "5".
[0 to 255 / 19 / 1hundred/step]
001 Error Alarm *CTL
0: Alarm Off
[Supply/CC Alarm]
5507
Enables or disables the notifying a supply call via the @Remote.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Paper Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 Staple Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
Toner Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
003 1: ON
If you select "1" the alarm will sound when the copier detects toner end.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF
006 Toner Collection Bottle Alarm *CTL
1: Supply call enabled
2: CC call enabled
134 Interval :A5 *CTL SPs specify the paper control call
interval for the referenced paper
141 Interval :B4 *CTL sizes.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Jam Remains *CTL
0: Disable, 1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Continuous Jams *CTL
002 0: Disable, 1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Continuous Door Open *CTL
003 0: Disable, 1: Enable
011 Sets the time a jam must remain before it becomes an “unattended paper jam”.
013 Sets the length of time the door remains open before the machine initiates a
5513 [PartsAlermlevelCount]
001 Call in at the point that the counter of “PM Parts Counter Display: Normal
002 Call in at the point that the counter of “PM Parts Counter Display: Df
Tables-5
Main SP
5514 [PartsAlermlev]
Df *CTL [0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
002
Sets ON/OFF (Call in or not) of DF paper feed guide.
[SC/Alarm Setting]
5515 With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue an SC call when an
SC error occurs. If this SP is switched off, the SC call is not issued when an SC
error occurs.
5516 With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue a PM alarm call
when one of SP parts reaches its yield.
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
Disable/Enable Setting (0:Not
001 *CTL 0: Not send
Send,1:Send)
1: Send
5517 [-]
- *CTL [0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
Calls in each time sheets are printed the amout total counter (SP8-581-001)
001 provides.
Calls in when total counter reaches multiple sheets of (this SP’s value *100)
021 When ID info collect is interrupt, retries during the time between receving
Request for obtaining custom paper info, to value set with this setting.
031 When SMC info collect is interrupt, retries during the time between receving
Request for obtaining SMC info, to value set with this setting.
Tables-5
Main SP
5611 [Toner Color in 2C]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: ACS, Color, Black & White,
- *CTL
001 Two Colors, Single colour
1: ACD, Full Color, Black & White
[- / - / -]
001 Standard Paper Data UpLoad *CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
002 Custom Paper Data UpLoad *CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
102 Custom Paper Data Download *CTL
[Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
004 ID4 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
056 ID56 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
006 ID6 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
058 ID58 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
008 ID8 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
060 ID60 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
013 ID13 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
065 ID65 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
005 ID5 CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
057 ID57 CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
[Counter Effect]
5731
-
[PDF Setting]
5734
-
Tables-5
Main SP
[Node Authentication timuout]
5741
-
001 - *CTL -
[- / 0x10 / 1bit/step]
0x01: Custom
0x02: Level 0
101 MAIN: refernce -
0x04: Level 1
0x08: FIPS
0x10: Level 2
[- / 00000000 / 1bit/step]
0x02: Level 0
201 MAIN: setting - 0x04: Level 1
0x08: FIPS
0x10: Level 2
5745 [PowerConsumption]
[BMLinkS]
5746
-
[Browser Setting]
5747
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Use Cache File *CTL 0: Not use
1:Use
[-/-/-]
003 Cache Clear CTL
[Execute]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
011 Defult HTTP Request Method *CTL 0:POST
1:GET
[Letters(Up to 255) /
021 User Agent *CTL
deviceBrowser / -/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Use JavaScript *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Use Extended JavaScript *CTL 0: Disable
Tables-5
Main SP
1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Keep History *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Use Proxy *CTL 0: Not use
1: use
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
061 Accept Cookie *CTL 0: Not use
1: use
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
071 Show URL Bar *CTL 0: Do not Diplay
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
072 Show Horizontal Scroll *CTL 0: Do not Diplay
1: Display
[Letters(Up to 255) /
081 HomePage *CTL file:///sdk/exjs/LAPnet/help.asp
/ -/step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
181 User Permit: HomePage *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
182 User Permit: Bookmark *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
183 User Permit: Proxy *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
184 User Permit: History *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
185 User Permit: Screen Settings *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
203 Memory *CTL 0: Use extended memory
1: Not use extended memory
[OpePanel Setting]
5748
Tables-5
Main SP
Imports and exports preference information.
[Import/Export]
5749
Imports and exports preference information.
[- / - / - ]
Target: System, Printer, Fax,
Scanner
001 Export CTL Option: Unique, Secret
Copy config: Encryption,
Encryption key(if selected)
[Execute]
[- / - / - ]
Option: Unique
101 Import CTL Copy config: Encryption,
Encryption key(if selected)
[Execute]
meanings
bit Setting Description
0 1
If it is “0”, accessing is
limited from the machine
Access permission only, such as operating
of FlairAPI from panel, SDK/J, MFP
bit 1 Disabled Enabled
outside of the browsers etc... If it is “1”,
machine accessing is allowed from
outside of FlairAPI such as
PC, Remote UI, IT-Box etc...
bit 3 Reserved - - -
Tables-5
Main SP
bit 4 Simple UI Function Disabled Enabled If it is “0”, requesting URL of
Simple UI returns “404 Not
Found”
If it is “0”, accessing is
limited from the machine
Accessing
only (operating panel and
permission of
MFP browser). If it is “1”,
bit 5 Simple UI from Disabled Enabled
accessing is allowed from
outside of the
outside of Simple UI such as
machine
PC, mobile devices, and so
on.
bit 6 Reserved - - -
bit 7 Reserved - - -
[0 or 100 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Custom Paper ENG 0: All Custom Paper
1: Custom Paper 1
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
001 1 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
002 2 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
003 3 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
004 4 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
5793 [ECS Debug SW]
[00000000 to 11111111 /
001 1 CTL
00000000 / -/step]
[-/-/-]
001 1 CTL
[Execute]
[-/-/-]
All Clear CTL
[Execute]
001
Resets all correction data for process control and all software counters, and
returns all modes and adjustments to their default values.
[-/-/-]
002 Engine ENG
[Execute]
5801 Select following SPs and press [Execute] on LCD. After executing, reboot the
machine.
[-/-/-]
SCS CTL
[Execute]
003
Initializes default system settings, SCS (System Control Service) settings,
operation display coordinates, and ROM update information.
[-/-/-]
IMH Memory Clr -
004 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
MCS CTL
[Execute]
005
Initializes the automatic delete time setting for stored documents.
(MCS: Memory Control Service)
[-/-/-]
Copier Application CTL
006 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
Fax Application CTL
[Execute]
007
Initializes the fax reset time, job login ID, all TX/RX settings, local storage file
numbers, and off-hook timer.
[-/-/-]
008 Printer Application CTL
[Execute]
[-/-/-]
Scanner Application CTL
Tables-5
Main SP
009 [Execute]
Initializes the scanner defaults for the scanner and all the scanner SP modes.
[-/-/-]
Web Service CTL
[Execute]
010
Deletes the network file application management files and thumbnails, and
initializes the job login ID.
[-/-/-]
NCS CTL
[Execute]
011
All setting of Network Setup (User Menu)
(NCS: Network Control Service)
[-/-/-]
R-Fax CTL
[Execute]
012
Initializes the job login ID, Smart Device Monitor for Admin, job history, and local
storage file numbers.
[-/-/-]
Clear DCS Setting CTL
014 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
015 Clear UCS Setting CTL
[Execute]
[-/-/-]
MIRS Setting CTL
016 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
CCS CTL
017 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
SRM Memory Clr CTL
018 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
LCS CTL
019 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
Web Uapli CTL
020 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
ECS CTL
021 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
BROWSER CTL
024 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
Websys CTL
025 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
PLN CTL
026 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
027 SAS CTL
[Execute]
[Input Check]
See page
5803
After setting SP5-805-192 to "1: ON", check this SP to see the lubricant unit
status. After checking this SP, set SP5-805-192 to "0: OFF".
[OUTPUTCheck]
Tables-5
5804
Main SP
See page
[OUTPUTCheck]
5805
See page
[OUTPUTCheck]
5806
See page
[Area Selection]
5807
[- / 1 / 1/step]
1:DOM
2:NA
001 - CTL 3:EU
4:TWN
5:AA
6:CHN
[SC Reset]
Turn the main switch off and on after resetting the SC code.
[- / - / -]
001 Fusing SC Reset ENG
[Execute]
[MachineSerial]
5811
Machine Serial Number Display
Sets the telephone number for a service representative. This number is printed
001 on the Counter List, which can be printed with the user’s “Counter” menu.
Sets the fax or telephone number for a service representative. This number is
002 printed on the Counter List.
003 Use this to input the telephone number of your supplier for consumables. Enter
004 Use this to input the telephone number of your sales agency. Enter the number
and press #.
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Remote service off
I/F Setting *CTL
001 1: CSS remote service on
2: NRS remote service on
Tables-5
Selects the remote service setting.
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CE Call *CTL 0: Start of the service
1: End of the service
002
Performs the CE Call at the start or end of the service.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Function Flag *CTL
003 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
[- / - / -]
004 Commnication Test Call CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
005 Device Information Call CTL
[Execute]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
SSL Disable *CTL 0: No. SSL used.
008 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when the RCG (Remote
009 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when sent data is written to
010 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the timeout when sent data is written from
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Port 80 Enable *CTL 0: No. Access denied
Controls if permission is given to get access to the SOAP method over Port 80
on the @Remote network.
[0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
@Remote Commnuication 0: Disabled
012 *CTL
Rermission Setting 1: Enabled
2: Limited
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
RFU Timing *CTL 0: Any status of a target machine
013 1: Sleep or panel off mode only
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RCG Error Cause CTL 0: Initial state, normal condition
014 1: Error
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RCG-C Registed *CTL 0: Installation not completed
021 1: Installation completed
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Connect Type (N/M) *CTL 0: Internet connection
023 1: Dial-up connection
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Use Proxy *CTL 0: Not use
062 1: Use
This SP setting determines if the proxy server is used when the machine
communicates with the service center.
This SP sets the address of the proxy server used for communication between
Tables-5
Main SP
the RCG device and the gateway. Use this SP to set up or display the customer
proxy server address.
This SP sets the port number of the proxy server used for communication
between the embedded RCG-N and the gateway. This setting is necessary to
064 set up the embedded RC Gate-N.
This port number is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the
3
failed update.
The period of the certification has expired and new request for an
4
update is being sent to the GW URL.
067 A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue
11
certification setting is in progress for the rescue GW connection.
The notification of the certification request has been received from the
14
rescue GW controller, and the certification is being stored.
The certification has been stored, and the GW URL is being notified of
15
the successful completion of this event.
The storing of the certification has failed, and the GW URL is being
16
notified of the failure of this event.
The certification update request has been received from the GW URL,
the GW URL was notified of the results of the update after it was
17
completed, but a certification error has been received, and the rescue
certification is being recorded.
The rescue certification of No. 17 has been recorded, and the GW URL
18
is being notified of the failure of the certification update.
Displays a number code that describes the reason for the request for update of
the certification.
Tables-5
Main SP
Request for certification update in progress. The current certification
1
has expired.
068 An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification
2
has expired.
CERT:Up ID *CTL [- / - / -]
069
The ID of the request for certification.
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
0: waiting for receiving firmware
update.
1: waiting for scheduling firmware
update start.
083 Firm Up Status *CTL 2: waiting for user confirmation
3: preparing for device firmware
update.
4: processing device firmware
update.
5: termination processing
This SP setting determines if the operator can confirm the previous version of
085 the firmware before the firmware update execution. If the option to confirm the
086 Allows the service technician to confirm the size of the firmware data files
087 Displays the macro version of the @Remote certification. This SP displays
8-digit characters.
089 Displays ID2 for the @Remote certification. Spaces are displayed as
underscores (_). Asterisks (****) indicate that no @Remote certification exists.
This SP displays 17-digit characters.
090 Displays the common name of the @Remote certification subject. CN = the
following 17 bytes. Spaces are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks (****)
indicate that no DESS exists.
091 Displays serial number for the NRS certification. Asterisks (****) indicate that no
092 Displays the common name of the issuer of the @Remote certification. CN =
093 Displays the start time of the period for which the current @Remote certification
094 Displays the end time of the period for which the current @Remote certification
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Server CN Check *CTL 0: Check strictly
1: Check easely
Tables-5
Main SP
096 GW Host CTL [- / - / -]
[- / - / -]
099 Debug RescueG/WURL Set CTL
[Execute]
[1 or 2 / 1 / 1/step]
CERT:Encrypt Level *CTL 1: 512 bit
102 2: 2048 bit
[0 to 10 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Japan, 1: USA, 2: Canada,
3: UK, 4: Germany, 5: France,
Selection Country *CTL
6: Italy, 7: Netherlands,
8: Belgium, 9: Luxembourg,
10: Spain
150
Select the country where embedded RCG-M is installed in the machine. After
selecting the country, you must also set the following SP codes for embedded
RCG-M:
SP5816-153
SP5816-154
SP5816-161
Displays a number to show the result of the execution of SP5816 151. Here is a
list of what the numbers mean.
0: Success
1: In progress (no result yet). Please wait.
2: Line abnormal
152 3: Cannot detect dial tone automatically
4: Line is disconnected
5: Insufficient electrical power supply
6: Line classification not supported
7: Error because fax transmission in progress – ioctl() occurred.
8: Other error occurred
9: Line classification still in progress. Please wait.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Tone Dialing Phone
1: Pulse Dialing Phone
Inside Japan "2" may also be
Selection Dial / Push *CTL
displayed:
0: Tone Dialing Phone
153 1: Pulse Dialing Phone 10PPS
2: Pulse Dialing Phone 20PPS
This SP displays the classification (tone or pulse) of the telephone line to the
access point for embedded RCG-M. The number displayed (0 or 1) is the result
of the execution of SP5816-151. However, this setting can also be changed
manually.
The SP sets the number that switches to PSTN for the outside connection for
embedded
RCG-M in a system that employs a PBX (internal line).
If the execution of SP5816-151 has succeeded and embedded RCG-M has
154 connected to the external line, this SP display is completely blank.
If embedded RCG-M has connected to an internal line, then the number of
the connection to the external line is displayed.
If embedded RCG-M has connected to an external line, a comma is
displayed with the number. The comma is inserted for a 2 sec. pause.
Tables-5
Main SP
The number setting for the external line can be entered manually (including
commas).
Use this SP to set a user name for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules
Use this SP to set a password for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules
161 Use this SP to set the telephone number of the line where embedded RCG-M is
connected. This number is transmitted to and used by the Call Center to return
calls. Limit: 24 numbers (numbers only)
Connection Timing
162 *CTL [0 to 24 / 1 / 1/step]
Adjustment Incoming
When the Call Center calls out to an embedded RCG-M modem, it sends a
repeating ID tone (*#1#). This SP sets the time the line remains open to send
these ID tones after the number of the embedded RCG-M modem is dialed up
and connected.
The actual amount of time is this setting x 2 sec. For example, if you set "2" the
line will remain open for 4 sec.
This is the number of the dial-up access point for RCG-M. If no setting is done
163 for this SP code, then a preset value (determined by the country selected) is
used.
Default: 0
Allowed: Up to 16 alphanumeric characters
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Line Connecting *CTL 0: Sharing Fax
1: No Sharing Fax
This SP sets the connection conditions for the customer. This setting dedicates
the line to RCG-M only, or sets the line for sharing between RCG-M and a fax
164 unit.
If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on.
SP5816 187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to
interrupt a RCG-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax
transaction.
[- / - / -]
Retransmission Ringing CTL
[Execute]
Normally, it is best to allow unlimited time for certification and ID2 update
174 requests, and for the notification that the certification has been completed.
However, RCG-M generates charges based on transmission time for the
customer, so a limit is placed upon the time allowed for these transactions.
If these transactions cannot be completed within the allowed time, do this SP to
cancel the time restriction.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 FAX TX Priority CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[- / - / -]
Manual Polling CTL
200 [Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
Displays a number that indicates the status of the @Remote service device.
0: Neither the registered device by the external nor embedded RCG device is
set.
1: The embedded RCG device is being set. Only Box registration is completed.
201 In this status, this unit cannot answer a polling request from the external RCG.
2. The embedded RCG device is set. In this status, the external RCG unit
cannot answer a polling request.
3. The registered device by the external RCG is being set. In this status the
embedded RCG device cannot be set.
4 The registered module by the external RCG has not started.
[- / - / -]
Confirm Execute CTL
203 [Execute]
Displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with SP5816
203.
0: Succeeded
1: Inquiry number error
204 3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
205 Displays the result of the notification sent to the device from the GW URL in
answer to the inquiry request. Displayed only when the result is registered at
the GW URL.
[- / - / -]
Register Execute CTL
206 [Execute]
[-2147483647 to 2147483647 / - /
Error Code CTL
-/step]
Displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either
SP5816-204 or SP5816-207 was executed.
Tables-5
Main SP
Parameter Cutting process occurred during modem
-11004
communication.
Error,Incorrect problem.
[- / - / -]
Install Clear CTL
209 [Execute]
[00000000h to FFFFFFFFh /
RCG IP Address *CTL
00000000h / 1/step]
002
Sets the IP address of the RCG (Remote Communication Gate) destination for
call processing at the remote service center.
003 Sets the port number of the RCG (Remote Communication Gate) destination for
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 to 16 characters (half
004 RCG URL Path *CTL characters)
Default /RCG/services/ -]
[- / - / -]
001 NV-RAM Data Upload CTL
[Execute]
5825 Downloads data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine. After
downloading is completed, remove the card and turn the machine power off and
on.
[- / - / -]
001 NV-RAM Data Download CTL
[Execute]
IPv4
001 Address(Ethernet/IEEE *CTL [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 11.22.33.44 / -]
802.11)
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DHCP(Ethernet/IEEE
006 *CTL 0: Not use
802.11)
1: Use
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
050 1284 Compatiblity (Centro) *CTL 0: Not Allow
1: Allow
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
052 ECP (Centro) *CTL 0: Not Allow
1: Allow
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Job Spooling *CTL
065 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Job Spooling Clear: Start
*CTL 0: Data is cleared)
066 Time 1: Automatically printed
This SP determines whether job spooling is enabled or disabled for each protocol. This
is an 8-bit setting.
Tables-5
Main SP
bit17: WSD-Printer, bit18: WSD-Scanner, bit19: Scan to SMB,
bit20: Scan to NCP, bit21: Reserve, bit22: Bluetooth,
bit23: IEEE 1284, bit24: USB printing, bit25: Dynamic DNS,
bit26: Netware printing, bit27: LLTD, bit28: IPP printing,
bit29: IPP printing (SSL), bit30: ssh, bit31: sftp
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
TELNET (0: OFF 1: ON) *CTL 0: Disable
090 1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web (0: OFF 1: ON) *CTL
091 0: Disable, 1: Enable
[000000000000000000000000000000000000h
to
Active IPv6 Link Local
CTL FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
Address
/ 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
145 -]
This is the IPv6 local address link referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b)
in the format:
"Link Local Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
SettingActive IPv6
147 CTL [000000000000000000000000000000000000h
Stateless Address 1
to
SettingActive IPv6 FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
149 CTL
Stateless Address 2 / 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
-]
SettingActive IPv6
151 CTL These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to
Stateless Address 3
5) referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
SettingActive IPv6 (802.11b) in the format:
153 CTL
Stateless Address 4 "Status Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
SettingActive IPv6
155 CTL configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
Stateless Address 5
[000000000000000000000000000000000000h
to
IPv6 Manual Address *CTL FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
/ 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
156 -]
This SP is the IPv6 manually set address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b) in the format:
"Manual Set Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
[00000000000000000000000000000000h to
IPv6 Gateway Address *CTL FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh/
00000000000000000000000000000000h / -]
158
This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b). The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits
each.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting *CTL
161 0: Disable, 1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web shopping link visible *CTL
0: Not display, 1:Display
237
Displays or does not display the link to Net RICOH on the top page and link page of the
web system.
Tables-5
Main SP
[Up to 31char / URL1 / 1/step]
Web supplies Link visible *CTL
0: Not display, 1:Display
238
Displays or does not display the link to Consumable
Supplier on the top page and link page of the web system.
239 This SP confirms or changes the URL1 name on the link page of the web system. The
240 This SP confirms or changes the link to URL1 on the link page of the web system. The
[0 or 1 / 1/ 1 /step]
Web Link1 visible *CTL
241 0: Not display, 1:Display
Displays or does not display the link to URL1 on the top page of the web system.
[HDD Formatting]
5832
Initializes the hard disk. Use this SP mode only if there is a hard disk error.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Capture Function (0:Off 1:On) *CTL
0: Disable, 1: Enable
001
With this function disabled, the settings related to the capture feature cannot be
initialized, displayed, or selected.
[0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
Panel Setting *CTL
002 0: Displayed, 1: Not displayed
[0 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
071 Reduction for Copy Color *CTL 1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
074 Reduction for Printer Color *CTL 1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
[0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
1: 1/2
075 Reduction for Printer B&W *CTL
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
6: 2/3
[1, 3 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
1:1/2
Reduction for Printer Color
077 *CTL 3:1/4
1200dpi
4:1/6
5:1/8
[1, 3 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
1:1/2
Reduction for Printer B&W
078 *CTL 3:1/4
1200dpi
4:1/6
5:1/8
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
082 Format for Copy B&W Text *CTL 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
083 Format for Copy B&W Other *CTL 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
085 Format for Printer B&W *CTL 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
091 Sets the JPEG format default for documents sent to the document management
server via the MLB with JPEG selected as the format.
Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed.
[000.000.000.000 to
Primary srv IP address *CTL
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
101
Sets the IP address for the primary capture server. This is basically adjusted by
the remote system.
[000.000.000.000 to
Secondary srv IP address *CTL
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
111
Sets the IP address for the secondary capture server. This is basically adjusted
by the remote system.
Tables-5
Main SP
Reso: Copy(Mono) *CTL [0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
122 Selects the resolution for BW copy mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
124 Selects the resolution for BW print mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
125 Selects the resolution for color fax mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
126 Selects the resolution for BW fax mode. This is basically adjusted by the remote
system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
127 Selects the resolution for color scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
Selects the resolution for BW scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
142 Stand-by Doc Max Number *CTL [10 to 10000 / 2000 / 1/step]
[1 to 14 / 11 (NA), 13 (EU), 14
(JPN) / 1/step]
Range
Channel Max *CTL
JPN: 1 to 14
NA: 1 to 11
EU: 1 to 13
006 Sets the maximum number of channels available for data transmission via the
wireless
LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location. The
default settings are set for the maximum end of the range for each area. Adjust
the upper 4 bits to set the maximum number of channels.
[1 to 14 / 1 / 1/step]
Range
Channel Min *CTL JPN: 1 to 14
NA: 1 to 11
EU: 1 to 13
007 Sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the
[00 to 11 / 00 / 1/step]
00: Key #1
WEP key Select *CTL 01: Key #2 (Reserved)
011 10: Key #3 (Reserved)
11: Key #4 (Reserved)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
WPA Debug Lvl *CTL
1: Info, 2: warning, 3: error
045
Selects the debug level for WPA authentication application.
This SP is displayed only when the IEEE802.11 card is installed.
Tables-5
Main SP
046 11w *CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Optional settings for debug output mode for each NFA process.
[USB]
5844
-
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF
005 Fixed USB Port *CTL
1: Level 1
2: Level 2
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
008 Mac Supply Level *CTL 0: OFF
Tables-5
Main SP
1: ON
[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Primary) *CTL
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
002
Use this SP to set the Scan Router Server address. The IP address under the
transfer tab can be referenced by the initial system setting.
006 Use this setting to determine the length of time the prompt message is
displayed when a test error occurs during document transfer with the NetFile
application and an external device.
[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Secondary) *CTL 255.255.255.255 /
000.000.000.000 / 1/step]
008
Specifies the IP address assigned to the computer designated to function as the
secondary delivery server of Scan Router. This SP allows only the setting of the
IP address without reference to the DNS setting.
[0 to 4/ 0 / 1/step]
0: Unknown
1: SG1 Provided
Delivery Server Model *CTL
009 2: SG1 Package
3: SG2 Provided
4: SG2 Package
Allows changing the model of the delivery server registered by the I/O device.
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
Bit7 = 1 Comment information exits
Bit6 = 1 Direct specification of mail address possible
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
Because SP5845-010 is full, set aside an area for future additional capabilities.
Bit7 = 1: Not used
Bit6 = 1: Not used
011 Bit5 = 1: Not used
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 1 / -/step]
Rapid Sending Control *CTL 0: Control disabled
Enables or disables the prevention function for the continuous data sending
error.
001 Displays the unique device ID in use by the delivery server directory. The value
is only displayed and cannot be changed. This ID is created from the NIC MAC
or IEEE 1394 EUI. The ID is displayed as either 6-byte or 8-byte binary.
002 Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer
directory. Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery server
is unstable. After clearing the ID, the ID will be established again automatically
by cycling the machine off and on.
003 Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle.
If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is
cleared, and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed.
006 Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
007 Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Folder Auth Change *CTL
0: Login User, 1: Destination
Addr Book [- / - / -]
040 *CTL
Migration(USB->HDD) [Execute]
[- / - / -]
041 Fill Addr Acl Info *CTL
[Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
5. However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the
system administrator or key operator.
6. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846-041. After this SP executes
successfully, any user can access the address book.
[0 to 30 / 0 /1/step]
0: Unconfirmed
1: SD Slot 1
2: SD Slot 2
Addr Book Media *CTL 3: SD Slot 3
043 4: USB Flash ROM
10: SD Slot 10
20: HDD
30: Nothing
[- / - / -]
Initialize Local Address Book CTL
047 [Execute]
Clears the local address book information, including the user code.
[- / - / -]
Initialize Delivery Addr Book CTL
048 [Execute]
Clears the distribution address book information, except the user code.
[- / - / -]
Initialize LDAP Addr Book CTL
049 [Execute]
Clears the LDAP address book information, except the user code.
[- / - / -]
Initialize All Addr Book CTL
050 [Execute]
Clears all directory information managed by UCS, including all user codes.
[- / - / -]
Backup All Addr Book CTL
051 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Restore All Addr Book CTL
052 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Clear Backup Info CTL
[Execute]
Deletes the address book data from the SD card in the service slot.
053 Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine.
This feature does not work if the card is write-protected.
After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, and then turn the power
off. Do not remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing.
This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local
address book.
Bit: Meaning
060 0: Checks both upper/lower case characters
1: Japan Only
2: Japan Only
3: Japan Only
4 to 7: Not Used
Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case and sets the
Tables-5
Main SP
063 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to lower case and defines
the length of the password.
064 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to numbers and defines the
length of the password.
065 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to symbols and defines the
length of the password.
091 Specifies the FTP port for getting a distribution server address book that is used
[0 to 5 / 2 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
001 Rate for Copy Color *CTL 2: x1/3
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
2: x1/3
002 Rate for Copy B&W Text *CTL
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
6: x2/3
[0 to 5 / 2 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
004 Rate for Printer Color *CTL 2: x1/3
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
2: x1/3
005 Rate for Printer B&W *CTL
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
6: x2/3
[0 to 5 / 4 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
006 Rate for Printer Color 1200dpi *CTL 2: x1/3
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
[0 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
2: x1/3
007 Rate for Printer B&W 1200dpi *CTL
Tables-5
Main SP
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
6: x2/3
[Web Service]
5848
Sets the 4-bit switch assignment for the access control setting.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
002 Switch to Print *CTL 0: OFF (No Print)
1: ON (Print)
[0 to 13 / 1 / 1/step]]
1: G3
2: EXT
3: G3-1
4: G3-1- EXT
5: G3-2
Replacement of Circuit 6: G3-2- EXT
003 *CTL
Classifications 7: G3-3
8: G3-3-EXT
9: G3-idle-EXT
Tables-5
Main SP
10: idle-EXT
11: I-G3
12: I-G3-EXT
13: G4
5851 [Bluetooth]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Mode - 0: Public
1: Private
Push [Execute] to download the fixed stamp data from the machine ROM onto
5853 the hard disk. Then these stamps can be used by the system. If this is not done,
the user will not have access to the fixed stamps ("Confidential", "Secret", etc.).
You must always execute this SP after replacing the HDD or after formatting the
HDD. Always switch the machine off and on after executing this SP.
001 - CTL [- / - / -]
5856 Allows the technician to upgrade the firmware using a local port (IEEE1284)
when updating the remote ROM.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Local Port *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
Enables log trace function or debug log saving function. The debug log cannot
be captured until this feature is switched on.
0: Enables log trace function
[ 1 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
1:IC Card
Target (2:HDD 3:SD) *CTL
002 2: HDD
3: SD Card
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the HDD.
005 A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
Takes the most recent 4 MB of the log written to the hard disk and copies them
009 to the SD Card.
A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card.
Takes the log of the specified key from the log on the hard disk and copies it to
Tables-5
Main SP
010 the SD Card.
A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4 MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card. This SP does not execute if there is no log
on the HDD with no key specified.
[- / - / -]
Erase HDD Debug Data *CTL
011 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Erase SD Card Debug Data *CTL
[Execute]
012 Erases all debug logs on the SD Card. If the card contains only debugging files
generated by an event specified by SP5858, the files are erased when SP5857
010 or 011 is executed.
To enable this SP, the machine must be cycled off and on.
[- / - / -]
Free Space on SD Card *CTL
013 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Copy SD to SD (Latest 4MB) *CTL
[Execute]
014
Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug log from an SD card to a different SD
card.
[- / - / -]
Make HDD Debug *CTL
016 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Make SD Debug *CTL
017 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Acquire All Debug Logs *CTL
103 [Execute]
Outputs the controller debug log to the media inserted front I/F.
These SPs select the content of the debugging information to be saved to the
5858 destination selected by SP5857-002.
SP5858-3 stores one SC specified by number. Refer to Section 4 for a list of SC
error codes.
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes generated by copier engine errors.
Tables-5
Main SP
*CTL
002 (0: OFF, 1: ON) 0: OFF, 1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes generated by GW controller errors.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
Jam(0: OFF 1: ON) *CTL
004 0: OFF, 1: ON
5859 These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log files for functions that use
common memory on the controller board.
5860 [SMTP/POP3/IMAP4]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDN Response RFC2298
*CTL 0: No
021 Compliance 1: Yes
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Microsoft Outlook Express
S/MIME: MIME Header *CTL standard
026 1: Internet Draft standard
2: RFC standard
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
S/MIME: Authentication
*CTL 0: No (not check)
028 Check 1: Yes (check)
[- / - / -]
Writing CTL
001 [Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
[- / - / -]
Initialize CTL
003 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Writing: 2048bit CTL
004 [Execute]
Writes the authentication data 2048bit (used for NRS) in the memory.
[- / - / -]
Move Exec CTL
[Execute]
001
This SP copies the application programs from the original SD card in SD card
slot 2 to an SD card in SD card slot 1.
[- / - / -]
Undo Exec CTL
[Execute]
002 This SP copies back the application programs from an SD card in SD Card Slot
2 to the original SD card in SD card slot 1. Use this menu when you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using "Move Exec" (SP5873-1).
reboot.
1: The machine does not reboot when an SC error occurs.
The reboot is not executed for Type A or C SC codes.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Reboot Type *CTL 0: Manual reboot
002 1: Automatic reboot
[Security Clear]
5876
-
[- / - / -]
001 All Clear CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
011 Clear NCS Security Setting CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
015 Clear UCS Security Setting CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
Data Overwrite Security CTL
[Execute]
001
Enables the Data Overwrite Security unit. Press "Execute" on the operation
panel. Then turn the machine off and on.
[- / - / -]
HDD Encryption CTL
002 [Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
[- / - / -]
OCR Dictionary CTL
004 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
001 - CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
0:a
001 - CTL 1:b
2:c
3:d
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
DocSvr Format *CTL
050 0: Thumbnail, 1: Icon, 2: Details
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Setting for each e-mail
Set Signature *CTL
1: Signature for all
100 2: No signature
Selects whether the signature is added to the scanned documents with the
WIM when they are transmitted by an e-mail.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Set Encrypsion *CTL
0: Not encrypted, 1:Encryption
101
Determines whether the scanned documents with the WIM are encrypted
when they are transmitted by an e-mail.
Tables-5
Main SP
[- / - / -]
SD GetCounter CTL
[Execute]
This SP sends a text file to an SD card inserted in SD card Slot 2 (lower slot).
The operation stores.
The file is stored in a folder created in the root directory of the SD card called
SD_COUNTER.
001 The file is saved as a text file (*.txt) prefixed with the number of the machine.
[- / - / -]
001 SDK-1 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
002 SDK-2 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
003 SDK-3 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
004 SDK-4 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
005 SDK-5 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
006 SDK-6 CTL
[Display text]
[Application invalidation]
5895
-
Selects the brand name and the production name for Windows Plug & Play.
001 This information is stored in the NVRAM. If the NVRAM is defective, these
Tables-5
Main SP
[Switchover Permission Time]
5913
-
[HDD Encryption]
5919
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Display Operating State *CTL 0: OFF (Not working)
1: ON (Working)
Tables-5
Main SP
5960 [A3 Tray Custom Paper Size Set]
Settings for Main Scan Custom Paper size for A3 Extension Tray.
001 * Since only millimeter [mm] is available on this SP, convert the inch-based
Settings for Sub Scan Custom Paper size for A3 Extension Tray.
002 * Since only millimeter [mm] is available on this SP, convert the inch-based
Enables and disables the document server. This is a security measure that
5967 prevents image data from being left in the temporary area of the HDD. After
changing this setting, you must switch the main switch off and on to enable the
new setting.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 (0: ON 1: OFF) *CTL 0: ON
1: OFF
The NIC and USB support features are built into the GW controller. Use
this SP to enable and disable these features. In order to use the NIC
and USB functions built into the controller board, these SP codes must
be set to "1".
[0 or 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disable
001 On Board NIC CTL
1: Enable
2: Function limitation
Switches Light or Full ver.of the ScanRouter application. When the "Function
limitation" is set, "On board NIC" is limited only for the NRS or LDAP/NT
authentication. Note: Other network applications than NRS or LDAP/NT
authentication are not available when this SP is set to "2". Even though you can
change the initial settings of those network applications, the settings do not work.
[Mech. Counter]
5987
Mech. Counter
[0 or 1 / 0/ 1/step]
001 0:OFF / 1:ON *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
Tables-5
Main SP
024 SDK/J Summary CTL
[- / - / -]
026 Printer SP -
[Execute]
[0 or 1 / 1/ 1/step]
Warm Up In Advance
*ENG 1: Warm Up In Advance ON
001 ON/OFF 0: Warm Up In Advance OFF
Tables-5
Main SP
4. MAIN SP TABLES-6
L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Front *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Executes Front Sheet Through Regist Adjustment. Corrects it into the maximum
Tables-6
Main SP
value within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is set. The
previous setting value remains if setting is finished without fixing it.
L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Rear *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Executes Rear Sheet Through Regist Adjustment. Corrects it into the maximum
value within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is set. The
previous setting value remains if setting is finished without fixing it.
012 Executes Pull-Out Roller Buckle Adjustment. Corrects it into the maximum value
within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is set. The
previous setting value remains if setting is finished without fixing it.
013 Executes Interval Sensor Roller Buckle Adjustment. Corrects it into the
maximum value within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is
set. The previous setting value remains if setting is finished without fixing it.
014 T-Edge Erase (1-Pass): Front *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
T-Edge Erase (1-Pass): Rear *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
[- / - / -]
Free Run Simplex Motion ENG
001 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Free Run Duplex Motion ENG
002 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Free Run Stamp Motion ENG
003 [Execute]
Sets which original size is to be determined in regard to the two original sizes
6016 which are impossible to be determined in ADF. Size for each bit differs
depending on destinations. Sets the bit for default size for "0" when taking
priority, and sets for "1" when Switch Size determines.
Tables-6
Main SP
[DF Magnification Adj.]
6017 Executes Magnification fine adjustment. Changes Line Speed along with the
Magnification Setting value.
6020 Skew Correction Moving (Skew Correction 2) into Interval Sensor Roller in ADF
is executed only for small sizes (B6, A5, HLT) by default. It is possible to set to
execute Skew Correction Moving for all sizes by setting for "1".
[- / - / -]
Hinge Open Counter Clear ENG
003 [Execute]
SP6-030-001: Resets the counter for opening and closing of DF hinge part.
[Sub-scanPunchPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6100 Adjustment Value "-": Whole position shifts to the direction of the paper
trailing edge when accepted.
Adjustment Value "+": Whole position shifts to the direction of the paper
leading edge when accepted.
Domestic 2Hole(Europe
001 *ENG
2Hole)
[Main-scanPunchPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6101 Adjusts the position for Length (Main Scan) for Punch.
Adjustment Value "-": Whole position shifts to the front of the machine.
Adjustment Value "+": Whole position shifts to the rear of the machine.
Domestic 2Hole(Europe
001 *ENG
2Hole)
Tables-6
Main SP
[SkewCorrectBuckleAdj:2K/3K FIN]
[SkewCorrectCtrlSW:2K/3K FIN]
6103 Switches Skew Correction Control (Stop Skew Correction ON/OFF) when
punching specified papers.
017 Switches Skew Correction Control (Stop Skew Correction ON/OFF) when
[ShiftTrayJogPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts the position for moving direction (Main Scan) of Shift Tray Jogger when
feeding papers other than specified papers.
6104 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger width
becomes narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger
width becomes wider than the standard value
Tables-6
Main SP
002 B4 SEF *ENG
Adjusts the position for moving direction (Main Scan) of Shift Tray Jogger when
feeding papers other than specified papers.
014 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger width
[ShftTJogRtrctAngAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6105 Adjusts Shift Tray Jogger Retract Angle when feeding specified papers.
Adjustment Value "+": Upper direction,
Adjustment Value "-": Lower direction.
008 Adjusts Shift Tray Jogger Retract Angle when feeding specified papers.
Adjustment Value "+": Upper direction,
Adjustment Value "-": Lower direction.
6106 Determines whether to use Shift Tray Jogger when feeding specified papers.
Does not use Shift Tray Jogger when selecting "1".
Tables-6
Main SP
Other *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Determines whether to use Shift Tray Jogger when feeding specified papers.
[JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts Corner Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging
specified papers.
6107 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
becomes wider than the standard value.
Adjusts Corner Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging
specified papers.
014 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
[JogPosAdj(BookStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts Book Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging specified
papers.
6108 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
becomes wider than the standard value.
[CrnrStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6109 Adjusts jogging time for Corner Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
papers (Only the last paper).
Tables-6
Main SP
005 B5T *ENG
014 Adjusts jogging time for Corner Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
[BookStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6110 Adjusts jogging time for Book Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
papers (Only the last paper).
010 Adjusts jogging time for Book Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
Adjusts staple positions such as 2K/3K/FIN (Main Scan direction) for specified
6111 papers.
Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the front of the machine.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the rear of the machine.
Adjusts staple positions such as 2K/3K/FIN (Main Scan direction) for specified
014 papers.
Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the front of the machine.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the rear of the machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
[BookletStaplerPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts staple position (Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified
papers.
6112 Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
trailing edge when accepted.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
leading edge when accepted.
Adjusts staple position (Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified
papers.
010 Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
trailing edge when accepted.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
leading edge when accepted.
[BookletFolderPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts folding position (Sub Scan direction) for Booklet Folder for specified
papers.
6113 Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
trailing edge when accepted.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
leading edge when accepted.
Adjusts folding position (Sub Scan direction) for Booklet Folder for specified
papers.
010 Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
Adjusts Fold Speed (Crease Time) for Booklet Folder for specified papers.
6114 Adjustment value: 0 (Standard),
Adjustment value: 1 (Mid Speed: Standard + 2.6[sec]),
Adjustment value: 2 (Low Speed: Standard + 5.2[sec])
Tables-6
Main SP
007 LT SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Adjusts Fold Speed (Crease Time) for Booklet Folder for specified papers.
010 Adjustment value: 0 (Standard),
[CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6116 Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Corner Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment value: 0; 1 sheet Pre-Stack (Standard),
Adjustment value: -1: No Pre-Stack.
014 Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Corner Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment value: 0; 1 sheet Pre-Stack (Standard),
Adjustment value: -1: No Pre-Stack.
[BookStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Book Stapler for specified papers.
Tables-6
Main SP
006 LG SEF ENG
Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Book Stapler for specified papers.
[CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page in Sub Scan
6118 direction) for Corner Stapler for specified papers. There is 20mm offset by
default.
"+" Adjustment Value is the direction that offset increases, and
"-" Adjustment Value is the direction that it decreases.
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page in Sub Scan
014 direction) for Corner Stapler for specified papers. There is 20mm offset by
default.
"+" Adjustment Value is the direction that offset increases, and
"-" Adjustment Value is the direction that it decreases.
[BookStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page, and of 2nd page
6119 from 3rd page in Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified papers.
There is no offset by default.
"+" Adjustment Value is the direction that offset increases, and
"-" Adjustment Value is the direction that it decreases.
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page, and of 2nd page
010 from 3rd page in Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified papers.
There is no offset by default.
"+" Adjustment Value is the direction that offset increases, and
"-" Adjustment Value is the direction that it decreases.
Tables-6
Main SP
[CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6120 Adjusts Positioning Roller ExFeedAmt (Sub Scan direction) for Corner Stapler
for specified papers.
Other ENG
014 Adjusts Positioning Roller ExFeedAmt (Sub Scan direction) for Corner Stapler
[BkFoldJogSolMovAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6122 Adjusts Booklet Folder JogSolMovAmt for Book Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment Value "+": Upper direction,
Adjustment Value "-": Lower direction.
Other ENG
010 Adjusts Booklet Folder JogSolMovAmt for Book Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment Value "+": Upper direction,
Adjustment Value "-": Lower direction.
[PuncPoAdjSubscan3KFIN(100Bind)]
6140
Executes adjustment of the direction of Sub Scan (transport).
Tables-6
Main SP
001 Corner Stapler Motor ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
[ShiftJogPosAdj:3K FIN(100Bind)]
6143
Executes adjustment of Shift Jogger position for Shift Exit.
[MxPrstkShAdj:3KFIN(100Bind)]
6144
Executes adjustment of the maximum Pre-stack Number
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
001 A4Y ENG
* DO NOT set the value to “1(page)”
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
002 B5Y ENG
* DO NOT set the value to “1(page)”
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
003 LT-Y ENG
* DO NOT set the value to “1(page)”
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
004 Other ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
* DO NOT set the value to “1(page)”
[LE StopPressAdj:3KFIN(100Bind)]
6145
Executes adjustment of Leading Edge Stopper Press.
[StapleJogTimes: 3KFIN(100Bind)]
6146
Sets whether to add another Jogger operation when stapling.
StapleJogTimes:
001 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 time/step]
3KFIN(100Bind)
[PrioritySizeSetting:1-TrayCIT]
6165
Sets size for displaying on the screen to the paper which is set.
Tables-6
Main SP
001 A3 SEF ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
[Output Check]
6310
See page
6312
Tables-6
Main SP
003 A4 SEF ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts Z-Fold Outer Frame size (L) when Z-folding by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (L) large and [-] makes (L) small.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6313
6314
Tables-6
Main SP
002 B4 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
004 DLT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
024 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts End (S2) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S2) large and [-] makes (S2) small.
Turns to be enabled when Single Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6315
Tables-6
Main SP
002 B4 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
004 DLT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts End (S2) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S2) large and [-] makes (S2) small.
Turns to be enabled when Multi Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
Adjusts Outer Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding
Unit.
[+] makes (L) large and [-] makes (L) small.
Turns to be enabled when Single Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6316
Tables-6
Main SP
002 B4 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
004 DLT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts Outer Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding
Unit.
[+] makes (L) large and [-] makes (L) small.
Turns to be enabled when Multi Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
Adjusts End (S) when folding with Letter Fold-in by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S) large and [-] makes (S) small.
Turns to be enabled when Single Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6317
004 DLT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
6317
024 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts Inner Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-in by using Folding
Unit.
[+] makes (L) large and [-] makes (L) small.
Turns to be enabled when Single Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6318
004 DLT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts Inner Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-in by using Folding
Unit.
[+] makes (L) large and [-] makes (L) small.
Turns to be enabled when Multi Sheet is specified.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6318
Tables-6
Main SP
021 A3 SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
024 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts End (S1) position when folding with Double Parallel Fold by using
Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S1) large and [-] makes (S1) small.
The top right illustration shows the status that Double Parallel Fold is opened
(Half Fold) and the bottom right one shows that Double Parallel Fold is not
opened.
6319 The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
Adjusts End2 (S2) position when folding with Double Parallel Fold by using
Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S2) large and [-] makes (S2) small.
The top right illustration shows the status that Double Parallel Fold is opened
and the bottom right one shows that Double Parallel Fold is not opened.
6320 The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
Tables-6
Main SP
001 A3 SEF ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts End (S1) position when folding with Gate Fold by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S1) large and [-] makes (S1) small.
The top right illustration shows the status that Gate Fold is opened and the
bottom right one shows that Gate Fold is not opened.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6321
Adjusts End2 (S2) position when folding with Gate Fold by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S2) large and [-] makes (S2) small.
The top right illustration shows the status that Gate Fold is opened and the
bottom right one shows that Gate Fold is not opened.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6322
Tables-6
Main SP
002 B4 SEF ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts Center (S3) position when folding with Gate Fold by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S3) large and [-] makes (S3) small.
The top right illustration shows the status that Gate Fold is opened and the
bottom right one shows that Gate Fold is not opened.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6323
Adjusts landscape Jog position against papers when folding with Multi Sheet by
using Folding Unit.
Tables-6
Main SP
005 LG SEF ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
Adjusts Buckle for Registration Correction when folding with Single Sheet by
using Folding Unit.
This setting can only be enabled when [Buckle Control ON] is set in
6325 [SP6-326-001: Registration Correction Buckle Selection Multi Folder].
Adjustment direction
To the standard Buckle amount, "+" is the direction that Buckle amount
increases and "-" is the direction that that Buckle amount decreases.
Standard Buckle amount: 5mm
6326 Specifies ON/OFF for Registration Correction when folding with Single Sheet by
using Folding Unit.
6750 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Z-Fold Position1 Adjustment] in
Pro machine
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6751 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Z-Fold Position2 Adjustment] in
Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6752 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Half Fold Position Adjustment:
Single Sheet] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6753 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-out Position1
Adjustment: Single Sheet] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6754 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-out Position2
Adjustment: Single Sheet] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6755 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-in Position1
Adjustment: Single Sheet] in Pro machine
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6756 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-in Position2
Adjustment: Single Sheet] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6757 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Double Parallel Fold Position1
Adjustment] in Pro machine
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6758 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Double Parallel Fold Position2
Adjustment] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6759 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Gate Fold Position1 Adjustment]
in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6760 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Gate Fold Position2 Adjustment]
in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6761 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Gate Fold Position3 Adjustment]
in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
008 Custom Paper 008 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
060 Custom Paper 060 ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Sets whether to execute Full Detection for output paper in Fold machine tray.
Detected when Fold machine tray becomes full if [Full Detection ON] is set and
6762 alert message is displayed after the set number of pages are printed out with
[SP6-763-001: Top Tray Full Set: Limit Output Multi Folder].
* This setting is synchronized with Adjustment Items for Special Operator [Fold
Machine Tray Full Detection] in Pro machine.
Sets Print Page until when the alert message is displayed when Fold machine
tray detects Full.
Setting the large number of Print Page avoids stopping printing by early
Tables-6
Main SP
detection of Full and increases productivity as it delays displaying an alert
message.
6763 The number of "1" when Multi Sheet is specified is counted as "1" page.
It becomes enabled that [SP6-762-001: Fold Machine Tray Full Detection
ON/OFF Setting Multi Folder] is set for [Full Detection ON].
Delaying to display the alert message may cause disordered loaded paper and
paper jams because the exit is obstructed by output paper.
* This setting is synchronized with Adjustment Items for Special Operator [Fold
Machine Tray After Full Detection Output Number] in Pro machine.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *ENG 0: Attached
1: Not Attached
[Extra Staples]
More than the standard number of sheets can be stapled. This SP sets the
additional number of sheets (This Setting + Standard Number = maximum
number of sheets).
If the number of the maximum for staples is increased, and the mechanical
6830 warranty of the unit can be guaranteed, then the setting can take effect
without changing the controller software.
However, assurance that mechanical performance can be guaranteed is
required before changing the setting to increase the staple load for more
than the maximum in the feed/exit specifications. Raising this setting
without quality assurance could damage the machine.
[Extra Saddles]
6830 Makes possible for staple to saddle stitch more sheets than basic amount.
Saddle stitch staple max. amount will be recognized as the total of this SP’s
value and the basic amount.
[Extra Half-Fold]
6830 Makes possivle for finisher to middle fold more than the basic foldable amount.
Middle fold max. amount will be recognized as the total of this SP’s value and
basic Middle fold amunt.
[1 to 0 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: No Punch 1: Punching OK CTL 0: No Punch
1: Punching OK
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Bottom Plate (Default) by
001 - *ENG Original set
1: Bottom Plate by Feed/Exit Paper
Signal
[SoftRollerPress QuantityTuning]
Fine-tunes Decurler Roller Pressure ranging from +0.5 - -0.3mm with normal
operation (other than Custom Paper).
6925 Increases or decreases the specified value to the pressure in Decurler
Pressure level (Level 1-5).
Tables-6
Main SP
Plus value: Curl UP Correction
Minus value: Curl Down Correction
6928 Sets Decurler Roller Pressure level (Level 1-5) with Custom Paper.
Level 1 (Curl Correction Weak) - Level 5 (Curl Correction Strong)
Tables-6
Main SP
034 Custom Paper034 ENG [1 to 5 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
086 Custom Paper086 ENG [1 to 5 / 1 / 1/step]
Fine-tunes Decurler Roller Pressure ranging from +0.5 - -0.3mm with Custom
Paper.
6929 Increases or decreases the specified value to the pressure in Decurler
Pressure level (Level 1-5).
Plus value: Curl UP Correction
Minus value: Curl Down Correction
Tables-6
Main SP
032 Custom Paper032 ENG [-0.3 to 0.5 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
084 Custom Paper084 ENG [-0.3 to 0.5 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
5. MAIN SP TABLES-7
[Total SC]
Tables-7
Main SP
[SC History]
001 - *CTL [- / - / -]
Tables-7
Main SP
007 LCT: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
096 Timing: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
164 Trailing Edge Stack Plate Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
Positioning Roller Rotation
171 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
Tables-7
Main SP
[Original Jam Detection]
7505
-
7507 Logs and displays the 10 most recent detected transfer paper jams.
(CAUSE, SIZE, TOTAL, DATE)
Tables-7
Main SP
010 Latest 9 *CTL
Tables-7
Main SP
065 1st Pickup Motor *CTL
Tables-7
Main SP
012 Transport 2:On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
100 Entrance: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
164 Trailing Edge Stack Plate Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
174 Corner Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
013 Separation Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
051 2nd Pullout Sensor: Late *CTL
Tables-7
Main SP
158 Relay Sensor 7: Lag *CTL [- / - / -]
[PM Counter]
7621
Displays PM Counter. (Page Count)
Tables-7
Main SP
036 Brash Drive Joint:C ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
110 Quenching ENG
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[Reset]
7622
Resets PM Counter.
Tables-7
Main SP
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
117 Hot Roller ENG
[- / - / -]
118 Pressure Roller ENG
[Execute]
119 Pressure Roller Bearings ENG
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller [- / - / -]
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller [- / - / -]
[Execute]
Tables-7
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 ENG
Main SP
188 Inserter:Tray1:Pick-up ENG
[Standard Value]
7623
Displays Standard Value.
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
003 #K_Development Unit ENG
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
026 #C_Development Unit ENG
1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
047 #PCDU:M ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
049 #M_Development Unit ENG
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
072 #Y_Development Unit ENG
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
093 #Image Transfer Unit ENG
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
095 ITB Roller: K ENG
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
096 ITB Roller: C ENG
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
097 ITB Roller: M ENG
1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
111 PTR(Paper Transfer Roller) ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 2280000 /
142 Waste Toner Bottle ENG
1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Roller
Main SP
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 #PCDU:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #Development Unit:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Developer Filter:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Cleaning Blade:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Brush Roller:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Coating Bar:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Apply Blade:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Joint:Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gear:Cleaning:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #Photo Conductor:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Developer:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Developer Filter:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Cleaning Blade:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Brush Roller:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Coating Bar:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Apply Blade:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Joint: Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gear: Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 #Charge Roller Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Charge Roller Cleaner:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear: Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #Photo Conductor:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #Development Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Developer:M *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Developer Filter:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Cleaning Blade:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Brush Roller:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Coating Bar:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Apply Blade:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Joint: Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gear: Cleaning:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 #Charge Roller Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Charge Roller Cleaner:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear: Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #Photo Conductor:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Development Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Developer:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Developer Filter:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Cleaning Blade:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Brush Roller:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Coating Bar:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Apply Blade:Y *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Joint:Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gear: Cleaning: Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Charge Roller Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Charge Roller Cleaner:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear: Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #Photo Conduntor:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #ITB Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB(Intermedediate Transfer
094 *CTL 0: No
Belt)
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Transfer Roller:ITB:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Transfer Roller: ITB:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Transfer Roller: ITB:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Transfer Roller: ITB:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Transfer: Backup Roller:
099 *CTL 0: No
ITB
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 ITB Lubricant BrushRoller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 ITB Lubricant bar *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
106 ITB Lubricant blade *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #PTR Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Paper Transfer Discharge Plate *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR (Paper Transfer Unit) *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing Unit Assy *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
115 #Fusing Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Shaft Bearing: Press Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Refresh Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 Web Cleaning Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Brake Pad *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Filter: Main *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter: Large *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter: Small *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 Ozone Filter *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter: Large *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter: Small *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
142 Waste Toner Bottle *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller: Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
147 Feed Roller: Tray1 *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
148 Separation Roller: Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
151 #Tray2 Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
152 Pick-up Roller: Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
153 Feed Roller: Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
154 Separation Roller: Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
157 #Tray3 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
158 Pick-up Roller: Tray3 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
159 Feed Roller: Tray3 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
160 Separation Roller: Tray3 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
163 #Tray4 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
164 Pick-up Roller: Tray4 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
165 Feed Roller: Tray4 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
166 Separation Roller: Tray4 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169 #By-pass Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170 Pick-up Roller: By-pass *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
171 Feed Roller: By-pass *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 Separation Roller: By-pass *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #A3_DLT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Pick-up Roller: A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
177 Feed Roller: A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
178 Separation Roller: A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
181 #A4_LT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Pick-up Roller: A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 Feed Roller: A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
184 Separation Roller: A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inseter Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Pick-up Roller: Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Feed Belt: Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Separation Roller: Inserter
190 *CTL 0: No
Tray1
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inserter Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Pick-up Roller: Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Feed Belt: Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Separation Roller: Inserter
196 *CTL 0: No
Tray2
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200 Feed Belt: Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller: Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Pick-up Roller: Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 Feed Belt: ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Separation Roller: ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Pick-up Roller: ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
Tables-7
Main SP
005 Development Filter:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
080 Lubricant Bar: Y ENG
Tables-7
Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Main SP
Feed Roller:Tray 3:Separation
160 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
013 Brash Drive Joint:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
088 Cleaner:Charge Roller:Y ENG
Tables-7
Roller
Main SP
Feed Roller:Tray 4:Separation [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
166 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #Feed Roller:A3LCT ENG
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[Reset]
7628
Resets all counts for PM Counter.
[- / - / -]
002 Reset All Counts ENG
[Execute]
255 - CTL -
[- / - / -]
Tables-7
Main SP
001 Paper CTL
[Execute]
Resets the SC, paper, original, and total jam counters. When the program ends
[- / - / -]
001 - *CTL
[Execute]
7826 Displays the counter that couldn’t send count command to the MF charging
device.
[- / - / -]
001 - CTL
[Execute]
[Self-Diagnose Display]
7832 Displays the result of the diagnostics. To scroll the return codes, press the
up-arrow key or the down-arrow key.
001 - CTL [- / - / -]
[ACC Counter]
7835
-
001 - CTL [- / - / -]
7840 Records dates and times of resetting / changing “Service SP mode switch code
setting” for the recent 2 times.
(Decides whether the record is for setting changes or resets by branch number.)
Records the time of detecting dust on all points of surface scanning position.
001 Decides as same dust and won’t count it when detected even before the next
job.
*Counts when SP4-020-001: DF Scanning glass dust detect setting chart is ON.
Counts the times for detecting dust at all points of rear face scanning position.
003 Decides as same dust and won’t count it when detected even before the next
job.
*Counts when SP4-020-001: DF Scanning glass dust detect setting chart is ON.
Tables-7
Main SP
7855 [Coverage Range]
[Assert Info.]
7901 Records the location where a problem is detected in the program. The data
stored in this SP is used for problem analysis.
[ROM Number]
7910
-
[Firmware Version]
7911
-
Tables-7
Main SP
160 MSIS CTL [- / - / -]
018 Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
019 Writes Main Unit Color Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
Tables-7
Main SP
018 Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
019 Writes Main Unit Color Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
Tables-7
Main SP
End Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021
Writes Date for Toner End. Writes also when Near End is detected.
018 Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
019 Writes Main Unit Color Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
Writes Date for Toner End. Writes also when Near End is detected.
Tables-7
Main SP
009 Recycle Counter *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
019 Writes Main Unit Color Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
Tables-7
Main SP
Refill Information *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024
Refill Detection, IS Detection Information
Tables-7
Main SP
032
Writes Date when Toner is attached.
Tables-7
Main SP
034
Refill Detection, IS Detection Information
Tables-7
Main SP
Attachment: Total Counter *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
043
Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when Toner is attached.
Tables-7
Main SP
065 Cleaner:Charge Roller:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 423000(Office a,
094 ITB(Image Transfer Belt) ENG Office b), 357300(Pro a, Pro b) /
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
114 #Fusing ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
115 #Fusing Unit ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
116 Fusing Belt ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
117 Hot Roller ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
118 Pressure Roller ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
119 Pressure Roller Bearings ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
126 Web Cleaning Roller ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
127 Web Roller Stopper ENG
1m/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
001 #PCDU:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
090 #PCU:Y ENG
[Replacement Date]
7950
Displays the previous Replacement Date.
Tables-7
Main SP
036 Brash Drive Joint:C ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
110 Quenching ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 ENG
7951 Displays the remaining operable days calculated from Pages Remain Day
Counter.
Tables-7
Main SP
042 Cleaner:Charge Roller:C ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
116 Fusing Belt ENG
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
Tables-7
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 ENG
Main SP
188 Inserter:Tray1:Pick-up ENG
7952 Displays the remaining operable days calculated from Distance Remain Day
Counter.
Tables-7
Main SP
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
119 Pressure Roller Bearings ENG
[Pg Counter(%)]
7954
Displays the ratio to Drive Pages Counter End Standard Value.
Tables-7
Main SP
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
Feed Roller:Tray 1:Separation [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
148 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
7955 Displays the estimated remaining operable pages calculated from Pages
Remain Day Counter and Distance Remain Day Counter.
Tables-7
Main SP
073 Development: Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
Feed Roller:Tray 2:Separation
154 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
181 #Feed Roller:A4LCT ENG
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
7956 Displays the estimated remaining operable days calculated from Pages Remain
Day Counter and Distance Remain Day Counter.
Tables-7
Main SP
005 Development Filter:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
080 Lubricant Bar: Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
Feed Roller:Tray 3:Feeding
159 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
086 #Y_Charge Roller Unit ENG
Tables-7
163 #Tray4 Roller Assembly ENG
Main SP
164 Pick-up Roller-Tray4 ENG
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
181 #Feed Roller:A4LCT ENG
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding
183 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
7960 Displays the rate against the estimated End Standard Value calculated from
Pages Remain Day Counter and Distance Remain Day Counter.
Tables-7
Main SP
010 K_Lubricant Brush ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
083 Gears:Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
Feed Roller:Tray 3:Feeding
159 ENG
Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Separation
184 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
007 5<T<15:55<=H<80 ENG
[- / - / -]
001 - ENG
[Execute]
Tables-7
Main SP
M Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
004
Displays the achievement degree to Yield Pages Threshold.
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
BkOpc Drive Unit *ENG
001 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
C Opc Drive Unit *ENG
003 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
M Opc Drive Unit *ENG
004 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
Y Opc Drive Unit *ENG
005 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
006 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
2nd Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
007 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
Fusing Drive Unit *ENG
008 1m/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Feed Drive Unit *ENG
011 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Registration Drive Unit *ENG
012 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Relay Drive Unit *ENG
013 1page/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Exit Drive Unit *ENG
014 1page/step]
[Guaranteed Parameter]
7976
Sets Yield Guaranteed Parameter for Drive Unit.
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
001 Bk Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
003 C Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
004 M Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
005 Y Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
006 Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
007 2nd Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
008 Fusing Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
011 Feed Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
012 Registration Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
013 Relay Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
014 Exit Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
6. MAIN SP TABLES-8
Apl Application
Bk Black
C Cyan
Comb Combine
Tables-8
Main SP
Comp Compression
Deliv Delivery
Emul Emulation
FC Full Color
Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter does
not count up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this counter counts
GPC
up by the number that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page
job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1)
Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g.
ImgEdt
border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc.
K Black (YMCK)
Mag Magnification
PC Personal Computer
Ppr Paper
Rez Resolution
Scn Scan
S-to-Email Scan-to-E-mail
Svr Server
Tables-8
Main SP
TXJob Send, Transmission
Many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as sending
color faxes, and so on. However, here are some Group 8 codes that when used in combination
with others, can provide useful information.
SP8401 to SP8406 The number of pages printed from the document server
SP8691 to SP8696 The number of pages sent from the document server
C: Copy application.
S: Scan application.
The Group 8 SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of displaying them on
the small LCDs of printers and faxes that also use these SPs. Read over the list of abbreviations
below and refer to it again if you see the name of an SP that you do not understand.
All of the Group 8 SPs are able to reset by “SP5 801 1 Memory All Clear”.
Tables-8
Main SP
[T:Total Jobs] *CTL
8001 These SPs count the number of times
each application is used to do a job.
8002 [C:Total Jobs] *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / - / 1]
8003 [F:Total Jobs] *CTL Note: The L: counter is the total number
of times the other applications are used
8004 [P:Total Jobs] *CTL to send a job to the document server,
8005 [S:Total Jobs] *CTL plus the number of times a file already
on the document server is used.
8006 [L:Total Jobs] *CTL
These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages
processed.
When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job.
Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer engineer
[T:Jobs/LS] *CTL
8011 These SPs count the number of jobs
stored to the document server by each
8012 [C:Jobs/LS] *CTL
application, to reveal how local storage
8013 [F:Jobs/LS] *CTL is being used for input.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8014 [P:Jobs/LS] *CTL
The L: counter counts the number of
8015 [S:Jobs/LS] *CTL jobs stored from within the document
server mode screen at the operation
8016 [L:Jobs/LS] *CTL
panel.
8017 [O:Jobs/LS] *CTL
When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments. When you enter
document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter increments.
When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments.
When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter increments.
When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter increments.
When a fax is sent to the document server, the F: counter increments.
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the C:
counter increments.
When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on the document
server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the C: and P: counters both
increment.
Tables-8
Main SP
When a job already on the document server is printed with another application, the L: counter
increments.
When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the S:
counter increments. If the original was scanned from within document server mode, then the
L: counter increments.
When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm 2), are
printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application (Web
Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments.
When a fax on the document server is printed, the F: counter increments.
When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count for the
application that started the print job is incremented.
When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web Image Monitor,
etc.) the L: counter increments.
8041 [T:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL These SPs count the applications that
stored files on the document server that
8042 [C:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
were later accessed for transmission
8043 [F:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL over the telephone line or over a
network (attached to an e-mail, or as a
8044 [P:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
fax image by I-Fax).
8045 [S:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
Note: Jobs merged for sending are
8046 [L:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
counted separately.
The L: counter counts the number of
jobs scanned from within the document
8047 [O:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
server mode screen at the operation
panel.
When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments.
When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are sent as
an e-mail, the O: counter increments.
8051 [T:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL These SPs count the applications used
to send files from the document server
8052 [C:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
over the telephone line or over a
8053 [F:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL network (attached to an e-mail, or as a
fax image by I-Fax). Jobs merged for
8054 [P:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
sending are counted separately.
8055 [S:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
The L: counter counts the number of
8056 [L:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
jobs sent from within the document
server mode screen at the operation
8057 [O:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
panel.
If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then the O:
counter increments.
[T:FIN Jobs]
8061 These SPs total the finishing methods. The finishing method is specified by
the application.
[P:FIN Jobs]
8062 These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is
Tables-8
Main SP
specified by the application.
[F:FIN Jobs]
8063 These SPs total finishing methods for fax jobs only. The finishing method is
specified by the application.
Note: Finishing features for fax jobs are not available at this time.
[P:FIN Jobs]
8064 These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is
specified by the application.
[S:FIN Jobs]
8065 These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method is
specified by the application.
Note: Finishing features for scan jobs are not available at this time.
[L:FIN Jobs]
8066 These SPs total finishing methods for jobs output from within the document
server mode screen at the operation panel. The finishing method is specified
from the print window within document server mode.
[O:FIN Jobs]
8067 These SPs total finishing methods for jobs executed by an external
application, over the network. The finishing method is specified by the
application.
004 Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in staple mode, the
005 Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode and set for
folding (Z-fold).
006 Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a print job, the
[T:Jobs/PGS]
8071 These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages in
the job, regardless of which application was used.
[C:Jobs/PGS]
8072 These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[F:Jobs/PGS]
8073 These SPs count and calculate the number of fax jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[P:Jobs/PGS]
8074 These SPs count and calculate the number of print jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
Tables-8
Main SP
[S:Jobs/PGS]
8075 These SPs count and calculate the number of scan jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[L:Jobs/PGS]
8076 These SPs count and calculate the number of jobs printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel, by the number of
pages in the job.
[O:Jobs/PGS]
8077 These SPs count and calculate the number of "Other" application jobs (Web
Image Monitor, Palm 2, etc.) by size based on the number of pages in the job.
For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document server
mode, the appropriate L: counter (SP8076 0xx) increments.
Printing a fax report counts as a job and increments the F: counter (SP 8073).
Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
If a job is paused and re-started, it counts as one job.
If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is counted at the
time the error occurs.
For copy jobs (SP 8072) and scan jobs (SP 8075), the total is calculated by multiplying the
number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One duplex page counts as 2.)
The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the number of
pages of the copy job (SP 8072).
When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page is
counted.
[T:FAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by
8111 fax, either directly or using a file stored on the document server, on a
telephone line.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
8113 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by
fax directly on a telephone line.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
Tables-8
Main SP
If the mode is changed during the job, the job will count with the mode set when the job
started.
If the same document is faxed to both a public fax line and an I-Fax at a destination where
both are available, then this counter increments, and the I-Fax counter (8 12x) also
increments.
The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
[T:IFAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent,
8121 either directly or using a file stored on the document server, as fax images
using I-Fax.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
8123 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent (not
stored on the document server), as fax images using I-Fax.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
[T:S-to-Email Jobs]
8131 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and attached to an e-mail, regardless of whether the document server was
used or not.
8135 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
attached to e-mail, without storing the original on the document server.
If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting
to be sent, the job is not counted.
If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage
of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
If several jobs are combined for sending to the Scan Router, Scan-to-Email, or Scan-to-PC, or
if one job is sent to more than one destination. Each send is counted separately. For example,
if the same document is sent by Scan-to-Email as well as Scan-to-PC, then it is counted twice
(once for Scan-to-Email and once for Scan-to-PC).
[T:Deliv Jobs/Svr]
8141 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and sent to a Scan Router server.
8145 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned in
scanner mode and sent to a Scan Router server.
Tables-8
Main SP
The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan Router
server cannot be confirmed.
If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted as a
"Color" job.
If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting
to be delivered, the job is not counted.
If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage
of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
[T:Deliv Jobs/PC]
8151 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC).
Note: At the present time, 8 151 and 8 155 perform identical counts.
[S:Deliv Jobs/PC]
8155 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and sent with Scan-to-PC.
8161 [T:PCFAX TX Jobs] *CTL These SPs count the number of PC Fax
transmission jobs. A job is counted from
when it is registered for sending, not
when it is sent.
8163 [F:PCFAX TX Jobs] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: At the present time, these
counters perform identical counts.
This counts fax jobs started from a PC using a PC fax application, and sending the data out to
the destination from the PC through the copier.
[T:Deliv Jobs/WSD]
8171
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.
[S:Deliv Jobs/WSD]
8175
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.
Tables-8
Main SP
8191 [T:Total Scan PGS] *CTL
8192 [C:Total Scan PGS] *CTL These SPs count the pages scanned by
each application that uses the scanner
8193 [F:Total Scan PGS] *CTL
to scan images.
8195 [S:Total Scan PGS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
SP 8 191 to 8 196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of physical
pages.
These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to adjust color.
Previews done with a scanner driver are not counted.
A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned.
Scans made in SP mode are not counted.
Examples
If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not stored, the S:
count is 4.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using the Store File
button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6.
If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8201 scan and copy jobs. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission
are not counted.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8203 fax transmission.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8205 scan jobs only. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission are
not counted.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
8211 [T:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
scanned into the document server.
8212 [C:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8213 [F:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL The L: counter counts the number of
pages stored from within the document
8215 [S:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL
server mode screen at the operation
panel, and with the Store File button
8216 [L:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL
from within the Copy mode screen
If a job is cancelled, the pages output as far as the cancellation are counted.
If the scanner application scans and stores 3 B5 sheets and 1 A4 sheet, the S: count is 4.
If pages are copied but not stored on the document server, these counters do not change.
If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count is 6
and the L: count is 6.
If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
8221 These SPs count the number of pages fed through the ADF for front and back
side scanning.
With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count
is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex front side scanning. (The
front side is determined by which side the user loads face up.)
002 With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is the
same as the number of pages fed for duplex scanning.
Tables-8
Main SP
With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is
the same as the number of pages fed for duplex rear-side scanning.
When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count is 1.
If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double counting.
Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet is output.
[Scan PGS/Mode]
8231 These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each ADF mode to
determine the work load on the ADF.
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to
Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
The user cannot select mixed sizes or non-standard sizes with the fax application so if the
original's page sizes are mixed or non-standard, these are not counted.
If the user selects "Mixed Sizes" for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count is
enabled.
In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages with
SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.
8241 These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by original type for all
jobs, regardless of which application was used.
8246 These SPs count the number of pages scanned and stored from within the
document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File
button from within the Copy mode screen
Tables-8
Main SP
If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to
Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
8251 [T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL These SPs show how many times
Image Edit features have been selected
8252 [C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL
at the operation panel for each
8254 [P:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL application. Some examples of these
editing features are:
8255 [S:Scan PGS/ImgEdr] *CTL
Erase> Border
8256 [L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL Erase> Center
Image Repeat
Centering
Positive/Negative
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8257 [O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL Note: The count totals the number of
times the edit features have been used.
A detailed breakdown of exactly which
features have been used is not given.
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen
at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen.
These SPs show how many times color creation features have been selected
at the operation panel.
8281 [T:Scan PGS/TWAIN] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
scanned using a TWAIN driver. These
counters reveal how the TWAIN driver
is used for delivery functions.
8285 [S:Scan PGS/TWAIN] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: At the present time, these
counters perform identical counts.
8291 [T:Scan PGS/Stamp] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
stamped with the stamp in the ADF unit.
8293 [F:Scan PGS/Stamp] *CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
The L: counter counts the number of
pages stored from within the document
8295 [S:Scan PGS/Stamp] *CTL server mode screen at the operation
panel, and with the Store File button
from within the Copy mode screen
[T:Scan PGS/Size]
8301 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by all
applications. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output (printing) page size [SP 8-441].
Tables-8
Main SP
[C:Scan PGS/Size]
8302 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Copy
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output (printing) page size [SP 8-442].
[F:Scan PGS/Size]
8303 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Fax
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output page size [SP 8-443].
[S:Scan PGS/Size]
8305 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Scan
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output page size [SP 8-445].
[L:Scan PGS/Size]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned and stored from
8306 within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the
Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to
compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-446].
8311 These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
8315 These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
Note: At the present time, SP8-311 and SP8-315 perform identical counts.
When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT page is
counted as 2.
When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored are counted
for the application that stored them.
Tables-8
Main SP
These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine, so the
following pages are not counted as printed pages:
- Blank pages in a duplex printing job.
- Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip sheets.
- Reports printed to confirm counts.
- All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine maintenance reports, etc.)
- Test prints for machine image adjustment.
- Error notification reports.
- Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.
8391 These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger.
Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are
also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L: count.
Fax jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the F: count.
[T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8421 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing. This is the total for all applications.
[C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8422 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the copier application.
[F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8423 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the fax application.
[P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8424 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the printer application.
[S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8425 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by the scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8426 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing from within the document server mode window
at the operation panel.
[O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8427 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing by Other applications
Tables-8
Main SP
005 Duplex Combine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These counts (SP8 421 to SP8 427) are especially useful for customers who need to improve
their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption.
Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page.
Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:
Booklet Magazine
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 2
4 2 4 2
5 3 5 4
6 4 6 4
7 4 7 4
8 4 8 4
[T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8431 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below, regardless of which application was used.
[C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
Tables-8
Main SP
8432 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below with the copy application.
[P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8434 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below with the print application.
[L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8436 These SPs count the total number of pages output from within the document
server mode window at the operation panel with the three features below.
[O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8437 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below with Other applications.
001 Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The count for a cover printed
002 The number of pages printed in series (one side) or printed as a book with
003 The number of pages printed where stamps were applied, including page
[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8441 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all
applications.
[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8442 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the copy
application.
[F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8443 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the fax
application.
[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8444 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
printer application.
[S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8445 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8446 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed from within
the document server mode window at the operation panel.
[O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8447 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other
applications.
Tables-8
Main SP
254 Other (Standard) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[PrtPGS/Ppr Tray]
8451
These SPs count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station.
Bypass Tray
001 Bypass Tray *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
LCT (Option)
006 Tray 5 *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by all applications.
These counters are not the same as the PM counter. The PM counter is
8461 based on feed timing to accurately measure the service life of the feed
rollers. However, these counts are based on output timing.
Blank sheets (covers, chapter covers, slip sheets) are also counted.
During duplex printing, pages printed on both sides count as 1, and a
page printed on one side counts as 1.
[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8462 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy
application.
[F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8463 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the fax
application.
[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8464 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the printer
application.
[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8466 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.
[PrtPGS/Mag]
Tables-8
Main SP
8471
These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed.
Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel but
performed remotely with an external network application capable of performing magnification
adjustment as well.
Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as Excel are also
counted.
Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on the document
server are not counted.
Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge copying are
counted.
The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically assigned a rate
of 100%.
These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature
switched on.
Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print
application.
002 Single Color *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
printed in the Color Mode by each
003 Two Color *CTL application.
[T:PrtPGS/Emul]
8511 These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
[P:PrtPGS/Emul]
8514 These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
Tables-8
Main SP
008 RTIFF *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
SP8 511 and SP8 514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print application.
Print jobs output to the document server are not counted.
[T:PrtPGS/FIN]
8521 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by all
applications.
[C:PrtPGS/FIN]
8522 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Copy application.
[F:PrtPGS/FIN]
8523 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Fax application.
NOTE: Print finishing options for received faxes are currently not available.
[P:PrtPGS/FIN]
8524 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Print application.
[S:PrtPGS/FIN]
8525 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/FIN]
8526 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from
within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling, the unstapled
pages are still counted.
The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam recoveries
Tables-8
Main SP
are counted.
Tables-8
Main SP
003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL
[T:Counter]
8581 These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless of
the application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these
counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
[C:Counter]
8582 These SPs count the total output of the copy application broken down by color
output.
Tables-8
Main SP
[F:Counter]
8583 These SPs count the total output of the fax application broken down by color
output.
[P:Counter]
8584 These SPs count the total output of the print application broken down by color
output.
[L:Counter]
8586 These SPs count the total output of the local storage broken down by color
output.
[O:Counter]
8591 These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages
printed, and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O:)
applications only.
[T:CvgCounter]
8601 These SPs count the total coverage for each color and the total printout pages
for each printing mode.
[C:CvgCounter]
8602
Tables-8
Main SP
-
[F:CvgCounter]
8603
-
[P:CvgCounter]
8604
-
[L:CvgCounter]
8606
-
Tables-8
Main SP
014 Function-014 *CTL
Tables-8
Main SP
[T:FAX TX PGS]
8631 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
[F:FAX TX PGS]
8633 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately
as B/W or Color.
At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8631 and
SP8633 are the same.
The counts include error pages.
If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is
done for each destination.
Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not.
Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
[T:IFAX TX PGS]
8641 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to as fax
images using I-Fax.
[F:IFAX TX PGS]
8643 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by Fax as fax
images using I-Fax.
If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately
as B/W or Color.
At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8641 and
SP8643 are the same.
The counts include error pages.
If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is
done for each destination.
Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not.
Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
[T:S-to-Email PGS]
8651 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
[S:S-to-Email PGS]
8655 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored on the HDD. If
the job is cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not counted.
If Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to 5 addresses, the count is 10 (the
pages are sent to the same SMTP server together).
If Scan-to-PC is used to send a 10-page document to 5 folders, the count is 50 (the
Tables-8
Main SP
document is sent to each destination of the SMB/FTP server).
Due to restrictions on some devices, if Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page
document to a large number of destinations, the count may be divided and counted
separately. For example, if a 10-page document is sent to 200 addresses, the count is 10
for the first 100 destinations and the count is also 10 for the second 100 destinations, for
a total of 20.).
[T:Deliv PGS/Svr]
8661 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by both Scan and LS applications.
[S:Deliv PGS/Svr]
8665 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by the Scan application.
The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the HDD of the Scan
Router server.
If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are
not done.
The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router
server.
[T:Deliv PGS/PC]
8671 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a folder on
a PC (Scan-to-PC) with the Scan and LS applications.
8675 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent with
Scan-to-PC with the Scan application.
8681 [T:PCFAX TXPGS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
sent by PC Fax. These SPs are
provided for the Fax application only, so
8683 [F:PCFAX TXPGS] *CTL the counts for SP8 681 and SP8 683
are the same.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
This counts pages sent from a PC using a PC fax application, from the PC through the copier
to the destination.
When sending the same message to more than one place using broadcasting, the pages are
only counted once. (For example, a 10-page fax is sent to location A and location B. The
counter goes up by 10, not 20.)
8691 [T:TX PGS/LS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
sent from the document server. The
8692 [C:TX PGS/LS] *CTL
counter for the application that was
8693 [F:TX PGS/LS] *CTL used to store the pages is incremented.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
8694 [P:TX PGS/LS] *CTL
The L: counter counts the number of
8695 [S:TX PGS/LS] *CTL pages stored from within the document
server mode screen at the operation
panel. Pages stored with the Store File
8696 [L:TX PGS/LS] *CTL button from within the Copy mode
screen go to the C: counter.
Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the count.
If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages stored are counted
for the application that stored them.
When several documents are sent by a Fax broadcast, the F: count is done for the
number of pages sent to each destination.
Tables-8
[TX PGS/Port]
Main SP
8701 These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to send
them. For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via ISDN G4,
the count for ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.
[S:Scan PGS/Comp]
8715
These SPs count the number of pages sent by each compression mode.
[S:Scan PGS/Media]
8735 These SPs count the number of pages scanned and saved in a media by
each scanner mode.
[RX PGS/Port]
8741 These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to
receive them.
[Dev Counter]
8771 These SPs count the frequency of use (number of rotations of the
development rollers) for black and other color toners.
002 K *CTL
004 M *CTL
Tables-8
Main SP
005 C *CTL
[Toner_Bottle_Info.]
8781 These SPs display the number of already replaced toner bottles.
NOTE: Currently, the data in SP7-833-011 through 014 and the data in
SP8-781-001 through 004 are the same.
[Toner Remain]
These SPs enable the display of the amount of toner remaining in steps of
8801 10%.
Note: This precise method of measuring remaining toner supply (1% steps) is
better than other machines in the market that can only measure in increments
of 10 (10% steps).
001 K *CTL
002 Y *CTL
[0 to 100 / 0 / 10% / step]
003 M *CTL
004 C *CTL
[Eco Counter]
8811
-
Tables-8
Main SP
104 Duplex:Last *CTL
8851 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 0% to 10%.
8861 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 11% to 20%.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
8871 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 21% to 30%.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
Tables-8
Main SP
[Cvr Cnt: 31%-]
8881 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is 31% or higher.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Page/Toner Bottle]
8891
These SPs display the amount of the remaining current toner for each color.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Page/Ink_prev1]
8901
These SPs display the amount of the remaining previous toner for each color.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Page/Ink_prev2]
8911 These SPs display the amount of the remaining 2nd previous toner for each
color.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Cvr Cnt/Total]
8921
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color.
[Machine Status]
8941 These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each operation
mode. These SPs are useful for customers who need to investigate machine
operation for improvement in their compliance with ISO Standards.
Tables-8
Main SP
001 Engine operation time. Does not include time while controller is saving data to
002 Engine not operating. Includes time while controller saves data to HDD. Does
not include time spent in Energy Save, Low Power, or Off modes.
004 Includes time in Energy Save mode with Engine on. Includes time while
005 Includes time while machine is performing background printing. Does not
include time machine remains powered off with the power switches.
[AddBook Register]
8951 These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data
registration.
[Electricity Status]
8961
-
Tables-8
Main SP
003 Main Power Off Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[Unit Control]
8971
-
[AdminCounter]
8999
Displays each total print out and total coverage.
Tables-8
Main SP
102 Printer:BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001 Displays data register value for Displays data register value for PIB_VODKA
Port07
007
Displays data register value for PIB_VODKA Port24
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Front Cover
opening-closing Detection
Sensor (0: Open, 1: Close)
Bit 1: Transport Sensor (0:
Detected, 1: Not Detected)
Bit 2: Exit Sensor (0:
Detected, 1: Not Detected)
Bit 3: Feed Sensor (0:
Detected, 1: Not Detected)
A3LCT-CPU-Port1 ENG Bit 4: Paper End Detection
082 Sensor (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 5: Upper Limit Detection
Sensor (0: Upper Limit, 1: No
Upper Limit)
Bit 6: Upper Left Cover
opening-closing Detection
Sensor (0: Open, 1: Close)
Bit 7: Relay Sensor (0:
Detected, 1: Not Detected)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Remaining Detection
Sensor 1 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 1: Remaining Detection
Sensor 2 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 2: Remaining Detection
Sensor 3 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 3: Remaining Detection
Sensor 4 (0: Not Detected, 1:
A3LCT-CPU-Port2 ENG Detected)
083 Bit 4: Size Detection Sensor 1
(0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 5: Size Detection Sensor 2
(0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 6: Size Detection Sensor 3
(0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 7: Length Detection
Sensor (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: DIPSW1 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 1: DIPSW2 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 2: DIPSW3 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 3: DIPSW4 (0: ON, 1:
A3LCT-CPU-Port4 ENG OFF)
084 Bit 4: DIPSW5 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 5: DIPSW6 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 6: DIPSW7 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 7: DIPSW8 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortA ENG Bit 4: -
085 Bit 5: Alarm before Fan (0:
Normal, 1: Not Normal)
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: Alarm after Fan (0:
Normal, 1: Not Normal)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortB ENG
086 Bit 4: -
Bit 5: Tray Set (0: Set, 1:
Unset)
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: Feed Unit Set Detection
A3LCT-CPU-PortC ENG
087 (0: Set, 1: Unset)
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Feed Motor FAULT (0: Input and Output
Normal, 1: Not Normal) Check
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortD ENG
088 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortE ENG Bit 4: -
089 Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: Feed Motor STS0 (0:
Ready, 1: E2PROM
Download)
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Exit Motor. Displays the condition: 0:
Usable, 1: Unusable.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Feed Motor STS0 (0:
Ready, 1: E2PROM
Download)
Bit 1: Transport Motor FAULT
(0: Normal, 1: Not Normal)
A3LCT-CPU-PortF ENG
Bit 2: -
092 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Feed Motor and Transport Motor.
Displays the condition: 0: Usable, 1: Unusable regarding Bit 0.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: Feed Motor STS0 (0:
Ready, 3: E2PROM
Download)
A3LCT-CPU-PortG ENG
Bit 3: Transport Motor FAULT
093 (0: Normal, 1: Not Normal)
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Transport Motor and Feed Motor.
Displays the condition: 2: Usable, 1: Unusable regarding Bit 0.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Slide Detection Sensor
1 (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 1: Slide Detection Sensor
2 (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 2: Lower Limit Detection
Sensor (0: No Lower Limit, 1:
Lower Limit)
Bit 3: Feed Sensor (0: Input and Output
094 A3LCT-CPU-Port1 ENG Detected, 1: Not Detected) Check
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Remaining Detection
Sensor 1 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 1: Remaining Detection
Sensor 2 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 2: Remaining Detection
A3LCT-CPU-Port2 ENG Sensor 3 (0: Not Detected, 1:
095 Detected)
Bit 3: Remaining Detection
Sensor 4 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: DIPSW1 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 1: DIPSW2 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 2: DIPSW3 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 3: DIPSW4 (0: ON, 1:
A3LCT-CPU-Port4 ENG OFF)
096 Bit 4: DIPSW5 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 5: DIPSW6 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 6: DIPSW7 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
Bit 7: DIPSW8 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: Paper Supply Cover
opening-closing SW (0:
Close, 1: Open)
Bit 2: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortC ENG
097 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 5: Tray Down SW (0: ON,
1: OFF)
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Feed Motor FAULT (0:
Not Normal, 1: Normal)
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortD ENG
098 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Feed Motor and Transport Motor.
Displays the condition: 0: Usable, 1: Unusable regarding Bit 0.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: Feed Motor STS0 (0:
Ready, 3: E2PROM
A3LCT-CPU-PortG ENG Download)
100 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Left Tray Paper Detect Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Input and Output
116
Displays detection condition for the sensors, SW etc.
Check
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed 1 Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
168 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed 2 Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
169 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed 3 Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
170 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed 4 Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
171 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Paper Feed Error ENG 1: Detected
172 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Transport Motor 1 Error ENG 1: Detected
173 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Transport Motor 2 Error ENG 1: Detected
174 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Transport Motor 3 Error ENG 1: Detected
175 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Transport Motor 4 Error ENG 1: Detected
0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Main Unit Relay Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
177 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Registration Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
178 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
180 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Inverter Motor
ENG 1: Detected
181 Error 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Inverter Entrance Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
182 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Transport Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
185 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exit Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
186 0: Not Detected
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
210 Unit:CTB_H8S-Port9
Input and Output
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-Port9 Check
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
211 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortA
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
212 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortB
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
213 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortC
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
214 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortD
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
215 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortE
001 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
002 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
003 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
004 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
005 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
006 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
007 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
008 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
010 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
011 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
012 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
013 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
014 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
Input and Output
part. Check
018 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Pick-Up Roller is not in
HP.
021 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Bottom Plate is not in
HP.
022 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Pick-Up Roller is not in
Feed Position.
001 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
002 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
003 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
004 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
005 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
006 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
008 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
009 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
012 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
013 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
014 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
015 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
016 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
017 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
020 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
022 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
023 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
024 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
025 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
026 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
029 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
Input and Output
030 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
031 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
032 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
035 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
038 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
039 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
040 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
042 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1
047
Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
052 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Punch Set Sensor ENG 0: Connected
053 1: Unconnected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Shift Jogger Set Detection ENG 0: Connected
054 1: Unconnected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Booklet Stapler Set Detection ENG 0: Connected
055 1: Unconnected
056 Acquires information for the specified switches. Displays signal level for
Switches as it is.
Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
058 Acquires information for the specified switches. Displays signal level for
Switches as it is.
060 Acquires information for the specified switches. Displays signal level for
Switches as it is.
061 Acquires information for the specified switches. Displays signal level for
Switches as it is.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Entrance Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Input and Output
Paper Not Detected = 1 Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Proof Exit Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Shift Tray Exit Sensor 1 ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Staple Exit Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Tray Lower Limit Sensor ENG Other = 0
Lower Limit = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Shift Tray Near Full Sensor ENG Other = 0
Lower Limit = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Feed-Out Belt HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Jogger HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Shift Tray Half-Turn Sensor 1 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Stapler HP Front/Rear Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Stapler HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Staple Out Sensor ENG Cartridge Detected = 0
Cartridge Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Staple Tray Paper Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Front Door Open Switch ENG Close = 0
Open = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 Punch Detection Sensor ENG Not Changed = 0
Changed = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Punch HP Sensor 1 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 Punch-out Hopper Full Sensor ENG Not Full = 0
Full = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Stapling Paper Height Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Paper Detection Sensor: Shift ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Jam Detection Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Proof Full Detection Sensor ENG Not Full = 0
Full = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Stapler Rotation Sensor 1 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stapler Trimmings Hopper Full Input and Output
023 ENG Not Full = 0
Sensor
Full = 1
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Pre-Stack Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stack Plate HP Sensor
025 ENG Home = 0
(Center)
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Exit Guide Open Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Stapler Rotation Sensor 2 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Staple Ready Sensor ENG Staple Detected = 0
Staple Not Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
029 Stack Plate HP Sensor (Front) ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030 Stack Plate HP Sensor (Back) ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Positioning Roller HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Return Drive HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Stapling Paper Height Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Shift Lower Limit Sensor
034 ENG Other = 0
(Large Paper)
Lower Limit = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Punch HP Sensor 2 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Shift Jogger Sensor ENG Not Changed = 0
Changed = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Shift Jogger HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Shift Jogger Retraction HP
038 ENG Retract = 0
Sensor
Not Retract = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
039 Emergency Stop Switch ENG OFF=0
ON=1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 Top Fence HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Bottom Fence HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LowerTray Full Sensor
042 ENG Not Full = 0
(Z-Folded Paper)
Full = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Shift Tray Exit Sensor 2 ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Upper Tray Junction Gate HP
044 ENG Home = 0
Sensor
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Staple Junction Gate HP Input and Output
045 ENG Home = 0
Sensor
Other = 1
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pre-Stack Junction Gate HP
046 ENG Home = 0
Sensor
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 Pre-Stack Sensor (Right) ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pre-Stack Junction Gate
048 ENG Home = 0
Release HP Sensor
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 Shift Tray Half-Turn Sensor 2 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Staple Trimmings Hopper Set
050 ENG Detected = 0
Sensor
Not Detected = 1
6160 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed Cover Sensor ENG
001 1: Set
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bottom Plate HP Sensor ENG
002 1: Feed Position
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Near End Sensor ENG
003 1: Near End
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Set Sensor ENG
004 0: Paper Detected Input and Output
-
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bottom Plate HP Sensor ENG
005 1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Grip Sensor ENG
006 0: Paper Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Guide Plate Set Sensor ENG
1: Set
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Sensor ENG
008 0: Paper Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Set Sensor ENG
009 1: Set
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Transport Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Shift Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Lower Limit Sensor ENG
0: Lower Limit Position
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Paper Sensor ENG
1: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Door Switch ENG
0: Close
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Entrance Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Entrance JG HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Registration Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Dynamic Roller HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Registration Roller HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Fold Plate HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG
1:HP Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 1st Stopper HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 2nd Stopper Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 2nd Stopper HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 3rd Stopper Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 3rd Stopper HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Direct-Send JG HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 FM6 Pawl HP Sensor ENG
0:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Top Tray Paper Path Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Top Tray Exit Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Horizontal Path Exit Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Top Tray Full Sensor (E) ENG
1: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 Front Door Switch (SW1) ENG
0: Close
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Horizontal Path Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Vertical Path Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Bypass Exit Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[Output Check]
5804
-
LCT:Feed Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
221 Speed2:550mm/sec
Input and Output
Drives LCT Feed Motor at Feed Speed. Check
LCT:Feed Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
222 Speed1:352.8mm/sec
LCT:Transport Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
223 Speed2:550mm/sec
LCT:Transport Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
234 Speed1:352.8mm/sec
LCT:Exit Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
235 Speed2:550mm/sec
LCT:Exit Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
236 Speed1:352.8mm/sec
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan 1-2 (ON/OFF)
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan 3-4 (ON/OFF)
[Output Check]
ON and OFF buttons are displayed in this SP. The button which is selected reverses
colors from white to black. After output check (ON) has completed, make sure to stop
5805 the execution (OFF).
When you close the SP and open it again, the button goes back to the first state.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Exhaust Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
001 0:OFF(Stop)
Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Exhaust Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
002 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Exhaust Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
003 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Exhaust Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
004 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Suction Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
005 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Suction Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
006 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Exhaust Fan
ENG 1:ON(Active)
007 R/L:Full Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Exhaust Fan
ENG 1:ON(Active)
008 R/L:Half Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Suction Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
009 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Suction Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
010 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 ImagingCooling Fan:Right ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ImagingCooling Fan:Left ENG 1:ON(Active)
013 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
015 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
016 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
P Sensor Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
017 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
P Sensor Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
018 0:OFF(Stop)
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown. Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Ozone Fan ENG 1:ON(Active)
021 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Front:Full
ENG 1:ON(Active)
023 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Front:Half
ENG 1:ON(Active)
024 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Rear:Full
ENG 1:ON(Active)
025 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Rear:Half
ENG 1:ON(Active)
026 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Transfer Fusing Exharst
ENG 1:ON(Active)
029 Fan:Full Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Transfer Fusing Exharst
ENG 1:ON(Active)
030 Fan:Half Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Power Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
031 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Power Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
032 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan R: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
033 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan R: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
034 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan L: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
035 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan L: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
036 0:OFF(Stop)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PT Fan Front/Rear ENG 1:ON(Active)
039 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 HP Cooling Fan for Paper ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fus Press Roller Suction
ENG 1:ON(Active)
042 Fan:Full Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fus Press Roller Suction
ENG 1:ON(Active)
043 Fan:Half Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Coil Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
044 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Coil Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
045 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan Y: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
046 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan Y: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
047 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan M: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
048 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan M: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
049 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan C: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
050 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan C: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
051 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan K: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
052 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan K: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
053 0:OFF(Stop)
060 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Bottle Motor M ENG 1:ON(Active)
061 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
062 Toner Bottle Motor C ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Bottle Motor K ENG 1:ON(Active)
063 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor Y ENG 1:ON(Active)
064 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor M ENG 1:ON(Active)
065 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor C ENG 1:ON(Active)
066 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor K ENG 1:ON(Active)
067 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Used Toner Bottle Motor ENG 1:ON(Active)
068 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Discharge Motor ENG 1:ON(Active)
069 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
080 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
081 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
082 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
083 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
084 0:OFF(Stop)
085 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
086 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 K Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
092 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
093 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
094 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
095 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
096 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
097 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
098 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y DrumCln Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
100 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M DrumCln Motor: Middle
101 ENG 1:ON(Active)
Speed
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
102 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K DrumCln Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
103 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
108 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
109 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
110 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
111 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
112
Input and Output
0:OFF(Stop) Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
113 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
114 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
115 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
116 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
117 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
118 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
119 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
120
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138
machines may cause SC error.
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
122
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138
machines may cause SC error.
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
123
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138
machines may cause SC error.
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
124 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
125 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active) Input and Output
126 0:OFF(Stop)
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
127 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
128 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
129 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
130
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138
machines may cause SC error.
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
131 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
132 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
133 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
134
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138
machines may cause SC error.
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
135 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
140 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
141 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
143 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drawer Lock Motor:CW ENG 1:ON(Active)
150 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drawer Lock Motor:CCW ENG 1:ON(Active)
151 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_Y ENG 1:ON(Active)
152 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_M ENG 1:ON(Active)
153 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_C ENG 1:ON(Active)
154 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_K ENG 1:ON(Active)
155 0:OFF(Stop)
160 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
161 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
162 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
164 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
165 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
166 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
167 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
168 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
175 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
176 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
177 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
178 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
179 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Door LED ENG ON: Lighting
180 OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Upper Guide Board
ENG ON: Lighting
181 LED OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Left Guide Board
ENG ON: Lighting
182 LED OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PurgeSecLowerGuideBoardLED ENG ON: Lighting
183 OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PurgeSecUpperGuideBoardLED ENG ON: Lighting
184 OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Horizontal Transport Guide
ENG ON: Lighting
185 Board LED OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main Unit LED-SW Left (LED) ENG 1:ON(Active)
186 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main Unit LED-SW Right (LED) ENG 1:ON(Active)
187 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lower Left Door LED ENG 1:ON(Active)
188 0:OFF(Stop)
189 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Guide Board LED ENG 1:ON(Active)
190 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
191 Main Unit Drawer LED ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lubricant Near-End SW Power
ENG 1:ON(Active)
192 Control 0:OFF(Stop)
003 This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138 machines
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
009
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Transport Mtr1:Feed
Speed1:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Transport Mtr1:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Transport Mtr2:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Transport Mtr2:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
049
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Transport Mtr3:Feed
051 Speed3:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Transport Mtr3:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Transport Mtr4:Feed
Speed4:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
load-ON.
Transport Mtr4:Feed
063 Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Relay Mtr:CW:Feed
Speed1:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CW:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed
Speed1:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
081 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed
084 Speed1:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Registration Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
085
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed
Speed2:Mid-Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
089
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
111
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
112
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
Spd1:Mid-Low Spd ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Input and Output
*D136 only
Check
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
114
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
115
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
116
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
Spd1:Mid-Low Spd ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
118
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Std Speed
119
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
Speed2:Mid Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd2:Mid-Low Spd
121
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
122
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Std Speed
123
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Mid Speed
124
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
Spd2:Mid-Low Spd ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
126
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
127 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
128 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
129 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
131 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
132 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
133 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
135 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
136
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd1:Mid Spd
137
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
138 Spd1:Mid-Low Spd ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd1:CW:Low Spd
139
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Dup
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Std Speed
140
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Dup
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Mid Speed
141
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter
Mtr:CW:Mid:DupSpd:Mid-LowSpd ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Low
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
143
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
144
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
145
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Exit
Spd1:Mid-Low Spd ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd1:CWW:Low Spd
147
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Dup
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Std Speed
148
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Dup
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Mid Speed Input and Output
149
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
Check
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter
Mtr:CWW:Mid:DupSpd:Mid-LowSp ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Low
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
151
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
152 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
load-ON.
161 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
162 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
164 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
165 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
Check
load-ON.
178 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
179 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
180 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
181 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
182 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
183 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
184 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
185 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
188 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
Input and Output
load-ON. Check
189 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
190 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
191 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
194 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
195 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
196 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
197 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
199 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
200 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
201 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
202 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
204 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
205 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Bottom Plate Lift Motor:
ENG 1: ON (Active)
206 Up 0: OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Bottom Plate Lift Motor:
ENG 1: ON (Active)
207 Down 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: Bk ENG 1: ON (Active)
210 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: C ENG 1: ON (Active)
211 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: M ENG 1: ON (Active)
212 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
213 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge AC Voltage: C ENG 1: ON (Active)
215 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge AC Voltage: M ENG 1: ON (Active)
216 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge AC Voltage: Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
217 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: Bk ENG 1: ON (Active)
218 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: C ENG 1: ON (Active)
219 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: M ENG 1: ON (Active)
220 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
221 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :K ENG 1: ON (Active)
222 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :C ENG 1: ON (Active)
223 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :M ENG 1: ON (Active)
224 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
225 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Secondary Transfer :- ENG 1: ON (Active)
227 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Secondary Transfer :AC ENG 1: ON (Active)
228 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Secondary Transfer :DC ENG 1: ON (Active)
229 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Separation: AC ENG 1: ON (Active)
230 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Separation: DC ENG 1: ON (Active)
231 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Drive Motor:CW ENG 1: ON (Active)
235 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Drive Motor:CCW ENG 1: ON (Active)
236 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Lift Motor:Attach ENG 1: ON (Active)
237 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Lift Motor:Detach ENG 1: ON (Active)
238 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Web Cleaning Lift Motor:Attach ENG 1: ON (Active)
239 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Web Cleaning Lift Motor:Detach ENG 1: ON (Active)
240 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Web Cleaning Drive Motor:CC ENG 1: ON (Active)
241 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Cooling Fan ENG 1: ON (Active)
243 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurler LED ENG 1: ON (Active)
244 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Pressure SW STM ENG 1: ON (Active)
245 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:Std Spd ENG 1: ON (Active)
246 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:Mid Spd ENG 1: ON (Active)
247 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:MidLow Spd
ENG 1: ON (Active)
*D136 only
0: OFF (Stop)
248
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138
machines may cause SC error.
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:Low Spd ENG 1: ON (Active)
249 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pick-Up Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
001 1:On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
003 1:On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Relay Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
005 1:On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Exit Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
009 1:On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bottom Plate Motor For/Rev ENG 0:Off
010 1:On
Input and Output
Executes driving ADF Bottom Plate Motor forward/in reverse and moves
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stamp ENG 0:Off
012 1:On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pull-Out Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
015 1:On
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Middle Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
016 1:On
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
009
OUTPUT Check for Stapler JG Motor (Continuous operation)
003
Turns the specified Solenoid ON/OFF for operation check.
[Output Check]
6310
OUTPUT Check operation.
8. PRINTER SP MODE
8.1 SP1-XXX
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
If this bit switch is enabled, print jobs will be saved to the GW SD slot and
not output to paper.
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
A collate type (shift or normal) will be applied to all jobs that do not
explicitly define a collate type.
Note: If #5-0 is enabled, this BitSwitch has no effect.
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 If enabled, users will be able to configure a Collate Type, Staple Type, and
Punch Type from the operation panel. The available types will depend on
the device and configured options.
After enabling the function, the settings will appear under:
"User Tools > Printer Features > System"
Enabled
mismatch occurs (single
(multiple)
copy)
If this switch is enabled, SDK applications will not be able to alter print
data. This is achieved by preventing SDK applications from accessing a
module called the "GPS Filter".
Note: The main purpose of this switch is for troubleshooting the effects of
SDK applications on data.
Changes the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the HDD.
The default (disabled) is 100. If this is enabled, the max. will be raised to
750.
bit 5 Enabled
Face-up output Disabled
(Face-up)
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
Printer SP Mode
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 Enabled
(allow BW
[PCL,PS]: Allow BW jobs to print without
Disabled jobs to print
requiring User Code
without a
user code)
BW jobs submitted without a user code will be printed even if user code
authentication is enabled.
Note: Color jobs will not be printed without a valid user code.
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
If this bit switch, all jobs will be cancelled after a jam occurs.
Note: If this bitsw is enabled, printing under the following conditions might
result in problems:
- Job submission via USB or Parallel Port
- Spool printing (WIM >Configuration > Device Settings > System)
This switch determines the timing of the PJL USTATUS JOB END sent when
multiple collated copies are being printed.
0 (default): JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the first copy has
completed printing. This causes the page counter to be incremented after the
first copy and then again at the end of the job.
Printer SP Mode
1: JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the last copy has finished
printing. This causes the page counter to be incremented at the end of each
job.
Enabled (=0):
Text composed of UTF-8 characters can be displayed in the operation panel.
Disabled (=1):
UTF-8 characters cannot be displayed in the operation panel.
For example, job names are sometimes stored in the MIB using UTF-8
encoded characters. When these are displayed on the operation panel, they
will be garbled unless this switch is enabled (=0).
Determines whether Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Enabled (=0): Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Disabled (=1): Print from USB/SD will not have the Preview function.
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 Store and Skip Errored Job locks the Queue is Queue
queue not locked locked after
after SSEJ SSEJ
If this is 1, then after a job is stored using Store and Skip Errored Job
(SSEJ), new jobs cannot be added to the queue until the stored job has
been completely printed.
bit 6 Allow use of Store and Skip Errored Job if Does not
connected to an external charge device. allow Allows SSEJ
SSEJ with with ECD
ECD
If this is 0, the Menu List button will be removed from Printer Features.
0 (default): Print jobs are not interrupted. If a job is promoted to the top of
the print queue, it will wait for the currently printing job to finish.
1: If a job is promoted to the top of the queue, it will interrupt the currently
printing job and start printing immediately.
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
[- / - / -]
Initialize Printer System *CTL
001 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
003 Delete Program *CTL
[Execute]
[Print Summary]
1004
Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).
[- / - / -]
001 Print Printer Summary *CTL
[Execute]
- *CTL [-/-/-]
002
Displays the version of the controller firmware.
001 Enables and disables the document server. When you select "0," the
document server is enabled or disabled in accordance with Copy Service
Mode SP5-967. When you select "1," the document server is enabled
regardless of Copy Service Mode SP5-967.
[Data Recall]
1101 Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b)
the previous setting, or c) the current setting.
[Resolution Setting]
1102
Selects the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment.
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1200x1200 Photo (2bit/4col)
1: 1200x1200 Photo (1bit/4col)
2: 600x600 Photo (4bit/4col)
3: 600x600 Photo (2bit/4col)
Tone Control Mode
001 CTL 4: 600x600 Photo (1bit/4col)
Selection
5: 1200x1200 Text (2bit/4col)
6: 1200x1200 Text (1bit/4col)
7: 600x600 Text (4bit/4col)
8: 600x600 Text (2bit/4col)
9: 600x600 Text (1bit/4col)
[Test Page]
1103 Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma
adjustment.
[Gamma Adjustment]
1104 Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the "Mode Selection"
menu.
Stores the print gamma adjusted with the "Gamma Adj." menu item as the
1105 current setting. Before the machine stores the new "current setting", it moves
the data currently stored as the "current setting" to the "previous setting"
memory storage location.
[Toner Limit]
1106
Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development.
[ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step ]
0:excluding New Job
*CTL 0: Excluding New Job
1:including New Job
001 1: Including New Job
9. SCANNER SP MODE
9.1 SP1-XXX
[Scan Nv Version]
1001 Displays the scanner firmware version stored in NVRAM in a 9-digit format:
Func. Name_Model Name_History No.
005 - *CTL [- / - / -]
1005 Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image.
If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP
is activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: ON (enabled)
This SP switches the TWAIN scanner function on/off. This is one of the
scanner application functions.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL
001 0: Display, 1: No display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: OFF (no display)
001 1: ON (count displays)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 1: Release
0: Do not release
This SP code sets the machine to release or not release the following items at
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
002 This SP code enables/disables the multi-media function option (USB 2.0/SD
Slot) mounted on the front of the machine. Operators can scan documents to
either an SD card or a USB memory device inserted into this unit. This SP
must be enabled (set to "1") in order for the device to function.
1014 [-]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: Disable
001 1: Enable
meanings
bit Setting Description
0 1
If it is “0”, accessing is
limited from the machine
only, such as operating
Access permission of
panel, SDK/J, MFP browsers
bit 1 FlairAPI from outside Disabled Enabled
etc… If it is “1”, accessing is
of the machine
allowed from outside of
FlairAPI such as PC,
Remote UI, IT-Box etc…
Scanner SP
Mode
bit 2 Reserved - - -
bit 3 Reserved - - -
If it is “0”, accessing is
limited from the machine
only (operating panel and
Accessing permission
MFP browser). If it is “1”,
bit 5 of Simple UI from Disabled Enabled
accessing is allowed from
outside of the machine
outside of Simple UI such as
PC, mobile devices, and so
on.
bit 6 Reserved - - -
bit 7 Reserved - - -
2021 Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the
five settings that can be selected at the operation panel.
2024 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can
be selected at the operation panel.
Compression Ratio
001 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
(Normal image)
2025 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can
be selected at the operation panel.
Compression Ratio
001 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
(Normal) JPEG2000
2030 [-]
[BitSwitch]
9001
Sets module debug output mode.
Updating the
Firmware
10.1 SOFTWARE UPDATE
Never connect or remove an IC card or SD card with the machine power turned on.
Never turn the power off while the machine is downloading data from an IC card or SD
card.
The IC cards and SD card are precision items. Use them carefully.
Never store IC cards or SD cards in a location where they are exposed to high
temperature, high humidity, or direct sunlight.
Never bend an IC card or SD card, scratch it, or expose it to strong vibration.
Before uploading data to an SD card, always confirm that its write-protect switch is off.
3. Hold the SD card (the surface with printing must be away from the front of the machine), and
install the SD card in slot 2 [A].
6. To select the item for upgrade, touch the selection on the touch panel, or push the
corresponding key on the 10-key pad (1 to 5) of the operation panel. The number in
parentheses tells you which key to push. When you make a selection, the [Verify(./*)] and
[Update(#)] buttons come on the screen.
Updating the
Firmware
If you push [Exit] (or the [0] key), you go back to the usual operation screen.
Push the [Start] key on the operation panel to select and download all the options shown
on the screen.
Push the [Clear] key on the operation panel if you want to cancel your selections and
make new ones.
"ROM": This is the number and other version information of the ROM firmware installed in
the machine at this time.
"NEW": This is the number and other version information of the firmware on the SD card.
7. With the selected items shown in reverse color, push the [Update] button or the [#] key on the
operation panel to start the update.
After you push [Update]:
The middle bar shows the name of the module that the machine updates at this time.
(The example above shows that the machine updates the "Printer" module at this time.)
The bottom bar is a progress bar. The "_" marks in the progress bar are replaced by "*"
marks. This progress bar cannot be displayed during the firmware update for the
operation panel. But, the LED of the [Start] key on the operation panel changes from red
to green to show that the update of the operation panel firmware continues.
When the update is completed, you will see this screen.
After the firmware update, you will see "Update Done" in the first bar. The name of the module
in the bottom bar is the name of the last module that was updated (only the name of the last
module is shown, if several modules were been updated).
8. Turn the power off and on. Then, select the items that you updated, and then push the [Verify]
button. This is to check that the modules were updated correctly.
9. If you see "Verify Error" in the first bar on the screen, then you must do the procedure again
for the module shown in the bottom bar.
If an error occurs during a download, an error message will appear. The error code consists of the
letter "E" and a number ("E20", for example).
21 Cannot access memory HDD connection not correct, or replace hard disk.
Updating the
use a different SD card.
Firmware
No HDD available for stamp
30 HDD connection not correct or replace hard disks.
data download
Data incorrect after download Do the recovery procedure for the module, then
32
interrupted repeat the installation procedure.
Engine module download Replace the data for the module on the SD card
40
failed and try again, or replace the BCU board.
Operation panel module Replace the data for the module on the SD card
42
download failed and try again, or replace the LCDC.
Stamp data module download Replace the data for the module on the SD card
43
failed and try again, or replace the hard disk.
Controller module download Replace the data for the module on the SD card
44
failed and tray again, or replace the controller board.
1. Download the update modules from Firmware Download Center. As one of the model
modules, "Java VM v11 UpdateTool" is available for download. (The version differs depending
Updating Java
on the model.)
VM
2. Unzip the downloaded file. Copy the whole "sdk" folder to the root of the SD card directly
below.
When unzipping the downloaded file, two subfolders ("update" and "sdk") exist in the
"sdk" folder. Rather than just copying the subfolder "sdk", copy the whole folder
"sdk".
4. When the update is complete, "Update SDK / J done SUCCESS" will appear in the banner
message of the touch panel display. After turning off the power, remove the SD card from the
slot.
When you fail to update, "Update SDK/J done FAIL" is displayed. You can confirm the cause
of the error message below.
5. Reconfigure the Heap size. ([Extended Feature Settings]-[Administrator Tools]-[Heap/Stack
Size Settings]). See the manual for the ESA application to know what value to set for the heap
size.
6. Return to the previous setting for the boot priority application.
Updating Java
pasePut() - error : The file of Inadequacy with the SD Re-create the SD card for
the card for updating updating.
VM
copy origin is not found (Files are missing in the
Put Error! updating tool)
paseCopy() - error : The file Inadequacy SD card for Inadequacy SD card for
of the copy origin is not updating updating
found. (Files in the updating tool (Files in the updating tool
Copy Error! are missing) are missing)
[file name: XX] error,No Writing destination is full. Uninstall the unnecessary
space (The NAND flash memory SDK applications.
left on device on the controller board is If you can not uninstall it,
pasePut() - error : The full.) implement escalation,
destination directory cannot stating the "model name,
be application configuration,
made. SMC sheet
pasePut() - error : fileCopy (SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error. and error file."
Put Error!
[file name: XX] error,No Writing destination is full. Uninstall the unnecessary
space (The NAND flash memory SDK applications.
left on device on the controller board is If you can not uninstall it,
paseCopy() - error : The full.) implement escalation
destination directory cannot stating the "model name,
be application configuration,
made. SMC sheet
paseCopy() - error : fileCopy (SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error. and error file."
Copy Error!
Put Error! *1 Error, not normally expected If you cannot uninstall it,
to occur implement escalation
Copy Error! *1
This data should always be uploaded to an SD card before the NVRAM is replaced.
Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked
1. Do SP5990-001 (SMC Print) before you switch the machine off. You will need a record of the
Upload/Downloa
NVRAM settings if the upload fails.
NVRAM Data
2. Switch the copier main power switch off.
d
3. Remove the SD slot cover [A] ( x 1).
4. Insert the SD card into SD card slot 2 (lower) [A]. Then switch the copier on.
5. Execute SP5824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload) and then press the “Execute” key.
6. The following files are coped to an NVRAM folder on the SD card when the upload procedure
is finished. The file is saved to the path and the following filename:
NVRAM¥<serial number>.NV
Here is an example with Serial Number “K5000017114”:
NVRAM¥K5000017114.NV
7. In order to prevent an error during the download, be sure to mark the SD card that holds the
uploaded data with the number of the machine from which the data was uploaded.
You can upload NVRAM data from more than one machine to the same SD card.
Do the following procedure to download SP data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine.
The NVRAM data down load may fail if the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged, or if
the connection between the controller and BCU is defective.
Do the download procedure again if the download fails.
Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails:
Enter the NVRAM data manually using the SMC print you created before uploading the
NVRAM data.
1. Switch the copier main power switch off.
Upload/Downloa
NVRAM Data
2. Remove the SD slot cover [A] ( x 1).
d
3. Insert the SD card with the NVRAM data into SD Card Slot 2 (lower) [A].
The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of the
machine for the NVRAM data to download successfully. The download fails if the
serial numbers do not match.
This procedure does not download the following data to the NVRAM:
Total Count
C/O, P/O Count
Upload/Downloa
Select Title
Address Book
Folder
d
Local Authentication
Folder Authentication
Account ACL
New Document Initial ACL
LDAP Authentication
13.2 DOWNLOAD
5. Install the SD card into the SD card slot 2 (for service use) [A].
If the capacity of SD card is not enough to store the local user information, an error
message is displayed.
Carefully handle the SD card, which contains user information. Do not take it back to
your location.
13.3 UPLOAD
3. Install the SD card, which has already been uploaded, into the SD card slot 2 [A].
Upload/Downloa
Address Book
d
4. Turn on the main power switch.
5. Enter the SP mode.
6. Do SP5-846-052 (Restore All Addr Book).
7. Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch.
8. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 2.
9. Install the SD slot cover.
14.1 OVERVIEW
With this feature, you can save debug logs that are stored in the machine (HDD or operation
panel) on an SD card. It allows the Customer Engineer to save and retrieve error information for
analysis.
The Capturing Log feature saves debug logs for the following three.
Controller debug log
Engine debug log
Debug log of the operation panel
In older models, a technician enabled the logging tool after a problem occurred. After that,
when the problem had been reproduced, the technician was able to retrieve the debug
log.
However, this new feature saves the debug logs at the time that problems occur. Then
you can copy the logs to an SD card.
Capturing Log to
You can retrieve the debug logs using a SD card without a network.
SD card
Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the
debug log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by
hardware.
Types of debug logs that can be saved
Retrieve debug logs to identify the date of occurrence of the problems and to find details
of the problems
e.g.: At around 8:00 am on March 10, an engine stall occurred. The operation panel does
not respond. Turn the main power supply off / on.
You need to retrieve the debug logs dating back three days from the date of the problem.
Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the
debug log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by
hardware.
Capturing Log to
SD card
2. Enter SP mode.
3. Set the start date of the log with SP5-857-101 (Start date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 28, 2013: input 20130328 (yyyymmdd)
Set the date three days earlier than the occurrence of the problems.
4. Set the end date of the log with SP5-857-102 (End date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 31, 2013: input 20130331 (yyyymmdd)
5. Execute SP5-857-103 (Get a debug log of all) to write the debug log to the SD card.
If the transfer is finished successfully, ‘completed’ is displayed on the touch panel display.
The approximate time it takes to transfer the debug log is as follows. Transfer time
may be affected by the type or format of the SD card. (It is recommended that you
format the SD card using the Panasonic SD Formatter (freeware)).
Controller debug log (GW debug log): 2 - 20 minutes
Engine debug log: 2 minutes
Operation panel debug log: 2 - 20 minutes
6. Make sure that the SD card access LED is off, then remove the SD card.
If ‘failed’ appears on the touch panel display, turn the power off, and then recover
from step 1 again.
The debug logs are saved with the following file names.
/LogTrace/machine
Controller debug log (GW debug
number/watching/yyyymmdd_hhmmss_unique
log)
identification number.gz
/LogTrace/machine
Engine debug log
number/engine/yyyymmdd_hhmmss.gz
/LogTrace/machine
Operation panel debug log
number/opepanel/yyyymmdd_hhmmss.tar.gz
SM Appendix i D135/D136/D137/D138
Specifications
D135/D136/D137/D138 ii SM Appendix
APPENDIX:
SPECIFICATIONS
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
Pag e Date Ad d ed / Upd ated / New
None
Specifications
1. APPENDICES: SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Appendices:
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS
Configuration: console
Develop System: Dry Two-component Triple Shaft O.D. Cycle Develop System
Original Scanning
Flat Scanning System
System:
D135 D137
Color: 7.5 Sec. or less (A4/LT Color: 10.6 Sec. or less
LEF) (A4/LT LEF)
Black & White: 5.5 Sec. or less Black & White: 10.3 Sec. of
(A4/LT LEF) less (A4/LT LEF)
First copy time:
D136 D138
Color: 6.4 Sec. or less (A4/LT Color: 9.6 Sec. or less
LEF) (A4/LT LEF)
Black & White: 4.8 Sec. or less Black & White: 9.2 Sec. or
(A4/LT LEF) less (A4/LT LEF)
Originals: Sheet/Book/Object
Maximum original 297 x 432mm/11.7” x17” (Both Book, ADF):A3/DLT Full size
size: (Max. placeable original size: 11" x 17")
Bypass Tray:
13 x 19.2" SEF, 13 x 19"SEF, 12.6 x 19.2"SEF, 12.6 x 18.5" SEF, 13 x
18" SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF,SRA4 SEF/LEF, A3, B4, A4, B5, A5,
B6, 12" x 18",DLT,LG,LT,HLT,F/F4, C6, Com10, Monarch, C5, DL Env.
Custom Size:
Horizontal: 90mm to 330.2mm
Vertical: 148mm to 487.7mm
Specifications
Appendices:
A4 LCT:
A4 LEF, LT LEF, B5 LEF
* With B4/LG Optional Kit
Fixed Form Size: B4 SEF, LG SEF,A4 SEF, LT SEF
A3 LCT:
13 x 19.2" SEF, 13 x 19"SEF, 12.6 x 19.2"SEF, 12.6 x 18.5" SEF, 13 x
18" SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF,SRA4 SEF/LEF, A3 SEF, A4
SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/LEF, A6 SEF, B4 SEF, B5 SEF/LEF, B6 SEF,DLT
SEF, LG SEF, 8.5 x 13" SEF, LT SEF/LEF, 8.25 x 14" SEF, 8.25 x 13"
SEF, 8 x 13" SEF, 8 x 10.5" LT SEF/LEF, 8 x 10" SEF/LEF, Executive
SEF/LEF, HLT SEF/LEF, Line Slider 1 SEF/LEF, Line Slider 2 SEF, 8K
SEF, 16K SEF/LEF,11 x 15" SEF, 11 x 14" SEF, 10 x 15" SEF, 10 x 14"
SEF, xxxx BD SEF/LEF
Custom Paper:
Horizontal:100mm to 330.2mm/3.9” x 13”
Vertical:139.7mm to 487.7mm/5.5 x 19.2”
4.000, 2.000, 1.410, 1.220, 1.150, 0.930, 0.870, 0.820, 0.710, 0.610,
0.500, 0.250
Copy Scale (Fix) Scale Error Range
Actual Size: Main Scan ±1.5%, Sub Scan ±2.75%
Variable Size: Main Scan ±1.5%, Sub Scan ±2.75%
Tone 256
Specifications
Appendices:
Standard:
500 Sheets x 2 + 550 Sheets x 3 + Office: 100 Sheets/Pro:250
Sheets (Bypass)
Feeding System /
Optional:
Paper Capacity
A4 LCT RT4020: 4400Sheets / 4000 Sheets (A4 LCT)
A3 LCT RT4030: 2200Sheets / 2000Sheets (A3 Plus LCT)
Paper capacity Using A3 kit for tandem LCT: 1000 Sheets (A3/DLT)
Continuance Copy
1 to 999 Sheets
Amount
D137: 100V/15A x 2,
D135: 100V/15A, 50/60Hz
50/60Hz
D136: 100V/15A x 2, 50/60Hz
Power Source D138: 200V/15A, 50/60Hz
*D136 consumption current is
*Total consumption current is
20A Max.
20A Max.
Class1 (This Unit falls under to “class 1 laser product” based on JIS C
Laser Standard
6802 (IEC 60825-1) Laser product safety regulation.)
Specifications
Appendices:
Item Spec.
Configuration: Build in
Standard:
RPCS, RPDL, MediaPrint: JPEG, MediaPrint: TIFF, PDF
PDL: Direct
Optional:
PCL6, PCL5C, PS3, RTIFF,R55, PictBridge, BMLinks
Standard:
USB2.0 Type A/Type B
Ethernet (1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
Interface: Extend:
Wireless LAN (IEEE802.11a/b/g/n)
Bluetooth
IEEE1284
Item Spec.
(Standard)
136 of PS European alphabets, 2 Japanese fonts (Heisei
myoh-tyoh W3, Heisei kaku gothic W5)
Myoh-tyoh L, Gothic B
Variations of RPDL European fonts.
Built-in Fonts:
OCR-B, Chinese characters stroke
45 of PCL European alphabets fonts + 13 International
Fonts
(Optional)
Ryumin light KL, Gothic BBB
Specifications
Appendices:
Item Spec.
Tone: 256
Item Spec.
Standard:
Ethernet (1000BASE-T/1100BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
Interface:
Optional:
Wireless LAN (IEEE802.11a/b/g/n), SD Card slot
Available Operating
Systems for Network Windows XP / Vista / 7, Windows Server 2003 / 2008
TWAIN Scanner:
Item Spec.
Specifications
Appendices:
Scanning Resolution for 100dpi (High Compressed PDF Not available), 150dpi
Scan to Network (Main (High Compressed PDF Not available), 200dpi, 300dpi,
Scan x Sub Scan): 400dpi, 600dpi
*1 Electric certificate can be attached when selecting [PDF], [Clear light PDF], or [PDF/A] as file format.
For [PDF] or [Clear light PDF], Security Settings are available.
HDD Specifications
Item Spec.
Capacity: 250GB x 2
Download fonts
Download forms
Electric sort
Managing coast/Keep job history data
Functions
Spool print job
LS Input
Test Print/Privacy Print/Hold print/Save print
Image overlay (as Form overlay)
Speed Specification
Book First Copy Time (A4/LT SEF)
Office Pro
Office Pro
Mode
D135 D136 D137 D138
Specifications
Appendices:
Office Pro
Mode
D135 D136 D137 D138
Standard Paper 65 80 65 80
Electric Sort Copy Speed: Duplex Simplex to Duplex (CPM) (A4/LT SEF)
Office Pro
Mode
D135 D136 D137 D138
Standard Paper 65 80 65 80
Item Spec.
OFF/Sleep Mode Switching Standard: 1 min., Can set form 1 to 240 min.(1 min. /step)
time or OFF with setup settings
Due to operating environment, usage status, Watts for OFF/Sleep mode might change.
(Such cases as power change to control fuse temperature under low temperature
environment, or network environment obstructs to switch to STR mode)
*Off mode is applied to Basic Models, Sleep mode is applied to LP and MFP models.
Noise
Specifications
Appendices:
1.2.1 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION
NA EU/AP
Size (W x L) [mm]
Book ADF Book ADF
NA EU/AP
Size (W x L) [mm]
Book ADF Book ADF
Sizes with letters (a, b, c) means only either size with the corresponding letter can be selected for
size detect. “D” is for default set sizes, and when setting “S” sizes for size detection from SP mode,
“D” sizes can no longer be detected.
(*2)For detected originals smaller then A5 size, with SP mode either “detect as A5” or “Detect as
Unknown” can be selected.(Default is “Detect as unknown”)
(*3)F Sizes (8.5” x 13” SEF, 8.25” x 13” SEF, 8” x 13” SEF) will be available by SP mode settings.
(*4)Switch Book scanner original detection between “K” series and ”A/B” series from SP mode.
(Can not set both to detect, but 8K/16K detect can de set from SO mode)
8K SEF -> Switch between A3, B4 SEF
16K SEF -> Switch between A4, A5, B5 SEF
16K LEF -> Switch between A4, A5, B5 LEF *Can not switch only either size.
(*5)Can be selected with switching A4/LT from SP mode:
Standard detect (default)
When placing A4/LT size LEF, detect as A4 LEF. When placing SEF, detect as LT SEF.
When placing A4/LT size LEF, detect as LT LEF. When placing SEF, detect as A4 SEF.
Remarks:
Y Yes; available
- Not available
Specifications
Appendices:
Tray, Bypass tray, LCT
F/F4 A*1 A - A
SRA4 SEF A A - A A
SRA4 LEF A A - A A
Com10(104.8 x 241.3) A - - A
Monarch(98.4 x 190.5) A - - -
C5(162 x 229) - - A - - A
DL(110 x 220) - - A - - A
Specifications
(MAUI-D) (MALAY) duplex
Appendices:
13” x 19.2” SEF - A A - A A
- Not available
Government LG
Y
SEF (8.25" x 14")
Specifications
Appendices:
G LT LEF (10.5" x 8") Y
Remarks:
Y Available
- Not available
The printer drivers and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM. An auto-run installer allows
you to select which components to install.
Windows Windows
Printer Language Windows 7*3*6 Windows 8*6*8
XP *1*6
Vista
*2*6
*1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition / Home Edition / Media Center Edition / Tablet PC
Edition
*2 Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate / Enterprise / Business / Home Premium / Home Basic
*3 Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
*4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition / Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition
*5 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard / Enterprise / Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard / Enterprise
*6 Supports both 32bit, 64bit
*7 Supports Mac OS X 10.4 or later
*8 Microsoft Windows 8 (Core Edition) / Pro / Enterprise
*9 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Standard / Datacenter / Essentials
All other Drivers except ones for Windows XP / 2003 / Vista / 7 / 8 are Adobe genuine
Specifications
Appendices:
PostScript driver.
PPD file for each operation systems is included in the driver.
Windows Windows
Driver Windows 7*3*6 Windows 8*6*7
XP*1*6 Vista*2*6
*1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition / Home Edition / Media Center Edition / Tablet PC
Edition
*2 Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate / Enterprise / Business / Home Premium / Home Basic
*3 Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
*4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition / Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition
*5 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard / Enterprise / Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard / Enterprise
*6 Supports both 32bit, 64bit (Scanner driver works on 32bit compatible mode)
*7 Microsoft Windows 8 (Core Edition) / Pro / Enterprise
*8 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Standard / Datacenter / Essentials
With LAX Fax driver, sending documents directly from PC will be available.
Also Address Book Editor and Cover Sheet Editor will installed along.
Network TWAIN driver will be provided on the scanner driver CD-ROM.
Finisher /
52.3 to 220.0 g/m2
Upper Tray
Paper Finisher /
52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Thickness: Shift Tray
Specifications
Upper Tray • B4, 8 1/2 x 14 or more:50 sheets
Appendices:
• A4 SEF, 8 1/2 x 11 SEF: 3,000 sheets
•A3 LEF, B4 LEF, A4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
Finisher / LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
Shift Tray LEF: 1,500 sheets
• A5 SEF: 500 sheets
• A5 LEF, B6 LEF, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 LEF: 100 sheets
Weight: 38 kg
Finisher /
52.3 to 220.0 g/m2
Specifications
Upper Tray
Appendices:
Finisher / Shift
52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Tray
Saddle stitch
20 sheets (With My Paper Brand)
staple
Specifications
Appendices:
Paper Size: • Without Z-Folding
A3 LEF, A4, A5, A6 LEF, B4 LEF, B5, B6 LEF, 11 x 17
LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF, 81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 101/2,
Note: COM10 51/2 x 81/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15
envelopes are Finisher / LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
not supported. Upper Tray LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
The 4 1/8 x 9 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4,Custom size
½ paper size • With Z-Folding
will not be A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF,
displayed as 81/2 x 11 LEF
an available
• Without Z-Folding
size in the
A3 LEF, A4, A5, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF,
bypass paper
8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 8K
size screen.
LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15
Finisher / LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5 LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x
Shift Tray 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF,
SRA4,Custom size
• With Z-Folding
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8
1/2 x 11 LEF
• Without Z-Folding
A3 LEF, A4, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF,
81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 11 x
15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF
• With Z-Folding
Staple
A3 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF
• With Z-Folding, Mixed Size
A3 LEF and A4 LEF
B4 LEF and B5 LEF
11 x 17 LEF and 8 1/2 x 11 LEF
• Without Z-Folding
Finisher / 52.3 to 216.0 g/m2
Upper Tray • With Z-Folding
64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
• Without Z-Folding
Finisher / 52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Shift Tray • With Z-Folding
Paper 64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
Thickness:
Finisher /
Shift Tray / 52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Shifting
• Without Z-Folding
64.0 to 90.0 g/m2
Staple
• With Z-Folding
64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
• Without Z-Folding
A4, 8 1/2 x 11 or less: 500 sheets
Finisher / B4, 8 1/2 x 14 or more: 250 sheets
Upper Tray • With Z-Folding
30 sheets
(With My Paper Brand)
• Without Z-Folding
• Without Z-Folding
Specifications
A LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 x 13 LEF,
Appendices:
8K LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14
LEF: 50 sheets
A4, B5, 8 1/2 x 11, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 16K: 100 sheets
• Mixed Size
50 sheets (A3 LEF /A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5 SEF, 11 x 17
LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
• With Z-Folding
10 sheets
• Combination of With and Without Z-Folding
10 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 sheets Without Z-Folding,
Staple
9 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 10 sheets Without
Z-Folding, 8 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 20 sheets
Without Z-Folding, 7 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 30
sheets Without Z-Folding, 6 sheets of Z-Folding and 0
to 40 sheets Without Z-Folding, 5 sheets of Z-Folding
and 0 to 50 sheets Without Z-Folding, 4 sheets of
Z-Folding and 0 to 60 sheets Without Z-Folding, 3
sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 70 sheets Without
Z-Folding, 2 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 80 sheets
Without Z-Folding, 1 sheet of Z-Folding and 1 to 90
sheets Without Z-Folding
(With My Paper Brand)
• Without Z-Folding
A4 SEF, B5 SEF, 81/2 x 11 SEF: binding 10 to 100
sheets...200 to 30 Sets
A4 LEF, B5 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
LEF: binding 2 to 9 sheets...150 Sets
A3, B4: binding 10 to 50 sheets...150 to 30 Sets
• With Z-Folding, Mixed Size
Staple Output
Z-Folded A3 LEF and A4 SEF, Z-Folded B4 LEF and B5
SEF, Z-Folded 11 x 17 LEF and 8 1/2 x 11 SEF: 1 to 10
sheets...30 to 3 Sets
• Mixed Size
2 to 50 sheets...30 Sets(A3 LEF/A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5
SEF, 11 x 17 LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
(With My Paper Brand)
Weight: approx. 75 kg
Paper Size:
Paper Thickness:
Power Source:
Power Consumption:
Weight:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
1.4.6 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D75100) PRO MODELS ONLY
Specifications
Appendices:
A3 LEF, A4, A5, A6 LEF, B4 LEF, B5, B6 LEF, 11 x 17
LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF, 81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2,
5 1/2 x 8 1/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15
Paper Size:
LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
• Z-Folding
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8
1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF
• Half Fold
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
Fold
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4 LEF
• Letter Fold-out, Letter Fold-in, Double Parallel Fold,
Gate Fold
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
Paper Size: LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF
• Half Fold
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 81/2 x 14
LEF, 81/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
Multiple LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4 LEF
sheets • Letter Fold-in
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF
• Letter Fold-out
A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF
Power Consumption: 240W or less (Can not draw from main unit)
Specifications
Appendices:
1.4.8 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D70800) OFFICE MODELS ONLY
Bin 9 Bins
Specifications
Appendices:
A3 LEF, A4, A5, A6 LEF, B4 LEF, B5, B6 LEF, 11 x 17
LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10
1/2, 8 1/2 x 5 1/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x
Paper Size:
15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19
1/5 LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18
1/2 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
TABLES
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
TABLES
2.1.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Preventive Maintenance Items
PM Parts
The parts mentioned in these tables have a target yield. However, the total copy/print volume
made by the machine will not reach the target yield within the machine's targeted lifetime if the
machine is used under the target usage conditions (ACV, color ratio, P/J, and C/O). So, these
parts are categorized not as PM parts but as EM parts. The parts with “(R)” in this table are PM
parts.
Chart: A4 (LT)/5%
Mode: 4 copies / original (prints/job)
Ratio 30%
Environment: Normal temperature and humidity
Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions.
Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Mainframe
Laser Unit
Scanner
Development
Collect with a
Developer R
plastic bag
Development Unit C
PCDU
(Cleaning Blade) C
Replace at the
(Side seal: cleaning
C same time as the
blade)
cleaning blade
Replace at the
(Lubricant Brush) C same time as the
lubricant bar
(Lubricant Bar) C
(Lubricant Blade) C
Replace at the
(Side seal: Lubricant
C same time as the
Blade)
lubricant blade
(Gears) C
(Charge Roller) C
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
(Charge Roller Gear) C
PREVENTIVE
TABLES
(Cleaning Roller) C
C C
OPC Drum
(Office) (Pro)
Toner Supply
Transfer
(Brush Roller) R
(Cleaning Blade) R
(Lubricant Brush) R
Replace all
(Lube Application together
R
Blade)
(Lubricant Bar) R
Quenching R
Fusing
(Pressure Roller) R
(Pressure Roller
R
Bearings)
(Gears) L
(Bearing: Fusing
I/R
Roller)
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
(Thermopile) C Dry cloth
PREVENTIVE
TABLES
(Smoothing Roller:
TBD
Pro)
Miscellaneous
Replace when
Waste Toner Bottle
toner bottle is full
Dust glass
Dust Glass C
cleaning kit
Deodorization filter:
R
Large
Deodorization filter:
R
Small
Tray 1 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 2 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 3 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 4 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
TABLES
Tray 2 Transfer Sensor C C C Blower brush
Registration Rollers
C C C Damp cloth
(drive / following)
By-pass Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Inverter Entrance
C C C Damp cloth
Roller
Inverter Entrance
C C C Blower brush
Sensor
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
Exit Transfer Roller
PREVENTIVE
Clean and Dry
TABLES
Guide Plates (Top / C C C
cloth
Center / Left)
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 1
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 2
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 3
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 4
Duplex Entrance
C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 1
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 2
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 3
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 4
Horizontal Transport
Clean and Dry
Guide Plates (upper / C C C
cloth
lower)
1. INSTALLATION ............................................................................. 1
1.1 FAX UNIT (D718)...........................................................................................1
1.1.1 COMPONENT CHECK .........................................................................1
1.1.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................................2
1.1.3 FAX ICON ADDITION ...........................................................................8
1.2 G3 INTERFACE UNIT (D718)......................................................................10
1.2.1 COMPONENT CHECK .......................................................................10
1.2.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........................................................11
For Installing the single G3 Board ..........................................................11
For Installing the Double G3 Boards ......................................................14
1.3 FAX UNIT OPTIONS ...................................................................................18
1.3.1 MEMORY UNIT (G578) ......................................................................18
1.4 REMOTE FAX INSTALLATION ...................................................................20
1.4.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........................................................20
1. Installing the application .....................................................................20
2. Registering the Remote Machine .......................................................21
3. Registering the Client-side Machine(s)...............................................21
4. Configuring the Remote Reception Settings ......................................22
5. Remote Fax Icon Addition ..................................................................23
3. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 33
3.1 ERROR CODES ..........................................................................................33
3.2 IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING ........................................................................55
3.3 IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................58
3.3.1 IP-FAX TRANSMISSION ....................................................................58
Cannot send by IP Address/Host Name .................................................58
Cannot send via VoIP Gateway .............................................................59
Cannot send by Alias Fax number. ........................................................60
3.3.2 IP-FAX RECEPTION ..........................................................................62
Cannot receive via IP Address/Host Name. ...........................................62
SM i D178
Cannot receive by VoIP Gateway. .........................................................63
Cannot receive by Alias Fax number. ....................................................64
D178 ii SM
5.2.2 SG3 BOARD .....................................................................................187
5.3 VIDEO DATA PATH...................................................................................189
5.3.1 TRANSMISSION...............................................................................189
Memory Transmission and Parallel Memory Transmission ..................189
Immediate Transmission ......................................................................190
JBIG Transmission ...............................................................................190
Adjustments .........................................................................................190
5.3.2 RECEPTION .....................................................................................191
5.4 FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES ........................................................192
5.4.1 MULTI-PORT ....................................................................................192
5.4.2 DOCUMENT SERVER .....................................................................192
5.4.3 INTERNET MAIL COMMUNICATION...............................................194
Mail Transmission ................................................................................194
Mail Reception .....................................................................................196
Handling Mail Reception Errors............................................................198
Secure Internet Reception....................................................................198
Transfer Request: Request By Mail .....................................................199
E-Mail Options (Sub TX Mode) ............................................................200
5.5 IP-FAX .......................................................................................................204
5.5.1 WHAT IS IP-FAX? ............................................................................204
5.5.2 T.38 PACKET FORMAT ...................................................................204
UDP Related Switches .........................................................................204
5.5.3 SETTINGS ........................................................................................204
SM iii D178
READ THIS FIRST
Before installing the fax unit, switch off the main switch, and disconnect the power cord.
The fax unit contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this
type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations.
Screw
Connector
E-ring
Clip ring
Clamp
D178 6 SM
Cautions, Notes, etc.
The following headings provide special information:
Obey these guidelines to ensure safe operation and prevent minor injuries.
Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of
valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
Always obey these guidelines to avoid serious problems such as misfeeds, damage to
originals, loss of valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine. bold is added for
emphasis.
This document provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
1. INSTALLATION
FAX OPTION
1.1 FAX UNIT (D718)
1 FCU 1
2 Modular Bracket 1
4 Screw: M3x6 4
SM 1 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
Check the position of bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
D178 2 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
3. Remove the "LINE1" [A] and "TEL" [B] covers with a flathead screwdriver.
If you don‘t switch the battery jumper switch position, the following situation will
occur.
SC820 will occur.
The registered data will not be saved when you turn off the main power switch.
SM 3 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
5. Install the fax unit [A] on the controller board. ( x2: M3x6)
Insert the hook of the fax unit into the controller box when installing the fax unit.
D178 4 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
6. Connect the two modular harnesses [B] (TEL) and [C] (LINE1) to the modular bracket [A].
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
NA/AA/CHN:
[B]: 2 pin
[C]: 3 pin
EU:
[B]: 6 pin
[C]: 6 pin
7. Attach the modular bracket [A] to the controller box. ( x2: M3x6)
SM 5 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
Insert the hook of the modular bracket into the controller box when installing the
modular bracket.
8. Connect the two modular harnesses [A] (LINE1) and [B] (TEL) to the FCU. ( x2)
D178 6 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
9. Reinstall the following covers.
Controller box cover
Rear middle cover
10. Connect the telephone cord to the "LINE 1" jack.
11. Attach the fax key top decal to F3 [A] on the operation panel.
12. Attach the serial number decal under the copier serial number decal on the rear cover of the
machine.
13. Attach the FCC decal on the rear cover of the copier (NA only).
14. Keep the EMC address decal at the customer site (EU only).
15. Put the power plug into the outlet and turn on the main power of the machine.
SM 7 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
4. Press [Fax].
D178 8 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
5. Press a [Blank] to set a location for the fax icon.
6. Press [Exit] to end the fax icon addition.
SM 9 D178
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
3 Screw: M3x6 4
4 Flat Cable 1
D178 10 SM
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
1.2.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
FAX OPTION
Before installing this optional unit:
Print out all data in the printer buffer.
Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
You can add two more SG3 boards to this model. Follow the procedures for adding the single SG3
board installation or double SG3 boards installation as a customer needs.
Check the position of bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
SM 11 D178
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
3. Remove the "LINE2" [A] cover and [B] cover with a flathead screwdriver.
4. Install the SG3 interface unit [A] on the controller board. ( x4: M3x6)
Insert the two hooks of the SG3 interface unit into the controller box when installing
the SG3 interface box.
D178 12 SM
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
5. Attach one end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [B] of the FCU board. ( x1)
6. Attach the other end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [C] of the CCUIF. ( x1)
SM 13 D178
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
2. Remove the SG3 board [A] from the second SG3 interface unit for the two-SG3 board
installation. ( x 2)
3. Install the SG3 board [A] removed from the second SG3 interface unit to the first SG3
interface unit. ( x 2)
D178 14 SM
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Check the position of bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
1. Remove the "LINE2" [A] and “LINE3” [B] covers with a flathead screwdriver.
2. Remove the cover [C] with a flathead screwdriver.
SM 15 D178
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
3. Install the SG3 interface unit [A] on the controller board. ( x4: M3x6)
Insert the two hooks of the SG3 interface unit into the controller box when installing
the SG3 interface box.
4. Attach one end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [B] of the FCU board. ( x1)
D178 16 SM
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
5. Attach the other end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [C] of the CCUIF. ( x1)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6. Reinstall the following covers.
Controller box cover
Rear middle cover
7. Attach the FCC decal on the rear cover of the copier (NA only).
8. Keep the EMC address decal at the customer site (EU only).
9. Connect the telephone cords to the "LINE2" and "LINE3" jacks for double-SG3 board
installation.
10. Turn the main power switch off and on.
11. Enter the service mode. Set bit 1 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
12. Set bit 3 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023) if you have installed two SG3
boards.
13. Exit the service mode.
14. Turn the main power switch off and on.
15. Print out the system parameter list. Then check that "G3" shows as an option.
16. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications.
SM 17 D178
Fax Unit Options
Check the position of bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
D178 18 SM
Fax Unit Options
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
3. Release the hooks on the fax board, and then install the memory option [A] in the memory slot
at an angle.
4. Press the memory option [A] toward the fax board until the hooks lock.
SM 19 D178
Remote Fax Installation Rev. 02/04/2014
⇒
Before starting the installation procedure, connect the network cable to the Remote
Machine and configure the network settings. (***)
On both the Remote Machine and the Client-side Machines:
1. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x1).
2. With its label turned away toward the front of the machine, insert Fax Connection Unit into
SD card slot 2 (lower slot) [A]. Push it in until you hear it click and lock in place.
D178 20 SM
Rev. 02/04/2014 Remote Fax Installation
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
If another SD card is already inserted into
SD card slot 1 (upper), insert the SD card
containing the Fax Connection Unit Type B
application program into SD card slot 2
(lower) and follow steps 3 through 6 to
merge the contents of the two SD cards. If
SD card merge is not required, skip steps 3
through 6 and proceed to step 7. (***)
SM 21 D178
Remote Fax Installation
By performing procedures #1-3 above, the Client-side Machines can send faxes via the
Remote Machine. The procedures shown below are necessary to enable the Client-side
Machines to receive faxes.
On the Remote Machine:
1) If you use "Remote Reception Setting per Line"
1. Press [Facsimile Features].
2. Press [Remote Reception Setting per Line] in [Reception Settings].
3. Enter an IP address or a host name of the client-side machine to connect.
4. Press [Set], and [Exit] to exit from the setting.
2) If you use "Remote Reception per Sender"
1. Press [Facsimile Features].
2. Press [Program Special Sender] in [Reception Settings].
3. Select the Special Sender.
D178 22 SM
Rev. 02/04/2014 Remote Fax Installation
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6. Enter an IP address or a host name of the client-side machine to connect.
7. Press [OK] to exit from the setting.
1. Confirm the [Remote Fax] icon appears on the Home screen. (The icon should be
automatically added to the Home screen.) However, if not, add the icon to the Home screen
from [User Tools] - [Edit Home] - [Add Icon].
2. If your customer requires the [Remote Fax] icon to be fixed in a specific location, move the
icon from [User Tools] - [Edit Home] - [Move Icon].
SM 23 D178
Remote Fax Installation Rev. 02/04/2014
D178 24 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
2. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
FAX OPTION
2.1 FCU
The following data can be transfered: TTI, RTI, CSI, Fax bit switch settings, RAM address
settings, NCU parameter settings
1. Remove the rear middle cover [A]. ( x4)
Check the position of bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
SM 25 D178
FCU
3. Disconnect the two modular harnesses [A] (LINE1) and [B] (TEL) from the FCU. ( x2)
4. Remove the modular bracket [A] from the controller box. ( x2)
5. Remove the fax unit [A] from the controller board. ( x2)
D178 26 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6. Remove the FCU board [A] from the fax unit. ( x4, x1)
7. Install the new FCU board [A] on the fax unit. ( x4, x1)
8. Switch the battery jumper switch [A] to the "ON" position on the new FCU board.
If you don‘t switch the battery jumper switch position, the following situation will
occur.
SC820 will occur.
The registered data will not be saved when you turn off the main power switch.
SM 27 D178
FCU
10. Attach the modular bracket [A] to the controller box. ( x2)
D178 28 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
11. Connect the two modular harnesses [A] (LINE1) and [B] (TEL) to the FCU. ( x2)
12. Attach the bracket for holding the old FCU board [A]. ( x1)
This bracket is provided with the new FCU board.
SM 29 D178
FCU
13. Connect the flat flexible cable [A] to the new FCU board ( x 1). This flexible cable is
provided with the new FCU board.
The blue side of the flat flexible cable must face outward as shown below.
15. Connect the flat flexible cable to the old FCU board [A].
The blue side of the flat flexible cable must face outward as shown below.
D178 30 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
16. Attach the tab terminal to the old FCU board.
SM 31 D178
FCU
24. Turn on the main power switch, then do SP6-101 to print the system parameter list.
25. Check the system parameter list to make sure that the data was transferred correctly.
26. Set the correct date and time with the User Tools: User Tools > System Settings > Timer
Setting > Set Date/Time.
If any of the SRAM data was not transferred, input those settings manually.
D178 32 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
3. TROUBLESHOOTING
FAX OPTION
3.1 ERROR CODES
If an error code occurs, retry the communication. If the same problem occurs, try to fix the
problem as suggested below. Note that some error codes appear only in the error code display
and on the service report.
0-01 DCN received unexpectedly The other party is out of paper or has a
jammed printer.
The other party pressed Stop during
communication.
0-04 CFR or FTT not received after Check the line connection.
modem training Try changing the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
Replace the FCU.
The other terminal may be faulty; try
sending to another machine.
If the rx signal is weak or defective, there
may be a bad line.
Cross reference
Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Dedicated Tx parameters in Service Program
Mode
SM 33 D178
Error Codes
0-06 The other terminal did not Check the line connection.
reply to DCS Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
Replace the FCU.
The other end may be defective or
incompatible; try sending to another
machine.
Check for line problems.
Cross reference
See error code 0-04.
D178 34 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0-08 The other end sent RTN or Check the line connection.
PIN after receiving a page, Replace the FCU.
because there were too many The other end may have jammed, or run
errors out of paper or memory space.
Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
The other end may have a defective
modem/FCU; try sending to another
machine.
Check for line problems and noise.
Cross reference
Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Dedicated Tx parameters in Service
Program Mode
0-15 The other terminal is not The other terminal is not capable of accepting
capable of specific functions. the following functions, or the other terminal’s
memory is full.
Confidential rx
Transfer function
SEP/SUB/PWD/SID
SM 35 D178
Error Codes
0-16 CFR or FTT not detected after Check the line connection.
modem training in confidential Replace the FCU.
or transfer mode Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
The other end may have disconnected, or
it may be defective; try calling another
machine.
If the rx signal level is too low, there may
be a line problem.
Cross reference
See error code 0-08.
0-17 Communication was If the Stop key was not pressed and this error
interrupted by pressing the keeps occurring, replace the operation panel or
Stop key the operation panel drive board.
0-21 EOL signal (end-of-line) from Check the connections between the FCU
the other end not received and line.
within 5 s of the previous EOL Check for line noise or other line problems.
signal Replace the FCU.
The remote machine may be defective or
may have disconnected.
Cross reference
Maximum interval between EOLs and between
ECM frames - G3 Bit Switch 0A, bit 4
D178 36 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0-22 The signal from the other end Check the line connection.
was interrupted for more than Replace the FCU.
the acceptable modem carrier Defective remote terminal.
drop time (default: 200 ms) Check for line noise or other line problems.
Try adjusting the acceptable modem
carrier drop time.
Cross reference
Acceptable modem carrier drop time - G3
Switch 0A, bits 0 and 1
0-29 Data block format failure in Check for line noise or other line problems.
ECM reception Check the FCU - NCU connectors.
Replace the NCU or FCU.
0-30 The other terminal did not Check the line connection.
reply to NSS(A) in AI short Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
protocol mode equalizer settings.
The other terminal may not be compatible.
Cross reference
Dedicated tx parameters - Section 4
0-32 The other terminal sent a Check the protocol dump list.
DCS, which contained Ask the other party to contact the
functions that the receiving manufacturer.
machine cannot handle.
SM 37 D178
Error Codes
0-33 The data reception (not ECM) Check the line connection.
is not completed within 10 The other terminal may have a defective
minutes. modem/FCU.
0-55 FCU does not detect the SG3. FCU firmware or board defective.
SG3 firmware or board defective.
0-70 The communication mode The other terminal did not have a
specified in CM/JM was not compatible communication mode (e.g., the
available other terminal was a V.34 data modem and
(V.8 calling and called not a fax modem.)
terminal) A polling tx file was not ready at the other
terminal when polling rx was initiated from
the calling terminal.
0-74 The calling terminal fell back The calling terminal could not detect
to T.30 mode, because it ANSam due to noise, etc.
could not detect ANSam after ANSam was too short to detect.
sending CI. Check the line connection and condition.
Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax.
0-75 The called terminal fell back to The terminal could not detect ANSam.
T.30 mode, because it could Check the line connection and condition.
not detect a CM in response Try receiving a call from another V.8/V.34
to ANSam (ANSam timeout). fax.
0-76 The calling terminal fell back The called terminal could not detect a CM
to T.30 mode, because it due to noise, etc.
could not detect a JM in Check the line connection and condition.
response to CM Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax.
(CM timeout).
D178 38 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0-77 The called terminal fell back to The calling terminal could not detect a JM
T.30 mode, because it could due to noise, etc.
not detect a CJ in response to A network that has narrow bandwidth
JM cannot pass JM to the other end.
(JM timeout). Check the line connection and condition.
Try receiving a call from another V.8/V.34
fax.
0-79 The called terminal detected Check for line noise or other line problems.
CI while waiting for a V.21 If this error occurs, the called terminal falls
signal. back to T.30 mode.
0-80 The line was disconnected The guard timer expired while starting
due to a timeout in V.34 phase these phases. Serious noise, narrow
2 – line probing. bandwidth, or low signal level can cause
these errors.
0-81 The line was disconnected
If these errors happen at the transmitting
due to a timeout in V.34 phase
terminal:
3 – equalizer training.
Try making a call at a later time.
0-82 The line was disconnected Try using V.17 or a slower modem using
due to a timeout in the V.34 dedicated tx parameters.
phase 4 – control channel Try increasing the tx level.
start-up. Try adjusting the tx cable equalizer setting.
If these errors happen at the receiving terminal:
0-83 The line was disconnected
Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer setting.
due to a timeout in the V.34
Try increasing the tx level.
control channel restart
Try using V.17 or a slower modem if the
sequence.
same error is frequent when receiving from
multiple senders.
0-84 The line was disconnected The signal did not stop within 10 s.
due to abnormal signaling in Turn off the main power switch, then turn it
V.34 phase 4 – control back on.
channel start-up. If the same error is frequent, replace the
FCU.
SM 39 D178
Error Codes
0-85 The line was disconnected The signal did not stop within 10 s.
due to abnormal signaling in Turn off the main power switch, then turn it
V.34 control channel restart. back on.
If the same error is frequent, replace the
FCU.
0-86 The line was disconnected The other terminal was incompatible.
because the other terminal Ask the other party to contact the
requested a data rate using manufacturer.
MPh that was not available in
the currently selected symbol
rate.
0-87 The control channel started The receiving terminal restarted the control
after an unsuccessful primary channel because data reception in the
channel. primary channel was not successful.
This does not result in an error
communication.
0-88 The line was disconnected Try using a lower data rate at the start.
because PPR was Try adjusting the cable equalizer setting.
transmitted/received 9
(default) times within the
same ECM frame.
2-13 Modem initialization error Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
Update the modem ROM.
Replace the FCU.
2-22 Counter overflow error of If error occurs frequently, change the settings
JBIG chip for resolution, paper size, compression type.
2-23 JBIG compression or Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
reconstruction error
2-24 JBIG ASIC error Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
D178 40 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
2-25 JBIG data reconstruction error JBIG data error
(BIH error) Check the sender’s JBIG function.
Update the FCU ROM.
2-26 JBIG data reconstruction error
(Float marker error)
2-50 The machine resets itself for a If this is frequent, update the ROM, or
fatal FCU system error replace the FCU.
2-51 The machine resets itself If this is frequent, update the ROM, or
because of a fatal replace the FCU.
communication error
2-53 Snd msg() in the manual task The user did the same operation many
is an error because the times, and this gave too much load to the
mailbox for the operation task machine.
is full.
4-10 Communication failed Get the ID Codes the same and/or the
because of an ID Code CSIs programmed correctly, then resend.
mismatch (Closed Network) or The machine at the other end may be
Tel. No./CSI mismatch defective.
(Protection against Wrong
Connections)
SM 41 D178
Error Codes
5-23 Print data error when printing Test the SAF memory.
a substitute rx or confidential Ask the other end to resend the message.
rx message
6-00 G3 ECM - T1 time out during Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer.
reception of facsimile data Replace the FCU.
6-08 G3 ECM - PIP/PIN received in The other end pressed Stop during
reply to PPS.NULL communication.
The other terminal may be defective.
D178 42 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6-09 G3 ECM - ERR received Check for a noisy line.
Adjust the tx levels of the communicating
machines.
See code 6-05.
6-21 V.21 flag detected during high The other terminal may be defective or
speed modem communication incompatible.
13-17 SIP user name registration Double registration of the SIP user name.
error Capacity for user-name registration in the
SIP server is not sufficient.
13-18 SIP server access error Incorrect initial setting for the SIP server.
Defective SIP server.
13-25 Network I/F setting error IPV4 is not active in the active protocol
setting.
IP address of the device is not registered.
13-26 Network I/F setting error at Active protocol setting does not match the
power on I/F setting for SIP server.
IP address of the device is not registered.
SM 43 D178
Error Codes
14-00 SMTP Send Error Error occurred during sending to the SMTP
server. Occurs for any error other than
14-01 to 16. For example, the mail address
of the system administrator is not
registered.
D178 44 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
14-03 Access to SMTP Server Failed to access the SMTP server because
Denied (450) the access is denied.
SMTP server operating incorrectly.
Contact the system administrator to
determine if there is a problem with the
SMTP server and to check that the SMTP
server settings are correct.
Folder send destination is incorrect.
Contact the system administrator to
determine that the SMTP server settings
and path to the server are correct.
Device settings incorrect. Confirm that the
user name and password settings are
correct.
Direct SMTP destination incorrect. Contact
the system administrator to determine if
there is a problem at the destination at that
the settings at the destination are correct.
SM 45 D178
Error Codes
14-05 SMTP Server HDD Full (452) Failed to access the SMTP server because
the HDD on the server is full.
Insufficient free space on the HDD of the
SMTP server. Contact the system
administrator and check the amount of
space remaining on the SMTP server
HDD.
Insufficient free space on the HDD where
the destination folder is located. Contact
the system administrator and check the
amount of space remaining on the HDD
where the target folder is located.
Insufficient free space on the HDD at the
target destination for SMTP direct sending.
Contact the system administrator and
check the amount of space remaining on
the target HDD.
Mail data size is too large for SMTP direct
sending. Contact the system administrator
of the SMTP direct sending and check the
setting of the mail data size. (Default is
2MB)
Check the data size of the mail you want to
send.
14-06 User Not Found on SMTP The designated user does not exist.
Server (551) The designated user does not exist on the
SMTP server.
The designated address is not for use with
direct SMTP sending.
D178 46 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
14-07 Data Send to SMTP Server Failed to access the SMTP server because
Failed (4XX) the transmission failed.
PC not operating correctly.
SMTP server operating incorrectly
Network not operating correctly.
Destination folder setting incorrect.
Direct SMTP sending not operating
correctly.
14-08 Data Send to SMTP Server Failed to access the SMTP server because
Failed (5XX) the transmission failed.
SMTP server operating incorrectly
Destination folder setting incorrect.
Direct SMTP sending not operating
correctly.
Software application error.
14-12 Data Size Too Large Transmission was cancelled because the
detected size of the file was too large.
14-14 Security Locked File Error Update the software because of the
defective software.
SM 47 D178
Error Codes
14-16 Maximum Division Number When a mail is divided for the mail
Error transmission and the division number of a
mail are more than the specified number,
the mail transmission is interrupted.
Update the software because of the
defective software.
14-18 Access to MCS File Error The access to MCS file is denied due to
the no permission of access.
Update the software because of the
defective software.
14-20 SMTP Authentication error Make sure the administrator's e-mail address is
same as the SMTP authentication address or
POP before SMTP address.
14-21 Transmission error of S/MIME Register the correct user certificate and device
certificate.
14-30 MCS File Creation Failed Failed to create the MCS file because:
The number of files created with other
applications on the Document Server has
exceeded the limit.
HDD is full or not operating correctly.
Software error.
14-31 UFS File Creation Failed UFS file could not be created:
Not enough space in UFS area to handle
both Scan-to-Email and IFAX
transmission.
HDD full or not operating correctly.
Software error.
D178 48 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
14-32 Cancelled the Mail Due to Error detected with NFAX and send was
Error Detected by NFAX cancelled due to a software error.
14-33 No Mail Address For the Neither the mail address of the machine
Machine nor the mail address of the network
administrator is registered.
14-50 Mail Job Task Error Due to an FCU mail job task error, the send
was cancelled:
Address book was being edited during
creation of the notification mail.
Software error.
14-51 UCS Destination Download Not even one return notification can be
Error downloaded:
The address book was being edited.
The number for the specified destination
does not exist (it was deleted or edited
after the job was created).
14-60 Send Cancel Failed The cancel operation by the user failed to
cancel the send operation.
14-61 Notification Mail Send Failed All addresses for return notification mail
for All Destinations failed.
14-62 Transmission Error due to the When the 0 line page exists in received
existence of zero line page pages with G3 communication, the
transmission is interrupted.
15-01 POP3/IMAP4 Server Not At startup, the system detected that the IP
Registered address of the POP3/IMAP4 server has
not been registered in the machine.
SM 49 D178
Error Codes
15-02 POP3/IMAP4 Mail Account The POP3/IMAP4 mail account has not
Information Not Registered been registered.
15-03 Mail Address Not Registered The mail address has not been registered.
15-10 DCS Mail Receive Error Error other than 15-11 to 15-18.
15-14 Mail Header Format Error The mail header is not standard format.
For example, the Date line description is
incorrect.
15-15 Mail Divide Error The e-mail is not in standard format. There
is no boundary between parts of the
e-mail, including the header.
15-16 Mail Size Receive Error The mail cannot be received because it is
too large.
15-18 Incomplete Mail Received Only one portion of the mail was received.
D178 50 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
15-31 Final Destination for Transfer The format of the final destination for the
Request Reception Format transfer request was incorrect.
Error
15-42 Off Ramp Gateway Error The delivery destination address was
specified with Off Ramp Gateway OFF.
15-43 Address Format Error Format error in the address of the Off
Ramp Gateway.
15-44 Addresses Over The number of addresses for the Off Ramp
Gateway exceeded the limit of 30.
15-61 Attachment File Format Error The attached file is not TIFF format.
15-62 TIFF File Compatibility Error Could not receive transmission due to:
Resolution error
Image of resolution greater than 200 dpi
without extended memory.
Resolution is not supported.
Page size error
The page size was larger than A3.
Compression error
File was compressed with other than MH,
MR, or MMR.
SM 51 D178
Error Codes
15-63 TIFF Parameter Error The TIFF file sent as the attachment could not
be received because the TIFF header is
incorrect:
The TIFF file attachment is a type not
supported.
The TIFF file attachment is corrupted.
Software error.
15-64 TIFF Decompression Error The file received as an attachment caused the
TIFF decompression error:
The TIFF format of the attachment is
corrupted.
Software error.
15-71 Not Binary Image Data The file could not be received because the
attachment was not binary image data.
15-73 MDN Status Error Could not find the Disposition line in the
header of the Return Receipt, or there is a
problem with the firmware.
15-74 MDN Message ID Error Could not find the Original Message ID line
in the header of the Return Receipt, or
there is a problem with the firmware.
15-80 Mail Job Task Read Error Could not receive the transmission
because the destination buffer is full and
the destination could not be created (this
error may occur when receiving a transfer
request or a request for notification of
reception).
D178 52 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
15-91 Send Registration Error Could not receive the file for transfer to the final
destination:
The format of the final destination or the
transfer destination is incorrect.
Destinations are full so the final and
transfer destinations could not be created.
22-00 Original length exceeded the Divide the original into more than one
maximum scan length page.
Check the resolution used for scanning.
Lower the scan resolution if possible.
Add optional page memory.
22-01 Memory overflow while Wait for the files in the queue to be sent.
receiving Delete unnecessary files from memory.
Transfer the substitute reception files to an
another fax machine, if the machine’s
printer is busy or out of order.
Add an optional SAF memory card or hard
disk.
SM 53 D178
Error Codes
22-02 Tx or rx job stalled due to line The job started normally but did not finish
disconnection at the other end normally; data may or may not have been
received fully.
Restart the machine.
D178 54 SM
IFAX Troubleshooting
TYPE M2 (D178)
3.2 IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING
FAX OPTION
Use the following procedures to determine whether the machine or another part of the network is
causing the problem.
Communication
Item Action [Remarks]
Route
General LAN 1. Connection with Check that the LAN cable is connected
the LAN to the machine.
Check that the LEDs on the hub are lit.
Between IFAX and 1. Network settings Check the network settings on the PC.
PC on the PC [Is the IP address registered in the TCP/IP
properties in the network setup correct?
Check the IP address with the
administrator of the network.]
SM 55 D178
IFAX Troubleshooting
Communication
Item Action [Remarks]
Route
Between e-mail 1. E-mail account on Make sure that the PC can log into the
server and internet the Server e-mail server.
Check that the account and password
stored in the server are the same as in
the machine.
[Ask the administrator to check.]
D178 56 SM
IFAX Troubleshooting
Communication
TYPE M2 (D178)
Item Action [Remarks]
FAX OPTION
Route
SM 57 D178
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
D178 58 SM
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
DCS speed. Set IP-Fax SW00 Bit 6 to
1.
6 Number of the specified fax correct? Check the remote fax number.
SM 59 D178
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
10 IP address of local fax registered? Register the IP address of the local fax.
D178 60 SM
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
TYPE M2 (D178)
11 Alias number of local fax registered?
FAX OPTION
fax.
SM 61 D178
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
Port number specified at remote sender Request the sender to specify the port
4
fax (if required)? number.
Specified port number correct (if Request the sender to check the port
5
required)? number.
7 Network bandwidth too narrow? Lower the start modem reception baud
rate on the receiving side.
IPFAX SW06
D178 62 SM
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
TYPE M2 (D178)
Cannot receive by VoIP Gateway.
FAX OPTION
Check Point Action
IP address/host name of specified VoIP Request the remote fax to check the IP
5
Gateway correct on sender’s side? address/host name.
SM 63 D178
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
D178 64 SM
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
9 Local fax Alias number registered? Register the Alias number.
10 Network bandwidth too narrow? Lower the start modem reception baud rate
on the receiving side.
IPFAX SW06
SM 65 D178
Cautions
4. SERVICE TABLES
4.1 CAUTIONS
Never turn off the main power switch when the power LED is lit or flashing. To avoid
damaging the hard disk or memory, press the operation power switch to switch the power
off, wait for the power LED to go off, and then switch the main power switch off.
The main power LED lights or flashes while the platen cover or ARDF is open, while the
main machine is communicating with a facsimile or the network server, or while the
machine is accessing the hard disk or memory for reading or writing data.
D178 66 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2 SERVICE PROGRAM TABLES
FAX OPTION
4.2.1 SP1-XXX (BIT SW)
page 79 "Bit Switches - 1"
System Switch
101 Change the bit switches for system settings for the
001 – 032 00 – 1F fax option
"page 79 "Bit Switches - 1"" : "System Switches”
Ifax Switch
102 Change the bit switches for internet fax settings for
001 – 016 00 – 0F the fax option
"page 95 "Bit Switches - 2"" : "I-Fax Switches"
Printer Switch
103 Change the bit switches for printer settings for the fax
001 – 016 00 – 0F option
"page 95 "Bit Switches - 2"" : "Printer Switches"
Communication Switch
G3-1 Switch
SM 67 D178
Service Program Tables
G3-3 Switch
G4 Internal Switch
108
001 – 032 00 – 1F Not used (Do not change the bit switches)
G4 Parameter Switch
109
001 – 016 00 – 0F Not used (Do not change the bit switches)
IP fax Switch
D178 68 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2.2 SP2-XXX (RAM)
FAX OPTION
2 Mode No. Function
RAM Read/Write
Memory Dump
G3-1 Memory Print out RAM data for the fax board.
001
Dump page 174 "Service RAM Addresses"
G3-2 Memory Print out RAM data for the optional SG3
102 002
Dump board.
G3-3 Memory Print out RAM data for the optional SG3
003
Dump board.
SM 69 D178
Service Program Tables
Service Station
101 001 Fax Number Enter the fax number of the service station.
Serial Number
102
000 Enter the fax unit’s serial number.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
PSTN Access Enter the PSTN access number for the G3-2
104 002
Number line.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
D178 70 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
001 Select Line machine is installed on a PABX line, select
“PABX”, “PABX(GND)” or “PABX(FLASH)”.
PSTN Access Enter the PSTN access number for the G3-3
002
Number line.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
Transmission
004
Disabled
IPFAX Protocol
007 Select "H323" or "SIP".
Priority
FAX SW
201
001 – 032 00 – 1F
SM 71 D178
Service Program Tables
101 001 FCU ROM Version Displays the FCU ROM version.
102 001 Error Codes Displays the latest 64 fax error codes.
103 001 G3-1 ROM Version Displays the G3-1 modem version.
104 001 G3-2 ROM Version Displays the G3-2 modem version.
105 001 G3-3 ROM Version Displays the G3-3 modem version.
106 001 G4 ROM Version Not used (Do not change the settings.)
D178 72 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2.5 SP5-XXX (RAM CLEAR)
FAX OPTION
5 Mode No. Function
101 Initializes the bit switches and user parameters, user data in
000
the SRAM, files in the SAF memory, and clock.
Factory Setting
104 Resets the bit switches and user parameters, user data in the
000
SRAM and files in the SAF memory.
106 Resets only the security bit switches. If you select automatic
000 output/display for the user parameter switches, the security
settings are initialized.
SM 73 D178
Service Program Tables
D178 74 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
G4 Protocol Dump List
002 Dch
SM 75 D178
Service Program Tables
002 Printer
004 Decompression
005 Scanner
006 JOB/SAF
107 These log print out functions are for designer
007 Reconstruction
use only.
008 JBIG
010 G3CCU
012 CCU
D178 76 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2.7 SP7-XXX (TESTS)
FAX OPTION
These are the test modes for PTT approval.
7 Function
SM 77 D178
Service Program Tables
D178 78 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.3 BIT SWITCHES - 1
FAX OPTION
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
No Function Comments
SM 79 D178
Bit Switches - 1
Example:
(1): EQM value (Line quality data). A larger number means more errors.
(2): Symbol rate (V.34 only)
(3): Final modem type used
(4): Starting data rate (for example, 288 means 28.8 kbps)
(5): Final data rate
(6): Rx revel (see below for how to read the rx level)
(7): Total number of error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
(8): Total number of burst error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
Rx level calculation
Example:
The four-digit hexadecimal value (N) after "L" indicates the rx level.
The high byte is given first, followed by the low byte. Divide the decimal value of
N by -16 to get the rx level.
In the above example, the decimal value of N (= 0100 [H]) is 256.
So, the actual rx level is 256/-16 = -16 dB
D178 80 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
troubleshooting. It shows the content of the
Protocol dump list output after
transmitted facsimile protocol signals. Always
each communication
6 reset this bit to 0 after finishing testing.
0: Off
If system switch 09 bit 6 is at "1", the list is only
1: On
printed if there was an error during the
communication.
G3 Communication Parameters
SM 81 D178
Bit Switches - 1
0: 0 ms/line
5: 5 ms/line
10: 10 ms/line
20: 20 ms/line
I/O rate 25: 2.5 ms/line
40: 40 ms/line
System Switch 01 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
No Function Comments
Memory read/write by RDS (0,0): All RDS systems are always locked out.
Bit 7 Bit 6 Setting (0,1), (1,0): Normally, RDS systems are locked
6-7 out, but the user can temporarily switch RDS
0 0 Always disabled on to allow RDS operations to take place. RDS
D178 82 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
03. Note that if an RDS operation takes place,
1 1 Always enabled
RDS will not switch off until this time limit has
expired.
(1,1): At any time, an RDS system can access
the machine.
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
System Switch 05 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 06 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 07 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 08 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
SM 83 D178
Bit Switches - 1
No Function Comments
Printing of the error code on the 1: Error codes are printed on the error reports.
3 error report This can be used for detecting an error which
0: No 1: Yes occurs rarely.
D178 84 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
system switch 00 bit 6 is set to 1.
Conditions for printing the
1: Set this bit to 1 when you wish to print a
protocol dump list
protocol dump list only for communications with
6 0: Print for all communications
errors.
1: Print only when there is a
NOTE: The memory size is limited. Use this bit
communication error
switch only when some log reports are
necessary.
No Function Comments
On hook dial
5 0: On hook dial is disabled.
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
SM 85 D178
Bit Switches - 1
System Switch 0B - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0C - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0D - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
No Function Comments
D178 86 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
System Switch 0F (SP No. 1-101-016)
No Function Comments
11: USA
SM 87 D178
Bit Switches - 1
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
TTI: 08 to 92 (BCD) mm
Input even numbers only.
This setting determines the print start position
for the TTI from the left edge of the paper. If the
TTI printing position in the main
0-7 TTI is moved too far to the right, it may
scan direction
overwrite the file number which is on the top
right of the page. On an A4 page, if the TTI is
moved over by more than 50 mm, it may
overwrite the page number.
D178 88 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
System Switch 13 - Not used (do not change these settings)
No Function Comments
1 0 1 hour
1 1 24 hours
SM 89 D178
Bit Switches - 1
No Function Comments
Priority setting for the G3 line. This function allows the user to select the
1 0: PSTN-1 > PSTN-2 or 3 default G3 line type. The optional SG3 units are
1: PSTN-2 or 3 > PSTN-1 required to use the PSTN-2 or 3 setting.
No Function Comments
D178 90 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
System Switch 1A (SP No. 1-101-027)
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 91 D178
Bit Switches - 1
No Function Comments
D178 92 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
File No. printing
FAX OPTION
NOTE: The file numbers may not be printed in
3 0: Enabled
the sequential order. If a customer does not like
1: Disabled
this numbering, select "0".
No Function Comments
SM 93 D178
Bit Switches - 1
D178 94 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.4 BIT SWITCHES - 2
FAX OPTION
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
No Function Comments
0 A4
1 B4
2 A3 -
3-6 Reserved
7 Not used
SM 95 D178
Bit Switches - 2
No Function Comments
0 200x100 Standard
1 200x200 Detail
0: Not selected
2 200x400 Fine 1: Selected
If more than one of these three bits is set to "1",
3 300 x 300 Reserve
the higher resolution has priority. For example,
4 400 x 400 Super Fine if both Bit 0 and Bit 2 are set to "1" Then The
Resolution is set for "Bit 2 200 x 400.
5 600 x 600 Reserve
6 Reserve
7 mm/inch
D178 96 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
I-fax Switch 02 (SP No. 1-102-003)
No Function Comments
This setting determines whether the header information is printed with text e-mails
when they are received.
0: Prints only text mail.
0 1: Prints mail header information attached to text mail.
When a text mail is received with this switch On (1), the "From" address and
"Subject" address are printed as header information.
When a mail with only binary data is received (a TIFF-F file, for example), this
setting is ignored and no header is printed.
This setting determines whether only the first page or all pages of an e-mail
attachment are printed at the sending station when a transmission error occurs.
1 This allows the customer to see which documents have not reached their
intended destinations if sent to the wrong e-mail addresses, for example.
0: Prints 1st page only.
1: Prints all pages.
2-3 This setting determines the text string output for the Return Receipt that confirms
the transmission was received normally at the destination.
SM 97 D178
Bit Switches - 2
00: "Dispatched"
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with "dispatched" in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; dispatched
The "dispatched" string is included in the Subject string.
01: "Displayed"
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with "displayed" in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; displayed
The "displayed" string is included in the Subject string.
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
A mail requesting a Return Receipt sent from an IFAX with this switch set to "00"
(for "dispatched") received by Microsoft Outlook 2000 may cause an error. If any
setting other than "displayed" (01) causes a problem, change the setting to "01" to
enable normal sending of the Return Receipt.
This setting adds or does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail to
confirm a reception.
4 0: Does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail
1: Adds the media accept feature to the answer mail.
Use this bit switch if a problem occurs when the machine receives an answer
mail, which contains the media accept feature field.
7 0: 200 x 200
1: 400 x 400
The "1" setting requires installation of the Memory Unit in order to have enough
SAF (Store and Forward) memory to receive images at 400 x 400 resolution.
D178 98 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
I-fax Switch 03 - Not used (do not change these settings)
No Function Comments
This setting determines whether the RTI/CSI registered on this machine or the
RTI/CSI of the originator is used in the subject lines of transferred documents.
0: Puts the RTI/CSI of the originator in the Subject line. If this is used, either the
0 RTI or CSI is used. Only one of these can be received for use in the subject line.
1: Puts the RTI/CSI registered on this machine in the Subject line.
When this switch is used to transfer and deliver mail to a PC, the information in
the Subject line that indicates where the transmission originated can be used to
determine automatically the destination folder for each e-mail.
This switch does not apply for condition 3) when the RX system is set up
for memory sending, delivery by F-code, sending with SMTP RX and
when operators are using FOL (to prevent problems when receiving
transmissions).
SM 99 D178
Bit Switches - 2
No Function Comments
0 For example:
"1st destination + Total number of destinations: 9" in the Journal indicates a
broadcast to 9 destinations.
0: Not recorded
1: Recorded
IFAXTX Retries
Determines whether the machine retries sending IFAX when connection and
1 transmission fails due to errors.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
No Function Comments
This setting determines the amount of SAF (Store and Forward) memory. (SAF
stores fax messages to send later for transmission to more than one location, and
also holds incoming messages if they cannot be printed.) When the amount of
0-7 SAF memory available falls below this setting, mail can no longer be received;
received mail is then stored on the mail server.
00-FF (0 to 1024 KB: HEX)
The hexadecimal number you enter is multiplied by 4 KB to determine the amount
of memory.
D178 100 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
I-fax Switch 09 (SP No. 1-102-010)
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
0 1 No setting
1 0 Individual setting
1 1 Always sign
0 0 No sign
0 1 No setting
SM 101 D178
Bit Switches - 2
1 0 Individual setting
1 1 Always sign
No Function Comments
This setting determines whether files received with SMTP protocol are delivered
0 or output immediately.
0: Off. Files received via SMTP are output immediately without delivery.
1: On. Files received via SMTP are delivered immediately to their destinations.
1 0: No sign
1: Always sign
2 0: No encryption
1: Encryption
D178 102 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.4.2 PRINTER SWITCHES
FAX OPTION
Printer Switch 00 (SP No. 1-103-001)
No Function Comments
SM 103 D178
Bit Switches - 2
No Function Comments
1 0 B4
1 1 A4
Relationship between available paper sizes and printer width used in the setup protocol
B5 256 mm width
D178 104 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 105 D178
Bit Switches - 2
No Function Comments
Maximum reducible length when length reduction is enabled with switch 03-0
above.
[Maximum reducible length] = [Paper length] + (N x 5mm)
"N" is the decimal value of the binary setting of bits 0 to 4.
0 0 1 0 0 20 mm
1 1 1 1 1 155 mm
Length of the duplicated image on the next page, when page separation has
taken place.
0 1 10 mm
1 0 15 mm
D178 106 SM
Bit Switches - 2
1 1 Not used
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
7 Not used. Do not change the setting.
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 107 D178
Bit Switches - 2
No Function Comments
Paper size selected for printing A4 This switch determines which paper size
width fax data is selected for printing A4 width fax data,
1
0: 8.5" x 11" size when the machine has both A4 and 8.5" x
1: A4 size 11" size paper.
1 1 Not used
D178 108 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Equalizing the reduction ratio among place, all the pages are reduced with the
separated pages same reduction ratio.
7 (Page Separation) 1: Only the last page is reduced to fit the
0: Enabled selected paper size when page
1: Disabled separation has taken place. Other pages
are printed without reduction.
No Function Comments
Smoothing feature
1 1 Not used
Duplex printing
1: The machine always prints received
2 0: Disabled
fax messages in duplex printing mode:
1: Enabled
SM 109 D178
Bit Switches - 3
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
No Function Comments
1 0 MH/MR/MMR
1 1 MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
1 1 MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
D178 110 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
4 Not used Do not change the settings.
SM 111 D178
Bit Switches - 3
No Function Comments
Wrong connection prevention (0,1): The machine will disconnect the line
method without sending a fax message, if the last 8
digits of the received CSI do not match the last
Bit 3 Bit 2 Setting
8 digits of the dialed telephone number. This
0 0 None does not work when manually dialed.
(1,0): The same as above, except that only the
0 1 8 digit CSI
last 4 digits are compared.
1 0 4 digit CSI (1,1): The machine will disconnect the line
2-3
without sending a fax message, if the other end
1 1 CSI/RTI
does not identify itself with an RTI or CSI.
(0,0): Nothing is checked; transmission will
always go ahead.
1 0 A4 (297 mm)
1 1 Not used
D178 112 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
No Function Comments
SM 113 D178
Bit Switches - 3
No Function Comments
00 - FF (Hex) times.
Maximum number of page
This setting is not used if ECM is switched
0-7 retransmissions in a G3 memory
on.
transmission
Default setting - 03(H)
No Function Comments
Remote mode switch (FAX mode) Set this bit to ON when you wish to turn on
1 0: Disable the remote mode switch after automatic
1: Enable (Active) reception with FAX mode.
Remote mode switch (AUTO mode) Set this bit to ON when you wish to turn on
2 0: Disable the remote mode switch after automatic
1: Enable (Active) reception with AUTO mode.
No Function Comments
D178 114 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 115 D178
Bit Switches - 3
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
06 to FF (Hex), unit = 2 s
Minimum interval between (e.g., 06(H) = 12 s)
0-7
automatic dialing attempts This value is the minimum time that the machine
waits before it dials the next destination.
No Function Comments
Memory transmission:
Maximum number of dialing
0-7 01 – FE (Hex) times
attempts to the same
destination
D178 116 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Communication Switch 11 – Not used (do not change the settings.)
No Function Comments
SM 117 D178
Bit Switches - 3
No Function Comments
1 1 Not used
D178 118 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Communication Switch 16 (SP No. 1-104-023)
No Function Comments
2 Not used
No Function Comments
PWD reception
0: Disables features that require PWD
2 0: Disabled
(Password) signal reception.
1: Enabled
SM 119 D178
Bit Switches - 3
No Function Comments
IP-Fax dial-in routing selection 1: Transfers received data to each IP-Fax dial-in
5 0: Off number.
1: On IP-Fax dial-in number is a 4-digit number.
D178 120 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Communication Switch 1B (SP No. 1-104-028)
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 121 D178
Bit Switches - 4
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
4.6.1 G3 SWITCHES
No Function Comments
D178 122 SM
Bit Switches - 4
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
G3 Switch 01 (SP No. 1-105-002)
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 123 D178
Bit Switches - 4
No Function Comments
D178 124 SM
Bit Switches - 4
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
This switch is used to prevent reverse polarity in
Select detection of reverse
ringing on the phone line (applied to PSTN-G3
polarity in ringing
7 ringing). Do not change this setting
0: Off
0: No detection
1: On
1: Detection (Japan and Korea only)
No Function Comments
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
Training error detection If the number of error bits in the received TCF is
0-3
threshold below this threshold, the machine informs the
sender that training has succeeded.
No Function Comments
1 0 0 0 19.2
1 0 0 1 21.6
SM 125 D178
Bit Switches - 4
1 0 1 0 24.0
1 0 1 1 26.4
1 1 0 0 28.8
1 1 0 1 31.2
0 0 1 1 33.6
1 0 V.34
1 1 Not used
No Function Comments
0 1 1 1 16.8
1 0 0 0 19.2
D178 126 SM
Bit Switches - 4
1 0 0 1 21.6
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
1 0 1 0 24.0
1 0 1 1 26.4
1 1 0 0 28.8
1 1 0 1 31.2
4-7 0 0 0 1 V.27ter
0 0 1 0 V.27ter, V.29
SM 127 D178
Bit Switches - 4
No Function Comments
D178 128 SM
Bit Switches - 4
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
5 Not used Do not change the settings.
No Function Comments
Bit 1 Bit 0 Value (ms) These bits set the acceptable modem
1 0 800
1 1 Not used
SM 129 D178
Bit Switches - 4
D178 130 SM
Bit Switches - 4
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
G3 Switch 0E (SP No. 1-105-015)
No Function Comments
3000-2250ms: 3000-50xNms
0-7 High order bit 3000 – 50 x Nms 0F (3000 ms) <= N <= FF (2250
ms)
00-0E(3000-3700ms: 3000+50xNms
Low order bit 3000 – 50 x Nms 0F (3000 ms) <= N <= 0F (3700
ms)
No Function Comments
SM 131 D178
Bit Switches - 5
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
No Function Comments
D178 132 SM
Bit Switches - 5
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
G3-2 Switch 01 (SP No. 1-106-002)
No Function Comments
No Function Comments
SM 133 D178
Bit Switches - 5
No Function Comments
D178 134 SM
Bit Switches - 5
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
This switch is used to prevent reverse polarity in
Select detection of reverse
ringing on the phone line (applied to PSTN-G3
polarity in ringing
7 ringing). Do not change this setting
0: Off
0: No detection
1: On
1: Detection (Japan and Korea only)
No Function Comments
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
Training error detection If the number of error bits in the received TCF is
0-3
threshold below this threshold, the machine informs the
sender that training has succeeded.
No Function Comments
1 0 0 0 19.2
1 0 0 1 21.6
SM 135 D178
Bit Switches - 5
1 0 1 0 24.0
1 0 1 1 26.4
1 1 0 0 28.8
1 1 0 1 31.2
1 0 V.34
1 1 Not used
No Function Comments
0 0 0 1 2.4
These bits set the initial starting modem
0 0 1 0 4.8 rate for reception.
Use a lower setting if high speeds pose
0 0 1 1 7.2
problems during reception.
0-3 0 1 0 0 9.6 If a modem rate 14.4 kbps or slower is
selected, V.8 protocol should be
0 1 0 1 12.0
disabled manually.
0 1 1 0 14.4 Cross reference
V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit2
0 1 1 1 16.8
1 0 0 0 19.2
1 0 0 1 21.6
D178 136 SM
Bit Switches - 5
1 0 1 0 24.0
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
1 0 1 1 26.4
1 1 0 0 28.8
1 1 0 1 31.2
4-7 0 0 0 1 V.27ter
0 0 1 0 V.27ter
0 0 1 1 V.27ter
0 1 0 0 V.27ter
0 1 0 1 V.27ter
SM 137 D178
Bit Switches - 5
No Function Comments
D178 138 SM
Bit Switches - 5
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
5-7 Not used Do not change the settings.
No Function Comments
Bit 1 Bit 0 Value (ms) These bits set the acceptable modem
1 0 800
1 1 Not used
SM 139 D178
Bit Switches - 5
G3-2 Switch 0B- Not used (do not change the settings)
G3-2 Switch 0C- Not used (do not change the settings)
G3-2 Switch 0E- Not used (do not change the settings)
G3-2 Switch 0F- Not used (do not change the settings)
D178 140 SM
Bit Switches - 6
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.8 BIT SWITCHES - 6
FAX OPTION
Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
IP Fax Transport
1 Selects TCP or UDP protocol for IP-Fax
0: TCP, 1: UDP
IP Fax Gatekeeper
4 Enables/disables the gatekeeper for IP-Fax.
0: OFF, 1: ON (enable)
SM 141 D178
Bit Switches - 6
0 0 0 1 Level 1
0 0 1 0 Level 2
0 0 1 1 Level 3
D178 142 SM
Bit Switches - 6
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
IP Fax Switch 02 (SP No. 1-111-003)
SM 143 D178
Bit Switches - 6
D178 144 SM
Bit Switches - 6
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
No. Function Comments
0 0 0 1 2.4
Sets the modem bit rate for
0-3 0 0 1 1 4.8 transmission. The default is "0110"
0 1 0 0 9.6
0 1 0 1 12.0
0 1 1 0 14.4
1 0 Not used
1 1 Not used
0 0 0 1 V.27ter
SM 145 D178
Bit Switches - 6
0 0 1 0 V.27ter, V.29
Number of times for training Selects the number of times training is done
4
0: 1 time, 1: 2 times at the same bit rate.
D178 146 SM
Bit Switches - 6
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
IP Fax Switch 08 (SP No. 1-111-009)
T1 timer adjustment
Bit 1 Bit 0
1 0 50 s
1 1 60 s
T4 timer adjustment
Bit 3 Bit 2
1 0 4s
1 1 5s
T0 timer adjustment
Adjusts the fail safe timer. This timer sets
Bit 5 Bit 4
the interval between "setup" data
SM 147 D178
Bit Switches - 6
Bit 4 Bit 3
This changes the interval for transmit
3-4 0 0 No delay re-INVITE after receiving the ACK message
1 0 2 sec
1 1 3 sec
D178 148 SM
Bit Switches - 6
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
IP Fax Switch 0A - Not used (do not change the settings)
SM 149 D178
NCU Parameters
The following tables give the RAM addresses and the parameter calculation units that the
machine uses for ringing signal detection and automatic dialing. The factory settings for each
country are also given. Most of these must be changed by RAM read/write (SP2-102), but some
can be changed using NCU Parameter programming (SP2-103, 104 and 105); if SP2-103, 104
and 105 can be used, this will be indicated in the Remarks column. The RAM is programmed in
hex code unless (BCD) is included in the Unit column.
Address Function
Use the Hex value to program the country/area code directly into this
address, or use the decimal value to program it using SP2-103-001
Country Country
Decimal Hex Decimal Hex
/Area /Area
France 00 00 Asia 18 12
Germany 01 01 Japan 19 13
UK 02 02 Hong Kong 20 14
680500
Italy 03 03 South Africa 21 15
Austria 04 04 Australia 22 16
Denmark 06 06 Singapore 24 18
Finland 07 07 Malaysia 25 19
Ireland 08 08 China 26 1A
Norway 09 09 Taiwan 27 1B
D178 150 SM
NCU Parameters
Address Function
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Sweden 10 0A Korea 28 1C
Switzerland 11 0B Brazil 29 1D
Portugal 12 0C Turkey 32 20
Holland 13 0D Greece 33 21
Spain 14 0E Hungary 34 22
Israel 15 0F Czech 35 23
USA 17 11 Poland 36 24
680509 PSTN dial tone reset time (LOW) FF(H), the machine
pauses for the pause
68050A PSTN dial tone reset time (HIGH) 20 ms
time (address 68050D /
SM 151 D178
NCU Parameters
D178 152 SM
NCU Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
68051B PABX dial tone detection time
SM 153 D178
NCU Parameters
Busy tone signal state time tolerance for all ranges, and number of cycles
required for detection (a setting of 4 cycles means that ON-OFF-ON or
OFF-ON-OFF must be detected twice).
Tolerance (±)
680533 Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 75% Bits 2 and 3 must always be kept at 0.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 50% Bits 2 and 3 must always be kept at 0.
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 25%
Bit 1: 0, Bit 0: 0 = 12.5%
Bits 7, 6, 5, 4 - number of cycles required for cadence detection
D178 154 SM
NCU Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
International dial tone reset time Belgium: See Note 2.
68053A
(HIGH)
SM 155 D178
NCU Parameters
See Note 3.
68054B Break time for pulse dialing 1 ms SP2-103-013
(parameter 12).
See Note 3.
68054C Make time for pulse dialing 1 ms SP2-103-014
(parameter 13).
SP2-103-018
680550 DTMF tone on time
(parameter 17).
1 ms
SP2-103-019
680551 DTMF tone off time
(parameter 18).
SP2-103-020
Tone attenuation level of DTMF -N x 0.5
680552 (parameter 19).
signals while dialing –3.5 dBm
See Note 5.
D178 156 SM
NCU Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
SP2-103-021
(parameter 20).
Tone attenuation value difference
The setting must be less
between high frequency tone and
680553 -dBm x 0.5 than –5dBm, and should
low frequency tone in DTMF
not exceed the setting at
signals
680552h above.
See Note 5.
SP2-103-022
PSTN: DTMF tone attenuation -N x 0.5
680554 (parameter 21). See
level after dialling –3.5 dBm
Note 5.
SM 157 D178
NCU Parameters
68055F
Do not change the
To Not used -
settings.
680564
680567
Do not change the
to Not used -
settings.
680571
D178 158 SM
NCU Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
SP2-103-007
Number of rings until a call is (parameter 06).
680576 1
detected The setting must not be
zero.
See Note 4.
Minimum required length of the
680577 20 ms SP2-103-008
first ring
(parameter 07).
68057B
Do not change the
to Not used -
settings.
680580
680583
Do not change the
To Not used -
settings.
6805A0
SM 159 D178
NCU Parameters
20 ms ± 20
6805A5 CED detection time Factory setting: 200 ms
ms
D178 160 SM
NCU Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Acceptable AI short protocol tone
6805B0 (800Hz) detection frequency
upper limit (low byte)
SP2-103-002
6805B4 PSTN: Tx level from the modem -N – 3 dBm
(parameter 01).
SM 161 D178
NCU Parameters
D178 162 SM
NCU Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Bit 0 – OHS (on hook speed)
0: OHS=0
1: OHS=1
Bit 1 – SQ (spark quench)
0: SQ=00
1: SQ=11
Bit 2 – RZ (call signal Impedance)
0: RZ=0 (high)
1: RZ=1 (low)
Bit 3 – RT (call signal detection level)
0: RT=0 (low)
6805E4 1: RT=1 (high)
Bit 4 – ILIM (DC limitation)
0: ILIM=0 (CTR 21)
1: ILIM=1 (other than CTR 21)
Bit 5 –FILTER
0: FILTER=0 (around 5Hz)
1: FILTER=1 (around 200Hz)
Bits 6 to 7 – Calibration in off hook state
Bit 6:0, Bit 7: 0 = off hook to ACAL:128 ms, off hook to MCAL: 1000 ms
Bit 6:1, Bit 7: 0 = off hook to ACAL:128 ms, off hook to MCAL: 500 ms
Bit 6:0, Bit 7: 1 = off hook to ACAL:128 ms (no MCAL)
Bit 6:1, Bit 7: 1 = off hook to ACAL:8 ms (no MCAL)
NOTES
1. If a setting is not required, store FF in the address.
2. Italy and Belgium only
RAM address 68055E: the lower four bits have the following meaning.
Bit 2 - 1: International dial tone cadence detection enabled (Belgium)
Bit 1 - Not used
Bit 0 - 1: PSTN dial tone cadence detection enabled (Italy)
If bit 0 or bit 2 is set to 1, the functions of the following RAM addresses are changed.
SM 163 D178
NCU Parameters
680508 (if bit 0 = 1) or 680538 (if bit 2 = 1): tolerance for on or off state
duration (%), and number of cycles required for detection, coded as in address 680533.
68050B (if bit 0 = 1) or 68053B (if bit 2 = 1): on time, hex code (unit = 20 ms)
68050C (if bit 0 = 1) or 68053C (if bit 2 = 1): off time, hex code (unit = 20 ms)
3. Pulse dial parameters (addresses 68054A to 68054F) are the values for 10 pps. If 20 pps is
used, the machine automatically compensates.
4. The first ring may not be detected until 1 to 2.5 wavelengths after the time specified by this
parameter.
5. The calculated level must be between 0 and 10.
The attenuation levels calculated from RAM data are:
High frequency tone:
– 0.5 x N680552/680554–3.5 dBm
– 0.5 x N680555 dBm
Low frequency tone:
– 0.5 x (N680552/680554 + N680553) –3.5 dBm
– 0.5 x (N680555 + N680553) dBm
D178 164 SM
Dedicated Transmission Parameters
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.10 DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS
FAX OPTION
There are two sets of transmission parameters: Fax and E-mail
Each Quick Dial Key and Speed Dial Code has eight bytes of programmable parameters allocated
to it. If transmissions to a particular machine often experience problems, store that terminal’s fax
number as a Quick Dial or Speed Dial, and adjust the parameters allocated to that number.
The programming procedure will be explained first. Then, the eight bytes will be described.
SM 165 D178
Dedicated Transmission Parameters
4.10.2 PARAMETERS
Fax Parameters
The initial settings of the following fax parameters are all FF(H) - all the parameters are disab